IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
1.0 \^
I.I
m 112.5
u^ m
M
1.8
1.25 1.4
1.6
^ ^// _
►
y}
m
w
/,.
o
&^
/
/A
^
Photogi'ciphic
Sciences
Corpordtion
fv
4^
^
Ll>^
:\
\
^
33 WIST MAIN STRUT
WIBSTIRNY 14SS0
(7)6) >72-4»03
■^
,%
.<?
,0 i^^M'%
Ua
fA
CIHM/ICMH
Microfiche
Series.
CIHIVI/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.
Canadian Institute for Historical Mlcroraproductlons / Instltut Canadian da mlcroraproductions historl
ques
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques
The Institute has attempted to obtain the best
. rigi'nal copy available for filming. Features of this
copy which may be bibliographically unique,
which may alter any of the images in the
reproduction, or which may significantly change
the usual method of filming, are checked below.
L'Institut a microfilmd le meilleur exemplaire
qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de so procurer. Les details
de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-etre uniques du
point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dans la m^thode normale de filmage
sont indiqu^s ci-dessous.
D
n
n
D
Coloured covers/
Couverture de couleur
□ Covers damaged/
Couvnrture endon
mmagee
Covers restored and/or laminated/
Couverture restaurde et/ou pelliculde
Cover title missing/
Le titrd de couverture manque
□ Coloured maps/
Cart(
ut:
rtes gdographiques en couleur
Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
ere de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)
I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/
Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur
Bound with other material/
Relid avec d'autres documents
Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion
along interior margin/
Lareliure serr^e peut causer de i'ombre ou de la
distortion le long de la marge intdrieure
Blank leaves added -'uring restoration may
appear within the \n'-:. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
II se peut que certaines pages iilanches ajoutdes
lors d'une restauration eoparaissent dans la texte,
mais, lorsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas H6 film^es,
Additional comments:/
Commentaires suppl^mentaires;
□ Coloured pages/
Pages de couleur
y
V
V
D
D
n
Pages damaged/
Pages endommagdes
Pages restored and/or laminated/
Pages restaurdes et/ou pellicul§es
Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/
Pages ddcolor^es, tachetdes ou piqudes
Pages detached/
Pages ddtach^es
Showthrough/
Transparence
Quality of orint varies/
Quality indgale de I'impression
I I Includes supplementary material/
Comprend du material suppl^mentaire
Only edition available/
Seule Edition disponible
Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to
ensura the best possible image/
Les pages totalement ou partiellement
obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure,
etc., ont 6t6 filmdes d nouveau de fapon h
obtenir la meilleure image possible.
This item Is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/
Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqud ci-dessous.
10X
14X
18X
22X
26X
30X
1
1
mjmmtm
y
1
12X
16X
20X
24X
28X
32X
aire
s details
]ues du
t modifier
iger une
e filmage
The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks
to the generosity of:
Ha.old Campbell Vaughan Memorial Library
Acadia University
The images appearing here are the best quality
possible considering the condition and legibility
of the original copy and in keeping with the
filming contract specifications.
L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grSce it la
g6n6rosit6 de:
Harold Campbell Vaughan Memorial Library
Acadia University
Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le
plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et
de la netiotd de l'exemplaire filmd, et en
conformity avec les conditions du contrat de
filmage.
1/
udes
Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed
beginning with the front cover and ending on
the last page with a pr.nted or illustrated impres-
sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, and ending on the last page with a printed
or illustrated impression.
The last recorded frame on each microfiche
shall contain the symbol -^ (meaning "CON-
TINUED "I, or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever applies.
Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en
papier est imprimde sont filmds en commenpant
par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la
dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second
plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires
originaux sont film6s en commengant pa*- la
premidre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par
la dernidre page qui compoile une telle
empreinte.
Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la
dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le
cas: le symbole ■^»- signifie "A SlilVRE", le
symbole V signifie "FIN".
lire
Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at
different reduction ratios. Those too large to be
entirely included in one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper left hettrl corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as n.i^iny frames as
required. The following diagrams illustrate the
method:
Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtie
film^s d des taux de reduction diffdrents.
Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre
reproduit en un seul clichd, il est film6 d partir
de Tangle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite,
et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre
d'images n^cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants
illustrent la m^fhode.
by errata
led to
ant
jne pelure,
agon d
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
32X
I
*-
LATINE REDDENDA:
"exercises from
The BEGINNER'S UAtlN B00K.
-♦;<
T
THE authors of the " Beginner's Latin Book " are of the
opinion that a separate edition of the exercises for
turning English into Latin will be a great convenience to
teachers.
After the exercises have been done once with the help
of the special vocabularies and under the direction and
criticism of the teacher, it will be found useful to review
them again and again, sometimes orally, sometimes in
writing, with all helps in the way of rules, special vocabu-
laries, and model sentences removed. The pupil is thus
left to depend entirely upon his previous study and faith-
ful attention to his teacher's instructions.
It is believed also that teachers who use other elemen-
tary Latin books will be glad to have, in cheap and con-
venient form, a set of exercises which they can use as
supplementary to their regular work. For such, an edition
is published with an English-Latin vocabulary.
Both editions have the Glossar'ium Grsmmriticum for
the aid of those who wish to conduct recitations in Latin.
^'^
INTRODUCTION PRICES.
Edition with Glossariunn Grammaticum (bound in paper), 20 cents.
Edition with Glossarium Grammaticum and English-Latin Vocabulary
(bound in cloth), .30 cents.
-*
.*-,^'ili^x«-/<^'^=^.«^--^/^-
' THK
J J
BE({1NNER\S LATIN IJOOK.
BY
WILLIAM (\ COLLAR, A.M.,
HkauMastki; 1{oxbiuy I.aiin S( huoi.,
AND
M. (JI^\NT DANIELL, A.M.,
I'lilNl II'Al. ClIAlNM Y-llAI.r, S( IKlOl., HoslON.
LiUKjiim itfr est jx r jirarrrpfd, hrr re ft cj/iiuix per exrmpJn.
X, C. AJLLJiN ^ CUAU'^.yy.
JU)STo.N, U.S.A.. AM» London:
IMTIUJSIIKD HV (IINN & COMPANY.
Entered at Stationkrs' IIai.l.
<k)PVRl(iHT, lS8t), UV
William (!. CoixAU anu M. Grant Daniki.l
Am, Kiuhth Kkservbi).
'rYl'OOKAI'HY BY J. S. ClISUINQ * Co., BO8TON, If.H.A,
pBa88woi»K BY (Jinn & Co., Boston, U.S.A.
li:'-<t<T'^
°f
V
(V^ rr <i
^■* u.
. ^.
PREFACE.
THE uim of this book is to servu as a prepamtioii for
reiKlins;, writing, and, to a less degree, for speaking
Latin. It is designed primarily for bovs and girls who
are to begin the sti:dy of J.titin at :ni early age; bnt as
all who would get from Latin the best mental diseiplini',
or lav a broad and lirm I'oundation for Latin scholarship,
must traverse pretty much the same road, and as Latin is
beirun in this eountrv bv most learners b^^fore anv other
foreign language is studied, a beginner's Latin book for
those who take up the study at the age of ten or twelve
need not be essentiallv different from one designed f<>r
learners of fourteen or fifteen. The most importaTit dif-
ference would lie in the knowledge of the terminoloiiv and
principles of Knglish grammar that might be deemed an in-
dispensable prere(piisite. As a matter of fact, children come
to t!ie study of l^atin with all degrees of ignorance of Eng-
lish grannnar, and the miniuunn of necessary knowledge for
the beginner is uiKiuestionablv very small. What mininnim is
considered essential for those who use this ))ook, is indicated
on page <). It is hoped, therefore, that the contents of the
book will justify its title ; that it does not assume too nmcli,
and is not too dillicult for the least mature who are likt^ly U)
"use it, and that it will not be found too nuich simplilled, —
too juvenile, for those who begin Latin in high schools and
academies. Simpli(;ity, clearness, and directness have been
studied throughout. The systeu) of inflected forms, which
la seldom mastered, but the mastery of which is an indi»-
^5 c> ' (
V->
IV
rilEFACE.
pensable condition of further pleasant, successful, and profit-
able study, is slowly but very fully developed, with the
addition of abundanl a id varied exercises. For conven-
ience, as well as on educational grounds, the paradigm of
the verb is given in one; block, instead of in fragments de-
tached id dispersed, aad everywhere the active and passive
forms are placed side by side, to be compared, and learned
as thev are treated, simultaneouslv.
The idea underlying and controlling the plan is the maxi-
mum of practice with the mininnun ^f theory, on the princi-
ple that the thorough acquisition of tlie elements of Latin
must be more cf art than science, — n)ore the work of
observation, comparison, and imitation, than the mecnanical
following of rules, or the exercise of analysis and conscious
inductive reasoning.
The book contains : —
1. A brief introdnction explaining the Roman and Eng-
lish methods of pronunciation . the necessar}- paradigms, an
outline of the most important principles of syntax, and a
large number of exercises for translation into English and
into Latin, accotnpanied by short explanatory notes.
2. About twenty-five simple Latin dialogues, added to as
many chapters. Some of these are on subjects of the
lessons, and include a good many grannnatical terms ; some
are on various topics of school and holiday li''-; iMid otherii
on subiects historical and mythological.
.'L Easy selections for translation, consisting besides a
luunbei- of fables, of extracts from Viri Komae, Nepos, Ovid,
Catullus, Cavsar, and Cicero, some interspersed with the
lessons, others added at the end of the book.
Those who seek in a first Latin book a ('<)mi)lete j^resenta-
tion of the facts and principles of the Latin language, will
not be satisfied with this volume. Ihit, in ^ue opinion of the
authors, there is no error m elementary instruction in Latin
mere common and more <leplorable tlian that of failing to
PREFACE.
i<l profit-
vvitli the
conven-
Ltligm of
lents (le-
i passive
learned
u' maxi-
3 princi-
jf Latin
vork of
pntmieal
>nscioiis
d EnjT.
?nis, an
and a
sli and
1 to as
of tlie
some
otbenj
lides a
, Ovid.
h tlie
senta-
e, will
of the
Latin
ng' to
discriminate between the relatively important and unimpor-
tant ; between what is sui'ted to the beginning and what to
the more advanced staires of the studv. It is not too much
to say that a very great part of the barrenness and futility of
the teaching and studv of Latin in schools is due to this lack
of discrimination, and to a false conception of thoroughness.
It is not intended to imply that a iiard and fast line can be
drawn, still less is this book offered as a realization in this
res[)ect of the ideal. The ideal is never realized. But
it has been the constant aim to make just this distinction;
to determine evervwherc, in the liuht of much observation
and reflection ana of long experience, what should be made
the subject of innr.ediate study, and what should be post-
poned ; what is entitled to prominence, and what ought to be
subordinated. Some excellent teachers think that the sub-
junctive mood should have no place In a pre[)aratory Latin
book ; and undoubtedly the syntax of the subjunctive does
involve too many and too great dilliculties for such a work,
if anything more than an outline of some commoner uses is
attempted. On the other hand, the learner can hardly read
any Latin without encountering forms of the subjunctive.
The best wav then seems to be to construct a large number
of ver\- short sentences for practice on the fonus, which
sliall exhibit, in the briefest compass, some important and
most frequently' recurring uses of the mood, more especially
because the wavs of translating the sul>iunctive cannot be
illustrated from the isolated forms in the paradigms, as
in the other moods. This idea has been worked out in
part in Chapter LIV., the forms having been previously left
uutranslat(?d.
The coUoquia have been added, not as an integral and
necessary part of the lessons, ]>ut to serve as an incentive to
the moderate use of Latin orally in recitation, and to afford
convenient exercises for training the ear and for enlarging
the vocabulary of the learner. The grammatical terms have
VI
viip:face.
i ''I
been drawn chiefly from the Institutiones of RucUmann.
The colloquium on page 5 has been borrowed from Dr. H.
Meurer's Lateinisches LesehucJi^ and suggestions and parts
of the materials for a very few others have been derived
from the same source ; also two or three of the pas-
sages for translation, and here and there some sentences
in the exercises. Whoever examines these colloquia with
a critical eve, will find some woids which are confined to
the vocabularies of grammarians and commentators, ami
a very few others employed m senses for which it would
be embarrassing to be recpiired to cite classical authority.
For example, tlie word j9eyi.s'a??i is used often in the sense
of a schoolboifs task, sometldrKj to he done or learned.,
a lesson. This word doubtless meaut strictly a sjnnver\'i
task. But in classical Latin it liad alreiidy ap[)roached the
meaning Ya.s'7c in general, and it is but a very slight extension
of its application to employ it as it is in the eoUoqnia. Such
a moderate decanting of new wine into old bottles, it is
hoped may be excused. Still if any teacher iliinks that the
Latinity of his pui)ils will be injured by the use of the collo-
quia, it is optional with him to omit them altogether, without
losing the continuity of the lessons.
The complaint is very connnon, and its iustico must
be acknowledged, that first Latin books are often exces-
sively and needlessly arid and wooden. Accordingly an
effort has been made, while following a rigorously scientific
method in the development of the successive subjects, to
impart something of attractiveness, interest, freshness, and
varietv to the study of the elements of Latin by means of
the colloquia^ the choice of extracts for translation (intro-
duced as earl}' as possible), and the mode of treatment in
every part, extending even to the choice of Latin words,
and to the construction of many of the exercises.
Usage is not fixed in respi'ct to the so-called principal
parts of verbs, a few of the later school manuals giving the
I
SI
('4
u
WPI l lH ' l lilill I .
^'
PRKiACi::.
vn
(Uraann.
Dr. H.
id parts
derived
he pas-
.'iiteuces
na with
fined to
Ts, and
t would
ithoritv.
e sense
learned^
lied the
:tension
SiU'li
it is
iuit tlie
coJ/o-
itliout
must
execs -
ly an
mtifie
ts, to
s, and
ns of
intro-
nt in
^ords,
icipal
s: the
I
:s
nominative masculine of the perfect participle, instead of the
supine, except in the case of neuter or intransitive verbs. It
has been tliought better in this book to follow the prevailing
practice, only to treat the form that has been called the
supine in this connection, not as the bupine, — winch in most
cases it is not and cannot bi', since, as is well known, only
about 2^)0 verbs can be proved to have a supine, — but as the
neuter of the perfect partici})le.^ Thus the learner is iruarded
against errors and is si)ared llu' perplexity of having to
memorize now one, now another form.
It is hoped that this book can be finished and reviewed by
the average learner in a vear, and that the transition then
to Yiri K(nnae, Nepos, or Csesar will not prove too dillicult.
ISIore than two- thirds of the words used belong to the vocab-
ulary of Caisar, and only a trille less than two-thirds to that
of Nepos. In the case of ycning pu[)ils it may Ix* advisable
to omit the translation of the Kngiish exercises into Latin,
beginning with Chapter lA'., till afti'r the selections for
translation at the end of the book have been read.
It remains to acknowledge the geiiei-ous assistance of
several scholars. Professor George 31. Lane, of Harvard
University, Professor George L. Kittredge, of Kxeter
Academy, N.II., George F. Forbes, A.M., and 1). O. S.
Lowell, A.^r., both of the lloxbury Latin School, and INIar-
shall W. Davis, A.I)., of Thayer Academy, r>raintree, read
and criticised th'^ work in manuscript. ^h\ Forbes and Mr.
Lowell also read the i)roof-sheets and made imi)ortant sug-
gestions and corrcv'tions. The authors feel especially m-
debted to J<3hn Tetlow, A.M.. llead-^lMster of the Boston
Girls* High and Latin Schools and author of Lidiictive Le,s-
sotis in Latin, for critically reading the proof-sheets, and for
materially contributing to the improvement of the book by
1 This plan has been followed hy Dr. K. F. Lei^rhton In liis First
Steps in Lai in.
VUl
PREFACE.
the correction of errors, and by the suggestions of his con-
scientious and exact scholarship.
Thanks are due to Mr. J. S. Gushing, under whose per-
sonal direction the book has been ])rinted, for the patience,
care, and skill whici: ho has constantly exercised to make
the work typographically as faultless as possible.
WM. C. COLLAR.
M. GRANT DANIELL.
BoaTon, SepU 1, 1886.
The authors desire to express their grateful acknowledg-
ments to Miss Caroline O. Stone, of the Koxbury Latiu
School, and to Professor E. M. Wallank, of Fort Worth,
Texas, for the correction of errors that had been overlooked
in the first editions.
1889.
(II
his con-
ose per-
atience,
o make
lELL.
owledg-
y Latiu
Worth,
rlooked
COiSTTENTS.
CHAPTER PAOB
1. Introductory: Alphabet, Syllables, (Quantity, Ac-
cent, Cases, Gender 1-0
H. First Declension. — Direcu Olject. — Tosse^sive
Dative. — Indirect Object 7-12
lir. Second Declension. — Words in f/s and uni. — I're-
dicate Noun 13-17
TV. First and Second Declensions. — • Agreement of
Adjectives. — Colloquium, h^ 17-19
\. Second Declension. — Words in er. ■ — Ablative of
Agent 20-21
Vr. Second Declension. — AVords in er. — Paradigms of
Adjectives of First and Second Declensions . . 22-21
VI r. The Verb Sum : Paradigm 25-26
VI If. The Verb Sum: Present, Imperfect, and Future
Indicative; Present Imperative and Infinitive.
— Colloquium, 80 27-20
IX. The Verb Sum : Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future
Perfect Indicative; Perfect Infinitive. — Collo-
quium, 85 ;{0-;{l
X. First Conjugation : Paradigm of the Verb Amo . ;'**-;M
XI. First Conjugation : Present, Imperfect, and Future
Indicative; Present Imperative and Infinitive. —
Ablative of Means. — Colloquium, U') .... ;)5-:{8
XII. First Conjugation: Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future
Perfect Indicative ; Perfect Infinitive ;5(>— 11
XIII. Third Declension : 'Mute i^iams. — Colloquium. \\l . 41—1;}
XIV. Second Conjugation : Paradigm of the Verb Moneo 11-46
XV. Second Conjugation : Present, Imperfect, and I'uture
Indicative ; Present Imperative and Infinitive . 46-49
rn ArrER
XVI.
XVII.
XVIII.
XIX.
XX.
XXI.
XXII.
XNIIl.
XXIV.
il
XXV.
XXVI.
XXVII.
XXVIil.
XXIX.
XXX.
XXXI.
contp:nts.
PAOE
Second Conjugation: Perfect, riuperfect, and
Future Perfect Indicative; Perfect Infinitive.
— CoHoqni'-m, 1'2() ■19-52
Iteview of lirst and Second Conjugations. —
Ablative of Sepaiatioii, — ('ollo(juiu/n,V'y<] . 5;i-o5
Third Declension : Liquid Stenjs, — Al)lati\e of
Time. — Collo'/uUun, I'-M) 50-58
Third Declension: Sibilant Stems. - Al)]ative
of Manner. — Colloquium, \\S 51»-(}'2
Third Declension: Stems in /. — Ap{)osili;.ii. —
Colloquium, 1(J!2 (lL'-(i7
Third Declension: ]\Iixed Slcms. - Itiilcs of
(tender. — C tlloqniiim, Vi'-\ (i8-72
Third Declension: Review 7L*-7Ji
Third Conjugation : Paradigm of the A'erli Rego, 71-70
Third Conjugation; Present, Imperfect, and Fu-
ture Indicative; Present Imju'rative and Intini-
tive. — Colloquium, bs7. — Passage for 'J'rans-
latJon, ISS 70-SO
Tliird Conjugation: Perfect, Pluperfect, and Fu-
ture l*erfect Indicative; Perfecl InliniliNc. —
Colloquium, 105 ,S()-Sl
lltM'iew. — Passage for Transhition, !!>!» . . . 8l-,S()
Irregular A(>jectives. — Colloquium, ilOl . . . 80-8P
Comparison of Adjectives. — Declension of the
Comparative. — Ablative with ComparjitiNcs.
— Passage for Transhition, lM5 8!)-4>'J
Fornuition and Comparison of .\dverbs. — dil-
luquium, 222 J);{-!I0
Fourth Conjugation; Piiradigui of tlie \'erb
Audio !)0-l)8
Fourth Conjugation: Present, Imperfect, and
Future Indicative; Present Imperative and
Jnlinitive UU-lW
X
x:
■ i l l i Hi m iU]...n . W,| | M li « i«i |«.)1U i HS i . i -
V- H
^^
CONTENTS.
XI
111(1
ivf.
PA6K
40-52
FAUB
Or?-55
of
. 50-58
ive
. 5(»-({2
. (;2-(i7
of
. (18-71'
• 7L>-7a
;6, 7l-7(j
i "'
li-
is-
. 70-80
80-84
84-8<J
. 8(;-8{)
. 8()~f>'J
ii;?-oo
!»0-n8
f>0-l()0
CHAl'TKB
XXXil. rourth Ooiijugation : Peiiect, I'luperfect, unci
Future Perfect Indicative ; Perfect Infini-
tive. — Colloquiiwi, '2-\\ l()l-10;i
XXXIIT. Tliird Conjuy:ati()ii : Parcadigm of the Verb
Capi5 104-105
XXXI \' Tiiird Coniugation t ^'erbs in /o. — Tensesof
tlie Indicative ; Piesent Imperative; Pre.s-
i-iit and Perfect Infinitive 1O0-1O7
XXXV. Review of tlie Four Conjugations. — (.'(tllo-
<ji(hi,ii, I'tli 108-110
XXXVr. Foi nth Declension 110-112
XXX\'ir. Fifth Declension. — Ahlative of Specifica-
tion. — ( 'ollo(/uiuiii, 'Ji\\ 112-115
XXXVI ir. Special Paradigms.— Passage for Translation, 1 15-1 10
XXXIX. Personal and Possessive Pronouns. — Ctt/lo-
quh(iu,'J(>\) 117-11!)
XL. Df.tcrminative ProiKnins. — ( 'oflofjuiiiin, 271 . 120-122
XL I. Demonstrative Pronouns 12;{-125
XLII. Relative, Interrogative, and Indetinitf Pro-
nouns. — Agreement of Relative . . . . 120-1:{0
XLIII. Review of Pidiu.uns. — CoUoquhnn, 20O. —
Pai'sage for Translation, 2!)1 1;{0-1;{4
XLIV. Comiiounds of Sum. — Dative l:54-lJi7
XL\'. l)ej»onent Verbs : First and Second ('onju^,i-
tions. — Colloiiuimn.'Mvl l:{7-140
XLVI. Deponent. Verbs: Third and INnirlh Con-
jugations. — Ablative with Utor, etc. —
Verbs of ReimMub' ing and Forgetting . 140-142
XLVII. Numerals. — .Accusative of Kxtent . . . M;{-140
XLVI 1 1. Irregular Verbs: Volo, Nolo, M516. — Pas-
mige for Translation, :V20 140-1 In
XLIX. Irregular Verbs : Fer6 and its compounds . 140-152
L. Irregular Verbs : E6, FT5. Cnllof/ulnm, :WJ, 1 52-15«
LI. Prepositions. Expressions of Place. — Pas-
sage for Translation, .'J.MO 15(5-100
xu
CONTENTS.
li
CHAPTEU
Lir.
Lirr.
LIV.
LV.
LVI.
Lvir.
Lviir.
LIX.
LX.
LXT.
LXir.
LXiir.
LXIV.
LXV.
Lxvr.
]>XVI1.
Partitive Genitive. — Descriptive Ablative and
Genitive. — Dative with Intransitives. — Da-
tive of Service
Derivation. — Comparison of Words . . .
The Subjunctive: Sequence of Tenses. — Forms
— Purpose Claut^es with Ut and Ne . .
The Subjunctive : lielative of Purpose , .
The Subjunctive : Kesult Clauses with Ut
and Ke
The Subjunctive: Cum Temporal ; Cum Causal
and Concessive.-— Passage for Translation,
378
The Subjunctive : Indirect Questions . , . .
The Subjunctive: Wishes and Conditions. —
Colloqmumj uS8
The Subjunctive and Imperative. — Passage for
Translation, JiOi
The Infinitive
Accusative and Infinitive: Indirect Discourse.
— Passage for Translation, -107
Participles
Participles: Ablative Absolute
Tm])ersonal Verbs: Miseret, etc. --Intransitive
Verbs in Passive. — Passage for 'J'ranslation,
4:21 .
Periphrastic Conjugations : Dative of Agent .
Gerund. — CJerundive. — Supine
PAGB
100-lGl
Ui2-164
l(j}-171
171-172
17;}-174
175-178
178-180
180-184
184-187
187-188
189-194
191-196
197-199
200-203
1:01-207
208-210
Kkadino Lessons: Letters. — Fables. — Cirsar'n Two
Invasions of Hritiiin. — Customs and Habits of the
Biitons 211-222
LaTIN-KnOHSII VOCAIIULAKY 223-21^0
KN(JLI8II-]iATlN VOCAUULAUY '."M5()-27Jl
Gloss AuuM (JuAMMAricuM « . . . . 274-270
PAGM
id
a-
. 100-161
. 102-164
.1
s.
1
. 104-171
J
. 171-172
jj
t
'M
. 17.M74
m
1
1
>
1
• 175-178
m
. 178-180
180-184
4
184-187
187-188
vy
189-194
£
194-198
■'\
197-199
'^
200-203
-'01-207
208-210
211-222
223-250
1MJO-27M
274-27fl
i' t
It is suggested to teachers who are much pressed for time, that
the following sections may be omitted without too serious loss : —
m,U.] lis, II.; 1-Jl; 1-J7; 11:). II.; 100; 171; 17;i; 178; 185,
IL; lOa, II.; IIHI; 11)7; *Jli(), 111.; -Mi;); 271; 277, II.; 285; 288;
:\^0', :U5; :)f)l; 121; 12S.
Attention is also calh^d to the not€ introductory to Chapter LV.
.Should it be necessary to curtail still more, it is recommended that
it be done by occasionally omitting alternate sentences in the
exercises to be translated into Latin.
w. c. c.
M. G. D.
Boston, June, 1891.
asm
BEGINNER'S LATIN BOOK.
<>oJ*to*^
)r time, that
ous loss : —
5; 178; 185,
; 285; 288;
'hapter LV.
nended that
ces in thn
w. c. c.
M. G. D.
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY. .
It is suggested to teachers who are not experienced in teaching Latin
that this chapter may, perhaps, be most profitably used for reference.
Pupils will catch pronunciation quickly from the lips of the teacher ; and
as they make mistakes, they will be interested in being referred to the
rules of pronunciation. It is therefore advised that the teacher begin
with the Coil'xpiiiDn. page 5, pronouncing slowly each sentence, the pupils
following successively, and then tog'ither. In the same way the teacher
might then construe literally.
1. Alphabet. — The Latin alphabet has no w.
Otherwise it is the same as the English.
2. Vo\vp:ls. — Vowels may be long (marked tlius " ),
short (marked tiins ""), or common ^ (marked thns *).
The long vowel occupies double the time of the short
in pronouncing.
3. Consonants. — Of the consonants
The mutes are : P-tnutea
T-inutes
K-mutes
The liquids are . .
The Hibihiiit is ...
The douhle consonants are
p, b, f
t, d
k, c, g, q (u)
1, in, u, r
B
X = C8,2 Z " d».
' That is, sometimes long and
sometimo* abort.
Also rep/esents the combinft
tioua h8» qua, gs, va.
i !
;,i
r
i i
PRONUNCIATION.
4. Sounds of the Letters, Roman Metho.i.
Vowels,
Si is sounded like the last a in papa'.
SL
4<
t(
the first a in j:;a/;a
«
«
«
e in they.
S
((
«
e in jne^
I
((
«
i in machine.
I
<(
(i
i in /)iAi.
6
((
((
in /eo/y.
6
((
i(
in wholly.^
u^
u
((
00 in 6oo^
a
(I
k(
ort in foot.
^1
;' Dipfithongs.
ae is sounded like ai in aisle.
au •' " ou in our.
ei " " ei in ei^/Z/f.
oj in boil.
eu in /(?ut/.
we.
oc
ui
Consonants.
Consonants generally have the same s^ounds as in English. But
observe tlie iollowing : —
C is sounded like c in <'07ne.
S
i
t
cb
(i
«
u
((
i(
u
t(
7 ni (jrt.
y in"?/^.s'.
.V in sun.^
t in time.*
w in wine,
k in kite.
1 That is, as the word is roni-
inonly pronouiu-fd ; tlie sound
hep.nl in hob/, sliortoned.
3 In qu, and also commonly in
gii and su before a vowel, u is u
semi-vowel or consonant, and is
pronounced like w.
' Never like ?. ♦ Never like sh.
PRONUNCIATION.
).l.
N,
5. SYLLiUJLES. ' V • ' •
1. A syllable consists of a vowel or diphthong with
or without one or more consonants. Hence a word
has as nuuiy syllables as it has vowels and diphthongs ;
ae-gTi-tu'-«lo, sickness.
2. Wl'.cn a word is divided into syllables, a single con-
sonant is joined with the vowel following: a-ina'-bi-li.s,
amiable.
3. If there are two or more consonants between two
vowels, as many are joined with the following vowel
as can be prononnced at the beginning of a word or
syllabic: im'-pro-bus, had; lio-spes, (/nest.
4. But in compound words the division must show
tlie c(nnponent parts : ab'-est (ab, awai/ ; est, lie is^^
he Is awaij.
5. The last syllable of a word is called the ultima;
the one next to the last, the penult ; the one before tlie
penult, the antepenult.
ish. But
|1, u IS a
t, und ia
|r like $h.
0. Quantity.
1. A vowel is short before a vowel (with few excep-
tions) or /^ also probably before nt and ndi po-e'-iiia,
poem; grii'-ti-ao, thanks; ni'-hil, nothinq : a'-iriiiiit,
thet/ love; ino-iicii'-cliis, to he advised. ^^
2. Dij)lithongs, vowels representing (lii)hthongs, vow-
els resultinjx from contraction, and vowels followed bv
^'/^ ^^'S h ^"^^ commonly//;?, are long: iii-i'-(iiiii.s (iiiae-
quiis^ unequal; cd'-jj*! (<*6aj»'o), eoUeet ; eon'-fe-ro, hrini)
together ; inv.n'-siiftah/e; hri'-,\iis^ of him : luri'-^nviH^ great.
In this book only long vowels are marked, unless for
somi' special reason. _ , ^^
n
/j^
PRONUNCIATION.
3. A S341able is long when it contains a long vowel
or a diphthong : vo'-ces, voices ; ae'-des, temple.
4. A sylhible is lojig if it has a short vowel followed
by two or more consonants (except a mute followed by
I or r), or by x ov z\ but the sliort vowel is still pro-
nounced short: siinV fhey are; teiii'-pluni, temple;
(lux,^ leader.
5. A syllable is common if it has a short vowel fol-
lowed by a mute with I or r; tc'-ne-brae, darhiess.
The vowel is pronounced short.
The above statements are useful in determining the place of
the accent.
7c Accent.
1. Words of two syllables have the accent on the
first: til' -hii, trumpet.
'y^ 2. Words of more than two syllables have the accent
on the penult when the penult is long, otherwise on the
antepenult: liriieMli' -co, foretell ; prae'-dli-co, declare;
iUe'-ce-brae, snares ; pa-ter'-iius,^ paternal.
(1) Several words, called c clitics, of which tlie commonest are
ne, the sign of a question, an(^ que, and. are a})pended to other
words, and such wr rds are then accented on the syllable preceding
the ne or que : amat'-ne, docs he love ? dona'-que, and gifts.
8. English Method of Pronunciation. — By this
method the above rules relating to sylla es (5) and
accent (7) are observed, and words *are pronounced
substantially as in English ; but final es is sounded as
in English ease, and final os (ace. plur.) as in dose.
^ u pronounced like uo in Jbot. the penult is short, the syllable is
* Here, though >he lyowel of long by 6. 4.
j!
i
PRONUNCIATION.
)ng vowel
le.
follo^v?d
[lowed by
still pro-
I, temple;
rowel fol-
darkness.
lie place of
t on the
le accent
se on the
leclare ;
uionest are
(1 to other
preceding /
5">- /
- By this
(5) and
lounced
itded as
o»e.
syllaUe is
The following colloquium may be used, if the teacher wishes, for
practice, and to illustrate the foregoing statements. See introduc-
tory note, page 1.
9.
COLLOQUIUM.
Auyatitiis. Quid tibi vis?
I id us. Tecum ambulare ve-
lim.
A . Ego nolo I domi manere
malo.
I. Our mavis?
A. Ego et f rater vesperi
cum patre ambulare malu-
mus.
/. Our mecum per silvas
vagarl uon vultis ?
A. Quod vesperi amoeni-
tate frul malumus quam solis
ardore.
7. At jam saepe mecum
ambulare noluisti.
A. Non recte dicis ; nOn
est causa cur tecum ambulare
nolim ; at cum hortus avi satis
amplus sit et lacum silvamque
contiueat, ibi malumus liidere.
Si vis, nobiscum veui.
What do you ivish (for your-
.self) ?
I ahotdd lik(' to take a walk
ii'ith you.
T doiiH want to; I prefer to
stay at home.
Wlty do you prefer {that) ?
My brother and I had rather
take a icalk at eveniiuf icith our
father.
Why don't you vmid to roam,
irith me through the woods'}
Because we had rather en-
joy the pleasaidness of evening
than the heat of the sun.
But often before now you have
not wanted to walk ivith me.
What you say is not true;
there is no reason why I should
not want to walk with you; but
si'"e grandfather's garden is
■'■ large, and has a pond and
jrove, we had rather play
there. If you like., come with us.
.10. Cases.
1. The names of the cases in Latin are: nominative,
vocative., genitive^ dative., accuaativey ablative.
s.
Ill i
!l
r'
CASE AND GENDER.
2. The vocative is the case of address, but it does
not differ in form from the nominative, except in the
sip'-'ular of nouns and adjectives in w« of the second
de 'sion, and lience is not elsewhere given separately
in tne paradigms.
/ 3. Another case, the locative^ which denotes the place
of an action, is mostly confined to proper names, and
has the form of the ablative (sometimes dative) singular
or plural, or of the genitive singular.
11. Gp:nder. — The gender of Latin nouns is deter-
mined partly, as in English, by the meaning, but much
oftener by the termination.
1. Nouns denoting males are masculine : aj^ricola,
farmer; Cicero, Cicero.
2. Nouns denoting females are feminine : regiiia,
queen; Tiillia, Tullia.
3. Names of rivers, winds, and months are masculine :
Padus, Po; aqiiilo, north ivind ; Jaimariiis, January.
4. Names of countries, towns, islands, and trees, are
feminine: AiviQUf Africa ; Homily Ho7ne ; SicilisLf iS icily ;
pirns, pear-tree.
5. Indeclinable nouns are neuter: fas, ri//ht.
( )tlier rules of gender will be given under the several declensions.
It is assumed that the learner knows the names and functions
of the parts of speech in English, and the meanings of the common
grammatical terms, such as subject and predicate, case, mood, tense,
voice, declension, coyyngation, etc. So much knowledge is absolutely
essential for entering upon the stud^ i the following lessons.
J'
FIRST DECLENSION.
it it does
jpt ill the
le second
jeparately
the place
Lines, and
) singular
> is deter-
out much
ajii^ricola,
regiua,
isculme :
nuary.
•ees, are
Sicily ;
lensions.
Imictioiis
Icommori
\(l, tense,
'Solutely
\
,' "■ *
^1
I
•». ' y
CHAPTER II. 1.
FIRST DECLENSION.
12. The btem^ ends in a.
13. Gender. — The gender is feminine , but see
general rules, 11.
14. PARADIGM.
SINGLLAR. I'LL'RAL.
N.V. tuba, a trumpet. N.V. tubae, trumpets.
G. tub a.e, of a trutnpet. G. iiih arum, of trumpets.
D. tubae, to or for a trumpet. D. tub is, to or for trumpets.
Ac. tub am, a trumpet. Ac. tubas, trumpets.
Ab. tubs.," with a trum2)et. Ab. t\ihia, with trumpets.
1. For the reasou why the vocative case is not given separately
in the paradigm see 10. 2.
2. Examples of the locative case (10. 3) in this declension are:
R5mae, at Rome; .thenis, at Athens.
15. Terminations. — These consist of case-endings,
joined with the hnal letter of the stem. But sometimes
the final letter of the stem is lost, and sometimes the
case-ending.
SING L' LA K. 1' I.URAL.
X.V. a ae
G. ae aium
D. ae Is
Ac. am §s
Ab. 5 Is
1 The stem is the common base to dered, according to its connection,
which certain letters are added to It is therefore recommended that,
express the relation of the word in declining words, no translation
to other words. of the ablative he given till it« use
2 The ablative is variously reu- has been illustrated. Seep.20, n. 1.
ill
! I
1! i
I
til
n
I I
i
' !
!|
y
:i ■ !
FIKST DECLENSION.
10. Observe that the genitive and dative singular and nomina-
tive plural are alike ; also the dative and ablative plural.
17, In Latin there is no article: tuba may be translated
a trumpet, the trumpet, or trumpet.
18. The pupil should connnit to memory the table of termina-
tions.
19.
2.
VOCABULARY.
XOUNS.
aquila, v., etujle.
Cauda, k., tail.
coluinba, i\, dove.
filia,^ F., daughter.
puella, 1'., (jivl.
regina, f., ijucen.
rosa,- F., rose.
via, F., ruad, street, way.
VI KU?
est, {lie, site, it) is.
sunt, {thei/) are.
ADJECTIVES.'
alba, white.
bona, good.
(lilra, hard.
lata, iride, broad.
longa, /()ii(/.
magna, larr/e.
mala, had.
parva, small, Utile.
habet, {he, she, it) has.
habeut, {they) have.
20. Observe that in the above verb-forms the singular ends
in t, and the plural in )it. ^Jf
Nominative and Accusative.-
21. exercises.
1."* 1. Viae latae. 2. Via lata. 3. Vias latas. 4. Viam
latain. 5. Cauda longa. 6. Caiulas lonoils. 7. Caudani
longam. 8. Caiulae lorigac. 0. Columbas parvfis. 10. Co-
1 Filia !uul d«*a, goddess., liavc
a dative and ablative phiral in
-dbus, but this is mostly confined
to legal and religious language.
" Caution: Do not pronounce
s like s, if you use the Roman
method. See page 2, note 8.
^ The masculine and neuter of
adjectives wid ha taken up in con-
nection with nouns of the second
declension.
^ Observe that the adjective
takes the case and number of the
noun to which it belongs.
I
■t
%
•'■."^fliMeilK'i^
FIRST DECLENSION.
9
nd nomina-
1.
translated
of tenuina-
e.
) /las.
ve.
;ular ends
4. Viam
ICiuultini
10. Co-
I neuter of
ij) in con-
lie second
idjcctivo
2r of th»
lumbae parvae. 11. Coluraba parva. 12. Columbam par-
vam. 13. llosaiii albam. ''■I. Kosao albae. 15. Kosa alba.
IG. Kosfis albfis. 17. Ivogina mala. IH. TItlgTiias malas.
II. In like manner give the nominative and accusative in both
numbers of the words meaniuLi,' liltle t/trl, rjrcat edf/lc, good queen,
wide street. Decline together rosa alba, via loiiga, bona puella
2^
3.
EXERCISES.
;> vC- ' '
I. 1. Via est louga. 2. Dura est vui. :\. Pnellae rosas
habent. 1. Ke^Tna coluinbani habet. .">. Kosae sunt albae.
(). Cauda est albti. 7. Caudae sunt longae. <S. Acjuila cau-
dam habet. U. Puellae tubas habent. 10. AipiilaQ_ sunt
niagnae.
II. 1. Via dura est louga. 2. I'uella 1)oiki rosani habet.
.'). Coluinba caudani parvani habet. 4. lieginae all)as rosas
habent. o. Kosa parva est alba. (5. Aquila magna est alba.
7. Tubae nifignae sunt longae. S. Puelhi tubtnn longam
habet. 9. Filiae bonne et)lumbris luilxnt. 10. Aquila magna
Ifitam caudam habet.
2.*5. Xotiee the order of the words in the above sentences, and
see wlnn-ein it differs from the order in English. You will find
that —
1. The adjective is commonly placed aft(;r its noun. When
placed l)efor(> the noun it is for emphasis.
2. '^I'hc verb commonly comes at the end of the sentence, but
est and sunt are less frequently so placed.
'*). The ol)ject connnonly comes before the verb.
24. Observe that the subject is in the nominative case, and
that tlu! verb agrees with it in number, as in ICnglish.
25. Observe that the verb habet (habent) is transitive, and
has its object in the accusative.
• 26. Rule of Syntax. — The direct object of a.
transitive verb is in the accusative case.
\
^X^
ugasmumimamm
4
i\ fi
H
10
FIRST DECLENSION.
/
4.
27. EXERCISES.
I. 1. The roads are broad. 2. The streets are long.
3. Queens have doves. 4. The girl lias a rose. o. Eagles
have tails. G. The dove is white. 7. The girl has a trumpet.
8. The eagle is large. 9. The rose is white. 10. The girls
are small.
II. 1. Tile long way is liard. 2. Good girls have roses.
3. Doves have small tails. 4. Great eaiiiles have broad tails,
o. The good queen has a dove. (1. The little girls have
large trumpets. 7. The little dove is white. 8. The queen
is g(^od. 0. The good queen has a little daughter. 10. A
little girl has a white rose.
28. Answer tJip. foUowi)i(f in Latin :^ —
1. Estne^ via Ifita? 2. Habctne pueila rosam? 3. II:i-
bentne aquilae caudas loiigas? 4. (^nid (tuhat) habet regina
bona? 5. (^uid liabent puellae bouae? G. llabentne co-
lumbae caudas?
3.
a.
20,
VOCABULARY.
NfUJNH.
ilia, r., If hi!'.
Hrltaiinia, i ., liritain.
Corndlla, i'., Cornelia.
AKJKCrnVKM.
liilillta, much (l>l. mauij).
plena, /'»//.
prima, .//V.sY.
soouiKla, second.
CON.H'NCTION.
et, and.
Galba, M., (ialba.
h<lra, F., hour.
liiiia, r., moon.
VKuns.
aitiat, {he, s/ic, it) loves,
ainaiit, (thc.ii) love.
<lat, (he, she. it) r/ives.
<lant, {(h€>j) yice.
ADVKMH.
noil, not.
K.
1 Kvory answer sliould form a '^ 'I lie particle no is a[)i)ended
CM)ii^)U'to sonttiu'i'. To tlio qnos- to nonit' wonl in n etiitonci', oitvr
^■^ tion pstrne via luiiKii • the answer the verb, as a sign of a question,
should )>e via est louga. and is not to be translated by txny
separate word.
'4
4
I
■■T^-«PfM«*r^;'-f*^''i<|K**
FIRST DECLENSION.
11
are long.
0. Eagles
\ a trumpet.
. The girls
Liave roses.
broad tails,
girls have
The queen
,er. 10. A
abet rogina
il)entue co-
iH.
t) loves.
ii'f.
(/ivea.
\
jk..
is appendcc
titcnci', oftoi
a (jut'Sticii,
luted by imy
30.
Genitive and Dative.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. i^fuKie plenae. 2. Luuaruin plenaruni. i3. LunTs
plenis. 4. Ilorarum priniaruin. 5. llorls prlniTs. 6. FIlia
(Jalbae.^ 7. Filils Corneliae. iS. KosTs albls. i). Columbae
})arvae. 10. A(piih"iruin fUaruni.
IP II. 1. Tho queen's daughter. 2. Tlie queens' daughters.
.'{. For the girl's rose. 4. Of the wings of the dove. 5. For
Cornelia's daughter. (5. Of Uritain. 7. For eagles. 8. Of
the long streets, i). For tlie little girls. 10. To the small
trumpet.
6.
;jl. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Pnellae {dative) est rosa. 2. Puelhi rosam habet.
.'}. Keiijinis sunt eoluml)ae. 1. Key;Tnae colunibas ha])ent.
'). Ilosa puelhie est alba. (">. Kosae pueUarum sunt aii)ae.
7. (lalba flliae'" eohnnliam dat. H. Cornelia jjuelhs rosus
dat. I), (lall)a Corneliae aquilam dat. 10. Galba et Cor-
nelia fllias habent. .^ ,, -^
IF. 1. Flliae Corneliae rosfis albas hal)ent. 2. Cornelia
})uellae parvai' rosam magnani dat. o. Kst' liura prima Ifniac!
plenae. 4. Ilora est"' secnnda et luna est pU'na. T). Magn.-i
est rosa puelhie parvae. 0. (lalba puellae tubam i)arvam
dat. 7. Colunil)ae albae sunt flliai! bonae. 8. Multae et
longae sunt Hritanni:ie viat-. IK liritunniji reginam bonam
liabct. 10. (lalba fllils bonae \j;'nae rosas multas dat.
-^ 32. The first sentence in 1. is literally translat(.'d to the girl is
a rose. Evidently the meaning is the i/irl. has a rosr^ the same as
that of the second. The dutivo thus used with est or sunt is rallecl
the Dative of the PoBSfiBSor, or the Possessive Dative.
lA'
1 <i<il/>(t's (hiHijIitrr. The geni-
tive is oftcji to be truiisluted by
the KnghHh puuKesa^ve.
2 'i'raiislute, his daughter,
8 It is.
^ 'l^lu
d'
(i»f
1
t!
12
FIRST DECLENSION.
33. Examine the seventh sentence m 1. The transitive verb
dat lias a direct object, columbam ; but it also has a dative limit-
ing it, filiae. This dative is called an Indirect Object. Find
other illustralions oi' the i'oUowiug:
34. KULE OF Syntax. — The indirect object is put
in the dative. 4.^ .^^^c, V a ' x ^
7.
35.
EXERCISES.
1. Before turning the following sentences into Latin, translate
mentally l2, 0, and 10, in 31. II., taking the words as the^- stand.
Observe that the indirect object precedes the direct.
2. In the following exercises try to cast each sentence into the
Latin form before thinking of the Latin words. Thus, the sixth
sentence will take the form, t/ie t/irl to the (/Keen a rose (/lues; and
the eighth, to a (jirl littfe is a rose little, or o giri little a rose little lios.
I. 1. It' is the lirst lioiir. 2. 'Inhere'- is a full moon.
.*>. The inoon*s full. 4. 'I'lie dovi' is small. r». T'he tail of
the en<;h' is broad. (>. The liirl jiivcs the (juecn^ u rose.
7. The queen's roses are white. .S.^ A little girl has a little
rose.
!>. The first hour is a long one.- 10. (lalba gives the
gu\s some- roses.
H. 1. 'IMie queen's daughter has a white rose.
Tl
le
queen of Britain gives the girl a great rose. iJ. It is the
second hour of the full moon. 1. The dauuhters of Cornelia
are small iiirls.
f). The (lauLihters of Cornelia are mmd
little'' iiirls.*' (1. The little dove's tail is a lonir oni'
T'he
wings of eagles are long and broad. <S. Kaules lia\e long
r*'
broad^ wings. 1). The littli; dove haw a white tail. 10. "^ Alany
doves have white tails.
1 Omit. Comitnnyi. II.;Jiuul4.
2 Omit.
* That Ih, to the qnecti. Compare
81. I. 7, H, and 9; und 31. U. 2,
0, and 10.
• TruMsilnti' ill two ways, like
:n. I., I Mild 2, ;] and \.
^ Notnitiiitive.
'■ In Lii\\i\, (/ood and little,
"^ LoHj and broad.
SECOND DECLENSION.
13
ransitive verb
a, dative liiiiit-
)bject. Fiud
)ject is put
c
,atin, translate
as they stand.
tenco into the
I'hus, the sixth
use (jices; and
a rose little has.
;i full moon.
. Tlu' tail of
H'cir' :i roso.
irl has u little
l)a u'ives the
[)se. 2. The
;;. It is tho
[s of Coriieliii
[li:i are <i;ood
|)ne. 7. The
have long,
10.'' Many
Ivvo wiiys, like
lid I.
\n(l little.
m
4
CHAPTER III. 1.
SIX'OND DECLENSION.
36. The stein ends in o.
37. Gender. — Nouns ending in urn are neuter;
most others are masculine ; but see general rules for
gender, 11. 4.
38. PARADIGMS.'
Hortus, garden.
8IN(ii:i.AK. IM.l HAL.
N.V. hortus, 6 horti
(t. hort 1 hortorum
D. hort 6 hort Is
Ac. hort um hort 6a
Ab. hort 6 hort Is
35>. The vocative singular of nouns in ua of this
declension ends in e.
1. As these are the only Latin nouns having a form for the
vocative different from the nominative, this i)eculiarity is best
Hij^arded and treated as an exception.
4(). Examples of the locative case (10. ;j) in this decleusiou
are: Qoiin%\n, at Corinth ; Thurils, f/^ Thurii.
41.
Bellum,
irnr.
SING i; I, A K.
i'MIRAL.
■^ X.V. bellum
bell a
G. belli
bell orum
1). bell 6
bell Is
. Ac. bellum
bell a
Ab. bell 6
bell 18
TERMINATIONS.
siNor
.Al{.
v\.v
UAL.
Masc.
Kent.
Masc,
.VetU.
N.V. us, 6
um
I
a
G. I
1
orum
drum
D. 6
6
to
U
Ac. um
um
a^
a
Ab. S
6
Si
b
42. Althour;;h the stem enths in o, the o does not a|)pear except
in the dat. and abl. singular ainl in the gen. and ace. plural.
^ For peculiarities of nouns in iua aud i'um see 79.
14
SECOND DECLENSION.
iK
¥
43.
2.
VOCABULARY.
Masculine,
amicus, friend.
cihuSf food.
discipulus, pupil.
doininus, lord, master.
equiis, horse.
scrvus, slave or servant.
AD.TKCTIVRS.
defessus, -a, -urn, tired.
darus, -a, -uni, lidrd.
griitiis, -a, -um, pleasing/.
noviis, -a, -uni, new.
NOUNS.
Ketiter.
bracchium, arm. (79.)
donuin, yijl.
ovum, <v/y.
pilum, Javelin.
puculiiin, cup.
vinuiii, ivine.
VERHS.
laudat, {he, she, it) praiaes.^
laudant, (theij) jn-aise.
portat, {he, she, it) carries.
portant, {thei/) carry.
44. Adjectives of the first and second declensions
have three terniinations to mark the different genders:
>>oniis, niascnlinc; bona, feminine; boniiiii, nenter.
The feminine of the adjective is declined like tuba, the
masculine like bortiis, and tlie neuter like belluiii.
The full declension of bonus is given on i)age 24.^
1. Form the masculine and neuter of all the adjectives in 19
and 29.
Nominative and Accttsative.
4^- exercises.
1. 1. AniToT bonl. 1. y' uueiis 1k)uus. 3. AniTcos bonos.
A. AmTcuni honuni. f). IVlciiluni umMiin. 0. Pocula nova.
7. P2quusdr'f(!ssns, S. Kcjuiini defcssuiii. '.>. Kquds defossoH.^
10. EquT defcssT. 11. rOculu nifigini. 12. Servos malos. "*%
' Laudat may be tranelated 2 j^ dpclininfjf adjectives, it will
praises, is proisinrj, or docs praise. be found advantageous to declhie
'"'^m
5.
lias
So of the other verh-forma.
each gender separately.
SECOND DECLENSION.
15
(79.)
t) praiaea?
hcos bonos.
bcula novM.
Ks (Ulfessos.
[)s uimIos. '^^
k'tivcs, it will
lus to deollue
f
>raise.
t) carries.
. -(■
irry.
1
Lleolensioiis
t genders:
M
in, neuter.
•^^
3 tuba, the
e bt'lluin.
e 24.2
ctives in 19
,
i
II. I. In like manner fonr. the nominative and accusative in
both numbers of the words meaning long^ javelin, hard master,
amall horse, good wine. Decline together bonus cibus, servus
malus, vinum novum.
46. Examine tlic following sentences: —
Galba est amicus, Galha is n friend.
Galba et Cornelia sunt amlci, Galha and Cornelia are friends.
1. Observe in these examples that tlie subject and predicate
nouns are in the same case, just as in English.
47. Rule of Syntax. — A noun in the predicate
referring to the same person or thing as the subject
is in the same case.
48.
3.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. Donuni est grfitum. 2. Servus bonus est defosaus.
5. Amicus piluni portat. 4. Discipuhis ovum durum habot.
T). Equus defessus cibum porttit. G. Dona sunt pocuhi
parva. 7. Discipulus bracchia longa luibet. 8. Domini
servos laudant. ". Dominus aervum laudat. 10. Servl p6-
cula parva portant. 11. Novum equuni laudat. 12. E([u6s
uovOs laudant.
II. 1. The servant has the cup. 2. The servants have
the enps. 3. The pupil has wine and eggs. 4. The master
has good food. T). The gifts are long javelins. G. The
master and the slave are good friends. 7 The little horses
are tired. ^. Tlu^ new pu|)il has a big- eup. 0. Tliey praise
the second horse. 10. He is praising the good master.
11. They have some" good frieiuls. 12. The slave carries
the cups and wine.'
^ Tlio juljoctive must hv of the
''luuf gonder as the noun.
^ See page 19, note 1.
I Oiuit.
l!#'l
16
SECOND DECLENSION.
fill ;
111 I: ;i
ii I
4.
Genitive and Dative.
45^. exercises.
I. 1. Anilcls l)oaIs. 2. AmTco l)on(3. 3. AmIcT boni.
4. Amleoiiiin honoriiiii. i). Pooulo novo. 0. Poculorum
novoruni. 7. l*6culTs iiovTs. S. EquT defessT. \). Eq^.Ts
drfessls. 10. E(|noruiu defessorum. 11. Kqiio defesso.
1 2. Servis bonis.
II. Ill like niannor, form the genitive and dative in both num-
bers of the words nuianing lo?i(j Javelin, hard innslr.r, Hinnll horse,
(food roino. Decline together bonus amicus, discipulus malus,
donum gratum.
5.
50. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Donuni junici bonl est grfitum. 2. Servi boni do?ni-
noruni maloruin sunt defessT. 3. AniTcTs diseipuli dat' pila
niulta. 4. Ainleo bono discipnlT sunt pTla niulta. 5. AmIcT
bonoruni discipnlorum pila multa habent. G. Equus defes-
suH c'ibum doniini jioi'tat. 7. Longa sunt braeehia servi
boni. 8. Dona doniinl servTs sunt o;iata. 9. l^uellls parvTs
ova alba dant.' 10. Servi leglnTs ova aquilarum dant.
II. 1. Tiio g'ft is pleasing to the good friend. 2.- The
slave has the master's cup. 3.- The servants have the
masters' cups. 4. The master gives the slave'' a hard egg.
Oy ^he food of the master is wine and eggs. G. Tiie mas-
ter praises the little pupil's cup. 7. The tired horses are
carrying gifts for the friend, .s. The girl has many new*
friends. 9. The broad eup is [)leasing to the new pupil.
10. The eagle's eggs are gifts of the good servant.
^ When there is no subject ex-
])ros8cd in the sentence, how is the
verb W be reuilered ?
- Translate in tw«) ways. See 32.
^ Not accusative.
* Many and new.
/
'<
'*-.
«y
'i'
.^
^]F
FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS.
17
^micT boni.
Poculoriiin
y . Eqv Is
lO defesso.
51. Answer the folloiving in Lathi :^ —
1. Quid portat Jacobus {James) 't 2. Tortatne domino^
vTiium vt ova? .'k Noiiue^ portat ova colUiiibao all)ae?
4. Laudatne caudam longaiii cmiuT albi? 5. (.^uid, Jacobe,
habct doinini filia in (in) poculo?
Form and answer five other questions in Latin.
in both num-
, aviall Jiorst',
ulus malus,
-OT>*i<^
I l)oni donii-
uli dat^ pUa
5. Amlci
qiius dC'fcs-
cchia servi
lellls parvTs
daiit.
2.- The
s liave the
liard egg.
I. The mas-
liorses are
|niany new*
new pupil.
It.
niya. See 32.
/"
'^^
i
CHAPTER IV. 1.
FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS.
52.
NOUNS.
antrloola, -ao, Uinmr.
nauta, -ao, sailor.
poeta, -ac, }un't.
oarrus, -i, ir(i</(m.
reiiius, -I, o(ir.
veiitus, -i, iriiiil.
Xe liter.
frniiKMitiiiii, -1, (/ntiii
pabiiliiiii, -ifjhililir.
VOCABULARY.
ADJECTIVES.
clarus, -a, -luWy janious.
peritus, -a, -iiiii, skilj'ul.
(liiartiis, -a, -luiiy Jhurlh.
(liiiiitits, -a, -Mxtifji/th.
tertius, -a, -iiin, t/iinl.
vaiidus, -a, -uin, stromj, sturdi/.
PRTPOSITION,
ill (with ablntivt'), in, on.
ill (with Jicc'usativc), into, to.
53. In the preceding exercises an adjective qualifying a noun
has had tlie same tt-rmination as th<; noun. Now obs(M've the
foHowing examples: agricola bonus, n f/ood farmer ; agricolae
bonI, of <i (/ood. /(irnif r ; agricolae bono, /o or y^r rt good farmer,
etc. Here tlie adjc^ctive lias a dilfei'ent termination from LUe noun.
Since agricola is masculine, the adjective that goes with it nmst
have the masculine form, as well as the same nund)er and case.
^ See note 1, p. 10.
" for, not to, the master.
8 V/hcTi ne is api)enih'(l to noii,
the answer i/es ia expected. See
note 2, p. 10. So in Kii{,diHh, a
(juestion asked vvitli not expects
the answer >/es.
< See 11. 1.
I,
|i|n'
18
FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS.
54. Rule of Syntax. — Adjectives agree with their
nouns in gender, number, and case.
55. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Agricolae validi. 2. Agricolam validum. 3. Agri-
colfis validos. 4. Agricola validus. 5. Agricolae valido.
6. Agricolarum validorum. 7. Agricola valide.
II. 1. A skilful saik/r (wo7/i. a?id ace). 2. Skilful sailors
(nom. and ace). 3. Of a skilful sailor. 4. For a skilful
sailor. 5. Skilful sailor (voc). 6. For skilful sailors.
7. Of a famous poet. 8. Of famous poets. 9. Pleasing
poets. 10. A pleasing poet (wow. and ace.)*
i» t
'i''ii!
2. ^
56. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Hortus agricolae magnus est. 2. Agricola validus
hortuni magnum liabet. 3.^ Agricolae (dat.) est hortus mag-
nus. 4. Nautae remus lonous est. 5. Poeta vlnum bonum
agricolae periti laudat. G. Hora est quarta. 7.^ Luna est
plena. 8. Pabulum 0(iui albi est frumentum. 9. Dominus
servum peritum laudat. 10.'^ Nautae {dat.) grata sunt ova et
vinum agricolae boni.
II. 1. O* agricola valide, carrus est plenus frumenti.
2. Domine bone, secunda hora est, et discipulus est de-
fessus. 3. Hortos agricolarum i)erTtorum laudant. 4. P6-
culura magnum est vini plenum. 5. Agricola bonus equo
valido dat pabulum.
1 See 32.
2 We may translate, there is a
full 7noon^ it is a full viooti, or the
vioon is full. There is notliinj? in
Latin answering to our it and there
used in this way at the beginning
of a sentence.
^ Translate tliis sentence with-
out changing the order of the
words, and you will feel the em-
phasis imparted to nautae from
its position.
^ O sometimes accompanies the
vocative.
^.^.c^.MU^.<»<(<»<UK.4te^l,»><Mi»'>^VK>^<^'«'»^^
^W^~"'''.
r^V.tt-if-
mm
-\
with their
FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS.
19
. 3. Agri-
ilae validO.
ilful sailors
H' a skilful
fill sailors.
). Pleasing
!ola validus
ortiis mag-
iim bonum
Luna est
. Dominus
unt ova et
frument!.
s est de-
4. Po-
)nus equo
tonco with-
ler of the
!el tilt' eiii-
utao from
ipanles the
57. EXERCISES.
I. 1. The poet likes' the farmer's wine. 2.^ Farmers have
large wagons and strong horses. 3. Skilful sailors like a
<rood breeze. 4. In the garden there ^ are manv roses, o. The
poet and his^ daugliter are in the wagon. G. The horse
carries the farmer's grain. 7. There is wine in the little
girl's cup. 8. There are many'* small girls in the street.
9. Galba carries fodder for the horses. 10. The food of
the little dove is grain.
II. 1. M}^ (O) good friend, the master's cup is full.
2. The servant gives the queen ^ a large cup. 3. Tlie strong
sailors are carrying javelins in their" arms. 4. In the strong
wagon is good fodder for the farmer's horses, o. In the
poet's gardens there are many friends. 6. Farmers have
horses, wagons, doves, eggs, and^ wine.
58. COLLOQUIUM.
Datne" Carolus (Chdrles) amico cymbam (boat)?
Carolus amlco cvmbam et remos dat.
Quid in cymba liabet Carol'is ?
Carolus remum et pTlum in cymba habet.
Quota {ivhat) hora est?^ Ilora est quinta.
Quid in carro liabet rusticus {countryman) validus?
Quid in poculo desTdcrat (ivants) rusticus defessus?
1 Occasionally words occur iu
the p]nglish exorcises which are
purposely not given as definitions
in the vocabularies, but by a little
thought the pupil will understand
what Latin word is meant.
* Translate in two ways.
8 Omit.
* Many and small.
'^ Not accusative.
•5 Remember that nc is append-
ed as the sign of a question.
7 What time is it? or. What is
the time of daij f
\
20
SECOND DECLENSION.
iM
>: :l
59.
CHAPTER V. 1.
SECOND DECLENSION.
PARADIGM.
Puer,
hou
•
TkRM I NATIONS.
SINGULA^?.
I'LTIRAL.
SING.
I'lJ u.
N.V. puer
pueri
1
G. pueri
puer orum
I
orum
D. puoro
puer Is
5
IS
Ac. puorum
puer OS
um
OS
Ab. puer 6 ^
puerfs
5
Is
CO.
fjoiior, -ori, m., son-in-law.
liberi, -oruiii, (pi.) m., children
soecr, -cri, m., father-in-law.
vir, viri, m., man, hero.
asper, -era, -eriini, rough.
liber, -era, -eriiin,'- /rce.
VOCABULARY.
tenor, -era, -erum, tender.
sextus, -a, -iiiii, sixth.
a (ab), prep. w. abl., hj, away from,
amatur, {he, she, It) Is loved.
aniantin*, (theij) are loved.
laiidatur, (he, she. It) is praised.
miserf-cniy-erum, poor, ivretched. laudautur, (theij) are praised.
pueri, general word for children.
liberi, children of free parents.
61. The fanner is praised liy the queen would be
expressed in Latin thus: Agricolii ii (or ab) reginti
laudtitiir ; and The queen is p)ralsed hy the farmer .^ thus:
Regliia ab (not a) ajjrrioola laiidatur.
Observe that in. the first sentence, reglna, and in the seconrl,
agricola, denotes the person by whom the thing is done (the
agent) ; also, that these words are in the ablative, and are preceded
by a or ab. The ablative thus used, together with the preposition, an-
swers the question hy whom ? and is called the Ablative of Agent.
1 To translate pucro, " with,
from, 1)1/ a hoi/," as is commonly
done, is wholly wronij. 117//* a hoij
would be cum piiero ; f'om, or hy
a hoy, a piiero. See p. 7, note 2.
2 Decline the masculine of
adjectives in er in this lesson
like piier. '<'he full declension is
given on p. 24.
OI
It
II
3.
a
riiiiiiliittik
SECOND DECLENSION.
21
IONS.
ri.t It.
T
orum
IS
OS
Is
\der.
', awai/ Jrom.
loved,
ivfd.
praised,
•aiscd.
;^oukl be
reginii
er, thus :
le secoiifl,
done (thc3
preceded
sit ion, an-
F Agent.
culino of
"lis lesson
)leusion is
I
(Jii. Rule op Syntax. — The aj»'ent witli passive
verbs is expressed by the abhitive with d or ab, —
ab before vowels or /*, d or ab before consonants.
(»;?. Head again 53 and 54, tluMi a<ld the proper terniinationH
of the adjectives, and translate the following': —
I. 1. (lenor! bon-, gener l)on- {iiom. and voc). 2. Vir
inu<Tn-. fi viro nifiiin-* 3. Al) aiiTicolfi dGfossQ a<^ricol:ie
miser-. 4. A reglnfi toner-. 5. Puerl us[)er-.
II. 1. P»v the bad fathi'r-in-hi\v. 2. lU' the roiigli sailor.
3. I>y the children of the hero. 4. The free meu {nom. and
ace). 5. Of the wretched sons-in-law.
(
04.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. Gener viri servns est. 2. Pner bonns ab aipieo
huKlatiir. 3. Liheri a nniita, usperu amantiir. 4. j*uelhi
tenera colnmbas parvus aniat. Ti. Cuininhae [)arvae a pnella
tenera anijuitur. G. Miseri servT a. domino bono laudantur.
7.^ Lata in via sunt puerl multl et asperi. <s. I\qui valid!
aoricohic a iTlieTs laudaiitui. 'J. FIlia socerl est misera.
10. Viri i'llias poetae laudant.
II. 1. The sons-in-law of the men are farmers. /?. Good
men are praisod by their- friends. 3. The boy is loved by
tlie rouiili sailoi's. 4. The sixth ' ov is a new one.^ 5. The
tired children are in the farmer's wagon. G. The tender
dove is loved by the little girl. 7. Poor slaves are not
praised by their rough masters. 8. The strong man is in
the poet's garden. 0. The heroes are praised by the pui)ils.
10. They love the daughter of the poor sailor.
^ Adjective, proposition, noun, tlic three are com Dined. "What is
is often the order where, as here, the English order? 2 Qmit.
i:i
Hi
(!
ii . i;
if
22
SECOND DECLENSION.
CHAPTER VI. 1.
SECOND DECLENSION.
66. PARADIGM.
A^er, fief 't.
SINGULAU. PI.L'KAL.
N.V. ager
ag"i
G. agri
agr orum
D. agr 6
Hgrlc:
Ac. agr um
iiyi CC
Ab. agr o
agr Is
Tekminations.
UNO.
i'Li;u.
I
1
orum
o
is
um
58 .
o
Is
Observe that the above terminations are the slfiie as those on
page 20. Wherein does the declension of ager differ from that
of puer?
66.
VOCABULARY.
aper, apri, m., boar.
culter, cultri, m , Inife.
faber, -bri, m., smith.
liber,^ -bri, m., hook.
inagister, -tri, u., master-
miuister, -tri, m,, servant.
aeger, aegra, aegrum,^ aick.
niger, nigra, nigrum, black.
pulcher, pulehra, pulchruin,
beautiful, hanihome.
ruber, rubra, rubrum, red.
Septimus, -a, -uni, seventh.
magister, a superior, director ; hence, master of a school, etc.
dominus (^T.-S), master of a household^ slaves, etc.
minister, an inferior, attendant, servant.
servus (43), a serving man, slave.
67. IMost nouns in er are declined like ager, and most adjec-
tives in er like aeger. The most important nouns and adjectives
that keep the e before r in all the cases were given in the vocabu-
lary, 60, and should now be committed to memory.
68. Decline together equus niger, bonus faber, aper asper,
vir aeger.
* Distinguish liber, free, from liber, hook. * gge p. 24.
;
I V 4 :j> A^':
LV'^
y •<
.
•1
SECOND DECLENSION.
23
60.
2.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. Socer est faber. 2. JNIagister est discipulT amicus.
3. Geneii \ivl mint miuistri. 4. Culter puero est grfitus.
5. LibrT iiiagistri diseipulia sunt gruti. 6. Vluum rubrum
a, fabro defesso amatur. 7. Lib J poetae a maglstro aman-
tur. 8. Puollae pnlchrao virTs rosas rubrfis daiit. 0. Nauta
cultrum longuiii iiabet. 10.^ Libros multos iu bracchiis por-
tat puer.
II. 1. The fathers-in-law are smiths.^ 2. The masters
are loved by their pupils. 3. The man's son-in-law is a
servant. 4. The knives are pleasing to the little boy.
5. The pretty^ cups are liked by the boys and girls. 6. A
girl gives a man'* a beautiful rose. 7. The sailors have many
long knives. 8. The children of the master are carrying'^
the books in their arms. 9. The smith's son-in-law has
children. 10. There is a rough boar in the farmer's field.
idjec-
3tives
Icabu-
70. Answer the following in Latin : —
1. Quis {iclio) est amicus poetae? 2. Quis est socer
Carol! ? 3. Ubi (where) sunt discipuli magistiT? 4. Amantne
hodie (to-day) pensum (task) ? 0. N5nne Carolus columbae
frumeutum hodle dat ? C. Quae (icho, fern.) rosas rubras
habet? 7, Quis bracchia louga habet? 8. Quis est vir liber?
9. Ubi est equus riistici? 10. Quae puellas pulchras habet?
11. Reginanc puellas pulchras habet? 12. Ubi sunt Jacobi
amicl ?
Isper,
1 What is peculiar in the order
of the words 1 Translate as the
words stand, and see what word is
made emphatic by its position.
2 What case is used after est
and sii'it ? Compare the first three
sentences in I. See rule, 47.
3 See p. 19, note 1.
** Not accusative.
6 Not passive. See p. 14, note 1.
tt
24
SECOND DECLENSION.
lip
H:
Ad.iectives: First and Second Declensions.
1.
PARADIGMS.
Bonus, good.
MASOITMNE. IKMININE.
NEUTEU.
Sing.
N.V.
boil us, 6
bona
bon um
G.
boiii
bonae
boni
D.
boil 6
bon ae
bono
Ac.
boil um
bon am
bon um
-
Ab.
bon 5
bona
bono
Plur.
N.V.
boni
bonae
bon a
6.
bon orum boi i arum
bon orum
D.
bonis
bonis
bonis
Ac.
bon OS
bon as
bona
Ab.
bonis
bon IS
Liber, /rw.
bonis
Sing.
X.W
liber
libera
liber um
G.
liberl
liber ae
liberi
D.
libero
liber ae
libero
Ac.
liber um
liber an
liber um
Ab.
lilicro
libera
liber 6
Plur.
N.V.
lib.-ri
libcrae
libera
G.
lilxMorum libcrSrum
liber orum
D.
liliciis
liberis
liberis
Ac.
libfl OS
libfrSs
libera
Ab.
lilu-ris
liberis
Aeger, sick.
libel' la
Sing.
N.V.
a(\gt'r
a(\gra
aegrum
G.
aogri
aegrae
aegr I
D.
jicgrS
aegrae
aegr 5
Ac.
ac'grum
uogiam
aegrum
Ab.
at'gr6
aegr a
aegr 6
riur.
X.V.
iu'gri
aegrae
aegr a
G.
aegr 6rum a<'gr Srum
aegr Srum
D.
aogrls
a<\grl8
aegr la
Ac.
ai»gr6B
m'grftb
aegr a
Ab.
a»'grla
ftegriB
uogria
11
II
1.1
Bui
van
if^
THE VEUIJ Sum.
CHAPTER VII.
THE n^RFX;ULAR VKKIi Sum (stems cs, fu), / am.
72. l*iiiK'i[){il parts, .s?o??, e.s'.s'e, /^<F. -. /
7.*5. For convenience the infl<'ction of sum is <;iveii in full.
Directions \vill he given from time to time as ti> what parts are
to he learned.
INDICATIVE MOOD. ^
rUKSKNT TeNSK.
SIVfif'LAR.
1. avim,^ / <<w.
0. est, he (^slic, it) is.
1. erani,^ I was.
'J. crSs, tfioii ii'dsf.
15. erat, he iiuis.
1. orO,'* / sh((ll he.
'J. eris, Ihdii irilf he.
;h crit, he will he.
rHIRAL.
sumus, ire (ire.
cstis, i/(in (in'.
sunt, f/tei/ (ire.
Imi'Kkff-.ct.
cramus, wr verc.
cratis, noit in re.
erant, tlieij were.
FUTUKK.
erimus, we shdll he.
eritis, i/mt will he.
erunt, lliri/ irill lie.
^
Pkukkct.
1. fill, / lidre heen^ was. fuimus, ire hiiee hern, were. 5|'
'J. fuiatl, thoH hitsf hull, least. fuistis, i/im hare Intii, were.
., r .«. I I I ( f 11 erunt, or M^
.>. fuit, he hits hten, irtis. -^ .
( li;5re, thei/ have been, were.
rrrpKiMECT.
1. in eram, F h(i(f heen. {\\ evcimwHy wr htnl heen. \i ,r
'J. fuerftB, I. (OH hdilsf heen. fnerStis, i/im hail heen, ^
\\. fuerat, hv IkiiI hten. fu erant. Iheif hud Item.
* Sum for CHUtn. of the vtrh, if by ijoh ouu p«rioa
'■' Or, ijtMi are, Jis in the plural. only is nii'iint.
liut in tnuishitin^ into Latin In- " Krain for eHuin.
eiiri'ful to use the Hinguhir form ■* Kro fur chO.
if*»»
ijilli
IP
26
THE VERB Sum.
Future Perfect,
singular. pljral. /,
1. fufiro, / shall have been. fuerimus, we shall have been.
'J. fueris, fhou wilt have been. fueritis, i/oii will have been, y'
3. fiierit, he will have been. fuerint, they will have been.
SUBJUNCTIVE.*
PREyENT.
81NO. PLUR.
1. sim slmus
2. Kis sltia
3. sit sint
Perfect.
1. fuerim fueiimus
2. fueris fueritis
3. fuerit fuerint
Imperfect.
SING. PLUR.
essem essemus
esses cssStis
esset essent
Pluperfect.
fuissem fuissemua
fuissSs fuissetis
fuisset fuissent
IMPERATIVE.
Present.
8INOIILAU. PLirUAL. _. /
2. es, be thou. es te, be ye. .
Future.
2. estS, thou shalt be. estote, ye shall he.
3. estS, ?ie shall be. sunto, they shall be.
INFINITIVE.
Present, esne, to be.
Perfect, fulsse, to have been. \
Future, intUxxiB Qsae, to be about to be, '
PARTICIPLE,
futflrus, -a, -um, about to be.
y
* No moanings cnn l)o given to
tlie 8ul)juiu;tivi' tlint arc not ini«-
leading. Its furins arc theruforc
better loft untranslated until itH
use linH been illuKtratid. The sub-
junctive is treated on pp. 104-lUti.
THE VERB Sum.
27
ll it8
180.
CHAPTER VIIL 1.
THE VERB Sum.
74. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, and
the present imperative and infinitive. ^.
75. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Est, crut, erit. 2. Simt, er.'iut, erunt. 3. Sunius,
crfmiMh, erimiis. \. Ero, erain, sum. 5. IiLrds, es, eria.
G. E.stis, eritis, erfitls. 7. Es, este. 8. Esse. .^
II. 1. I am, \vc arc, I was, we were, I shall be, we shall
be. 2. lie was, they were, he is, they are, he will be, they
will be. \\. You (stuff.) will V>e, are, were. 4. You (^plur.)
will be, are, were. 5. Be ye, be thou. G. To be.
2.
From this point the vocabularies follow the exercises, and it is
recommended that the \\\\\n\ go through the exercises mentally,
referriiig to tlie vocabularies for the meanings of words. Before
writinff the translations into Latin the vocabularies should be re-
viewed, but the task of committing' to memory will tluu bo found
an easy one.
70.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. luimlcus pllum habet. 2. Iiiinuco est ptlum.
o. Somuus puerO erit gratus. 4. LiberT agrieolae erunt
defeswT. 5. ]\Iiiu>rva aram in oi)pido habebat. G. Minervao
ill oppido erat ara. 7. In terra virT, iu acjua rfuuie sunt.
H. InimuT eramus ineyliaHnn malorum. lb OculT doniini
duri eraut magni et nigrl. 10.' Domino duro erant oeuli
niagnl et nigrl. 11.' Dominus durus oeulos nu'iguos et
nigrOs habebat. 12. C'ousilium labri perltl bonuui erat.
^ What wurJ is better left uutruualutud, thuugh needed in the Latin ?
V
i
■\
I
>^
I
28
THE VETIB Sum.
II. 1.^ The f tinner had ti wagon. 2. 1 sliall be the man's
friend. 3. Thcre^ is a hirge town ou'^ tlie island. 4. There
was a red egg on the table. 5. Children were carrying the
food of the men. G. A boy gave a smith"* some" javelins.
7. In the town are enemies of the inhabitants. 8. They
were praising the words of the stnrdy farmer. \). The
poet's gifts will be pleasing to Minerva. 10. Boys, be ye
L Irons and skilful.
77.
3.
EXERCISES.
o
2. Eras
( ) miser
I. 1. Eritis valido in carro agricolae porltT.
nonus diseipulus et filius poetae erat octiivus.
serve, tu {thou) es ininncus piilchrae JMinervtie. 4. Amicus
cro jNIinervae magnae. 5.'' AijrieolTs aratra dura et v.ilida
dabant virT. (5. In Firitnnnia sunt oi)[)ida nuilta et magna.
7. Puer bone, os amicus equi niiserl.
II. 1. A girl gave a sick sailor*"' some wine and water.
2. The wine she carried in a pretty" cup. 3. lie priiiscd the
maiden's^ pretty cup and the ruddy wine. 1. The maiden
and the sailor were inhal)itants of Ibitain. 5. Britain is a
large island, and has handsome towns.
i
7«.
VOCABULARY.
a<iua> -a*', r., n-ntvi\
lira, -at', i'., altar,
urafriiiii, -i, s., itloiu/li.
('uiisiliiiiii, -f, N., (iiin'cr, plan.
1 Trnnslatc in two wuys.
'■2 Omit. S(.r p. IS, note 2.
'^ Si'o vocjihuliiry, 5-.
< Indirc'ft objoct, sci> i$;j .< ;J4.
* Comparu thu urder with thut
iiK'ola, -ac, li. & v., inhabitant,
iiitiiiiciis, -i, M., ('ncmi/.
insula, -ao, v., isltiml.
inriisa, -ac, r., talile.
of (U). I. 10, i.i.;1 HOI' the note there.
Whiit iiiuue id fflven to tlie dative
a$(i'ieolis 7
'' See (Jl). II. 0, and note.
' See i>. lU, note 1.
\1
THE VERB Sum.
29
Minerva, -ae, v., Minerva, (jod-
(Usa (if irisdum.
nonus, -a, -uiii, adj., »?/; '
octavus, -a, -iiin, adj., (njhtli.
ociilus, -i, M., f?//r.
oppidiiin, -i, N., town.
raua, -ae, v., frog.
soinuus, -i, M., alecp.
terra, -ae, v., earth, land.
verbimi, -i, x., word.
aiiiabat, (he she it) was loving, loved.
(labat, {he, she, it) was (jiving, gave.
habebat, {he, she, it) was having, had.
laiKlabat, {he, she, it) was praising, jiraised.
portabat, {he, she, it) ivas carri/ing, carried.
aiiiilbaiit, the// were lovimj, hwed.
rlabant, theg were giving, gave.
habebaiif, theg were having, had.
laiKblbaiit, theg icere praising, praised.
portiibant, theij were carrying, carried.
\J
7J). Nouns in ias and imn contract tlie genitive ending it
to I : consili. Fllius (son) and genius (guardian dcitg), and
]>ropor nonns in ius, drop the e of the vocative: fill, Merciiri,
Mercunj. But the word is accented as if the longer form were
us
ed.
4.
hnt.
llicre.
iMtive
80.
COLLOQUIUM.
Noniie juiinun in jx'n'ulo iir\])et faber?
MininiG. l"'jil»t'r in jinculo iiahet novum viiium.
IK)
DGsIderjitne Gnlba somnum j^rfitum?
Certe, nam hodic est (jrulba (U'fessus.
fiTtaiiily for to-day
Ubi est ninTciKs auricohie i)ij;rl?
l.'«/y
Est in oppidn, nam non iimabjit amid coiiHilium.
Ubi sunt annii u^ricohnum validoriini?
tools
n
Agricolfuuni oqui, tarrl, arfttra sunt iu agro.
I
t
30
THE VERB Sum.
■• Ml I
CHAPTER IX. 1.
THE VERB Sum.
81. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative,
and the perfect infinitive. See pp. 25 and 2G.
82. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Fuit, fuerat, fuerit. 2. Fuerunt, fuerant, fuerint.
3. Fuimus, fueramus, fuerimus. 4. Fuero, fueram, M.
5. Fueras, fueris, fuisti. 6. Fuistis, fueritis, fueratis.
7. Fuisse.
II. 1. I have been, we have been, I had been, we had
been, I shall have been, we shall have been. 2. He has
been, they have been, he had been, they had been, he will
have been, they will have been. 3^ You (siyig.) will have
been, had been, have been. 4. You {plur.) will have been,
had been, have been. 5. To have been. ,
r
I
I
a.
83. EXERCISES.
I. 1. In Graecia erant templa raulta. 2. In Graecia
erant templa deorum et dearuni. 3. Aurum erat in statua
Minervae. 4. Minervae fuit statua magna et clara. 5. Mi-
nerva statuam raagnam et claram habebat. G. Multae et
pulchrae erant Graeciac statuae. 7. Non alta erant pulciira
Graeciae templa. 8. Fluvil Graeciae non lati et alti erant.
9. Clari fuerunt mult! GraecT. 10. Graecorum antiquOrum
erit gloria sempiterna.
IT. 1. They had been in the towns of the Greeks. 2. The
monuments of Greece were temples and statues. 3. The
statue of Minerva had a shield and spear. 4. The arms of
the Greeks were shields and sj)ears. 5. The gods had many
statues in Greece. 6. The red roses will be pleasing to the
A
raecia
jtatua
Mi-
tae ct
ilclira
'rant. ^
lOrum
The
The
Ins of
bany
the
THE VERB Sum.
31
queen. 7. The mau's childreu are iu the street. 8. He
has been on the farmer's horse. 9. The children are carried
in the poet's arras. 10. Many inhabitants of Britain have
been skilful sailors.
84.
VOCABULARY.
altus, -a, -uin, adj., deep, hiijh.
antiquus, -a, -um, adj., ancient.
arma, -orum, n. (plur.), arms.
aureus, -a, -uni, adj., of y old,
golden.
aurum, -i, n,, (jold.
dea, -ae, f., goddess, p. 8, n. 1.
decimuS) -a, -um, adj., tenth.
deus, -i, M., god (262).
iluvius, -i, M., river (79).
gloria, -ae, f., glory.
Graecia, -ae, f., Greece.
Grace U8, -i, m., a Greek.
hasta, -ae, f., spear.
nionuinentuin, -i, n., monument.
scutum, -i, N,, shield.
sempiternus, -a, -um, adj., ever-
lasting.
statua, -ae, f,, statue.
teuipluni, i, n., temple.
85.
3.
COLLOQUIUM.
/
Duo PUERI.
two
Ubi est Carolus hodie? Nonne est in schola?
Char' Bchool
Minime. Est in fluvio ; nam habet cymbam parvam, et
libenter navigat.
likes Builing
Unde Carolo est cymba ? Where did C. got a boat i
whence to Charles is a bout.
Ab avunculo, nam Carolus ab avunculO amiltur.
from uncle
Quid iu cymba portat Carolus ?
Nescio ; procul dubio prandium ; etenim in anirao
I don't kuow doubllesH luncheon for mind
habet ... ,
Quid in animo habet?
Vale, bone amice, eras patcbit.
gvod by tomorrow it will bu open = the secret will be out
J
^t>
*^->.
\
-I
I
*;
82
FI IIST CON J UG ATION.
i'i
5
I MM
/
r
CHAPTER X.
FIRST CONJUGATION.
80. A-Veubs.
Amo (stem ama), Jove.
/• ruixrii'AL J'auis:! amo, amaie, aniavi, amatum.
INDICATIVE.
ACTIVK VOICE. I»ASSIVK VOICE.
I'liKSKXT.
/ /«9W, a)ti lurhnj, (Id lore, etc. 1 am loved, etc.
;iiiio juiiamus iiiiior aiiiamur
am as am atis am aris, o/* -re amaniim
am at am ant amatur amantur
-1
■^/
/ Impeufect.
/ lovt il, inis loviuf/, (lid love, etc.
J iras loved, etc.
am abain
am abas
amabat
am abamus
am abatis
amabant
/ shdll love, etc.
amabo aniabinius
amabis amabitis
amabit amabunt
aiiiabar ' am abaniur ^■
ainabaris, 'ir-re amabamini
amabatur amabantur
Future.
/ shall he loved, etc,
amabor amfibimur /,
am aberis, or -re am abimini
aiuabitur amabuntur
/
f have loved, I loved, etc.
amiivi aiiuu'imus
amfivistT am:ivistis
anuivit amav eruiit, or -re
Peufkct.
/ have been {was) loved, etc.
/ siini / «umua
amatus-es amfiti - estis
(est (
f
sunt
^ Certain forms of the verb
are cnllod, from their importuneo,
prinripid porls. These forms are
the first person of the present in-
(lieative, showinjx the present stem ;
the? prt'si'iit infinitive, showiiii,' the
coit/iK/afion ; the lirst person of the
perfect indicative, showing tlie
perfect stem ; and the jjcrfect parti-
ciple, allowing the participle stem.
The neuter of the participle is
given, as intransitive verbs have
the ])erfcct particijde only in that'
gender.
am
am
ism0mss
FIRST CONJUGATION.
88
ACTIVK VOlCi:. PASSIVE VOICE.
rui'iaiFixT.
/ Jtad loved, elc. I had been loved, etc.
ainaveram ainiiveramiis ^ eram < eramua /
^y/'^ aiuaveras
ainaverat
ainaveratis
aiiiaverant
aiiiiitus ->. eras
I erat
r eram /
-< eras anifit i -
-. eratis /
( eraut
FurruK Tkkfkct.
etc.
iumus
}stis
junt '
ig tlie
I)arli-
V st>'m.
iplo is
have
in that
/ slidU hare loved, etc.
ainav ero
aniav eris
anuiverit
ainaverimns
aiiiaveritis
amaveriiit
/ sJiall hare been loved, etc
.ero .
J oi-ia atiuiti-
ero
aitintus -' eris
( erit
I
enmufl
eritis
erunt
SUBJUNCTIVE.'
I'jiKSKNT.
am em
am emus
am er
am emur
allies
ametis
am eris, <>r -re
ameminl
amet
anient
am Stur
Impeufkct.
am entur
am arem
amaremus
am arer
amaremur
am ares
am aretis
amareris, or -re
amareminl
amaret
amSrent
am aretur
Pkufkct.
amareutur
amfiverim
amfiverimus
/sim
am at us -' sib
(ait
f sfmuB
amuv eris
amiiv eritis
amul 1 ■} sitis
aiJiav erit
amav erint
(sint
Pmm'kkfkct.
amaviasem aniavissemu'* /^ esaem r essgmua
amuvissSs a.mavisagtis amatus- essfis amiil t •< essStia
amriviBset amavissent (esaet (easent
^ 8vM p. li<), nuto.
■ «* » ',.
34
FIRST CONJUGATION.
II
ACTI4E VOICE.
am a, love th )u.
am ate, love ye.
ainSto, thoi shall love.
amato, he thall love.
amatote, you shall love.
amanto, they shall love.
IMPERATIVE.
Present.
PASSIVE VOICE.
am are, he thou loved. fv
amamini, be ye loved. , ;
FUTUKE.
amator, thou shall he loved.
amator, he shall be loved.
amantor, they shall he loved.
ii' di
'1
I
INFINITIVE.
PiiES. am are, to love. amarl, to be loved. /
Pekf. amavisse, to hare loved. amatus esse, to have been loved.
FuT. amixivixxiB esse, to ha about amatum irl, to be about to be
to love. loved.
PARTICIPLE.
Pues. amSns, -antis, /o?7»f/. - ^
FuT. amaturus, -a, -um, about Ger.^ amandus, -a, -um, to be
to love.
G. am andi, o/ /oym^.
1). diin&XiCio, for loviufj.
Ac. amandum, loving.
Ab. amaudo, by loving.
Ac. amatum, to love.
loved.
Pere. amatus, -a, -um, having
been loved.
GERUND.
SUPINE.
Ab. amatii, to love, to he loved.
1 ObstTve that the Latin has '- Germulivo, sonit'times less
neither a perfect active nor a correctly called future passive
present passive i)articiple, participle.
tmum^Sm
rrnsT conjugation.
35
less
\aive
CHAPTER XI. 1.
FIRST CONJUGATION.
87. Learn the present, imperfect, and fnture indicative, and tlie
present imperative and infinitive, active anu passive, of amo.^
88. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Amalis, amabutis, amabilis. 2. Amutur, araaba-
tur, amabitur. 3. Araat, amabat, amabit. 4. Amantur,
amabantur, amabuutiir. 5. Amo, amor. G. Amas, aniaris.
7. Amamus, amamur. 8. Amabitis, amabimini. 9. Ama-
bat, amabatur. 10. Amarc, amari.
II. 1. He loves, lie is loved. 2. He will love, he will be
loved. 3. Thev were iovea, tlicy were loving. 4. I sliali
love, I shall be loved. T*. Yon (sivg.) love, you are loved.
6. They loved, they were loving, they will love. 7. You
{plur.) are loving, you were loving, you will be loving.
8. Love {sing.)i be loved. 9. To be loved, to love.
2.
89. EXERCISES.
Laudo, praise ; porto, carry ; super3, conquer,
I. 1. Laudat, portat, superat. 2. Laudatur, portatur,
superatui'. 3. Laudabitur, portril)itur, superfibitur. 4. Lau-
diisue ? portabasue ? superfibisne ? 5. I.audamur, portaba-
niur, superabimur. G. Laudti, porta, supera. 7. Suporare,
porta^'e, laudarl. 8. Non superaniinl, iiou portabaminT,
non laudabiminT. 9. Laudare, portfiminT, su[)erJite. 10. Lau-
dor, portabar, superabor.
^ II. 1. Tliou praisest, you carry, he conquers. 2. He is
praised, they are carried, they will be conquered. 3. I praise,
I was carrying, I shall conquer. 4. Thou art praised, thou
i » ti
19
' Notice how frequently the
letter r marks a form as passive.
Where is it absent in the first three
tenses ?
36
FIRST CONJUGATrON.
fli'
art carried, thou art conquered. 5. Praise (thou), carry,
conquer. (>. He will be conquered, lie was ju'aised, it is
carried. 7. To coiKiuer, to be carried, to be praised. 8. Do
we carry? arc; we conquered? are we praised? 9. I am
not carried, he was not conquered, they are not praised.
10. Tliou wilt i)raise, he will be praised, they were carried.„\.-
00. Examine the foUov:'ui(j sentences : — / -
1. Agricola a regina laudatur, thr /(inner is p7'nise/l hy the queen.
2. Agricola reginae verbis laudatur, tlm fanner is praiaed h/j
ilic ironls of the (pteen.
3. Servi gladils armantur, the xiaces (ire behnj armed ivith swords.
On the first example see 61 and 62. In the second and third,
observe that there is no a or ab used Avith verbis and gladiis.
These ablatives, verbis and gladiis, answer the questions hy
vjhat ? with irhat? hy means (fwJiat? The ablative thus used is
called the Ablative of Means or Instrument.
\
i V.
(
4.1
inl
in|
8.
slJ
91. Rule of Syntax. — Means and Iiistrumeiit are
expressed by the ablative without a preposition.
92.
3.
EXERCISES.
r~
I. 1. Puellae rosas amant. 2. Rosao albao a puellTs
ex . ^
ariiantur. 3. Ilonierus viros (Iraecos landabat. 4. Ab^
Homero laudtlbantur virl GraccT. a. Op})idum noniiuilbant
Romam.^ (!. Oppiduni Roma'' nomimlbatur. 7. Servos
gladiis armabimus. 8. Inimicus giadio vulneratur. 0. Ini-
micus a Galba vuhieratur. 10. O Romaiii, servos hastis
armate.
II. 1. Sing, good boy. 2. Many goddesses were loved
by the Greeks. 3. The boy will put the doves to flight.
'^ Predicate accusative.
^ Predicate noinhiative. See 47.
1 Before words bcijimiing with
h use ab) not a.
aisod. . »
ried. J^fy
. ^ '--
icllTs
)ant
hii-
astls
FIRST CONJUGATION.
37
4. The doves will be put to flight by the boy. 5. We shall
ijivite frieuds and enemies. G. Friends and enemies will be
invited. 7. Tlie liomans were not loved l)y the Greeks.
8. You will be sunnnoned bv ii uolden' trumix't. 0. The
slaves will be armed with javel'^ih. lU. The bhiek horsc^
was wounded by a spear. ^.A^-
4.
93. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Duni nos {7cp) laborfuniis, cantar. caecus poeta.
2. Quid {idi'it) eantabat caeeus poeta dum labOnlbfinius?
3. Dum in . ppido ambahmt doniini, nervi laborcnt in agio.
4. Puerl vi'.'iiribunt dum somnus i!;raiii3 virus defessos reere-
libit, f). iSauia defessus aqua fiTgidii ie( lealntur. G. Equi
defessT prij»ui(3 bono re(;rcrd)untur. 7. Verba bona disei[)iill
a, magistro l;'iidal)an.tnr- 8. ^FurT aUT ab oppidanTs aediliefi-
l)autur. 9.^ Mnltos et altos muros aedilieabant oppidimi.
10. Non a, pigns virls oppidum aedilieabatur. " ^
II. 1. "Wliile tlie man was working, the boy was singing.
2. While the master is being refreshed with sleep, the servant
_-. --..^is watching. 3. Pleasant sleep refreshes the wear}' boy.
\ 4. By pleasant sleep the boy will be refreshed. 5. A high
wall is being built bv the townsmen. 6. A famous Roman
was called the Sword ^ of Rome. 7. Tliev called a famous
Roman the Sword* of Rome. 8. The tired farmer is re-
freshed b}' food and sleep.' 9. We will walk in the streets
of the town, while the farmers are working^ in the fields.
10. Sing, O blind poet, wliile we toil.
1 Golden, aurea or ex niiro.
The material of wliieh a thing' is
made is expressed in Latin either
by an adjective or by e (ex) with
the ablative. IIow is it in EnLrlisb?
2 Compare, for orde", 77. I. 6,
and 69. I. 10, and note.
^ Sword, in tlie nominative case,
just as if iras took tlie jihice of was
called. See 92. T. 0, and note.
* Sirnrd, in the accusative case.
See 92. T. 5, and note,
^ Cf. 5 and in I.
'■' Imitate 4 in I.
i| 1 !■
id
88
FIKST CONJUGATION.
II
94.
aedifioo, 1, build.
uiiibulO) 1, walk.
anno, 1, arm.
caiit'^, 1, sing.
fii«^o, 1,^)111 tujll(jht,
invito, 1, invite, summon.
lal)oru, 1, wvil', toil.
laiido, 1, praise.
noinino, 1, name, call,
porto, 1, carrij.
rocroo, Afrvfresli,
siipcro, 1, surpass, conquer.
vigilo, 1, iratch.
vulncro, 1, xcound.
VOCABULARY.
aqua,^ -ae, f., ivater,
aur( us, -a, -uin, adj., golden.
caecus, -a, -uni, adj., blind.
duni, adv., ichile.
e (ex), juvp. w. abl., out of, from.
frigidus, -a, -iini, adj., co/c?.
gladiiis, -i, M., sword (70).
Iluiueriis, -i, m.. Homer.
Italia, -ae, i., Italy.
niiiriis, -i, m., wall.
oppidaniis, -i, m., townsman.
pif;er, -gra, -grum, adj., lazi/.
Rotiia, -ac, r., Rome.
RonianuS) -i, m., a Roman. ,
.V
c-
5.
COLLOQUIUM.
PaTKU KT KlLTOLUS.
Father and little eon.
P. Qi7;ic, nn filiolo, in peiiso hodicrno tractabartur?
what my little Bon lesBon to-duy'a treat or discuBs
F. Tractabantur casus ablatlvus atqiie verbum amo,
cuHu and
• P. Quid signiflcat An<2;licG verbum ambf
means in ETigliHh
F» Amb sTgniUcat " love."
P, Do ablativO quo(iue mihi narril.
about also niu tell
JP. Kegulam de ublatTvO tibi narrabo.
rulo you
P. Regulaninc tibi dabat uiagistcr?
F. Certt", ivgulam de al)lritTvo InstrfMnontT.
eertuinly InMtrunient
tlv6 TnstrunientT nunquani ponitur pnie])ositi6 ; ante ablutl-
never 1h jiiit lucpoMitlon bufure
vum agentis semper ponitur praepositio a vel ah.
ofajfeiit always or
P. Optime, ml puer; tibi erit milium rubnim.
well done n|)|)lo
Cum ablfir
with
Wonls are iometlnics purposely repeated In thd vocabularies.
"N
FIRST CONJUGATION.
39
^um.
aMSr
ilfitl-
t.
CHAPTER XII. 1.
FIRST CONJUGATION.
9G. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, .and future perfe<5t indica-
tive, and perfect infinitive, active and passive, of amd.
97. The compound tenses are formed J>y combining forms of
the verb sum with the perfect passive participle. The participle
(declined like bonus) agrees in gomler and number with the sub-
ject: amata est, she was loved ; amati sunt, t/iei/ were loved.
98. ,, EXERCISES.
I. 1. Ani:vvit, aiiiiiverai, iunavciiL 2. AniJltus est, ama-
tus crat, amatus crit. 3. Auifivt'runt, anifivernnt. amfivcrint.
4. AniavT, amatus sum. 5. Amfivcrfunns. amfitl erfinius.
6. Amaveritis, amatl eritis. 7. Anifivissc, amdtus os.so.
II. 1. You loved, you have been loved. 2. You had
loved, you had been loved. H. You will have loved, you
will have been loved. 1. He has loved, he has been h)ved.
J. "We had loved, wc had beeu loved. C. To have been
loved, to have loved.
2.
y
"I 99. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Landatus est, portatus est, superatus est. 2. Lau-
davitnc ? portaveratne ? superaveritue ? I). Portavistl,
landavistis, superavit. 4. Sui)eiaverriri, porlaveris, lau(U'i-
veritis. 5. Lautlati cstis, portata sunt, superatus es.
G. Nonnc laudatae sunt? noiine portfdMe estis? nonne su-
peratae sumus? 7. PortavT, laudatus sum, superatus erani.
8. Non laudavimus, non portaveriiiuis, nun superaverO.
9. Laudavisso, portavisse, superavisse. 10, Portatus esse,
superatus esse, laudatus esse.
II. 1. They have carried, we have been praised, you have
])ecn con(piered. 2. ll.'ive T prnised? have you been earried?
h:\d they conquered? J3. Wc had bccu curried, 1 bhall have
!V.
I!
40
FIRST COX.TUGATTON".
praibGcl, they will have been conquered. 4. You luid not
ctirried, thou hadst not praised, tliou hadst not been con-
(juered. 5. To have been conquered, to have praised, to
liave carried. G. I had praised, 1 liad been conquered,
I (fern.) had been carried. 7. Has it not l)een praised?
will it not liave been carried? have they not been concpiered?
8. We (fern.) had been carried, thou wilt have praised, he
conquered. 5). They pr:iised, you carried, we conquered.
10. 1 was praised, thou wast concjuered, it was carried. V'
3.
i*..
100. In Latin, the v/ords for ?/?//, tJi//, your, our, 7//,s, lur, /V.s*,
and thciVy are vfry oi"t(!n oiiiittcd \vht;u llu^y are not cinphat ic.
Accordingly, in the oxonuscs to bo turned into Latin, lor thu
present, leave these words untranslated.
101. * \ EXERCISES.
I. 1. lViL»;n;i fortuna mfitata est. 2, Fortuna pu^nani
niutavit. iJ. HoniauT Graecos superaverant. 1. (Iraeci a
Ivoinanls sui)erdT crant. >). \'\n nndtl I'tegregil aj^ros arave-
runt. 0. IMinistrl scutTs arniali sunt. 7. Agricohi egregius
a niinistro niisero vitu[)erfitus est. 8. Agri latT ab Mgricolls
aratro magno arati sunt. 1). IMagislcr nialos discipulos
vitu[»eravit. 10. Toeta puguas et victorias vlroruni claroruiu
cantavit.
Head again (ho explanations and rules on \i\\. 20, 21, and JUJ.
II. 1. An Ciigle clianged the fortune of the battle. 2. We
Hhall witness a l)altle on the ])road river. .*>. Many good men
will have been ])lanu'd by (heir enendes. L The ])oy8 will
have recited to their nias(er. T). The land in Italy has been
idoughed with iron ploughs. C. The inMster freed hia pupils
from tlu'ir hard (asks (ah!.). 7. The goddess IMinerva haw
been ]»raised by many i)oe(s. 8. Tho victories of famous
men htive been sung by (he [>oe(s. '.•. The tyrant arfued n
great nundMsr of slaves with swords.
fP
i *
THIRD DECLENSION.
41
not
jon-
, to
red,
icd?
•ed?
red. y^
\
, Its,
iit i(;.
ilio
tinin
I fn
ivo-
•oils
lluH
.11111
U'll
uill
ills
IMS
)I1.S
I n
'bv
103.
aro, 1, plough.
liibero, I, free, set free.
iiiiito, 1, duuKje.
recito, 1, read aloud, recite.
speeto, 1, look at, witiirss.
supero, 1, surpasfi, conquer.
vitupero, 1, blame, censure.
VOCABULARY.
egre^lus, -a, -uin, ad j ., excellent.
forrciis, -a, -um, adj., of iron, iron.
fortuna, -ac, v., fortune.
niiiiu'rus, -i, m., number.
pniisiiin, -i, N., task, lesson.
pil^iia, -ac, v., battle.
Hcntiiiii, -i, N., shield.
terra, -ao, r., earth, land.
tyraunus, -i, m., tijrant.
victoria, -ae, f., victory.
li '• ^f
c -
CHAPTER XIII. 1.
THIRD DKCLENSION.
10;5. The stem ends in a consonant or in i,
1()4-. Consonant stems are named, accordinc^ to their
final letter, mute stons, liquid sterna^ sibilant stems.
See 3.
]\IuTK Stems.
PARADIGMS.
Rex, M., Judex, M., AetSa, r., Capiit.N.,
I'Int/, Jii<l(/e.
St. r6g- St. judic-
SiN(ai,AU.
105.
Princcps, M.,
ridi f.
Stem princip-
St. aetSt-
ht ad.
St. capit-
N.V. prlncops
Ct. priiicipis
1). iwiiicipi
Ac. })nii('ii)em
Ab. principe
N.V. prTnci]>S8
G. piincipum
I). jHi'icipibiia
Ac. prliiclpfis
Ab. priiicipibuB
rex ju(l(!X
rr^is judicia
rC'^I judirl
rC'^-em judicem
lege judice
PH'KAL.
roiiXfis jridi('68
r(".;iim jfidifum
rr'i^ibiiB jridi<^ibnB
rr^Ba judicCs
rCgibuB judicibuH
aotjlB
act at is
lU'tilll
uctiitem
uutat e
notntfiB
act III um
aidiUibuB
;i lilt 6b
uututibuB
caput
capitiB
capitl
caput
capita
capit a
cap! turn
capit ibua
(•;ipil.a
cupitibuB
42.
THIRD DECLENSION.
Pes, M., foot. MIl§s, ji., soldier,
St. ped- St. milit-
SlNGUIAR.
N.V.
pes
miles
G.
pedis
lullitia
D.
ped I
nillitl
Ac.
ped em
militem
Ab.
pede
milite
Plural,
N.V.
ped es
I, 1 it 5a
G.
pedum
nillitum
D.
ped ibus
militibus
Ac.
ped es
milit es
Ab.
ped ibus
militibus
Terminations.
MASO.
& FElf.
Sing.
Plur,
a
is
ia
um
X
ibus
em
6s
•
ibua
NEUTER.
_—
a
is
um
X
ibua
— _
a
e
ibua
10(5. Observe that the vowel before the final consonant of the
fitem is not always the same in the nominative as in the other cases.
107. Consonant stems may be found by dropping the termina*
tion of the genitive singular. liut there are some exceptions.
108. Decline grex, poema, servitus. Decline together lapis
asper, fldua comSs, and mllSs aeger. For the uouus, see UOl
/
2.
EXERCISES.
109.
I. 1 . Poeta romiti acgro poGnui grfitiim rccitiivit. 2. Co-
mes poetac poemuto grdtO liberutus est cura.^ 3, Mtiguus
erat equitura uumerus. 4. Mliites inulti a servo doraini
invitutl sunt. 5. Grcges albos habciit agricohio^ insulao
vicTnae. C. Ager viclnus hii)i(los iniiltOs et asperos habet.
7. Ill agro vicino sunt hipides multl et asperl. 8. Servitus &
virls non est amfita. 0. Pes puerT bipido asporo vulneratus
est. 10. Regis amTcT a militibus glndlTs et pTlTs sunt fugutl.
IF. 1. The king lias changed the fortune of the war.
2. The fortune of tlie war was changed by the king. 8. The
1 from care. See 101. 11. 0.
a The subject.
SSHmMm
■■«■■■»•■-
THIRD DECLENSION.
43
LS
la
L
IB
18
r
of the
: cases.
rmina-
3.
lapis
. Co-
tlguus
omini
sulao
;il)et.
itus a
ratus
iguti*
war.
. The
soldiers will free the king. 4. The kiiig will be freed, b}^ the
soldiers, o. The king had armed tiie soldiers with shields
and spears, G. Diedalus fitted wiugs to his son. 7. Wings
were fitted to his son by Daidalus. 8. We shall read aloud
the poems of Ilc^iier. 9. The girl sings for the weary
soldier and is praised.
110.
VOCABULARY.
comSSy -Itis, M. & F., companion. servitHs, -ntls, F., slavery.
equSs, -Itls, m., horseman.
grex, gregis, M.^jlockf herd.
lapis, -idis, m., stone.
milSs, -itis, m., soldier.
pes, pfiflis, n.,foot.
poeina, -fttla, n., poem,
rex, regis, m., kin(j.
voluptus, -utis, ¥., pleasure.
apto, 1, fit.
Daedalus, -i, m., Do'dalus, builder
of the Labyrinth.
niius, -i, M., son (79).
viciuuS) -tt, -urn, adj., neicjhhoriny.
-^
111.
COLLOQUIUM.
FUATF.U KT SoilURCI'LA.
brother little Bister
S. Quid hodie narravit niagister in schola?
to-day sctiool
F. Narravit de Icaro, Daedal! filio.
^S. Mihi quoque de Icaro Latino uarra. Fuitno Icarus
me lilHU iu Lutiu
puer mains ?
F, Minimf mains sed misorrimus. ITabebat illas ; alas cera
not iMiforluriiito wiugn wax
aptiiverat Daedalus ; Icarus evolfiN it et cera sole liquofacta
lluw uwuy auu wtwiucitud
est. Tuir . • .
tluu
S. Tnni . . . quid?
F. Mihi nOn sunt verba Latlna. Ttaqno liaosltf^.
words tluil Ih wliy iioKiiulc
8^ Ergo narra Anglice. Nam liiigiiam Anglicam intelletjO,
well, then liinuiiimc uaderutaud
jF*. Minime. Latlue tibi narro, uou Auglice.
»
I •
dfi
I
I
y
44
SECOND CONJUGATION.
CHAPTER XIV.
SECOND CONJUGATION.
112.
K -Verbs.
Moneo (stom nione), ndnsr.
ruiNCii'AL Pakts: nioiieo, moiiere, monuT, monitum.
ACTIVIl.
/ ad rise, etc.
moneo luoiiemus
moiies iiioiietis
inonet nioiient
T 7rafi advhincj, rlc,
inonebam 1:1011 ebamus
nionebas iiioii ^batia
inoiiebat luunebant
I shall advise, etc,
inon§b6 luouebimiis
iiiou§bis 111011 ebitis
iiiuii Sbit luuii ebuut
INDICATIVE.
PASSIVE.
/ am advised, etc.
moneor nioneniur
• moil eris, or -re inuneminT
moil etur mou eutur
Tmi'kufkct.
I was advised, etc.
111011 ebar 111011 ebamur
111011 ebaris, oi' -re moii ebamini
monebatur luonebautur
Future.
7 s/t(dl he advised, etc.
111011 §bor 111011 ebimiir
111011 eberis, or-xe luoii ebimini
mou ebitur nioii ebuutur
rnnrrcT.
7 have advised, 7 advised, etc. I have heen (was) advised, etc.
monul moiiuimus a sum ^ sumua
moiiuisti iiioiiulstis moiiilu8-|ea monili -^ estia
monuit , moaufiruut, o/-re (est (sunt
Plupkukkct,
7 had advised, etc. I had heen advised, etc.
moiiueram moiiu erSnuia / eram r crAmus
moniierAb iiioiiuercltia
inoiiuerat monueraut
moiiilus j er5s moiiiLI ] erStis
( erat ( erant
SECOND CONJUGATION.
45
ACTIVE.
PASSIVE.
FUTUUE rEUFKCT.
/ shall have advised, etc. I shall have been advised, etc.
monu ero
nionueris
moniierit
momierimua
inoiuieritis
lauiiueriut
/^ero
mouitus < eris
( erit
r erimuB
iiiuniti ■< eritia
( erunt
r
111
ir
nioneam
inuneaa
luoneat
mon ereni
iiioiieres
luoueret
monuenm
mouueris
iiioiiuerit
Tnoneamus
inoneatis
luoueant
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PUKSENT.
iiiouear moTieamur
mouearis, or-re nioueamiiu
luoueatiir inoueantur
moil erenius
iiioiieretis
inoufirexit
Tmpeufeci.
luonerer . nioniremur
iiioiiereria, or-re inoiieremini
iiiuuer§tur mouereutur
monuerimus
monueritis
inonuerint
Peufect.
sim
monitus -^ sis
sit
r sTmus
moniti - sitis
(sint
!
1
ir
PLUrEUFECT.
nioniiissem monnissgmns ^essem /essSmua
nionuisses moiiuissetis monitus -Jesses moiiitl - essetis
mouuisset mouuisseut (esset (esseut
'^fc.
tllUB
:is
lit
muR
itia
nt
mon 6, advise thou,
mon fite, advise ye.
monCto, (hnn shalt advise.
mon 6t6, he shall advise.
nion§t6te, yoti shall advise.
moil ento. ihei/ shall advise.
MPERATIVE.
PUESENT.
men 6re, fir than advised.
monfiniinl, be ye advised.
FuTUUE.
mon 5tor, than shall be advised.
mon 6tor, he shall be advised.
mon entor, they shall he advised^
t
46
SECOND CONJUGATION.
INFINITIVE.
ACTIVE. PASSIVE.
Pres. niouere, to advise. inoneri, to be advised.
Vfaiv. monuisse, to have advised, iiionitus esse, to have been adv'd.
FuT. monituvxis esse, to be about inouitum iri, to be about to be
to advise. advised.
PARTICIPLE.
PiiES. moil ens, -eutis, advising.
FuT. nioiiiturus, -a, -um, about to Geu. monendus, -a, -um, to he
advise. advised.
— Pekf. nionitus, -a, -um, having
been advised.
GERUND.
G. monendl, of advising.
1). mon endo, for advising.
Ac. luon eiidum, advising.
Ab. mon endo, hij advising.
Ac. monitum, to advise.
SUPINE.
Ab. moiiitu, to advise^ to he
advised.
-<>oS*io<^
CHAPTER XV. 1.
SECOND CONJUGATION.
113. Learn the present, imperfect, and futnro indicative, and
present imperative and inlinitive, active and passive, oC moneS.
EXERCISES.
.^
114.
I. 1. IMonet, inonctur. 2. INTonObat, raouC4)ritur. 3. Mono- \
bit, moiiebitur. 4. IMoiic, niondre. 5. Monete, moneminl.
fi. Monebimns, moneblinur. 7. Mom'mns, inonc'mur. 8. Mo-
nebas, niones. 9. IMonebis, nionr'rls. 10. MonC'rl, monere.
II. 1. You arc advisinp:, you will be advised, you were
advised. 2. Advise ye, be ye advised. 3. We do advise,
I}:
SECOND CONJUGATION.
47
wc are advising, we shall be advising. 4. AVe were advis-
ing, we were advised. 5. They are advised, they advised,
they were advising. 6. They will advise, they will be
advised. i^
2. '^
115. EXERCISES.
Habeo, have, or hold; deleo.^ deatroi/ ; terreo, frighten.
I. 1. Habet, delebat, tcrrebit. 2. Nonue habemus?
nonne delebamus? uonne terrebiraus ? 3. Deles, habebas,
terrebunt. 4. Habete, terrete, delete. 5. Deletur," habe-
batur, terrebatur.- G. Terrere, dC'leri, habert, 7. Ilabetne?
deleturne ? terrebatue ? 8. Delebitur, habebantur, terrebimim.
9. Non terrcuuis. non delebunt, uon habeut. 10. Ilabebun
tur, terreutur, delGbantiu*.
II. 1. "We are held, they will be destroyed, he was fright-
ened. 2. I frighten, thou hast (you have), he destroys.
3. To have, to destroy, to be frightened. 4. Is he fright-
ened? are they destroyed? were you held? 5. Destroy (thou),
have (ye), frighten (ye). G. Have we not? does he not
frighten? did thev not destroy? 7. You will be frightened,
it is held, we were frightened. 8. I was holding, he was de-
stroying, you were frightening. 9. I shall destroy, we sliall
frighten, they have.
3.
110. EXERCISES.
Before trajislating the following (ixercisos, review the tables of
declonsions and terminations, jip. 41 and 42.
T. 1. Poenam nierebis, sT menioriam non exercebis.^
1 For principal parts of cleleo,
see vocahulary, 119.
* The prosont, wliicli denotes
continued action, means (7 is hcinu
(destroj/fid) ; the imperfect, he was
beituj {frightened).
" Translate as if it were tlio
present tense ; but in Latin the
future is necessary, heeausc future
time is meant. Cf. O.'V T. 4. Ob-
serve tlie difference between the
Latin and Englisli idioms.
»'^
48
SECOND CONJUGATION.
2. Exerce memorium, comes. 3. Studium memoriara auget.
4. jMiIitOs ft iL.cibus exerceiitur et docentur. 5. Pericula
milites noil ten ant. G. reiicuTuni iion timebit miles.
7. 0})pidum a militilnis tenetur. 8. Jfidiccs poenis malos
coerceut. 9. C^uidvidca? 10. MulUi video.
II. 1. The tyrant is restrained. 2. The water of the river
was increased. 3. The leader will have a statue. 4. The
faithful comrade advises his friend. 5. The friend is advised
by his faithful companion. C. Lazy slaves fear a hard mas-
ter. 7. A hard master is feared l»y laz}^ slaves. 8. Italy is
the land of famous poets. 9. The soldiers will not be terrified
by dangers. 10. The boy remembered the master's words.
117. Malos (T. 8), had men, and multa (T. 10), man?/ tilings,
are examples of the frequent use in Latin of an adjective without
a noun. Compare, iu English, the good, the ivlse.
4.
118, EXERCISES.
■ I. 1. Equos et equitvs nuiltos in via video. 2. Cyrus,
primus I*ersarum rex,^ nomiua""' niTUtuni memoria tcnebat.
3. Si oppidum delebnnt, poenam merebuiit. 4. Prhicipes "i
templo d(n proliilK'ibimus. >>. Voluptates ,ri('nu;i-iao aui'o-
])antur. G. Studio luigetur rnomoria. 7. j\rT: '< < fi [.r'.cii^v^
nionel)antur. 8, Rex magnum niTlitum numerum tenebat.
i). rrluceps equlli'w ^ligiori (jxcreebat.
II. 1. In ancient states there were many slaves. 2. Whv
had the ancient Romans many slaves? 3. We saw the
rrreat number of horsemen iu the road and were frightened.
4. Roman boys were often tauglit by Greek slaves. T). Greek
slaves often taught Roman boys. G. Tlie, horsemen were
trained by the king's son. 7. INIauy horses and liorsemen are
seen in the town. 8. The chief will deserve a great victory.
1 Rex, in apposition with CS'rus. See 157.
names.
\
SECOND CONJUGATION.
49
IIJ). VOCABULARY.
coerceo, 2, -iii, -itiiin, clicvh, re- antiquum,
strain.
cxerceo, 2, -iii, -ituiii, train, c.x( r-
cisc.
habco, 2, -ui, -itiini, /lari', hold.
inereo, 2, -ui, -itiiin, deserve, merit.
prohibeo, 2, -ui, -ituui, prevent,
keep off.
terreo, 2, -ui, -\t\\\r\f friijlden.
timeo, 2, -ui, , fear.
augeo, 2, auxi,' auctum, increase.
deleo, 2, -evi,- -etuin, dislruij.
doceo, 2, -ui, doctuni,' teach.
tenco, 2, -ui, tentuni,^ keep, hold.
video, 2, vidl,^ visum, «et' ; piis-
sive, seem.
I, -uui, adj., old,
ancient.
civitas, -utis> f., state.
our, adv., whij ?
Cyrus, -i, m., Ci/rns.
dux, ducis, .M. \ K., leader, tjcneral.
fidus, -a, -uin, w^i]., faithful.
nieinoria, -ao, r., memory.
lueniorift toiioo, remember.
peripuluni, -i, n., danr/er.
poena, -ae, r., })nnishment.
quid, illtl'rroJ,^ pron., vhat?
Roinanus, -a, -um, Jionian (94).
saepe, adv., often.
si, conj., if
studiuni, -i, n., zeal, sludi/.
tcnipluni, -I, N., temple.
-OOi^OO-
/[ c'^-\. if^n.
CHAPTER XVI. 1.
SECOND CONJUGATION.
120. Learn the pert'ect, pluperfect, and future perfect indica-
tive, and perfect infinitive, active and passive, of moueo. ,,,
121. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Moniiit, momierat, nioniicrit. 2. IMonucnint, monii -
erant, nionueriiit. .^. IMonuT, monitus sum. 1. INionuerit,
monitus crit. 5. IMonuisti, moniierfis, monncM'i.s. 0. Monitus
est, monitus orat, monitus crit. 7. Mouuisse, monitus esse.
II. 1. You have advised, j^on had advised, you will have
advised. 2. They have been advised, they had been advised,
1 Auxi for aug-si. See p. 1, n. 2. » Observe, not dooitum.
2 Only flco, iveep, n<^Oy sjiin, and < Observe, not tenitum.
the compounds of the obsolete ^ Vidi. Terfeet stem formed
pleo, fdl, arc conju^'ated like by lengtheninj,' the vowel of the
deleuy with the perfect in cvi. present stem, vid to vid.
r
i
//
M'
'< •»
% :
'I
i
ii
60
SECOND CONJUGATION.
\x
they will have been advised, o. I had advised, I had been
advised. 4. lie has advised, he has been advised.^ 5. We
have advised, we have been advised. G. To have been
advised, to have advised.
2.
122. EXERCISES. -'.
I. 1. llabuit, delevit, terruit. 2. llabuisti, delevist!, ter-
ruistl. 3. !N6n delGvimus, iion deleveramus, non deleverimus.
1. DeleLuin est, territus erat, habita sunt. 5. llabuerone?
estne territa? suntne deletae? 6. Nonne habueratis? noune
d^letuni erat? noune terruemnt? 7. Terruisse, delevisse,
habitus esse. 8. Deleveras, territus eras, habuistis. 9. Ila-
buerint, deletum erit, habuerunt. 10. Deleta sunt, habiti
sumus, territae estis.
II. 1. Thej iuive i.rtd, they have U'lghtencd, they have
destroyed. 2. 1 had lad, I had bc«.ui iiighteni^d, I had
destroyed. 3. Have you had? had he destroyed? has he
frightened? 4. We had not destroyed, they {fern.) had not
been frightened, you had not destroyed. 5. We have had,
we shall have destroved, we had been friajhtened,. 6. To
have destroyed, to have been held, to have been frightened.
7. Have you been frightened? had they {neut.) been de-
stroyed? has she had? 8. I have destroyed, I have not
had, I shall not have been frightened. 9. They will have
had, they will have been frightened, they (jieut.) will have
been destroyed. 10. Have j^ou not had? did they not
destroy? have you {fern.) not been frightened?
3.
123. , EXERCISES.
I. 1. Rex Roinam obsedcrat. 2. Roma a rege obsessa
erat. 3. Scriba cum {with) rege sedel)at. 4. Ira ferocem
{fierce) animum viri movit. 5. Reguli conjugi et liberis
\ >
alij
7.
9.
duj
dici
wit
an;
HBCHI
SECOND CONJUGATION.
61
alimenta pracbuerunt Roinilui. G. CaptTvi reteuti sunt.
7. Novamne liiuum vidistl? 8. Aquila iu {on) templo sGdit.
9. Poeta ilCvit quia filius captivus erat. 10. Caesar oppi-
clum Galliae obsedit.
II. 1. The town was besieged l)y the general. 2. Why
did the general besiege the town? u. Tlie king is sitting'
with his clerk. 4. The minds of the men were moved with
anger. 5. Kegulus was retained (as) a prisoner." (5. Rega-
ins deserved great glorv. 7. The new moon has been seen.
8. The connuander's daughter was a prisoner. 9. We wept
because we were prisoners. 10. The town had been besieged
by Pyrrhus.
4.
124. EXERCISFS.
I. 1. Militibus magna praomia a rege praebita sunt.
2. IVrilites liiiiueruni quia elephantos vidcrnnt. 3. Numernm
verbornni auximus. 4. Caesar mllites in oppido retiiuienit.
5. Jiidicum bonorum memoria nnnquam delebitur. G. ]\Iulta
Romanorum monumenta'"' deleta sunt. 7. Dux castra ab
oppido moverat. 8. Dominus servos in servitute tenuit.
9. Multa verba in memoria manserunt. 10. Militis conjunx
in Miuervae templ5 sedebat.
II. 1. The king furnished food for his weary soldiers.
2. Elephants had frightened the horses of the Romans.
3. Have you increased the num])er of your friends?
4. Cjcsar's soldiers were besieged in the town. 5. The
sword of the tyrant has restrained 'the judge. C. War has
destroyed many monuments^ of great men. 7. The camp
had been moved away from the town. 8. We weep if our
children are held iu slavery. 9. Shall you remain in Italy?
K"
* Not passive.
2 Predicate nom. ; see 47.
^ Wlicn a noun is liinitcd both
by an adjective and a genitive,
the order often is : adjectwe, geni-
tire, noH7i. Cf. 118. I. 2 and 8.
.1 !
\
u
;■■!
I
62
SECOND CONJUGATION.
125.
flco, 2, flcvi, fletum, weep, be-
wail.
iiiaucu, 2, iiiausi, iimnsuin, re-
iiKiiu, (tifdil,
inovco, 2, iiiovi,^ luotiiin, move.
ob-si(leo, 2, -sedi,i -sessuiiiy be-
siege.
praebeo, 2, -ui, -itttiUf furnish.
re-tlnoo, 2, -tinui, -tcntuni, keep
bdcli, ret am.
scdoo, 2, sritli,^ sr;ssuiiiy sit.
altincntiiiii, -i, n., food, support.
aiiiiiiiis, -i, M,, miuti.
Caesar, -aris, m., Casur. (l-'M.)
VOCABULARY.
captivus, -i, m,, prisoner, captive,
castra, -oriiin, (pi.) n., catnp.
coiijiiiix, conjugis, f., wife.
elephant us, i, m., elephant,
ira, -ae, v., anyer.
luiia, -ae, v., iiwon.
uoviis, -a, -uiii, adj., new.
nuiKiiiaiii, adv., never.
praciiiiiiin, -i, n., reward.
Pyrrhus, -i, m., Pijrrhus, king of
Kpirus.
quia, conj., because.
Regulus, -i, .M., /ieij;ilus,a Koman.
HOi'iba, -ae, m., clerk. (11. 1.)
r~
120.
5.
COLLOQUIUM.
rUAKCKPTOU KT DlSCirULUS.
Quae
wliut
/*. LatinG milii intcrr{)<j;juiti responds sT possTa.
to me iihking aimwcr you can
insula Grueciae est i)arva quuUMu sed clara?
to bo 8uro
Z>. Adinoduni clfira est Itluica Insula, ul)i liabitabat Illixes.
very wUcro UlynoeH
P. RecU', ml pncr, Ulixea Tthacae rex fuit et dux in hello
cjrrcpjius. Quis cantfivit de Ulixe oj^roglo?
J). Homerus, poeta eaeeus, rpiT Mutem Ullxem nunqiiam
, blind wlio liowcviT
vTderat.
i^ Tenesne nicmorifi nonien fidi servl UU\is?
iitimo
D, ScrvuH Ulixis fTdus erat Kumneua.
never
* Set' p. 4!), notu G.
rUlST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS.
53
i' i
wimt
CHAPTER XVII. 1.
REVIKW.
127. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Miigister discipulOs iiivitilvit. 2. Nonne fi niairistro
(liscipull iuvitutl sunt ? 3. Vulistlno jigrK^olfinmi tirutni
ferreu? 4. MIlitGs lapidiis iiu'igiios portfihant. A. Rex ab
oppidO castrii ir.uvit. G. (ire<;i.s cuslodC's lapidibus fugfiti
sunt. 7. ]\II' nil, poGniata Ilomeri rccitfivlsllne? -S. Si
oppiuuin tciiucriinus, vlctoriiiin mLTGhiiniis. 11. ConjugOs
iiillilinii ])rif!;iia .1 spcctabaiit et fl01)aiit. 10. In Italia, antujiia
d I'yniiO Kplrl rege su[)C'ratI sunt ROinfinl.
II. 1. W(3 shall see the llocks in the fields. 2. The kin<;
was not frightened by the elephant.'- H. Horses are frigiitcned
by eh'ohants.'^ 4. The townsmen were sitting on the wall.
5. The prisoners were wounded by the soldiers with their
swords. 0. I\Iy boy, what are you looking at ? 7. Do you
not see the horsemen's swords ? 8. Do vou remeniber the
poems of the Uonum poet? 0. The king's sons were finding
fault with fortune. 10. Why are the townsmen ai'med with
swords ?
128. Examine the tiro fnUowiiuf yronps of sentences : —
1. Iter ab Arare HelvStii Sverterant, the Ildvctii had turned
(heir mil rs)' from tin' Anir.
2. Arflneas dSiciam d6 pariete, / will brush down the cobwebs
from the wall.
3. Hannibal ex XtaliS excGssit, Ifnntillxil withdrew from Italy.
1. NOa cflrS llbcrabis, ijou will free us from care. •
2. OculTs se piTvavit, he de/>rireil himselj' of his sl<jht (ci/es).
'\. Homo cib6 caret, (he mau is in want of food,
120. The verbs have the Ronoral icloaof separation; and in the
first group the ablative with a preposition, in tlio Heo<ii J tli«' ablative
••rV
^ Vucative aingular ol iihuih, niij.
'■' l'n'i». nut nt ct'Bmiry.
i
54
FIRST AND SECO'
CONJUGATIONS.
\
alone, answers the question from what ? of what f Observe further,
that the verbs of the first group are compounds oC a, de, ex, and
the "separ tion " is literal, or physical ; in the second group the
"separation " i. yura^iye, or less literal.
130. Rule OF Syntax. — Separation is expressed
by the ablative with a {ab), <'e, e (ex), in comicctioii
with verbs coiiapouiided with these prepositions,! or
by the abhitive aloii^i with simple verbs meauiug^
to set free, deprivef or ivant.
\
^
2.
EXERCISES.
li
I. 1. Iluno (7/77rt) fi tuih .L aicC4)is. 2. FTlius rC'gl.s Ro
infinos cura llherfivit. o. lionifiiiT il. filio roiiis (.•urfi libertitl
sunt. 4. A'ir tioger uqufi prlvutus ost. .">. Sorvi sorvituto
libciabunlur. C. Inix Ivoniruuis C'orintbiiin luiiltTs staiuTs
priviivit. 7. ServT, equLs defcsiis aqnani praebcte. 8.^ Sfi-
tiirnus Italos agri cnlturarn doiMiit. 0. Libcr vTuT erat deus
ot in Italia tonipla niulla b,ab('1)a't. 10. Avtii'T iiiTlitos aras
dOuTs spoliant. 11. MI piiur, (.'qmis pai)ulo el aqua caret.
Befor"} translating the following sentences, read over tlu) ex-
planations and rules on pp. 20, 21, and .'iiJ, and couf-idrr what
expressions are equivalent to the Latin ablative of agent with d or
abf the ablative of meana^ and the ablative of separation.
II. 1. They deprived the siek man of water. 2. The
state was freed from the tyrant by lirntus. >], 'I'lie Italians
were taught by Saturn. 4. Tiie leader adorned the town
with statues. 5. Tlie liorsemeii are in want of swords
and horses. 6. Corinth was robbed of many statues by a
Roman general. 7. The goddess will keep off tin' Romans
1 With oilier vorbH tlian tliopc iiidii-atcii in 12}) nml l.'M), nl' similar
nu'uninK, the ])rej)osition is Boimthni's used and sonietinu'S omittid,
* Obnorve the two aceuiatlvc'8, one of the person, the other of tlie
thin(f, with dueeo.
FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS.
55
irther,
X, and
ap the
essecl
ction
hJ- or
\
lUlllg'
V-
9 Ro-
bertiti
vituto
tiiiuTs
^ Sti-
(leus
finis
et.
wliut
(I or
Tho
i:ins
owii
onls
by II
11:1118
inilar
tlie
from her temple. 8. Tlic town wiis destro^^ed by the i)hius
of the general. 1). Will not the Romans be kept olF from
the temple? 10. They thrust forth the leaders from the
town. 11. The leaders are hustled out of town. ^ ^
13
o>
VOCABULARY.
a^ri ciiltura, -ae, p., ngricnltnrc.
avarus, -a, -iiiii, iulj., (jrrrdij.
arcco, 2, -ui, -tuin, keep ojf.
JSruiiis, -i, M., J>rii(tis, a lionian.
careo, 2, -ui, -ituiii, icant, lack.
causa, -ae, v., cause.
<^(>rhithus, -i, v., Corhith (11. 4).
oustos, -odis, M. & F., l-erper,
Kpirus, -i, F., E))ints (11. 4).
oxturbo, 1, thrust out.
ItaluK, -i, M., (in ffdlian.
lAhoTyi^riyyi., lincilius, ^(nlofw'inc.
inous, -a, -uui, poss. julj., my, mine.
oriio, 1, (I (lorn.
privo, 1, deprive. [agriculture.
Saturnus, -i, m., Saturri, god of
spolio, 1, ;■()/>, despoil.
tuus, -a, -uni, poss. adj., thi/, your.
3.
133. COLLOQUIUM.
PRAECrrTOU ET Dlhv^IPtlLUS.
p. Die mihi, puer, elephantosne aliquando vTdisti?
tell ever
D. C'ertc, praeeeptor, clephantos mfignos et parvos vidT.
P. In aujrlsne?
D. Minime vero ; in firco et intordum in viTs.
itulci'd clrciiH Hoini'liiiU'S
P. Quis rex clfirus ('l('[)luintorum auxillO pfignabat?
wliiil uid
I). Pyrrhus, rex KpTiT, ita pfignabat.
J*. Nonne elephant! e(pios RonuTnorum terrebant?
D. Terrebant. Millies ((uoriue terrebantur.
yi'H also
P. Siiperavitno T'yrihuw Rr>manOs?
D. Saepc Huperavit.
often
P. (^iiil)us nrmis puunant (OephantT?
with wliiif
D, Dentibns, probosciile, [)edibus, capite pugnaut.
tuakt Iruuk feet
ifc
T
I ^itiii
66
THIIID DECLENSION.
134.
CHAPTER XVIII. 1.
THIRD DECLENSION.
Liquid Ste:ms.
paradigms.
Consul, M.,
consul.
St. cousul-
N.V. consul
G, coiifsulis
D. consul i
Ac. consul em
Ab. consul e
N.V. consul es
G. consul um
1). consul ibus
Ac. consul es
Ab. consul ibx7 8
ImSgS, F.,
huiuje.
St. imkgin-
SiNGUI
N.V. iinago
G. iniu^inis
inian'inl
inia^inem
Pater, m.,
fdlhcr.
St. patr-
I).
Ac.
Ab.
inuigin e
Singular.
pater
patris
patil
patr em
patr e
Plural.
pair 6s
patrum
patr ibus
patr 6s
patr ibus
Nomen, n.,
71(1 me.
St. nomin-
.AR.
udnion
tioininis
iidniini
nonion
nomine
Pastor, M.,
s/i<j)/i('nl.
St. pastor-
pastor
pastor is
pastor 1
pastor em
pastor e
pastor 68
pastor um
liastoribua
pastor 6s
pastor ibus
Pur
N.V. in)anin6B
G. ijnaginum
D. imaginibus
Ac. iniagln6a
Ab. inifiginibua
VL.
nonnna
nomin um
nriminibua
nomin a
nOminibus
Leo, M.,
lion.
St. leon-
leo
leon is
Icon 1
, leon em
leon e
Icon 6s
Icon um
I'^onibus
leonSs
leon ibus
Tl.RMINATIOXS.
MA so.
.Sr
FKM.
Sing,
IHur.
6a
is
um
I
ibua
em
•
6a
ibua
NKUTKR.
—
a
is
um
I
ibua
e
ibua
r^w
THIIID DECLENSION.
57
135. Examine the followhfj : —
1. Hieme et aestate, in winter and summer.
2. Solis occasUji at the setting of the sun.
3. Prima luce, at dai/hrca/c (Jirst li(//il).
4. His viginti aniiis, icil/iin these tiventi/ years.
Ifc will be seen that the above phrases are expressions of tinH\
and answer the question ichen? or, within what time?
130. Rui.E OF Syntax. — Time whin is expressed
by tlic ablative Avithoiit a preposition ; tiinr ivifhin
which, by the ablative alone, or by tbe ablative
with in*
-ttv/ve.^?
9.,
137. ' EXERCISES.
I. 1. Tortifi liurfi niTlites fiiiijritT sunt. 2. i'vlnio anno
Brutuni cOnsiileni erofivC'ruiit Kouiunl. 3. Oppidum niilitilms
ab imperfitoro iuiitletinn e^Jt. 4. Iiiiperfitor opjiidiim niTliti-
bus implebit. 5. Tijn'or clfiinOre lioniinum tiiijj;vltir. (». ( Ifi-
inorC'S tlGrC'iiwOruin omnC'.s- pueros® terrdbunt. 7. Noi.U'ii ot
iniagineni aiuR'T seinpor in mcinorifi luilu'bMt. S. Seiiipor
erit clanini iMii)crritoris i"i!;reiiu kOhumi. '.). Nniino Hnniiib-il
KonifniTs fuit terror? 10. Ilamiil^al forliludiueni niugiuiin
semper luibebat.
II. 1. Europe has no'' lions. 2. A slave had a great
Hon. 3. The name of tlic slave was Androclus. 4. There
are manv lions in Africa, f). The friend of mv brothers
has seen a lion. H. A lion has bt'en seen ])V mv father and
my brother. 7. The shouts of the soldiers seared the men in
the town. 8. The defenders of the town were seared bv the
Bhouts 'of the men. 0. Wiiv are manv "men miserjible in
time* of war? 10. Do we not see by the sun's light?
11. At dayl»reak they saw Hannibal's horsemen.
^ Ablative of the fourth di clen-
•iuii. See 245. ^ M,
» Children,
* Not,
See CIO.
* Tempore,
'\
iil
\
I
138.
VOCABULARY.
clamor, -oris, m., shout,
defensor, -oris, m., defender.
fortitudo, -iuis, v., bravery,
ft*ater, -tris, m., brother,
Hanulbal, -Slis, m,, Hannibal, a
Carthaginian general.
homo, -inis, m., man.
Imperator, -oris, iM., general,
lumen, -inis, n., li(;Itt.
sol, solis, M. (no gen. pi.), sun,
terror, -oris, m., terror.
Africa, -ac, f., Africa.
Androclus, -i, m., Androclus.
annus, -i, m,, i/ear,
creo, 1, elect f choose,
Kuropa, -ae, f., Europe,
Horatius, -i, m., Horace, a Roman
poet (79).
inipleo, 2, -Ovi, -ctum, Jill.
juvontiis, -litis, f., youth.
semper, adv., always,
voluptas, -atis, v., pleasure.
timor, -oris, u.yfear,
homo, man, as distinguislied ivonx lower animals; general word
for man, mankind.
vlr (60), man, as distiuguishtiil from woman; mau in an honorable
sense, hero.
139.
3.
COLLOQUIUM.
Magister et Discipulus.
M. Quae, mi puer, sunt in pcnsO bodierno?
what tilings to-day's
D. Multa sunt in pcnso, ut nomiiui, adjcctiva, declTna-
many tliiiigH a» uouuu ducloubiuua
tiones, regulae.
M. Quot genera sunt noininibus LatlnTs?
liow many gt-nders
D. Genera sunt tria : masculTnum, femiuTnum, neutrum.
geudt'iH thrco
M. l)e quibus noniinibus est regula prima?
what
/). Prima regula est do noniinibus generis mascullnl.
Secunda regula est de nominibus gencM'is feminmi.
M, Verborum quot sunt conjugationes?
vcibM how many
D. Quattuor sunt conjugationes, declinationes auteiu
quTnque.
fivo
four
but
be(
er<
gai
THIRD DECLENSION.
69
Oman
word
trable
lua-
ubiuiia
[HI.
llul.
tera
L)Ut
140.
CHAPTER XIX. 1.
THIRD DECLENSION.
Sibilant Stems.^
paradigms.
Mos, M.,
Jus, N.,
Opus, N.,
Corpus, N.,
custom.
rUjIit.
icork.
bodij.
St. mos-
St. jus-
St. opes-
St. corpoB-
Singular.
N.V.
nios
jus
opus
corpus
G.
iiioria
juris
ope r is
corporis
D.
iiiori
juri
operi
corporl
Ac.
iiiorem
jus
opus
corpus
Ab.
nior e
jure
Plukai
opere
49
corpor e
N.V.
inorSa
jura
opera
corpora
G.
inorum
jurum
oper um
corpor um
I).
niovibus
juribus
operibus
corpor ibus
Ac.
mores
jura
oper a
corpora
Ab.
mOribus
juribus
operibus
corpor ibua
141.
ADJECTIVE.
Vetus, old. Stem vetes-
SlNGULAU.
M. & V.
N.V, vetus
G. Veter is
D. vetcrl
Ac, vetorem
Ab. veter e
NEUT.
vetus
veter is
veter I
vetus
veter e
Plural.
M. & r. NKLT
veter 6s
veter um
veter ibua
veter 6s
veter ibus
veter a
veter um
veter ibus
veter a
veter ibus
142. The above wore orij;inally sibiliiiit stems, the s having
been changed tp r between two vowels. Compare eram for esam,
erO for esfi, p. 25. But for practical purposes they may bo re-
gar(l(!(l as stems in r.
' Fur tabic of terminations, see 134.
M)
it
:
60
THIRD DECLENSION.
14.3, EXERCISES.
I. 1. Ceres agri cultfirae erat dea. 2. Cererl multa erant
templa in Sicilifi. 3. Ceres multa templa in Sicilia habebat.
4. Cej'es agri culturam docebat. 5. Aestate est piilvis mo-
Icstus. C. Servis tcmporibus antT(jiiTs non erant jura.
7. Servi tcinporuni veterum jura non habebant. 8. Equus
perito ab equite exercitus erat. 9. EquitI perlto praebitus
erit equus uiger.
II. 1. The statue of Minerva has been seen. 2. The
statue of IMinerva had often been praised. 3. The works of
.1 ' Greeks were pleasing to the Romans. 4. Our pleasures
ha\ •■ been increased bv work* and zeal. 5. What- were
seen in the temi?les of Greece? G. In ancient times men
saw statues of gods and goddesses. 7. Statues of gods and
goddesses were seen by men in ancient times.
144-. Examine the following: —
1. Cum virtute vixit, lie livcil irifh v'lrlue (^vlrtuoiidy),
2. Agricola agrum cum cura arat, the Jarmcr plouyhs Ms field
with care {canfiilti/).
3. Agricola agrum magna cum cura arat, tlie farmer ploughs
his feld iclih (jreat care
4. Summa vl proelium comnuserunt, they Joined hattle with the
gi'catest violence.
^Manner is u.sually expressod by advorbs : beng, well; liberS,
freelif. So tlio iiluasos cum virtute, cum cur5, mSgna cum
curl, and summa vT, plainly donoto inaunur, — hoio a thing is
done, — like adverbs of manner.
145. Rui.K OF Syntax. — Manner is .sometimes
expressed by the ablativo with cum; but if the
ablative bas an adjeetive, ctitn is often omitted.
> lleail again explanations and rule, p. 30. - Quuo - what things.
^,
erant
ebat.
mo-
jura,
iqims
bitus
The
ks of
sures
were
men
3 and
y^:
field
'onghs
fJi the
berS,
cum
mg IS
ines
the
ig*'
^
U
.}}1
J
THIRD DECLENSION.
61
146. EXERCISES.
I. 1. CaptTvi lumen solis mficfno pjaudio vTderunt. 2.^ S!
in agrls tempore Horum eritis,- libenter eos {them) vide-
bitis. 3. Magna voluptate aestfite vidcM^ur pulclirl llores.
4. Libros cum studio et voluptate recitaui ^s. o. Tuerl cor-
pora cum studio et cura exercent. 0. Ivlulta IJouifinorum
opera tempore' non deleta sunt. .-^
II. 1. Thev look at the lion with f^reat fear. 2. If he
blames (is blaming) the boy angrily,^ he deserves punish-
ment. 3. Da'dalus had fitted wings to Icarus willi care.
4. They remembtu- the words of the good judge with joy.
5. The words of the ood judge will l)e carefully'* reniem-
l)ered. G. How mai.y orks of the Komans time has not
destroyed !
147.
Ceres, -eris, v., Certs, god-
divss of iiffricuK.iro.
llos, floris, M., floircr.
piilvis, -eris, m., dust.
tcinpus, -oris, n., time.
acsttls, -atis, f., summer.
ouin, prt']). w. jibl., with.
eiira, -ae, i ., care.
VOCABULARY.
^audiiiin, -i, N., /oy.
loams, -i, m., fc<(rits.
ira, -ae, i"., (ini/er.
libenter, iidv., yluiUij, with picas-
xire.
niolcstus, -a, -uiii, adj., troubltsomc.
qiiain, adv., how, than.
saeer, -era, -eniiii, adj., sacred.
Sieilia, -ae, r., dicili/.
3.
148. COLLOQUIUM.
Duo l^IKHI.
Hodie durum pensum habuT.
StuduistTne cum cura et dlligentia?
did you Htiidy dilitrciKH-
Ccrte cum dlligentia, non cum voluptate studul.
* Notice that in the Jields - In
agris; in the time ~ tempore.
'■^ See p. 47, note 3.
" Why would it be wrong to
write h tempore?
* Coinpaiv 1-4-A. 1,
I I
1. \
1
y
* f
I
62
THIKD DECLENSION.
Cur non cum voluptfite studuisti? Eratue magister
morosiis an peiisum lougum?
cross or
Meliercule ! longiim erat pensura neqiie memoria tenebam.
truly and not
Aspice. Nonne viclea miilta vocilbula in vocabulario et ver-
look words vocabulary
bum moneo et declTnationis tertiae substautlva et adjectiva?
Heu amicum miserum, quam studes !
ah have to study
-ooI*iOO-
CHAPTER XX. 1.
THIRD DECLENSION.
Stems
IN i
•
149.
PARADIGMS
1
Hostis, M. it i< .,
Nubes, F.,
Turris, p.,
ignis, M.,
enemy.
cloud.
tower.
fire.
St. hosti-
St. nubi-
St. turri-
St. Igni-
SlNGULAR.
N.V. hostis
nub es
turris
ign is
G. hostis
nub is
tia-ris
ign is
D. host I
nubi
tiirri
Ignl
Ac. host em
n lib em
turrim.em
ign em
Ab. host e
nube
turri, e
ignl, e
Plural.
N.V. hostes
nfibSs
turrSs
ign 6s
G. hostium
niibiiim
tuirium
ignium
D. host ibiis
nubibus
turribus
ign ibus
Ac. host 6b, Is
nfibes, Is
- ■
tnir§8, Is
ign 6s, Is
Ab. hostibuB
nubibus
turribus
Ign ibus
THIRD DECLENSION.
68
Animal, v.,
Mare, x.,
Calcar, n.,
animal.
St. animali-
sea.
St. mari-
spur.
St. calcari-
Teuminations.
MASC. & FEM.
SlNGULAR.
Sing.
Plur.
N.V.
animal
mare
calcar
is, es
§s
G.
aiiiinalis
maris
calcar is
is
ium
D.
animali
mari
calcar i
I
ibus
Ac.
animal
mare
calcar
em, im
es, is
Ab.
animali
mari
calcar i
e,i
ibus
Plukal.
NEUTER.
N.V.
animal ia
maria
calcar ia
e or —
ia
G.
aninuilium
marium
calcar ium
is
ium
D.
animal ibus
mar ibus
calcar ibus
T
ibus
Ac.
animal ia
maria
calcar ia
e or —
ia
Ab.
animal ibus
mar ibus
calcjUibus
I
ibus
I
150.
ADJECTIVES.
'■ijrPA yl^y'ti'^
Acer, keen, eager. St. 5cri-
Singular.
Plural.
MASC.
FEM.
NECT.
MASC.
FEM.
NEUT.
N.V.
acer
acris
acr e
acr es
acr 68
acr ia
G.
acris
acris
acris
acr ium
acr ium
acr ium
D.
acri
acri
acri
acr ibus
acr ibus
acr ibus
Ac.
acrem Tier em
acr e
acr €s, is
acr es, ts
acr ia
Ab.
acri
acri
acri
acr ibus
acr ibus
acribua
Levis, ligfit, nimhle. St. levi-
SiNGU
LAR.
Plural.
M. & F.
NEUT.
M. & F.
NEUT.
N.V.
lev is
leve
lev es
levia
G.
levia
lev is
lev ium
lev ium
D.
lev!
levi
lev ibus
lev ibus
Ac.
lev em
leve
lev gs, is
levia
Ab.
lev I
levi
lev ibus
lev ibus
\
V.
64
THIRD DECLENSION.
M. & F.
N.V. nieiiior
G. menioris
D. memori
Ac. meiiiorem
Ab. meinori
Plural.
Memor, mindful. Si. memori-
SlNGULAR.
NEUT.
memor memor es
menioris meinorum
memori memor ibus
memor memor es, is
memori memor ibus
/
V
151. An inspection of the tables shows : —
1. That the i of the stem is sometimes lost, and sometimes
clianged to e. It appears in the terminations 'an, is (ace. plur.),
i (abl. sing.), /«, and iu7n.
2. That the ablative singular has in some nouns J, in some c,
and in some l or e; in adjectives, always !.
3. That the genitive plural has iimi, and the nominative and
accusative plural neuter ia. Compare these endings with the nom-
inative and genitive plural of consonant stems (105, 134, 140).
4. Memor lias um in the genitive plural, masculine and feminine.
It has no neuter plural. Like memor decline vigil, watchful^
which has neuter plural vigilia, vigilium, etc.
152. To stems in i belong: —
1. Nouns in is and es not increasing in the genitive.*
2. Neuters in e, al, and ar.
3. Adjectives of two terminations.
4. Adjectives of the third declension of three terminations.
153. Nouns in cs (gen. is) are declined like nubes. INIost
nouns in Is are declined like hostis. Canis, dog, has genitive
plural canum.
^ 154. The principal nouns declined like turria are: clavis,
Icey ; navis, ship; puppis, stern of a ship; securis, axe.
Like Ignis are : amxils, river ; anguis, snake ; avis, bird ;
civiB, citizen ; claasiB, fleet ; collis, hill : finis, end; orhiB, circle ;
postis, post. Sitis, thii'st, has ace. in -im, abl. in -1
1 That is, having no more syllables than in the nominative.
vl
THIRD DECLENSION.
■\
65
155. Adjectives declined like acer are called adjectives of
three teriiiiuations ; those declined like levis, adjectives of two
terminations; while those declined like vetus (141), audax and
prudens (164), are called adjectives of one termination.
1»^(>. Decline together riavis longa, s/i//; of icar\ vallis pro-
funda, <ltep vallej ; Alpes altae, A/V/// Alps. See 161. ,
2.
157, Paradigm illustratmg apposition: —
N.V. Cicero consul, Cicero, the consul.
G. Ciceronis consulis, of Cicero, tlie consul.
D. Ciceroni consul!, to or for Cicero, the consul.
Ac. Ciceronem consulem, Cicero, tlie consul.
Ab. a Ciceroue consule, by Cicero, the consul.
158. Rule of Syntax. — An appositive is in the
same case as the noun or pronoun which it qualiiies.
i
159.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. In vfdlibus Alpium sunt fluvil piilchri. 2. Quae
(ichat) iinimfdia aquilani timent ? 3. Naves Galloruin erant
loiigae et altae. 4. Galli longas naves habebant. 5. Fui-
mus in navi alta. G. llobur tiium levl labore auirebitur.
7. Somnus liominibus volnptatem praebet. 8. Habentne
milites defessi cibum et aquam? 9. Homines cibum i«^nl
coquunt {cook). 10. Leones et elephant! sunt animalia fera.
II. 1. In the tower there were many men. 2. The towers
of the ships were high. 3. From the high tower we saw the
broad sea. 4. The broad sea was seen by men in the liigh
tower. 5. The flight of the horsemen was seen by brave
soldiers. G. Robbers fear a bra- 3 man. 7. A brave man
is feared by robbers. 8. On t' shore they built a tower
i
,
I
66
THIKD DECLENSION.
for the king. 0. Numa, king of the Romans, changed the
number of the months. 10. The number of the months was
changed by Numa, a Roman king.
I I't*'.^
I
3.
160. * EXERCISES. /
I. 1. Turrim altam videbant regis comites. 2. Corpora
hominum non nniiiil sunt mortfdia. 3. Capita aninialium
multcrum videbantur. 4. Acrl animo nfivem hitronum sub-
movent nautae. 5. Navis hitronum ab acribus nautis sub-
movetur. G. Vietoriam debenius turribus uostrls validls.
7. Multa animfdia sunt lovia et vigilia. 8. Ayiuno. non multa
genera in luTnls turrium anfupiariun ludnfniit. ' 9. Servi
Graecl flUos Romanorum nobihuni educilbant. 10. FTlii
Romanorum nobiliuin a servis Graecis saepc edn^fdjantur.
J I. 1. rolyi)liemus, son of Neptune, had a huge body.
2. Cyrus, the first king of tlie IVrisians, renjeu'lered all the
names of his soldiers. W. The names of all his soldiers were
remem])ered bv Cvrus, king of the Persians. -1. How manv
shi})s of the (lauls were driven olf ? lu The number of
Urcs in the town was great. j~
\i\\
VOCABULARY.
Alpf'R, -luin, r., /I//'."?.
avis, -l8i v., bird (154).
fortis, -0, mlj., hmve.
liu'lisls, -Is, M., munth,
niortalls, -o, adj.. uiminf.
iiilvis, -Is, I'm sIii'i> (154).
nobills, -e, adj., mtlilr.
oiiinis, -e, ndj.. all, cvcrii,
vallls (or-rs), -Is, r., ralltti.
vlj^ll, -Is, ndj., wntchf'.d.
anInuiR, -I, m., rnmr/, s^ouU
Sduco, I, 'n/i'n, iducate.
frriiR, -a, -«iu, adj., tn'Id.
fiijjra, -ao, v.,Jli<jlit.
p^ciiiis, -oris, N., kitid, race.
Iiabltn. 1, (hirll, iiihahit,
latru, -oiils, M., rohhrr.
lit IIS, -oris, N., ifhore.
iiiiiltltri<ir>, -Inls, K., multitude.
Noptuiiiis, -I, M., Nej>tune, god of
the sea.
iioHt<>r, -tra, -triiin, poas. adj., our,
t)uni.
Nufna,-ac, M.,M<rn<7,n Ronuui kin);.
IVrsac, -uruni, m., the Persians.
w a mt um tBi - t tvMi m m m t im '
M
:od the
lis was
COLLOQUIUM.
67
l*<)lyplitMnus, -i, m., Poly^thmus.
qiiot, adj. iiKk'cl., how vuinij?
robur, -oris, n., strength.
riiiua, -ae, v., rtitn.
siib-inoveo, 'J, -inovi, -iiiotiiin,
{move from beneath) remove, drive
men I/.
vito, 1, avoid, shun.
.L.-'
orpora
nrd ill III
n sub-
s sub-
alidTs. ''
inulta
Sorvi
. Filii
ur.
body.
11 the
were
mauv
LT of
102.
4.
COLLOQUIUM.
Fkatkk kt SoKouci la.
S, Nfirrfi niilii, fn'itcr, (k" PolyplK'nio ; (juls fult et ubi
I 1 • 1.-1 i. 'j where
habitabiit i
F. rolyphenius fllius Ncptuiii fuil et cuin fratribus in
rusiila iiabitabat.
jS. Fuitnc arator et agros arabat?
F. Mininie. Neqiie fuit arator ne(iue agrOh arabat Poly-
ncithir [iluu(;limun iiur
pliC'inus.
*S'. Nauta igltur sine diibio fuit, et niaria navibus
thenforu
lifivigabat.
F. Erravistr, nioa sororcula, Polypliemus fuit pastor atque
aiitl
niagnos oviuni gregea lia))el)at. Fuit autoui ingentis c'ori)()ria
nhcop inuri'ovi'r Im^c
ct unum tantum oculum hal)uit. Ulixes dolosus el finuni
niily crafty lorliim hiBonc
oculuin stTpite perforJlvit.
litako diiK out
iS. Khcu ! niiserriinuni rolypliOniuml
Oh dfurl poor
i
«
of
our.
i"R. ■
^
1
68
THtUD DECLENSION.
CHAPTER XXI. 1.
J
THIRD DECLENSION.;-/
L
]^XED StEMS^ -'
103.
PARADIGMS
•
Clieus, M. A F.,
Urbs, !• .,
Arx, F.,
client.
citij.
SiNGULAK.
citadeL
TliUMINATIONS.
N.V.
clieiis
uvl)S
arx
■
G.
client is
urhis
arc is
i»
D.
clientl
url)i
arci
I
Ac.
client era
ml > era
arc em
em
Al).
cliente
urb e
Pluual.
arc c
e
N.V.
client 5s
urb 6s
arc 6s
at
(i.
cli(Mitium
url)iura
arc ium
ium
1).
clientibvis
nrbibus
arcibus
ibus
Ac.
client 6s, Is
urb 63, Is
arc 6s, Is
€s, Is
Ab.
dientibua
uibibiis
arcibus
ibua
104.
!\l. & I'.
N.V. audjiK
0» audticis
0* au<lacl
As* audrieem
Ab. audm^T, e
N.V, au(liU'6s
G. audaeium
D. nudnclbus
Ao* PddacSs, la
Ab. f udue ibui
ADJECTIVES.
AudSx, bolil ; pr(id6ns, sngaciouii,
Sin<ji:lau.
NIM'T.
audiix
audiicis
audiU'I
aiidax
an due I, e
M. & K.
l)rudC'ns
priident is
prfi-lenl I
prudent em
prudcnti, e
Pmihal.
audaeia priident 6s
audileium
auducibns
i(U<1iieia
audiicibna
prudent ium
prudent ibua
prudent is, Is
prudent ib.ia
NKIJT.
priidf'ns
prudentia
jtrudentt
prudOns
prudenti, e
prudentia
])rrident ium
prmlentibus
juudeiitia
[trudeiii ibus
/^
^ Utfuaily clutittc'd ai i items. Hce 100.
THIRD DECLENSION.
69
)a
inm
ibua
il>us
*
165.
Singula K.
?.:. & V. WAX.
N.V. aiiuuis aiiiuns
%i amaiiiis aiiiaiitis
"%, aiiiaiiti aiiKinlT
Ac. aiiiantem atiiiius
Al>. aiiKinte, I anuiiite, I
pAK'ncirLE.
Amans, loving.
I'i.lUAL.
ainaiitSs
ainaniium
ainaiitibuB
amaiites. is
anianiibus
NKIIT.
ainaiitia
anuintium
amaiitibus
atiiaiitia
ainantibuB
1<»0. Xot(! in llio above taMos: —
1. That lli(» nouns arc dci luu'il in tho singular like consonant
steins (105, 134, 140), and iIk- adjectives also, except lliat, like
t st(Mns, tlicv liave an ablative in l.
2. Tiiat lli< i>linal of both nouns and adjectives is Hko tlnit of
i stems (149, 150).
X li>T. To the class of niixec] stems bolonurJ-
J
1. Noun.-, in m^ and rs. l>ut parens has th(j genitive plural
parentum.
2. Monosyllables in s and x followimx a consonant, to-jcther with
nix, nivis, sittir; nox, noctis, nhjld ; os, oasis, ioH<?; mils, m^ris,
<\. AdjiM^ives of one endini;, with some exceptions, of which fho
most important are: dives, rich; pauper, poor; particeps,
nharhuj; princeps, v/iirf; and Compounds of lunms that have
cousonnnt stems. These all have the geiiu've plural in m;».
4. Present active participles,
ii\H. UiLEs <w Gen'DKU. -1. Nonvis cndtnpr In 0,
or, OS, «"/', rs (j;"<*ii. Ttfis, Itis), arv lir.iSi'iiliiie*
Ihit nouns endini,^ in ih't and 70, of more than two Byllables>
together with abstract* and collective '•' nouns in iO, arc feminine.
2. Nouns <>ii(lin^ in as, r-s not, iniTCiisin^ In tlio
f;(Mih!v<% is, .r, niHl 9 l'oll<»\vin;; a consonant, aro
foniifiinr.
* Aliiitrnct iioinm nre anch ns
(Unote n. thmuiht riitliiT than ji
Uiiny: rutiOy vidhod.
' rollcctive nouTiH nre such ««
in th<' Nin^Miliir iinjily 11 niMiilicr ttf
tliiugd or pcTfionB : IckIO, U-yion.
'i
^'4
aU
-T
I
1.1
1, )
V
wiwiwiMtw M wr m.'wu .w-*''^^-'
70
THIKD DECLENSION.
M
3. Nouns oiMliiig- hi ?/, e, <t, i,', r, /, h, it at\ iii',
aii<l ««s, arc neuter.
There are many exceptio^is tu tl.L'So f lii^s, which the learner
should note as he advances. . » ; ■
>,»^ > > ■
KM), Decline tog(!ther fons profundus, deep spriny; hostia
audax, bold enemy ; magna pars, y real part. See 172.
2.
170. EXERCISES.
I. 1. AlpC'S sunt luontes Kiiropao. 2. Saopo in lateribus
moiitium sunt silvao. o. IMultoruni ainniuni foutes sunt
parvl.
Uw,
1. In Al[)il)us suut..,regionGs pulclirae et sufives^" ,
5. Sunt vallrs profundao, iTrf)^^altao, silvue mfignae. (>. Jbi^ *
nifignani vi(K''l»is nudtitudinem vulpium. 7. Acstato ovium '
i *x greges vidontur. 8. ^llliteui fortLMU non terrobit porlcidum.
9. Miles fortis ])LMTeulr) nun terivbitur. 10. Omnes adule-
BceutC's erunt mllitds fortes.
11. 1. There are momitains in Kuropc. 2. On the sides
of the mountains are tall trees. 3. INIany rivcns have small
sources. 4. Parts of the Alps arc beautiful, o. The Alps
have deep valleys and high cliiVs. G. AV'ild beasts are seen
on the sides of the Al^ts. 7. There you will sec shepherds
and sheep. 8. IJrave soldiers do not fear dangers. [). 'J1io
fathers of the ,uung men are soldiers. 10. We lionor the
brave soldioi
a.
171. EXERCISES.
1. I . Quid vident hojuinrs in montibus altts? 2. A(piilani,
avem audaeeni, in rupibus vident. 3. Nonne in arboribua
ttltls habitat rex avium? 1. Certe, et parvTs avibua est ter-
ror maguus, nam inter aves regyat. 5. Acres sunt aquilarnm
oeulT ; loiige vident venatorem. (!. In marl classem hos-
tium videujus. 7. Classis navium a lalroidbus videbatur.
8. Magistur mOrfis bonus et diligentiam diseipulorum lauda-
THiKD decle:nsion.
71
. i^''f
luarner
sides
SllUlll
Alps
soeii
lords
riio
the
am,
il)U3
•iim
n)S-
liir.
iilu-
!)it. 0, Mores l>oni et diligeiitia a inagistro JtvutiaiJimtur.
10. OiDiiis Giilliiir sunt partes t'-r-s (//» ,'•(,;). j ^^1 ,,
11. i. Men dwell iu Ibe dt?ep valleys oT tl-o nio>iii tains.
2. In summer they have lloeks on the moMuains. 'A. Why
do men call the eagle the klng^ of birds ? 4. Do not keen
hunters see the eagle from afar? ;'>. ' -ic enemy's shijis
})lough the deep sea. G. The rohl)ers saw tiie sliips v;ith great
terror.^ 7. Solon was the author of many good laws. 8. In
ancient states there were free men and slaves. U. The
memory of tlie wise Solon has been honored.
172.
VOCABULARY.
jululcscens, -ontis, m. .'v v., ijonlh, l;i(ns,-oris, \.,.s/V/c. Cf.!«itua, ^-/vH/r^
llOHU(j VKin.
foils, font is, M., source, spring.
inoiiK, inuutis, m., mountdin.
pars, partis, r., jxirt.
sapiens, -eiitls, adj., wise.
Rinnis, -is, m., rircr (lo4).
arbor, -firls, v., tree.
aiiotor, -oris, m., author,
lJel/?a«', -aruiii- m., tlic BvJijiuus.
«'I):-siM, -is, V.,jli'<t (154).
<1ili^;('iitia, ao, v., fli/ii/iucc,
fora, -ao, v., xrild Uasl,
lioiioro, 1, fiimor.
hostls, -is, M. Sr. i\, enemy .
11)1, adv., there.
Ic'x, lejUfls, !••., iiiir.
loiisr', adv., njhr, at a distanec.
iiios, iiioris, M., manner, custom.
iiuiii, i'(»iij,,y«r.
Ovis, -is, r., shrrp.
pastor, -oris, m., shepherd.
periciiiiiiay -i, n., da ut/er, peril.
proriiiuiiis, -a, -niu, adj., deep.
rt'j»io, -onis, i., vjion.
re^no* 1, he I'lnr/, ndr, rflr/n.
rfipf'S -5s, !■.. ^rkfclijr.
silva. ■•>•'. v., >■ ■:Md,for< St.
SolO' on! ., M., Solon, un Atlicaian
lawgiver.
SUiivin, p, !i(lj., HU'ci I, pleasant.
venaior, oris, :vi., hunter.
Iut<»r, \n'v]).\\,iivr.,hetwe'n,amon(]. vulpt;s, -l», i\, fox.
aiiinis, a lan/e, deep rirer ; not the conunnn prose word for river,
liriinon (2().'J), jfcncriil word for river; fiuoimj, hh opposed to stili
vater, «i< u lake or p(»iid.
fluviuR (84), lint (HlTcrint fnmi tlOiii(>ii., \m\ jimeh loss uncd.
hostiu, jrcniral word for enem;/: a puhlie encni}/, enemit in war.
InlniieuH (78), n private nr ptrsnt, il enem<; ; opposi-d to niiiI<'U8.
1 ]|'n.'dicatu uccuaative.
'-' tii'x 144, 145.
\
e
ii
u^ :j^ r'Jir\R^ '\r^ . vi
72
THlllD DECLENSION.
COLLOQUIUM.
1 7.3. Trandate into I j it In : —
Fatiikr and Son.
F. Tell me {jnihi) uhout Solon, if you ploiisc (^st phicet),
JS, Solon was a wise AtliLMjiau (^Athenieyi.sLs)] his {<'jns)
laws were famous, and his luemorv will always be houoicd.
He was tlie friLMid of poor men {pavjH'nini), He saw many
lands and many men. He did not fear Pisistratus the
usurper {tyroDnum),
F. Was Miltiades also {fptoqvc) an Athenian ?
S. Certainly ; he overcame the l'i>rsians {Perms) in the
battle of Marathon.^ He was a brave and skilful leader.
He had a brave sou.
-^"H^c
w
-^ CHAPTER XXII. 1.
KKVIKW.
174. DooliiJ togothor glaclins acer, dinrp sirord ; consiliiim
utile, usi'/'iil rouuscl ; aquila celeris, t^irij'l cdijle; animal vglox,
jtt'et anivuil. See 179.
175. Kxaniplos of tho locative caso hi Mio third declonsion are:
CarLhafjinl, ci- Caithagiae, at Carlli<i;je , n"nl, in the country.
17<i. AjJLc the jH'ojwr terminations to the luljedives in the
following^ (ind tran,sh(te: —
1. Kquo celer-, e(iuoruni veloo-',' VquTs veloc-. 2. Tuelia
trTst-, puellae lrIs(-» iiuellani trlst-, puelhTrum prfKlent-u"
Ji. (JhidiTs fuT-, i^hidios aer-, gladium acr-. 1. Libro util-,
libroruni util-, libruni util-. ft. Donum util-, douu util-,*^
doni util-. (). Scrvl lidel-, servo fidel-. servos (Idel-, scrvls
lidel-'. 'J
' Of Mavatlion, i>l«ti'Htli4>iiiuHj -ii, -uiii.
THIKI) DECLENSION.
78
177.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. l-'qui sunt CL'lcrC's. 2. ]'rocliiiiu oquestro fuit.
3. Vii'i fortes hiudaiitiir. 1. A'iruin forteiii laiulfiiniis.
5. Oiime iiiitiiiiii est dillicile. (!. lU'lhi sunt trTsilii. 7. Con-
siliuin (luci.s iiudfix luit. .S. \'etiis vTuiun est boiuiin.
i). Acris et vC'lOx est Ji(j[uilii. 10. jNIuIta juiinifilhi vltus
breves hiibent.
II. 1. Tli(! soldiers hav'o keen weapons. 2. I Ikivg a
swill liorsc. ^. We pniisc ])rm-e men. -I. Do you like
sweet food? a. Tlie lessons are not hard. 0. The plans of
the commander are sagacious. 7. Life is short. N. There
are swift ('a<jjles in the mountains. 9. Tiie king has bold
sailors. 10. The wings of the swift eagle are long.
2.
178. EXERCISES.
Write out the whole of 177. 1, in Latin, changing singulars
to plural^ an<l plurals to singulars. Thus, •! will l)e viroa
fortes laudo.
Turn II. into Latin, first changing thi; sentences as
directed above in regard to I.
! i
|]
ITO.
VOCABULARY.
acor, iiorls, aens !i<lj., sharp, rof/rr.
brevis, -e, adj., shmf.
rv\vv, iM'h'rls, erh'rc, mlj., qH'ic.h,
Jht't, sirij).
dfmcins, -P, julj.. <1!fiv'*. hard.
rqnostJT, -tris, -tre, a<lj., »<iusft'
Irian.
lidf lis, -o, !ny].,J(tilfiJ'i(i.
initiuiii, -i, N., ln'jinning,
teliiin, -i, N., uiftpon.
triHtiH, -e, adj., sad.
lit His, -o, adj., HHf/uL
vr'lox, -oris, adj., sn'li}, fleet
vita, -a<', r., H/f.
t'Hor, (fuirl-, with tlif added iiotiun of mi/eniess or eneryy.
veldz» mii/ly somi'litu»\«« implying niiiifih'nfss.
1
\'k
^
74
THIRD CONJUGATION.
CHAPTER XXIII.
THIRD CONJUGATION.
J 80. E -Verbs.
Rego (stem rege), rule.
PuiNCiPAL Tauts: rego, regSre, rexl.i rectum.^
INDICATIVE.
A.CTIVE.
Pkesent.
PASSIVE.
rule, etc.
/ am ruled, etc.
regimus
reg or
reg imur
reg itis
reg eris,
or -re regimini
reg unt
reg itur
reg untur
rego
regis
reg it
/ was ruling, etc.
reggbam regebamus
reg§b5s regebatis
reg 6bat reg gbant
Imi'Ekfect.
/ was ruletl, etc.
reg ebar reg ebamur
regebaris, o;-re rcgebamini
regebatur regebantur
Future.
/ shall rule, etc.
/ shall he ruled, etc.
reg am reg emus
reg ar reg Smur
reg Ss reg etis
reg Sris, or -re reg emini
reg at reg ent
reg etur reg entur
Peui
'ECT.
I have ruled, etc.
/ have been ruled, etc.
rexl rcximus
/ sum { sumuB
rectus J es recti ^estia
( est ( sunt
rexisti rexistis
rex it rex §r unt, or
-re
PLUrEUFECT.
/ had ruled, etc. I had been ruled, etc.
rcxeram rexeramus reram /^erSmus
rexerSs rex erStis rCctus-^erRs recti ^eratis
rexerat rexerant ( erat (erant
1 Rexl for reg-si. See p. 1, note 2. ^ Rectum for reg-tum.
THIRD CONJUGATION.
75
ACTIVE.
PASSIVE.
FUTUKK rEKFECT.
/ shall have ruled, etc. I shall have been ruled, etc.
rexero rcxerinius rero ^erimus
rC'xeritis rectus-jeris recti -| eritis
rcxerint (erit " (erunt
rex ens
rex erit
regain
reg as
reg at
regercm
rog eres
reg eret
rexerim
rexeris
rex erit
SUBJUNCTIVE.*
Present.
reg amus
rog atis
reg ant
reg eremiis
regeretis
reg erent
rexerimiis
rexeritis
rex eriiit
reg ar
reg aris, or -re
reg atur
Impeufect.
reg erer
reg 5mur
reg amini
reg antur
reg eremur
reg ereris, or -re reg eremiiu
reg eretur
Peufect.
rsim
rect us -j SIS
(sit
reg ereutur
r sImuB
recti -^^ sitia
(sint
I
i i
C 1
rexissem
rexissgs
rex isset
PLUrEUFECT.
rex issemus r^ essem
rexissetis rect us -| esseia
rex issent ( csset
recti -]
essemuB
-. essStis
( essent
rege, rtile thou.
regite, rule ye.
regito, thou shall rule.
regito, he shall rule.
rogitOte, ye shall rule.
reguntS, they shall rule.
IMPERATIVE.
Present.
reg ere, he thou ruled,
reg imini, be ye ruled.
Future.
regitor, thou shalt he ruled.
regitor, he shall he ruled.
reguntor, they shall he ruled.
1 See p. 26, note.
76
THIRD CONJUGATION.
INFINITIVE.
ACTIVE. PASSIVE.
Pres. revere, to rule. regi, to he ruled.
Perf. rexisse, to have ruled. ]'ectus esse, io Juice been ruled.
FuT. recturus esse, to be about rectum Iri, to he about to be ruled .
to rule.
PARTICIPLE.
Pres. rcgens, -entis, ruliii;/.
FuT. recturus, -a, -um, about Geu. reg ei^diis, -a, -um, to be
to rule.
G. regendi, ofridiiH/.
D. rei^ end o, /or ml in;/.
Ac. rogendum, ruinKj.
Ab. regendo, bij rulbuj.
Ac. reel um, to rule.
ruled.
Peuf. rectus, -a, -um, having been
ruled.
GERUND. S''*r)p(i .
SUPINE.
Ab. rectu, to rule, to be ruled.
■ooJAKoo-
.M
CHAPTER XXIV. 1.
THIRD CONJUGATION.
181. Loarn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, and
present imperative and infinitive, active and passive, of rego.
182. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Rogitis, rogr!l)ritis, regetis. 2. Rcgitur, rcgclmtur,
regetur. 3. Rego, rcgehani, rt'gani. 4. Rcgiintur, rcgil-
bantur, rcgontnr. 5. RegcM'c, rogi. 0. Regite, regero.
7. Regis, regeris. 8. Reginuis, regimur. 0. Regit, regitur.
10. Rcgitis, reginiini.
" IT. 1. Tie rules, he was ruling, lie will rule. 2. To be
ruled, to rule. 3. They rule, they were ruling, they will
THIRD CONJUGATION.
77
rule. 4. Wc rule, we are ruled. 5. "\Vo sliall rule, we slmll
be ruled. G. You ure rulinijr, vou wore rulinjjr, vou will rule.
7. Rule (Ihon), be (tliou) ruled. 8. lie is rulini;-, lie is
ruled. 1). Tliev ruled, they were ruled. 10. 1 rule, 1 ruled,
I shall rule.
2.
183. EXERCISES.
Bcilbo,^ icrile; mitto,^ soul : emo,^ bur/.
I. 1. Scrlbis, inittis, eniis. 2. Mittitnr, serlbitur, eniitur.
3. Noune mittebfis ? uoune scribebant ^ tionne emebani ?
4. Scribetur, niittebantur, cuienti'r. 5. INIitte, scrlbite,
euiite. 0. Euiere, scribere, niitteie. 7. Non inittuut, nun
scribitis. non emet. 8. Scrlbaiinie? euinntne? uiiltiuiusnc?
1). INlilleris, mitteris, scribetur. 10. Scribi, inittT, eniT.
II. 1. lie writes, he is sent, tliey buy. 2. Is it written ?
does he send? are they bouirht? 3. 1 shall buy, thou wilt
send, he will write. 4. It will not be written, we shall not
be sent, thou wilt not be bought. 5. To write, to send, to
buv. ' G. Write, send, buv. 7. We are sent, thev were
bought, it is (beinsf) written. 8, Tliey write, they will ])uy,
they were sendin<j;. 'J. 1 was writing, we were sending,
I shall l)uy. 10. You are sent, it was (being) written, they
are bought.
184.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. lm])erator multas urbes vincet. 2. IMultac terrae
ftb RonianTs regeliantur. 3. Omneni niunduni regit Deus.
4 Dux Ivomanus ex Graeeifi in Itnliani portiibat nuillaa
fetatuas. f). Virl fortes tinidre nun vincuntur. G. lYibiilum
niUitibus^ emetur. 7. Hannibal nilUtes trans Alpes ducebat.
1 For principal parts, see 180.
t* What would by the mtauiug of u inllitibus 1
•I
— ■ 1
E 1
^F
V2
/a
o
el
d^.
//a
&.
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
1.0
I.I
K Ui 12.2
Slit ™—
S us 1120
1.8
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
/
o
€^ W
:P.r
1.25 1.4
1.6
^ 6" —
►
33 WIST MAIN STRUT
WIBSTIR.NY MSaO
(716) l7]-4}03
'/
o
^
4r
c> «
t-^^
f/u
(/.
\
i^
c
V
*»
*
^
^**
o^"
%-
78
THIRD CONJUGATIO!!^.
8. Trfms fluvium erat parva urbs. 9. Urbs a cTvibus defen-
debatur. 10. Nautae, e navi descondite.
II. 1. The coiniiiandcr writes a letter. 2. Letters are
written b}' the commander. 3. Hannibal was leading his
soldiers into Italy. 4. The citizens are defended bv their^
leaders. 5. Caisar conquered all his enemies. 6. Rome will
be defended by the citizens. 7. Drive the sheep into the
fields. 8. There are many robbers in the city. 0. Near the
town is a broad valley. 10, Come down out of the tower.
185.
3.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. Omnis mundns ti Deo regitur. 2. PuerTs li!)ros
emam. 3. Defensores oppidi a, Caesari« ijiilitibus vincentur.
4. In Africa scrvi emuntur. 5. Iliemo multa animulia in
valles descenduut. 6. Agricolae in urbem oves agent.
7. Omnes canes ex urbe agenuis. 8. F.pistulam do b"llf>
Bcribebam. 9. Tuer epistulam de pensTs scrlbebat. 10.J*oeta
bonus poemata bona scrlbet. ^^.
II. 1. The king's brothers send soldiers into Greece.
2. I will send my brother's son into Africa. 3. You will
be sent into Sicily. 4. Send men across tiie river. 5. The
city was d'ftnded with" great bravery by all the citizens.
6. Pyrrhus led m.'uiv men across the sea into Italy. 7. In'
winter many animals are overcome by huny;er. 8. The
farmers are buyhig food for their sheep. 9. Strong men
were driving the white horses into the river. 10. Tiie good
shepherd leads his sheep.
J St'o 100.
* Is it newfisnry to translate
with by (Miin ? See examples and
rule, 144. 145.
" Is hi to be separately expressed
in Latin? See fifth sentenee above,
and examples and rule, 135,130.
s
,^.
'\'
\
V"
V.
THIRD CONJUGATION.
79
r 186. VOCABULARY.
ai;6, ?>, ?«;!, jiotiim, drive, had. Caesar, -flrls, m., Cusar.
<le-fen<lo, •>, -di, -sum, dv/md. oanis, -is, m, & r,, dwj. (lo.'5.)
<le-8oeu(lo, 3, -di, -sum, descend, oivis, -is, ai. & f., citizen.
fj down, rome doirn. Ov, prop. w. abl,, cowerniwj, (diuut.
duoo, 3, duxi, ductum, lead. epistula, -ao, r., letter.
euio, 3, emi, emptum, buij. fames, -is, r., Inivjer, famine.
niitto, 3, inisi, missum, send. litems, li](>mis, v., irinfer,
seribo, 3, seripsi, seriptum, latro, -onis, m., rohlicr.
icritc. mundus, -i, M., irnrld, universe.
sumo, 3, siimpsl, sumptum,/(j^«'. prope, prrp. w. jicc, near.
viucO, 3, vici, vietuui, cmKpur. traus, prep. w. aec, across, bei/ond.
"** supero (102), to hare the upper hand, surpass, conquer.
vlueo, to (jet the mastery, ran'jitish, co)ifjiter.
V What difference do you make out from a eoinjnirisou of th«
meanings 1
187.
4.
COLLOQUIUM.
ClIAUON KT MeUCIUIUS.
A -:
r ,
\
Ch. SiilvC', O Mcrcurl !
hail
M. Et tu, siilve, portitor.
fiTiyiniin
Ch. IMorcurT. ducisue liodie multoa infinC'S?
HOIlU
M. IlodiG mrinluin dfico nuiiuMuiii mfiiinum.
Trlstc est
Bail
ofnoliim iiuMim. Itluicji tibi ])r()riil diihio ndta cat atciuc I'lixes.
duty witlidut iloiilit known
Ch. Krcte dTxistT. Itlmcii est insula inter (inu'ciiun ct
you liavi' said
Italian! witii ; et niilii notus est mixes, niim ipso dlini liuo
flituutud LiniHclf fonncrly hither
vr'nit.
cuniu
M. Jam ns])iro niflnPs pron^ruin et servorum TnfTddrnm.
now Hc*) clili'fH unfailliful
III omnes ab I'lixe neealT sunt.
tbcBO
Cfi. Istud mihi plaeet. Maniis in cyniba transveljara.
ttiiit bout carry over
Valfi, MereuiT.
M, Kt tu vale, CharOn.
, yy
V
80
TH III!) C(.)NJU(;AT10N.
188, FOR TRANSLATION.!
PUHLIUS CoUN'ELIlS SciPlO.
Publiiis Cornelius Seipio iiuTjor," atlulGscc'ns'' soptcndccim
annorum, ad Tlclnuiii fluinoii piitrem vuliieifitum scrvfivit.
In pugna Cannensi fortiter dlmicfivit. Postetl Ciirtlifigiuera
Novum, urbeui in Ilispfinifi roenorum finnissimam eypug-
navit. ObsidGs IIis[)riiiorum benlgne tractfivit ct llbertate
donavit."* Non minus folicitor Seipio in Africa bcllavit ibique
Poenos ita ursit^ at IIamii])alom ex Italia revocarent/' Ad
Zamam Scipionis ct Ilannibalis exercitus^ castra ha})ucrunt ;
clarum est illud colloquium, quod IIannil)al, dux Poenoruni,
ct ScTpio, consul Romanus, ante pugnam babucrunt. Pocni
a ScTpione supcrati fugatujuo sunt. S('T[)io triuinphum
magnificum ex Africa rcportilvit ct a populo Afncuuus
appellatus est.
CHAPTER XXV. 1.
THIRD CONJUGATION.
180. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indica-
tive, and perfect iniiniiive, active and passive, of rego.
190. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Rexit, rexorat, rexerit. 2. Rexerunt, rexorant,
rexerint. 3. Roxissc, rectus esse. 4. Rectum est, rectum
erat, rectum erit. i"). RexistT, rexeras, rexeris. G. Reximus,
^ For nicttiun{,'s of words, rw '"' From iirspo ; Ita iirsit,
general vocabulary. j^rnscd them so hdnl.
^ The elder. '"' Ut . . . revucarenty that thii/
" When a youth. nr (tiled .
* Presented them with their liherty ' Nom. plur., fiu})ject of hubiiu*
= tet them free. runt.
THIRD CONJUGATION.
81
recti sumus. 7. Kexistis, recti estis. 8. Kexl, rexerain,
rexerO. 9. Rexerant, recti eruut. 10. Recta est, recta
erat, recta erit.
II. 1. I have ruled, I liati ruled, I shall have ruled.
2. I have ruled, I have been ruled, o. They liave ruled,
they have l)eeu ruled. 4. You ruled, you had ruled, you
will have ruled. 5. He will have ruled, he will have been
ruled. C. To have been ruled, to have ruled. 7. Tiiey had
ruled, ihcv had been ruled. 8. She has ruled, she has been
ruled, t). It was ruled, it had been ruled, it will have been
ruled. 10. They {neut.) were ruled, they had been ruled,
they will have been ruled.
2.
101. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Duxit, emerlt, sriui[)scrit. 2. Kniit,' duxistl, sumpsT.
3. Sumptus est, ductae sumus, eui[)ta sunt. 4. Kratne
ductus? erantne emptae? eratnc sumptuni ? 5. Duxcrinms,
siluipseritis, emeriut. fi. Xoune duxinuis ? iiouue euiera,-
mus ? noune emerinius? 7. DuxistI, euierunt, sumpsimus.
8. Duetaest, eniptuni est, silmpta erat. D. Duxisse, eniisse,
sumpsisse. ^'h NOn duxeram, uon emerijitis, nOn sumpsero.
71. 1. She had been led, it has been l)ought, they (neut.)
will have been taken. 2. I have taken, you have bought,
he lias hd. o. Has it not been taken? had he not been
led? have they {n(>ii(.) not been bought? 4. I had led,
vou had bouL!:lit, he had taken. 5. Thev will have
taken, I shau have led, thou wilt have bought. 0. I was
led, it was bought, it had been taken. 7. To have been led,
to have been bought, to have been taken. 8. We shall have
taken, I shall liave bought, he will have led. 0. Did he
take ? didst thou buy ? did you lead ? 10. They did not
lead, you had not bought, she will not have taken.
^ lluw do you know wht'lhcr this form iet prcsLiit or perfect '
111
tl '1
4
/ ^ L o.^k
82
THIRD CONJUGATION.
'■\,-<
l-^^
Cp.
192. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Hostes vicimus. 2. Hostes territi victique sunt.
3. Horatius oculum in proclio amlserat. 4. O patria, vicisti •^
iram meam. b, ScTpio in Hispaniani missus est. C. Spar-
tacus, dux gladiator um, cousulGs Komanos vicit. 7. Gallia
inter ryreuaeos montes et Illieuum posita est.^ 8. Metellus
bellum in Hispania gessit. 9. Quid times? Caesarem vehis.
10. Bellum a Pyrrho in Italia gestum est. 11. A Spartaco,
duce gladiatorum, consules Roman! victi sunt.
II. 1. Have you lost 3'our books? 2. My brother will saiP
in a s.-uill ship. 3. Do men live in trees? 4. Neptune
ruled (over) the deep sea. 5. A river flows out of tLe
mountain. G. The girl's head was encircled with flowers.
7. War has been waged in Ital}-. 8. A lazy boy is often
despised. 9. The ancient Romans did not despise war.
10. The king had surrounded the city with walls. 11. Did
not Pyrrhus, king of Epirus, wage war in Italy?
a
193. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Aves multae in arboribus vivunt. 2. Vir! fortes
urbem templaque deorum defenderunt. 3. Dux trans mare
in navi vectus est. 4. Tyranni a virls fortibus contempt!
sunt. 5. Ponitc pedes in rupem. 6. Virgo a templo tracta
erat. 7. Hannibal a Sc!pione v!ctus est. 8. Caesar milites
in cquos posuit. 9. Oi)i)idum muro alto cinctum erat.
10. Oppidan! oppiduui muro alto cinxeruut. 11. Inter
montem et oppidnm fluebat fluvius latus. 12. Bellum in
Hispania a Metello imperatore Romano gestum est.
IT. 1. A large fleet was bought with gold by Cnesar.
2. The gonerars daughter had been carried in a wagon.
f\k \
Posltti est, IS situated. ^ Future passive of voho.
t
^
_ c^i^
I:
sunt. • /
vlcisti lc■^A ,
Spar-
Gallia
etellus
veins,
irtaco,
11 sail 2
?ptune
3f tLe
3wers.
often
I war.
. Did
fortes
mare
empti
tracta
iilites
erat.
Inter
m in
t
lesar.
igon.
THIRD CONJUGATION.
83
3 1 The commander had carried ou war against bis enemies.
4. All the property^ of the enemy has been lost. 5. Many
men live by agriculture. G. We went awa}' fr<. m Italy to^
Sicily. 7. My brotlier has departed from his native land.
8. Have they lost their books? 9. Have not men always
despised tyrants? 10. The boys rode on horseback^ with
great pleasure.^ 11. The farmer's cart is drawn by strong
liorsc" 12. Mv books have been lost.
^
104.
: ^
c .J
^ ■>
i ! ■C^-<^'^^-'^ >
"^./tl '.-
(.
f<^t£ t..~^.
Utr
^S!^
VOCABULARY.
n-initto, .'>, -inisi, -iiiissuin, lose.
I'iujio, "5, t'iuxi, oiiictiiiu, bind, en-
circle, surround.
con-teiuno, o, -toinnsi, -teniptum,
di'sinne.
dls-cedo, 8, oess!, -cessiun, depart.
lluo, .3, fluxi, iliixuin, Jlow.
gero, 3, gessi, gestuin, carry ou,
war/e (irar).
pono, .\i>o8ui, positum, put, place.
traho, ^\^i,^'^tuin, dra(/, draio.
vcho, ;), vcxi, vcotiiiii, carry, draw.
vivo, .'], vixi, victum, live.
(jiallia, -uo, f., Gaid.
gladiJitor, -oris, m., gladiator
Ilispauia, ue, f., Spain.
llomtius, -i, M., Iloratius. (79.)
Metelliis, -i, m., MeteUus,vi Roman
geiierul.
patria, -ao, v., native land.
Pyrenaeiis, -a, -uui, adj., Pyre-
nean, Pyrenees.
-que (onclitic),'* conj., and.
Rheiiiis, -i, M., the Rhine.
Scipio, -oiils, M., Scipio, a I'oman
gencrivl.
Sparta<'ii8, -i, m., Spartacus, a
coiitrn, pri'p. w. a(.'';., against, y. ffladiator
carriiH, -i, m., cart^ wayon.X' vlrgo, -inls, v., maiden, girl,
habito (101), trans, and intrans., live, in the sense of dwell, inhabit,
with rcftTL-nco to i)hu'(.'.
vivo, intrans., have life, live, ofton with reference to some conditipn
or circnnistanee other tlian place.
viAr"
t
t
Tr-
1 Cnnds. See 117.
2 Into. See 52.
8 Hide on hor8<)l)>ick = he car- ns in 102. I. 2.
tied on a hona.
* See 14K.
• I.e., appended to •omo word.
I'
84
COLLOQUIUM.
/
195.
4.
COLLOQUIUM.
Praecf,ptok et Discipulus.
p. Quis fuit Hannibal ? Fuit Romfmus an Cartliaginiensis ?
^.arlliagiuiuQ
D. Fuit Carthaginiensis et a Sclpi ae victus est.
P. Ubi fuit Hannibalis patria?
where
D. Carthago, Hannibalis patria, fuit in Africa.
P. Cur fuit ? cur non est in Africa?
why
D. Quia Carthago a ScTpionij deleta est.
was destroyed
P. Qnot nomina erant ScTpionl?
how many
D. Tria ScTpioni erant nomina, Publius Cornelius Scipio.
three
P. liecte, ml puer, praenomen Publius; Cornelius nomen
first name
gentile ; Scipio cognomen.
family cog'iomen
D. Nonne interdum appellatus est Scipio Africdnus ?
Bomotimes was called
P. Certissime. Hoc autera noinen dicebant Roman!
this moreover
cognomen secundum.
-<>oJ<Xoo-
CHAPTER XXVI. 1.
REVIEW.
196. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Defendite, cTves, civitatem. 2. Civitas est mater
nostra. 3. Cives sunt fratres nostri. 4. Pueri, fratres
amate. 5. Ornate, elves, urbem monumentis statulsque.
6. Urbes pulchrae in Italia videntur. 7. Ilabitasne in urbe
pulchr' ? 8. Urbs Roma^ muro cincta est. 9. Roina a cTvibus
cum fortitiidine defensa est. 10. IMTlites Roman! erant fortes.
>
a
1 See 157. 158.
•<,
!nsis r
?ipio.
3men
mam
later
Itres
que.
Lirbe
ibus
'ted,
— --^
REVIEW.
85
II. 1. The citizens are defenders of the state. 2. Roman
mothers furnished brave heroes for the state. 3. Do you
write letters to your brothers ? 4. From^ springs in the
mountains the rivers flow. 5. The city will be adorned with
golden^ statues. G. In Greece we do"^ not see many beautiful
cities. 7. The city is defended by watchful guards. 8. A
high wall encircles the farmer's field. 9. AVe shall remain
near C'lesar's camp. 10. We teach our children by means
of stories.'* ..»^— -
2.
197. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Consules a Pvrrho victi sunt. 2. Urbs a consulibus
defendetur. 3. Filii regis audacis sunt cTvitatis defenso-
res. 4. Clamoribus mllitum nostrorum territi sunt liostes.
5. Milites in urbe nostra non saepe vicjemus. G. In monti-
bus et silvls vivunt apri. 7. Mall'' poenae timore coercentur.
8. Legibus patriae omnes*' coercemur. 9. Fluvius oppidum
cingit. 10. Mores mail ab homiuibus bonis contt nmuntur.
II. 1. Who defeated the Roman consuls? 2. The consul
was besieging a city of Spain. 3. We all have seen the
pleasant light of the moon. 4. The sad maidens were sitting
near a deep river. 5. The maidens were weeping because
thev had lost their flowers. G. The boars are descendini?
headlong into the sea. 7. Soldiers are not often seen in our
streets. 8. The ancient city of Rome'' was ruled by kings.
9. The shepherd's son will weep if he loses (shall have lost)
a sheep. 10. The teacher was teaching his pupils^ the
poems of Ilomer. ,,;,..
4
u-J '4
1 e rather tlia.i a.
*' See p. 07, note 1.
8 Sec ]). 14, note 1.
4 See 90 and 1)1.
^ See 117.
" Omnes agrees with the under-
stood subjvet of coercemur.
"^ TJie vitij of Rome — the city
lioiiu: See l.^>7, 158.
^ Accusative. See p. 54, note 2.
^
\
i
i
t -+ -
V
86
IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES.
k
198.
VOCABULARY.
fabulay -ac, f., story, tale, fable. ornnis, -e, adj., all, every, whole.
frater, -tris, m., brother. praeccps, -cipitis, adj., headlong.
mater, -tris, f., mother, tristis, -e, adj., sad, gloomy.
X
3.
Vf
199.
..J
y ' A;^^ 0\tM,v»
FOR TRANSLATION.*
Proserpina.
Proserpina, Cereris filia, aliquando in Sicilia. ad urbem
Ilcnnam in campis llores carpGbat, scrta nectebat hldebatque
cum comitibus. Najn campi ibi floribus pulchrls sparsi^
sunt. Subito terra concussa^ est atque Pluto, luferorum
deiis, e terra emersit;* ejus currum equi atrl vehe})ant. Deus
Proserpinam abduxit, ut uxor sua et Tnferorum regina esset;'^
claraorem puellae com[)ressit.^ Juppiter auteni frfitrl per- .
miserat ut Proserpinam abduceret.^ Mater cum^ Tgno'-aret,
ubi filia esset,^ totum orbern terrtirum frustra peragravit.
\_Continued on p. 92.]
-Ooi:©<00-
CHAPTER XXVII. 1.
IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES.
X
200. The following adjectives have lus (rarely ms)
in the genitive singular of all gen,ders, and I in the
dative :
alius, alia, aliud, another.
nulluB, -a, -um, no one, none, no.
solus, -a, -um, alone, sole.
totus, -a, -um, -vhole.
uUuE, -a, -um, any.
uiius, -a, -um, one, alone.
1 For meanings of words, see ^ From comprimu.
general vocabulary. '^ Ut . . . abduceret, that he
2 From spargo. might lead away = to lead away.
8 From concutio. ^ Cum ignorarctj since she did
* From emergo. 7wt know,
* Ut . . . esset, that she might be. ® Was.
'.
.3^'
.§
■\
i
a ''
■*¥iS-^:
hole,
idlong.
■% C\tiv\t
rbem
itquo
)arsi -
orum
Deus
5set ; ^
per-
'iiret,
the
%e.
it he
','/■
e did
• r
IRREGULAR. ADJECTIVES.
87
<
I'.
a .er, altera, alteruni, the other of two,
neuter, iieutra, neutruni, neither of two.
uter, utra, utrum, which of two?
uterque, utrSque, utrumque, each o/twOf both.
c-w4
JWtA n\
201.
PARADIGM.
Singular.
Plural.
MASC.
IKM.
np:ut.
MASC.
FEM.
NEirx.
N. alius
alia
aliud
alii
ali ae
alia
G. all us
ali us
alius
ali orum
ali arum
ali orum
D. -^HI
alii
alii
ali Is
ali Is
ali Is
Ac. alium
ali am
aliud
alios
ali as
alia
Ab. ali o
alia
alio
ali Is
ali Is
ali Is
202. ' EXERCISES.
I. 1. Virtus sola veram dat voluptatem. 2. Alius^ aliud
dixit. 3. In utram partem" lluit llumeii? 4. Alter^ Graecus,
alter ^ Romauus erat. 5. Utri consuli dat civitas totam
laudem? Neutrl. 6. Alii'* virtu te, alii'* dolls hostes superant.*
7. Uulus hoiniuis mors totam urbem servavit. 8. Alter!
discipulo laudem, alter! culpam dat* praeceptor. 9. NuUius
precibus cedemus. 10. A Cicerone uno urbs servata est.
II. 1. The farmer was ploughing his field alone. 2. He
is praised by one, blamed by another. 3. To which of the
two does the teacher give the praise? 4. Some like® boys,
others like girls. 5. Death is feared by no good man.
6. The consul conquered some of his enemies, by others he
^ Literally, another said another
thing. The EngUsh of it is, one
said one thing, another another.
2 Into which part? i.e., in which
direction ?
8 Alter . . . alter, the one ...the
other.
* Alii . . . alif, some . . .others,'
aliud . . . aliud, one thing . . . an-
oiher thing.
^ This sentence illustrates a
common usa je of the Latin. A verb
beh)nging to ^wo groups of words
is often placed only with the last,
and must be mentally .upplied
witli tlie first. With the English
it Is the reverse. Show the appli-
cation of the remark.
® See note 6.
m
- 'I
1 ),»;
i
n
88
IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES.
was conquered. 7. One leg is long, the other short. 8. Some
praise one thing, others another, y. Tlie plan of the whole
war was disclosed to the enemy. 10. The citizens praised
Cicero alone.
203.
VOCABULARY.
brevis, -e, adj., short.
cedo, 3, cessi, cessiim, i/i'eld.
Cicero, -onis, m., Cicero, a Roman
orator.
crus, cruris, n., lerf.
culpa, -ae, f., blame, fault.
dolus, -i, M., trick, deceit.
e-nuntio, 1, disclose, announce.
flamen, -inis, n., river. (172.)
laiis, laudis, f., praise.
mors, mortis, f., death.
praeceptor, -oris, m., teacher.
preces, -um, f. (plur.), prayers,
entreaty.
ratio, -onis, v., plan, meJiod, reason,
servo, 1, save, preserve.
verus, -a, -um, adj., true.
virtuSy -utis, f., virtue, courage.
2.
204. COLLOQUIUM.
Praeceptor et Discipulus.
D. Quis fuit Cicero?
P, Clarus consuTKomanus fuit. ,
P. Minime. Orator fuit ; dux militum semel.
>\w . .V. Qi^\AW^ Vx v>»^^, ^jjiA^i^Jik^.'^uce only
D. Nonne ejus oratioiies in schola legimus ?
rU)"t/V. '■>-;' bis ^ft^-t' ^Anji./* ^.^ ., -^..»%t read
P. Compfures. Multas epistulas quoque scripsit Cicero,
eevcral rcv^i-nr,^ -■ CWv^ also Ii^k v.. wuMi-*^ Vo \i>};P^^
i
D, Ad quos Qpistulas scripsit? ., .;
91
P. ifon fuir^^en," seel *i cognomen.'-
D. Ouia fuit eius " nomen ? ^ \ '^
d
Bins "' rjomen
P. TiMius.
7 .vvV, .-XaA
v.'i
•.'V--<0>-'V»'^
1 See 195.
H
'^r^-
COMrARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
89
Some
whole
raised
er.
rayers,
reason,
rage.
3er6,
d
D. Et praenomen ?
pTjytdrcus.
D. Hoc dTctis milii, praeceptor erudltissimc, si placet \
"^^ tell :^. v^.«- f(-''X^Kj/\' mostlearued ^ .'yi>vc. | '^^ ' *^'
!icer6nis oratioues? ^ '
u
difflcilesne sunt Ciceronis oratiougs r
hard evnc
P. , Sine dubio difficiles sunt, puer autem acer eas intelle- , j 4
gere poiesi. .^^ i ^ /i I
-oo»ic
CHAPTER XXVIII. 1.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES,
205. Adjectives in Latin, as in English, change their
terminations to express different degrees of quality:
altus, altior, altissiniiis, high^ higher, highest.
^J h.' ,C<'y^^cs^.M
Adjectives may also be compared in Latin, as in English, by
means of adverbs. / t :
206. Examme the following : — ' ( u J ^ &\ L
POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. '^ ^''' •
altus (alto) altior, altiua altissimua, etc.
levis (levi) levior, levius levissimus, etc.
prudeus (prudent) prudent ior, prudent ius prudent issimus, etc.
pulcher (pulchro) pulehrior, pulchrius pulcherrimus, etc.
miser (misero) miserior, niiserius miserrimus, etc.
acer (acri) acrior, acrius acerrimus, etc.
Observe (1) that the comparative is formed in both the abov9
groups by dropping the final vowel of the stem, if the stem ends
in a vowel, and adding lor, ius.
(2) That the superlative is formed in the first group from the
shortened stem by adding issimus, issima, issimum.
i,
^'{^
90
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
(3) But if the adjective ends iu er, the superlative is formed by
adding rimuSf rima, rhiium, to the positive.
207. Six adjectives in Us drop the final vowel of the
stem and add Umus to form the superlative :
facilis, -c, m.sy. facilior, facilius f acil limns, -a, -um
diilicilis, -e, hard. diflicilior, dilFicilius difficillimus, -a, -um
similis, -e, /tX(?. sinalior, similius siniillimus, -a, -um
dissimilis,-c, unlike, dissiniilior; dissiniilius dissiniillinius, -a, -um
humilis, -e, low. huuiilior, huinilius humillimus, -a, -um
gracilis, -e, slender, gracilior, graciliua gracillimus, -a, -um
208.
Irregular Comparison.
-'i^'i'e'
bonus, -a, -um
malufi, -a, -um
mSgnus, -a, -'Tm
multus, -a, -um
parvus, -a, -um
vetua
melior, -ius
pejor, -U3
major, -us
, plusi
miuor, -U8
vetustior, -ius
optimus, -a, -um '
pessimus, -a, -um
maximus, -a, -um
plurimus, -a, -um
minimus, -a, -um
veterrimus, -a, um
W
.V
209.
Declension of the Comparative. '^^-
paradigm.
y
Sing
ULAIl.
Plural.
M. Ac p.
NEUT.
M. & F.
NEUT.
N.V.
altior
alt his
altior Ss
altior
G.
altior is
altior ib
altior um
altiorum
D.
altior I
altior I
altior ibus
altior ibus
Ac.
aliioreii
alliiifl
altior Ss, 13
altior a
Ab.
alt lore, I
altior e, I
altior ibus
altior ibus
vpare. ^ and decline in the comparnilve : —
atrox, -6ciB, Jicrce . liber, -era, -erum, //*.?<?.
audSx, -Scis, hold. piger, pigra, pigrum, lazy.
celer, -eris, ft/rift, placidus, -a, -um, calm.
ffilix, -Icis, hicki/. sapiSns, -entis, tchc.
^ PIOh lias in sinf,niliir only plurnl, noni. plfircs, plura, gen.
noin., gen. (plurls)j, and ace; in pluriuiii, etc.
A I
vj/ .
/^ u
ned bv
^f the
-um
I, -um
-um
-a, -um
, -um
^^^
r.^x
im
y-
A
Rcn.
\^'^ i
V
t
I
■"^ k
^y
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
91
210. EXERCISES.
1. Of bolder soldiers. 2. For ti bolder soldier. 3. On
■; the highest tree. 4. The wisest king. 5. Of fiercer lions.
6. By a more lucky gene 1. 7. With calmer joy. 8. Of a
swifter horse. i). For freer men. 10. Of wiser judges.
., /, 11. A deeper river. 12. Of deeper rivers. 13. In a deeper
. river. 14. For lazier boys.
— 2.
till. We can say hi Latin without difference in meaning:
1. Quis est eloquentior quam Cicero? } W/to is more eloquent
2. Quis est eloquentior Cicerone ? H than Cicero f
212. Rule of Syntax. — Tlic eomparjitive (lejjrrce
is followed by the iibhitive when quam (than) is
omitted.
But the ablative can take the place only of quam and the nonx-
inative, or quam and the accusative.
2i;5. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Fluvii aUiores sunt rlvi's, maria altissinia ' sunt.
2. In Africa sunt animfdia atrociora quani in America.
3. Lednes sunt audacissimac bestiac. 4. Elephant! sunt
prudontiores leouihus. 5. Oentes Afritae et Kuropae sunt
dissimillinme. G. PtMisum tuum facillimuni, meum dillicilli-
muni est. 7. Roma est Italiao urbs vcterrlma,' sed vetusti-
ores sunt in lltoribus coloniae Graecorum. 8. Templa (Iraeca
erant humillima. 9. Nihil est i>ejus quam mcntfaciuni.
10. Mendaciuni autem pejus pigritia et Tgnfivln, est.
II. 1. A river is longer than a brook. 2. Seas arc deeper
than rivers,, 3. The sources of great rivers are not always
in Iiigh mountains. 4. Klei)hants bear heavier burdens tlian
* The 8uporhitivc'nnu8t often be translated by very with tlie positive.
Vy^
w
M
m
n
J
92
COMPARISON OP ADJECTIVES.
horses. 5. The liorseand the dog are verv faithful. G. Your
dog is better than mine. 7. Not many cities are more beau-
tiful than Rome. 8. The elephant is bolder than the horse.
9. Your task is easier than mine ; but mine is not very
hard. 10. The bravest men are not always the wisest.
214. VOCABULARY.
America, -ae, f., America. litus, -oris, K., shore.
autciii,^ ^<Jiij'> ^"'> moreover.
bestia, -ae, v., beast.
colunia, -ae, f., colony.
gens, gentls, f., nation, people.
iguiivla, -ae, f., cowardice.
iiieiulaciuin, -i, n., lying.
nihil, N. (indecl.), nothimj.
pigritia, -ae, f., laziness.
quaui, conj., than.
rivus, I, M., brook.
>:'•.
Wi
|M
3.
" Proserpin cjather! .cfjlonrs,
Herself a fairer Jlowr, by gloomy JJis
Was (jatlier'd, which cost Ceres all that pain
To seek her through the world" ^ .
215. FOR TRANSLATI0N.2
Tandem Ceres a Sole, qui omnia conspicit, audivit quis
flliam abduxisset."^ Itaque statlm iter ad Jovem"* flSxit* et
precibus animum ejus lullexit, ut filia a riutone remittere-
tur.** Juppiter id permTsit, si jejuna mansisset.'^ Sed cum**
Proserpina mall Pilnici septem grana gustiivisset," non licuit.
Tandem Proserpinae permissum est,'" ut per partem anul
dimidiam apud matrem, per partem alteram apud Inferos
esset."
1 Always i)laoo(l after the first
or second word in the sentence.
^ Continued from p. 80.
* Had led away.
* Noni. .Tiippiter.
* From lleeto.
^ Ut . . . reinltterotiir, that her
daughter might be sent back.
"^ ITad remained,
> Since.
Had tasted.
^^ It was permitted — permission
was given.
*' ITt . . . esset, that she should be
= to be. For the order, see p. ^7,
note 5.
\
'\
^T
FORMATIOX AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS.
93
CHAPTER XXIX. 1.
I
FORMATION AND CO^^irAlJISON OF ADVERBS.
210. Most adverbs are funned from adjectives, and
follow them in compariscni.
217. Examine the follovnug : —
AD.TECTIVK.
STEM.
AnvEKn.
gratiis, tliankful.
gruto-
grrii.§, thaul-fulli/.
beiilgnus, khid.
benigno-
benign e, kUuJfij.
miser, icreiched.
misero-
miser e, icretchcdhj.
pulcher, heautiful.
piilchro-
pulclirS, hcdiitifulli/.
fortis, brave.
forti-
forti ter, hraveh/.
acer, eor/er.
uci-i-
acriter, carjcrhj.
prudens, iche.
prudont-
priidnter, ichely.
felix, luchj.
felici-
ielici ter, luckily.
Observe (1) tliat the adjectives of the first group are of the o
(or second) declension, and tliat the adverbs are formed from the
stem of the adjectives by clianging the fiiuil o of the st«un to U.
(2) That the adjectives of tlie second group are of the third
declension, and that tlie adverbs are formed from the stem of the
adjectives by adding ter.
(3) But stems in nt drop / before adding the sufllx ter.
218. Examine the fnUowhig: —
APJECTTVE.
multus, much.
facilis, ca/ty.
imptlnis, rnqmnhhcd,
citus, (flick.
Bubltus, sudden,
TpxltnuBfJirst.
AI)\ Kun.
multum, nnich.
facile, cdsily.
impuiie, with safety.
cits, t/uickly.
BiibitS, suddenly.
prlm5, at first.
Observe that in the first group the accusativo singular iiputor of
tlje adjective n used us an adverb^ in the second, the ablative.
I ^/ »
•.£rU«.«-l
I
I
n
I
C '
94
FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS.
I aj ■4 V /,
:-!<! i
\ iift:
i
219.
Exmnine the
following : —
rOSITIVK.
COMPAKATIVE.
SUPERLATIVE.
grate
gratius
gratissime
misere
miserius
miserrime
acriter
acrius
acerrime
felTciter
felicius
felicissimS
beng 1
melius
optimS
malg
pejus
pessime
niultuin
plus
plurimum
magis
maxim f^
Observe that the comparative of the adverb is the same as the
neuter accusative singular of the adjective ; and that tlie superla-
tive is formed from the superlative of the adjective by changing,
as in the positive, the final o of the stem to c.
If the adjective is irregular in comparison, the adverl) is likewise.
Compare : —
^ placidg, cahnhj. llbere, freehj. pulchre. iH'.autifuJb/.
audacter, holilli/. celeriter, t/uicU//. prudenter, loiscly,
^ 220. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Olim fiiit^ AlhGniGnsis chTrissimus. 2. Fideliter
k'gibus*' cTvitfitis pfirObat. 3. Juste omnibus rebus ' age-
bat. 4. Audacter pugnavit ntque amleuni fortiter defeudit.
5. Sapieiiter juvenes aliOs(pie doeebat. 0. Falso et turpiter
aeeusatus est; llbere se* defeudit ueipie tiniebat. 7. Inju-
stissinie ad mortem damumtis est a elvibus. <S. Veuenum in
carcere bibit plaeide. I). Kjus** memoria delebitur nuiiquam,
10. Quia fuit Atheuieusis?
II. 1. Was Socrates an illustrious Athenian? 2. Was he
more illustrious than other citizens? ;^. ])i(^, he not act most
?
* Fornu'd irregularly from bonus.
8 There was.
8 Obsurvt" the (lutlvu with pfireO.
* Tfiiui/n. See 2«0.
6 Himself.
8 Of him.
I
f
j
\ \ :.
&■■(«
as the
uperla-
uigiiig,
1
("liter
agG-
'luiit.
r[)itor
liiju-
iiin in
iiani.
as he
lllOHt
■O.
FOKMATrON AND COMPARISON OF ADVEKBS.
95
justly in all respects?^ 4. Did he verv' faithfully obey the
laws of the Atheuians? 5. Did he uot teach the Athenians
very wisely? 6. Did he not defend a young man in battle
very bravely? 7. ^Vhy was ho most basely accused and
condemned to death? 8. AVe shall cherish his memorv more
diligently'. 9. His memory will be cherished faithfully by
the best men. 10. In vain shall we seek for a better man
than Socrates. ^-- 4« \J^
III. 1. Julius Caesar was a very famous man. 2. lie was (, '
excellently brought up by his mother. 3. He learned the
Greek language very well. 4. He was an illustrious general
and fought many battles most successfully. .5. In Gaul he
took towns, and cruelly slew many men. G. He boldly sailed
to Britain with many ships. 7. But the inhabitants did not
basely beg for peace, 8. He quickly overcame all his
enemies. 9. (As) consul he ruled the Roman state wisely and
well. 10. He was foully slain by Brutus and other llomans.
221. VOCABU
criidelitcr [criidolis], cntrlhj.
diligenter [diligcns], diU<jrntl)j.
false [falsus], falsehj.
lidelitcr [iu\G\is], faithfulhj .
friistra, n? vain.
Injuste [liijiistusl, xinjusthj.
juste [jfisf us], j«s//^,
libere \\\hcr]yfredi],fc(irlessli)-
oliiu, fnrmerJi)^
optiinri, vcrij vcJI, cxrelhnthj.
sapI«'iit(M* [sapiens], winclij,
turpitor [turpisji lMisilij,fou!li/.
acciisn, 1 [ad, eausa|, nrruse.
AthOnlcnsis, -c, adj., Athcuian,
l)lbo, .3, bibi, potiiin, drink,
career, -eris, m., jirisun.
LARY.
eolS, 3, coliil, cultum, cultivate^
cherish, care for,
dainno, 1, condemn,
disco, o, didlci, , Icnrn,
jiivenis, -is, m. & f., youth,
lingua, -ae, f,, fovyuc, language.
navigo, 1 [nilvis, ago], sail.
neco, 1, ^(7/. Cf. intcrlicio.
pareo, 2, -ul, , obey (w. dat.).
pax, pads, f., peace.
pcto, •'!, -ivi, -li, -itum, hegfor, <isk.
qua( ro, 'A, quacsivi, -ii, quae*
situni, sithfor, ask-, im/uire.
Bod, conj., hut. Cf. uutcni , -14).
Sucratvs, •!», m., iSocrates, an
Athenian i)liil()8(»i)her.
veneuuni, -I, n., poison.
^ Compare I. .1.
- See I). 01, note.
.M
r;
i
>
H» .'.■
96
FOURTH CONJUGATION.
222.
3.
COLLOQUIUM.
Pater et FIliolus.
V'v„'V/v\
p. Quid, mi filiolc, in schola hodie discebas?
(.<,»• 0*^ little SOU jy^ .„("' > /U-r>. '■> -"^ '
F. Discel^am. nu piiter, pepsu^m de adverb iis longissimum.
P. CuT parti oraClonTs e^t adverbiuni simiUimum ? ,
to what ' ' ■" epeech
F, SimiUimum, ut opTnor, est adverbium adjectlvo.
■ I, v^ as 1 thiuk
F, Reetc, puer ; sod illud mihi expliea, si poteris : Si,
this explain if you can
ut dicis, adverbium adjectlvo est simile, unde nomen traxit?
whence has derived
F. Fortasse propter hoc, quod saepissirae verbis ad-
perhaps ou accouut of this hecause very often verbs
jungitur.
P. Optimo, flUole ; en tibi assem !
here is for you peiiuy
-*o>OJo«-
>«
223.
CHAPTER XXX.
f FOURTH CONJUGATION.
i -Verbs.
Audi5 (stem audi), Jiear.
PiiiNcirAL Paiits : audio, audire, audivi, auditum.
ACTIVE.
/ heaVf etc,
audid audimus
ami Is and itis
audit audiunt
INDICATIVE.
PUESENT.
PASSIVE.
/ a?n heard, etc,
audior audlmur
and Iris, or -re and Iminl
auditur audiuntur
41
"" Impeufect.
/ was hearing, etc, I ww^ heard, etc,
audiSbam audiSbamus audi^bar audi6bamur
aiidi^b^s aiidi§bati3 and iSbSiris, or -re audifibamlnl
uudiSbat audiGbaot audifib&tuf audifibautur
./
A
•"■■■
I;,;-'
i!!;
•■I.-:..-
r
I
\
mmmm
irr^-ZT.iif^iZfi!^?r^th^,-*^ait^
^
,L.k^i*^Vv
3imum.
is : Si,
«
ur
Lnl
itur
%mur
)autur
/!
?i:
traxit ?
" ^ • iliii::
IS derived
ii;:;;
)is ad-
•<ti .i
)a
:.-i.
ii^
\
FOURTH C(3NJUGATION.
97
ACTIVE.
/ shall hear, etc.
aud iam aud iemua
audiea audietis
aud iet aud lent
-^ Future.
PASSIVE.
/ shall he heard, etc.
aud iar
auilieris, or-re
uudietur
audiemur
aiidiemiiii
audieutur
rEUFECT.
/ have heard, etc. I have hcen heard, etc.
audi VI audivimu3 ^ sum / sumus
audivisti audivistis audit us -^es audit! testis
audivit audiverunt, or -re (est (sunt
Plui'eufect.
/ had heard, etc. I had been heard, etc.
audiveram audiveramus reram reramus
audiveras audiverati^ auditus -^ eras audit! •< eratia
audlverat audiveraiit (erat (erant
FuTT'UE Perfect.
/ shall hare heard, etc. I shall have been heard, etc.
audivero audiverinius teio rerimua
audiverls audiverltis audit us -| eris audit! •< eritia
audiverit audiveriut (erit (eruut
aud iam
audits
uudiat
audirem
audirCs
audlret
audiverim
audiverls
audiverit
SUBJUNCTIVE.'
Present.
audiamus aud iar audiSmur
audiatis aud iaris, o/- -re audiSmiiii
audiant audiatur audiantur
audiremus
audiretis
audirent
TmI'EKFECT.
audirer audlremur
audirSris, o/--re audireminl
aud!retur audlreutur
Perfect.
audiverlmua ^aim
audiverltis audlttia ■} ala
audiv erint ( ait
r almua
audit! 4 8!tia
(aint
1 Sii 1). 20, note.
/
4
\ I ■•
.1
• i
m
■ i]
?^i
.iV-j. '
98
FOURTH CONJUGATION.
ACTIVE.
PASSIVE.
Pluperfect.
audivissem audlvissemas ^essem ressSmus
auuivisses audivissetis audit us -| essSa audltl ^ essStia
audiviaaet audivisseiit (esset (essent
audi, hear thou.
audite, hear ye.
audits, thou shall hear,
audito, he shall hear.
auditote, ye shall hear.
aud iunto, they shall hear.
IMPERATIVE.
^Present.
aud ire, he thou heard.
audimini, he ye heard.
Future.
auditor, thou shall he heard.
auditor, he shall he heard.
audiuntor, they shall he heard.
INFINITIVE.
Pres. aud ire, to hear. — audiri, to he heard.
Perp. audivisse, to have heard. audit us e&Be, to have he en heard.
FuT. auclturusesse, /oie«?>oMf audit una iri, to he ahout to be
to hear. , heard.
i
PARTICIPLE.
Pres. audi§xis, -eiitis, hearing.
Fur. auditurus, -a, -um, «/>owf Ger. audienclus, -a,-um, /o &«
to hear. heard.
■■ —■- Pere. audit us, -a, -um, heard-;
having heen heard.
GERUND.
G. audiendi, o/7tertnn(7.
1). aud iendo, /or hearing.
Ac. audiendum, hearing.
Ab. audiendo, by hearing.
Ac. audit um, to hear.
SUPINE.
Ab. audltfi, to hear, to be heard.
ZSii.
FOURTH CONJUGATION.
99
I ,11
e iieard.
CHAPTER? XXXI. 1.
FOURTH CONJUGATION,
224. Learn the i^reseiit, imperfect, and future indicative, and
present Imperative and infinitive, active ajid passive, of audio.
225. EXERCISES. #
I. I. Audio, audiebam, aiidiam. 2. Audit, andiebat. an-
diet. 3. Audltur, uudiehatnr, audietur. 4. Audi, audirc.
5. Audlmur, audiebamur, aadiOmur. (». Audirc, audirl. .
7. Auditis,' audicba.is, audiOtis. 8. Audis, audln.-.,. d. Audi-
unt, audiuutur. 10. Audieut, aiidlontur. •
II. 1 . Thou hearost, ll^u waat hearing, thou wilt hear.
2. I hear, I am heard. 3. He is hearing, he was hearing,
he will hear. 4. To be heard, to hear. 5. We were hearing,
we were (being) henrd. G. We hear, we heard, we shall
hear. 7. They will hear, they will be heard. 8. You heard,
you were heard. 9. Hear (ye), be ye heard. 10. I hear, I
heard, I shall be heard.
226. EXERCISES.
Punio, punish; niuniS, fortify; vestio, clothe.
I. 1. Puniebam, muniebam, vcstiebam. 2. Mfniltur, pu-<>
nltur, vestltur. 3. Puniet, vestlct, mfiniet. 4. PHnT, infinite,
vestlmim. 5. Vestletur, punietur, inunietnr. G. Nonne pu-
nlmus? nonne vestimur? nonne muniuntur? 7. V"stiamne?
punietnc? munieturne? 8. JMuniebant, puniebaminl, vi;sl''>r.
9. Non vestiris, non punit, non muuiCMnus. 10. P li'. ,
muniam, vestiebaris.
II. 1 . He was clothing, he was punishing, he was fortify-
ing. 2. They will be clothed, they will be fortified, ihey will
be punished. 3. Be thou clothed, punish (thou), fortify.
4. I fortify, he punishes, we are clothing. 5. Are you not
being clothed? was it not fortified? will he not be pun-
irJ
i n
ll
i
- .f
w
100
FOURTH CONJUGATION.
ished? 6. They are being punished, it is being fortified,
thou wilt be clothed, 7. "VVe punish, we were fortifying,
they will clothe. 8. AVere yr being clotlicd? will it be
fortified? shall I be punished? I shall not fortify, you
are not being clothed, they will not be punished. 10. I
punished, you will fortify, they clothe o
3.
227. EXERCISES.
I. 1, Vere terra grilminc et floribus vcstitur. 2. Vere
avium cantus^ audimus. o. jMors vTtam nostram finiet.
4. Fueri in gi-firaine dorniiebant. 5. Somuo mollmuis curfis.
G. Canes agricolfirnm ovils custodiunt. 7. IMilites urbem
custodient. 8. Belluni a Scipione flnietur. 9. Audite verba
sapientium. 10. Injfiste pucr pfinitur. ' ■,
II. 1. A good fatlier will nurture, clothe, and instruct
his children. 2. It is very'^ pleasant^ to hear the sweet voice
of the nightingale. 3. All our pains are ended by death.
4. The general justl}' punishes a cowardly soldier. 5. The
sheep are carefully^ guarded by the dog. G. Scipio finished
the war in Africa. 7. The pupils are very faithfully in-
structed by theh- teachers. 8. My son, soothe 3'our mother's
cares. 9. The city is fortified by strong walls. 10. In sum-
mer the trees are clothed with leaves.
:jl
228, VOCABULARY.
custodio, 4 [ciistos], guard. carmen, -inis, n., sang.
dormio, 4, sleep.
e-rudio, 4 [rudis], teach, mstrnct.
f into, 4 [finis], end, Jinish.
inoUIo, 4 [mollis], soften, soothe.
iiiunlo, ^,fo'>i!fii, defend,
nutrioy 4, nurture, nourish.
puiilo, 4, punish,
vestio, 4, clothe.
dolor, -oris, 7,\., pain. ,
folium, -i, N., leaf.
gramen, -inis, n., grass.
ignavus, -a, -um, .idj., cowardlg.
jOcundus, -a, -um, nd}., pleasant,
luscinia, -ae, v., nightingale.
ver, veris, n., spring.
vox, voois, r., I'oice.
*j»fei'
^
■i
1 Songs. ^ See p. 91, note. ^ Neuter gender. ■• See 144, 145,
L
mmtm
HHfii
101
FOURTH CONJUGATION.
^
CHAPTER XXXII. 1.
FOURTH CONJUGATION.
V /
220. Loarn the porfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indica-
tive, and perfect iutinitive, active and passive, of audio.
••i
280.
EXERCISES.
I. X-. AndivT, aiidlvcri^m, .uudlvero. 2,. Aiidltiis est, audi- q J
tus er(rt,.aiuntus erit. 3. Audivimus, audlvfertimiis, audive-
rimus. 4.,AudIver4nt, q,tjdTtiei*'aVit!.'^ o. AudTvistT, aiidiveffis,"' ■
, audivei'it^ OiAudivisse, ajictoUiy esse, 7. Aiidivaratis, auditi
, eratis. o. AAudivit, audiverat, audiverit. , J ' ^^ z]'-^
IVUw
II. 1. Thou luist lic^rd, thou hacLst heard, thou wilt^haye
ard. 2. llieylurYe been ^eard, theyTmdbeea neaixCthey
II have been tieard. 4-3. 1 liave, lieamV I "have^lieen heard.
heard.
will have bee^ heard. iJ3. I have.,hearci
4. io have-Jjcen heard, to havalieard. 5. We have heard,
we ha^d he^rd, we shall hsi^j^'Q hejjird. 6. VVe hav£. been heard.
w^'
fe'mia'IieOn ueaVfl, we sluill luuve t^^^^ 'm. 7. You J'lave h*
heard, you have been heard. 8. He had heard, he had been
heard. (A-Wi^tc jl^XCx iXw-Otv'-t'vS;. (^ acvalLt
231.
2.
EXERCISES.
Xa =
w V^
tis,3mu:(n;^i,^^vcW. S.^^estimie^sjunus? e^tne^^er^
ditus? (^the ^itniii? 9. l:^;idTta e^, Qiuati,Westieras7^
10. Non erudlscis, nou fTnTverrifis,.'non veslti.verilT' "^
""II ■..ly'VA-'
. <K.)JC
1 For finivisti. I'erfects in Ivi often drop u
I^UOtl/lJl It. , / I J
Aih, \>-0'
2 For vestiveras.
droi) " ^J^^ coiitract ii to t.
(1
M
r
Hi
^^■b '
V -f/i
1 ''"
m
'•'.pt
§
1* '«(
ifl«
Bfl-" * '■
m' *
y]
102
FOURTH CONJUGATION.
II, 1. Ilfive they not been clothed? have they (neut.) not
been finished ? were they not taught? 2. ^V'e have finished,
we have clothed, we have taught. 3. She had been taught,
they (^neut.) had been finished, we (fern.) had been clothed.
4. Didst thou teach? have you finished? has she clothed?
5. They had clothed, they will have taught, I have finished.
6. I had clothed, thou hadst taught, he had finished. 7. We
shall not have finished, they will not have clothed, you will
not have taught. 8. It was not finished, we had not been
taught, you will not have been clothed. 9. You have taught,
you had finished, you will have clothed. 10. I shall have
clothed, 1 had taught, I finished.
•V
232.
3.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. Medicus regis noctc ad Fabricium venit.* 2. Fabri-
cius modicum vinxit et ad dominum mlsit. 3. Urbs virtiite
et fortitudine militum munlta erit. J 4. Roman! artibus^ et
litterls^ a Graecis eruditi sunt. 5. Octo horas dormire
l>ueris satis est. 6. Luce solis calorcque aperiuntur flores.
7. Omnes terras fortibus virls aperuit natura. 8. Mllites
arcem fideliter custodTverunt. 9. Brutus in castra Caesaris
venerat. 10. Nihil scire turpissimum est.
II. 1. The king's physician was bound by Fabrieius*
slave. 2. The valor and endurance (fortitudo) of the
soldiers fortified the city. 3. /The Greeks instructed the
Romans in the arts.'' 4. Is it enough for a boy to sleep
two hours?'* 5. The light and heat of the sun had opened
the flowers. 6. The citadel was very* carefull}^ guarded by
1 How do you know whether this form is present or perfect ?
^ In the arts and literature, * Duas horaS.
8 Compare I. 4. ^ Seep. 91, note. '^'.''
H
i •
fi' I
i I
FOURTH CONJUGATION.
103
the soldiers. 7. To know many things^ is very useful.
8. To be ignorant of many things is not disgraceful. 0. The
general's camp~ had not been fortified. 10. Did ; ou not
hear the voice of your father ?
233.
VOCABULARY.
t
■>,«
i
U
aperio, 4, -ui, -turn, open, dhclosf^.
ne-8cio, 4, know not, be ignorant of.
scioy 4, know, know how.
. venlo, 4, veni, ventum, come.
vinciO, 4, viuxi, vinctum, bind.
ad, prep. w. ace, to, tovairh.
1 ars, artls, f., art. (167. 2.)
calor, -oris, m., heat.
Fabric ins, -!, m., Fabricius, a Tlo-
man general.
litterae, -arum, f., letters, litera-
ture ; often = epistula.
liix, lucis, v., liyht, daijli(/ht.
niedicus, -i, m., phijsician.
nox, noctis, f., niijht. (167. 2.)
octiJ, num. adj., mileoX., eight.
turpis, -e, adj., base, disgraceful.
234.
4.
COLLOQUIUM.
Praeceptor et Discipulus.
P. De qua re est pensum hodiernum ?
D, Pensum hodiernum est iterum de conjngatidne quarta.
P. Heri quartam conjugationem nesciebas ; scisne hodie?
D, Partim scio, modum autem subjuuctivum nescio.
partly mood
P. Mox subjunctivum qnoque disces.
soon
also
D. Estne litilius indicativum scu'e quam subjunctivum?
P. Utrumque debemus scire ; indicativus autem saepius
invenitur.
D. Adhuc conjugationes didici quattuor. Suntne plures ?
thus far
P. Non plures ; sed multa verba sunt anomala.
irregular
1 See 117. castrorum. What must be the
2 Remember that the Latin number of the verb of wliich cas-
word for camp is plural, castra, tra is the subject ?
\V\
\
(i
t
104
THIRD CONJUGATION.
CHAPTER XXXIII.
THIRD CONJUGATION.
235. Verbs in id,^
CapiS (stem cape), tal'e.
PttiNCirAL Parts : capio, capgre, cepi, capttim.
ACTIVE,
/ takCf etc.
cap 16 capimus
cap is capitis
cap it capiuut
INDICATIVE MOCD.
PASSIVU.
Present.
/ a7n takea^ etc.
capior capimur
cap eris, or -re cap i mini
capitur capiuutur
/ was takinfjy etc.
capiSbam capiSbSmus
cap i6bSs cap iSbStis
capifibat capiSbant
/ ahnll take, etc,
cap iam cap iSmus
capifis capiStis
cap let capieut
cepI, ccpistT, ccplt, etc.
Tm PERFECT.
/ was taken, etc.
capi6bar capi5b5mur
cap igbSris, or -re cap ieb3miu!
capiSbStur capi§baiitur
Futures.
/ shall he taken, etc, .
capiar cajigmur
cap iSr is, or -re cap ifimini
capiStur . capleutur
Pkrfect.
captus sum, es, est, etc
Plupehfect.
ceperam, ccper&s, eeperat, etc. captus eram, erSs, erat, otc.
Futuue Perfect,
cCperS, coper's, crperit, etc. captus er5, eris, erit, etc.
•• Verbs in jo of tlio tlilrd con* li.flnltlvo present. Wlint forms of
Jugatlon arc distinmiisiiod from fnplo are like tliosc of aulld?
tlioBu uf the fourth by the active Make a general statement.
—■■-'—'" '—"
THIRD CONJUGATION.
105
SUBJUNCTIVE.
I
I
k
i
f
ACTIVE.
PASSIVE.
PUKSENT.
capiam, capias, capiat, etc. capiar, -iSris or -re, -iStur, etc.
iMrKUFErT.
caperem, caperSs, caperet, etc. caperer, -ereris or -re, -erStur.
Peufect.
ceperim, cC-peris, ceperit, etc. cai^tus sini, sis, sit, etc.
Pluperfect.
cepissem, cepissSs, ceplsset, elc. captua essem, essSs, esset, etc.
IMPERATIVE.
Pres. cape, tal'(j tfwu. cui) ere, f,fi thou tal'en.
capite, Uike ijc. capimini, he ye taken.
FuT. capito, thou shall take^ capitor, thou shall he taken^
etc. etc.
INFINITIVE.
Pres. capere, /o .'rt^'c. c-A\^l.>ohr taken.
Peuf. c'Opisse, to have taken. raptiis esse, to have heen taken,
FuT. cixi^tuxuB eaae, to he ahoul cap turn iri, to he about to he
to take. taken.
PARTICIPLE.
Pres. capiCns, fakhfj.
FuT. capttlrus, about to take.
(Jeu. capiendus, ' h:; taken.
Pert, capt us, havinijhtcn taken,
GERUND.
caplendl, of taking,
etc.
\ i
J
' ]•/'
%%
i' . <l
I-
Ac. captum, to take.
SUPINE.
Ab. capt CI, to take, to be taken.
/
'V/'
/
r<
m\
lil ^
1
III
\'i
■
106
THIRD CONJUGATION.
CHAPTER XXXIV. 1.
THIRD CONJUGATION.
236.
Verbs in io.
Learn all the tenses of the indicative, the present imperative,
and the j^resent and perfect infinitive, active and jjassive, of capio.
237. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Capiunt, cnpiebant. 2. Caplor, cnpiebar, capiar.
3. Capimur, capiebamur, cnpiemur. 4. Capls, capcris.
5. CepT, captus suiii. G. Cepimns, ceporfunus, ceperimus.
7. Capta .sunt, capta craiit, capta erunt. 8. Cape, capere.
9. Capere, capl. 10. Ccpisse, c;ai)tus esse.
II. 1. "\Yc are taking, we were taking, we shall bo
taking. 2. Take, be taken. 8. Thou art taking, thou
wast taking, thou wilt take. 4. You have taken, you had
taken, you will have taken. 5. It is taken, it was taken, it
will be taken. C. I was taking, I was taken. 7. To take,
to have taken. 8. To be taken, to have been taken. 9. It
(/em.) has been taken, it liacl been taken, it will have been
taken. 10. We have taken, we have been taken.
238.
2.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. TarentTnl legp-tTs Romanorum injQriam fecCrunt,
2. Pyrrhus, Kpiri rex, ad TarentTnOs veuit. 0. Contrii
Pyrrhura missus est Laevinus consuU 4. Pyrrhus elei)han-
tls vicR, nam Romanorum cqui territl sunt et fugiebant.
5. Nox proell fincm fecit ; Laevinus per noctem fugit*
C. IMultl ct fortes Romrini in pngna interfecti sunt. 7. Capti-
v6s Romanes Bummo in lionSrc habuit Pyrrhus. 8. Deindc*
in Campauiam so roccpit. 0. Legatl, & Romunis miss!,*
^ Frououuccd cIo-lu'-4le<
a -b'en^
\ •
<r
''tfiitiiinv^mm^
THIRD CONJUGATION.
107
.T «
ir
( A
! .
f
honorifice a PyrrliO except! sunt,
non facta* est.
10. Pax cum Pvrrho
^ II. 1. A wrong was done^ to the Romans by the Taren-
tines. 2. Against Pynhus, king of Epirus, the Romans
sent the consul La^vinus. 3. The spies of Pyrrhus were
taken by Ltevinus and led through his camp. 4. The
liomanr. did not make peace with King Pyrrhus. 5. Fabri-
cius saw through the design of the king and was not^
frightened. 6. You will welcome your friend to-day. 7. I
welcome my best friend with great pleasure.^ 8. The enemy
threw their Spears and fled into the woods. 9. Did not
Csesar either conquer or slay all his enemies? 10. Finally
he was himself (ipse) slain by Brutus his friend, and othere.
239.
VOCABULARY.
ex-cipio, 3, -cepi, -ceptiim
[capio], catch, accept, welcome.
faclo,^ 3, feci, factum, make, do.
fugio, 3, fugi, fugitum, Jlee.
Inter-flclo, 3, -feci, -fectuin [fa-
cio], kill, sla//. Cf. necO (221).
Jaclo, 3, jeci, Jactuiii, throw.
pcr-spicio, 3, -spexi, -Bpcctiim
[speclo], see through, into.
re-cipio, 3, -cepi, -ceptiun [cap-
to], take iKick, <jet again, receioe.
se reclpere, vuthdraw, retreat,
aiit . . . aiit, conj., cither . . . or.
Cainptinia, -ae, v., Cumpania, a
division of Italy.
contrfi) prep. w. ace., against.
de-indo, adv., then, next.
dcnique, a(\v.,Jinollj/.
expldrator, -oris, m., scout, spy,
finis, -Is, M., end,
honor, -oris, m., honor,
honorlQce, adv., honorably.
Injuria, -ae, f., icroug, injury.
Laeviuus,-i,M.,A(rt;i»«.';,a Roman.
legatus, -i, m., ambassador, lieu-
tenant.
per, prep. w. ace, through.
proeliiiin, -i, n., battle. Cf.
pfigna (102).
Buniinus, -a, -inn (sup. of supc*
rua), adj., highest. m
Tarentinus, -i, m., an fnh^^Uant
of Tarentum, a Tarentine,
* For the passive of faclO, boo .')27. ''' And , . . not, uoque*
» See 144, 145.
immmmSSSJIS..^
I I ^
i. ; « 1
1;,
f ■
j:t!
>:4
n il
1
V
<r
108
llEVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS.
X
CHAPTER XXXV. 1.
REVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS.
240. EXERCISES. • -v\
I. 1. Amilmiis, monemus, rcgimus, {ludlmus. 2. Laudant,
delcnt, Rgiint, custodiunt. 3. Ornri])ain, delebani, viiu.'G-
barn, muniebam. 4. CantfivistT, liabuislT. posuisti, vinxisti.
5. MutiivGrimt, teimOnmt, Ggoruiit, ceperuut, inunivGruut.
6. Portiiveratis, deleveratis, praebueratis, duxeratis, dorml-
V Gratis.
II. 1. Fiigatiir, tcrretur, ponitnr, vincTtiir. 2. Scrvilbe-
ris, teneberis, mittorc, vcstklro. 3. LaudatI snraiis, pro-
hibit! snmus, duetl suiiins, (jniditT smnns. 4. ( Jniai-e, mouc'rc,
trahore, puiiTrc. 5. Amfui, doccri, contcinni, jacT, apenn.
G. Amfitae sunt, inonitac sunt exceptac sunt, audltae simt.
III. 1. Dormlte, superatc, facito, vincite, vincTte, prao-
betc. 2. Viibicravissc, jooisse, venisso, docuissc, fluxisse.
3. Recipimur, spcclainur, agimur, vcstluiiir, doceimir. 4. l)o-
c5bitis, punir'tis, trahetis, fiigicitis, crcabitis. 5. IMIsit, habuit,
armavit, jecit, ffigit. G. Vincimiui, vituperumiul, tcrrGmiiil,
viuclminl, cupimim.
2.
241. EXERCISES.
I. 1 , Thou lovest, thou adviscst, thou rulcst, thou h ar-
est. 2. I shall praise, I shall destroy, I shall drive, I shall
guard. 3. You were adorning, you were seeing, you were
concpiering, you were fortifying. 4. We have sung, we have
had, we have placed, we have boiuid. 5. You have changed,
you have held, you have driven, you liave taken, you have
fortified. G. I had carried, I had destroyed, I had furuished,
I hud led, I had slept.
> c A
...
'A.
i
I
'f ■
REVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS.
109
I'r
.1-
) (, ;
II. 1. Wc are put to flight, we are frightened, we arc
placed, we are bound. 2. He will be saved, he w'U be held,
he will be sent, he will be clothed. 3. They have been
praised, the}' have been prevented, they have been led, they
have been instructed. 4. They will be adorned, they will
be advised, they will be drawn, they will be punished.
5. To be loved, to be taught, to be despised, to be thrown,
to be opened. G. Thou hast been loved, thou hast been ad-
vised, thou hast been welcomed, thou hast been heard.
III. 1. Sleep, surpass, do {/(^c), bind, conquer, furnish.
2. To wound, to throw, to come, to teach, to flow. 3. They
are received, they are witnessed, they are driven, they arc
clothed, they are taught. 4. I shall teach, I shall punish,
I shall draw, I shall flee, I shall create. 5. They have
sent, they have had, tliey have armed, they have throwL»,
they have fl_ed. G. Thou art concpiered, thou art blamed,
thou art frightened, .thou art bound, thou art taken.
»
^.\,
* **& * * '
242.
3.
COLLOQUIUM.
jAormus KT Augustus.
. i/l^'T)enique ad flncm pensi perveuimus ; quid jam in-
flnally cud now
cipiemus?\ "^^
begin i ''• j
At *"Tu quidquid videbitur incipies : ego iucipiam nihil.
you wbalevcr Bconis guud
JU'Qnarc? csnc defessus?
,/lATorte, ndmodum defessus ; pensiim recognoscendum
ccrlulnly downright review
me quidem paene finivit.
at IcuBt aliuoBt
J» Mox recreaberis, sT mecum ad natandum veulfis.
>oon will bu rusted with uie nwlm
110
FOURTH DECLENSION.
iv t
A. Profecto tecum veniam, nam natare mihi est jucun-
surely with you for
diss'inum et semper et praecipue cum,
both especially when
'■'■ /Sole .s?/& ardentl resonant arhui^ta cicdrUs.**
under glowing rebound groves the cicadae
J. Quam laute poetam aliquem laiulas !
how elegiuuly some quote
A. Hunc Vergili versiculiim me docuit praeceptor.
this Vergil line
-oojojoo-
CHAPTER XXXVI. 1.
FOURTH DECLENSION.
243. The stem ends in u.
244. Rule of Gender,. - — Nouns in us are mascii-
Uue ; those iu u are neuter.
1. The following nouns, and a feAv others, are feminine: acus,
needle; domua, house; Idus (pliir.), /f/es/ manus, /ian(/; porti-
cus, portico; tribus, tribe.
245. PARADIGMS
Gradu», M., step.
SING. I'M'n.
N.V. gradua gradus
G. gradua gratluum
D. gradul (ii) gradibua
Ac. gradum gradua
Genii, n., hnee.
8INO.
PLUR.
Ab. grad d
MASO.
N.V. US
G. «•
B. ul (a)
Ac. um
Ab. a
grad ibua
Terminations.
aa
uum
ibua (ubus)
it
ibua (ubua)
gen a
genua
gen ua
gen uum
genfl
gen ibua
genfl
gen ua
genii
gen ibua
vs.
NEUT.
a
ua
da
uum
ft
ibua (ubus)
ft
ua
Q
ibuB (ubus)
■ve
I'
'I
"I
I'
FOUKTH DECLENSION.
Ill
cun-
(■ .
;c Il-
eus,
t>rti-
18)
IB)
I
%r
|:
ii . if
;';.^
i!:.
I
I (;■•
24:6. The fourth declension is a modification of the third.
Thus, gradus is for graduis, gradum for graduem, gradu for
gradue, etc.
247. Artus, yom^, paxtuB, hir I h, tiibvLs, tribe, sometimes por-
tus, harbor, veru, a spit; also dissylhibles in cus, liave the termiuatiou
ubus in the dative and ablative plural.
i<48. Domus, Jiouse, has also forms of the second declension.
See special paradigms, 262.
249. Decline together domus mea, my house; exercitus
mS.guus, lar(/e army; Idus Martiae, Ides of March.
^>250.
2.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. Vere adventus avium hominibus est jucundissimns.
2. Sensus avium acres sunt, motus celeres. 3. In lacubus
et in paludibus magna avium est multitudo. 4. Avea
multae in porticibus altis doiniellium habeut. 5. Quercus'
Jovl sacra erat. G. Quercus frons est victoris oruameii-
tum. 7. Consulatus erat Romanorum niagistratus amplus.
8. Salus civitatis in manibus consuluiu erat. 9. Cousules
exercituum eraut imperatores. 10. Eraut in portibus naves*
longae.
II. 1. The enemy {phir.) were conquered on the arrival^
of Cffisar. 2. Many animals fight with their horns. 3. Many
lakes are seen in the Alps.^n 4. The ancients honored the oak
(as) the tree'' of Jupiter. 5. The songs of birds are heard
among the oaks. G. In ancient times men fought with
bows and arrows. 7. The consulship of Cicero was very
renowned. 8. CiXisar came into Italy with a large army.
9. Tlie arrival of the armv freed the citizens from fear.*
10. Between school and home we take (make) many steps.
' Naves longuo, ships of war.
3 T'rediciite accusative.
« Sec 128, 12», 130.
t^5r
m^ix
I ;
,*^i:r^'
112
FIFTH DECI-ENSION.
251.
n advcntus, -us, m.
arrival, approach.
arcus, -us, ^f., hoiv.
cantus, -us, m., son/7. Isulship.
consulatus, -us, m. [consul], con-
coruu, -us, N., horn.
exercitus, -us, m. [exerceo],
army.
lacus, -us, M., lake.
magrstratus, -us, m. [magister],
office, mayistrate.
manus, -us, f., hand.
metus, -us, M.,/ear.
inotus, -us, M. [luoveo], inove-
ment, motion.
VOCABULARY.
[advenio], palus, -udis, r,, sivamp, marsh.
poftus,"'-us, M., harbor.
quercus, -us, f., oak. (11. 4.)
sensus, -us, m. [sentio], sense,
feeling.
ainplus, -a, -um, adj., great, re-
nowned, honorable.
doiiiiciliuni, -i, n., home. (79.)
frons, frondis, f., chaplet of leaves.
Juppiter, Jovis, m., Jupiter, the
supreme god. (262.)
sagitta, -ae, f., arrow,
salus, -utis, F., safety.
schola, -ae, f., school.
victor, -oris, m. [vinco], ron^^jierqr.
+
-ooJ^OO-
CHAPTER XXXVII. 1.
FIFTH DECLENSION.
252. The stem ends in e.
253. Rule of Gendek. — Xoims of the fifth de-
clension are feminine, except dieSf daf/, which is
commonly masculine in tlie singular, and always in
the plural.
254.
PARADIGMS.
Dies,
day.
Rgs, th
Iny, affair.
Teuminations.
SING.
I'LUU.
SING
I'LUH.
SING.
I'LUU.
N.V. digs
digs
rgs
rgs
gs
gs
G. digi
digrum
rei
r grum
61
erum
D. diei
di gbiis
rel
rgbus -
ai
gbus
Ac. diem
digs
rem
rgs
em
68
Ab. diS
digbus
rS
rgbus
8
gbus
255. Only digs and rgs nro complete in the plural. A few
other nouns have non;inative and accusative plural.
% »
;j
■■ 1'
/
;. >
i
i
:^l
r
FIFTH DECLENSION.
113
« I
256. ])ecline together res publica, state; in sing., bona ildgs,
good faith / magna spes, great hope ; dies qulntus, fifth day.
i
257. EXERCISES.
I. 1. la omnibus rebus certus ordo est. 2. Domina
reruni huratinrirum est fortuua. 3. Tertio die consul in
urbemveniet. 4. Dux exercitum in plfmitiem duxit. 5. Ibi
aciem Tnstruxit et liostes exspectabat. G. Mugnam victoriac
spem habuit. 7. Nam miiximae (^Vant militum fides et" vir-
tus. 8. Pro salute rel publicae pugnabant. 9. l^ostero die
hostes in pugnam processerunt. 10. Ad diel fluem vietl
sunt et fugati.
II. 1. God is tlie creator of all tliinscs. 2. The com-
monwealth is dear to all goo(^pxrLizens. 3. In all human
aflfairs there is much uncertaii™.^ 4. The army was mar-
shalled in a large plain. 5. 'I^e enemy advanced against^
the Romans' line of battle. G. The general praised the
soldiers for^ their ^ fidelity. 7. In the line of battle were
many foot soldiers. 8. They had great liopes of victory.
9. In* a few days the arrangement of things will be chunged.
10. The consul gave a pledge to the state.
258.
VOCABULARY.
acieSy -ei, f., line of battle.
fides, -ei, y., faith, fidelity, pled(je.
planities, -ei, f., plain.
res publica, f., commonwealth,
spes, spei, f., hope. \state.
carus, -a, -um, adj., dear, precious.
certus, -a, -um, ad j ., fixed, certain.
creator, -oris, m., creator,
domina, -ae, r., mistress,
ex-specto, 1, await, expect.
humanus, -a, -um, adj., human.
^ Many things are uncertain.
^ In with accusative.
' IK with ablative.
* Omit.
5 Sou i.'$n, ma.
^ Mostly used iu the plural^
ft-\tHA)M
in certus, -a, -um, adj., uncertain.
in-struo, 3, -sirnxi, -structum,
draw up, marshal.
ordo, -inis, m., order, arrangement.
paucus,''' -a, -um, adj. ,/«?/;, little.
pedes, -itis, m. [pes], foot-soldier.
poster us, -a, -um, ad'y, following,
next.
pro, prep. w. nW., for, in behalf of.
pro-cedo, 3, -cessi, -cessum, ad-
vance.
114
FIFTH DECLENSION.
,.'■
259. Examine the following : —
1. Claudus altero pede, lame in one foot.
2. Moribus similes, similar in character.
3. Virtute praecedunt, they excel in courage.
4. Numero ad duodecim, about twelve in number.
Observe that the ablatives pede, moribus, virtute, and numero,
answer the question in what rcsjjectf This ablative is called the
Ablative of Specification.
260. Rule of Syntax. — The ablative is used to
denote that in respect to which anything^ is said to
be, or to be done. ^-^
} •
261.
2.
COLLOQUIUM.
PRAECEPTOK ET DiSCIPULUS.
P. .Omuj^um declinatiouum quae est diffieilliraa? »
IJ^I Tertia mihi videtur difficillima. i
F, Quare ita censes : _ ■ "^
why -s'-A) think C^~^-^*"K^
D. Varietatis causa terminationura in nominative singularl.
fL variety on account \rj:^ -JUxJ^t-^-
Genus quoque est mihi molestissimum, praesertim nominum
yj^t gender also ^vo -"^ VvV- I^aX vv^V^^ '^ *^^^ nouns
in is desinentium.
,yv\. A-^ ending
P. Tenesne memoria auae noraina pluralem genetlvum in
mmfeHMant?^^^^^-"^^ ^*=t^. vxvv^.aji. J.^^y^i cv^a^XUk^ ...
have J
D,, Priraum nominal in is et es desinentia, sT in genetlvo
smgultlri nun, crescunt ; ut hoshs et nuoes. H > ' • ■'
J ■' •.. . >^ increase '*^ -V v
Dfeinde monosvllaba in s vei x desinentia, si ante s et a;
stat consonaus ; ut urbs et arx.
cuneonant
Turn nomina in ns et rs desinentia ; ut cliens et cohors.
Denique ueutra in e, a?, ar desinentia ; ut mare, animal^
' 1'^ noutera a^ j^., .>^^^-^^ 'j^;,
calcar.
T
SPECIAL TARADIGMS.
116
P. Optime. iiil piior ; howa, studuistl et bene memoria
tends. Jam tibi licet ire ad ludondum.
you may play
i.-
i ^
\
202.
CHAPTER XXXVIII. 1.
SPECIAL TARADIGMS.
Vir, M.,
Vis, F.,
Deus, M.,
Senex, m.,
man.
strength.
god.
old man.
Singular.
N.V.
vir
vTs
deus
senex
G.
viri
vis^
del
sen is
D.
vir 6
vli
deo
sen I
Ac.
vir um
vim
deum
sen em
Ab.
vir 6
Tlu
deo
RAL.
sane
N.V.
. viri
vir es
del, dil, dl
sen§s
G.
vir orum
virium
deorum, deura
L sen um
D.
vir IS
vir ibus
dels, dils, dis
sen ibus
Ac.
vir OS
vir es
deos
sen es
Ab.
vir Is
vir ibus
dels, dils, dis
sen ibus
Iter. N.,
Juppiter,
Bos, M. & F.,
Domus, F.,
way.
Jupiter.
ox^ cow.
house.
Singular.
N.V.
iter
Juppiter
bos
dom us
G.
itineris
Jovis
bov is
donius
D.
itiiieri
Jovi
bovi
domul, 6
Ac.
iter
Jovem
bov em
domnm
Ab.
itinere
. Jove
bove
dom 6, Q
Plural.
N.V.
itinera
bov es
domus
G.
itinerum
bovum, bourn
domuum, orum
D.
itineritu3
bob us, bub us
dom ibus
Ac.
itinera
boves
dom 6s, us
Ab.
itineribus
bob us, biibus
dom ibus
* The genitive and dative singular are rare.
1 '■*'!|
J >l
116
FOR TRANSLATION.
i I
263, FOR TRANSLATION.
Proseupina is cakuied off by Pluto.
IReview 199 and 215.]
Diim Proserpina luco
Liidit, et aiit violas aut Candida lilia carpii;,
Dnmque pueliari studio^ calathosque^ sinumqr.e^
Iniplet, et aeqiiales^ certat superare legeudo.*
Paene simul visa est dilectaque'' raptaque^ Diti.''
•
Her Chance of Return is lost.
Dixerat.^ At Cereri certum est'* cducere^" natam."
Non ita fata sinunt, quoniam jejunia virgo
Solverat et, cultis'^ diim simplex errat^^ in hortis,
Poeniceura" errva^^ decerpserat arbore pomum,
Sumptaque callenti septem de cortice grana
Presserat ^^ ore suo : soliisque ex omnibus iliud
Ascalaplius vidit. ...
Vidil, et indicio reditum crudelis ademit.
1 Pueliari studio — puellSri
cum studio. See 144 and 145.
^ Que . . . que, both . . . and.
^ Aequales = comites.
* Itegemlo y i 71 got Iier in fj {flowers).
* Dilecta, from diligo.
^ Rapta, from rapio. With
dilecta and rapta supply est.
"' Diti. Translate as if, instead
of the dative, it were a Dite.
^ Dixerat, i.e. Jiippiter.
® Cereri certum est, to Ceres it
is determined = Geres is resolved.
^^ Ediicere, that is, from the
lower world.
^^ Natam = filiam.
1- Cultis, with hortis.
^3 Errat. Translate as if it
were errabat. The present is
very often used after dum, refer-
ring to past time. So ludit, 1. 2.
^^ Poeuiceum, with pomum.
^^ Curva, bending. The tree is
loaded with fruit.
i*^ Presserat, from premo*
t
^ "
VJ
xtr
tr^
h
SL
^ Cf^'
\U ^'- '
PRONOUNS.
117
it
is
ler-
is
^' '^i
I'
P ■*
«* f
CHAPTER XXXIX. 1.
l^RONOUNS.
Pronouns may be divided into eight classes, and
arranged in three grouj^s :
1. Personal. f4 nt • r ^6. Relative.
1.^2. Reflexive. H. -^ _* ., ' . * III. -^T. Interrogative.
3. Possessive.
^ , . . (-0. neiative.
TT ( 4. Determinative. ttt i - t i. i.-
II.-! , . III. -'^ <. InterroRati)
( o. Demonstrative. J u r
(. 8. Iiu
idetinite.
264.
Personal Pronouns,
paradigms.
First Peiison.
Eg6, /.
SINGULAR.
N. eg6, /.
G. mel, of me.
D. mihi (ml), to, for me.
Ac. mS, me.
Ab. (a) mg, iy we.
PLURAL.
nos, we.
nostrum, or noatrl, of us.
nobis, to, for us.
nos, us.
(a) nobis, by us.
N. tu, thou.
G. tui, of thee.
D. tibi, to, for thee.
Ac. te, Mge.
Ab. (a) tg, by thee.
Second Person. *
Tu, thou.
vos, you, ye.
vestrum, or vestri,
vobis, to, for you.
vos, you.
(a) vobIs, by you.
of you.
Reflexive Pronoun.
Sui, of himself, etc.
SINGULAR.
PLURAL.
N.
G. sui, of himself , herself, itself
D. sibi, to, for himself, etc.
Ac. sg (sgsg), himself, etc.
Ab. (a) se (sesg), by himself etc.
SUI, of themselves.
sibi, to, for themselves.
se (sese), themselves.
(a) sg (sgsg), by themselves.
-,'vi
^ h\
' IS .
III"
118
PilONOUKS.
I
IS I
hf,
I
A
m
v>
265. 1. The personal proiicin of the third person is is, ea, id,
hCf she, it. But wiien reference is made in tlie oblicjue cases to the
subject of the sentence, the reflexive sul is used : Omnes homines
8§ (or 8es§) amant, all men love themselves.
2. The nominatives of the personal p' uiouns are nuich less fre-
quently used in Latin than their equivalents in English. "Why is
this? Tn general, they are used only for enqihasis or contrast:
Ego sum aegrotus, tu vales, / am sick, you are well.
3. " With me, with you," etc., are not expressed, as you vvould
expect, by cum me, cum te, etc., but always by mecum, tecum,
sScum, nobiscum, vobiscum. So quibuscum (279).
4. The personal pronouns of the first and second person are
often used with reflexive sense : Tu te amas, thou lovest thyself;
efeo mihi noceo, / <lo harm to mysr.lf.
' Possessive Adjective Pkonouxs.
206, Possessive adjective pronouns are formed from the steins
of personal and reflexive pronouns :
suus, -a, -um, hh, her, its, their (own).
iioster, -tra, -truni, our, ours.
vester, -tra, -trum, your^ yours.
yf
mens, -a, -um, 77iy, mine
(voc. sing. masc. mi).
tuuB, -a, -um, thy, thine;
your, yours. /) i
(
267.
i^
I
2.
EXERCISES.
\'
I I. 1. Pater me jim.it vt putroin ogo luno. 2. TQ onoqne
patrcin meum fiiniis. 3. Patrcin tnum ogo quoquo aino.
4. Puella niniiimi so culpat. 5. Fliium tuvim ainfuiius iids
omues, 0. Vos (ace.) agitatis. 7. . Noii ut alii lios (am.)
videmnSf 8. Brutus se suO gladiO porfodit. 1). Nos sunius
miseri, bcilH estis vos. 10. Sine te ct tecum pariter siiinus
miscri. 11. MGcum eris iniserriuuis. 12. De te erat inea
Oiatio. 13. Vobibcain Irlstis cro nuncpuuu. 14. JMilii mea
vita, tibi tua cat cara. lo. Amicus uoster est iiicmor vestn.
II. 1. Thy mother is dear to thee, mine to mo. 2. All
your plans are known to us. 3. The boy loves himself too
mucU, 4, TUti burUeu will be carried by me, by you, by us,
^
1 1
iii
PKONOUNS.
119
ill
Mt
1
by thee. 5. With you and witliout you we shall be equally
happy. 6. Thee I love, but not tliy clog. 7. O, how I shall
miss you, my friend I 8. We • are poor, you' are rich. 9. Our
life is very short. 10. The boy carried a wooden cup with
him(self).
268. VOCABULARY,
agitu, 1 [ago, \)ui in motion], diS' onus, -eria, n., burden
turb, vex, chase
beatus, -a, -uni, adj., happy.
culpo, 1 [culpa], blame, censure,
reproach.
desidero, 1, desire, long for, miss
ligneus, -u, -uiii, adj. [lignum,
wood], ofiCddd, iroinhn.
nlniiuin, adv., too, too much.
notus, -a, -uin, adj., known.
oriltio, -onis, f. [oro], speech,
talk, address.
paritor, adv. [par, e(pial\, equalhj.
pauper, eris, adj., poor. (167.'3.)
per-fodio, 3, -fodi, -fossuni, dig
through, stab, pierce.
qjioquc, conj., (dso, too.
sine, j)ri'{). \v. abl., without
ut, adv and conj., as
Ji ..
y-
209.
COLLOQUIUM.
FllATKK KT SOIIUUCULA.
F. Age, so'rorcula niea, si tibi placet, unibulilbimus.
com«j little Biwter vv > walk
S. Quo est til)i in aninio, care frater, anibulfire? Nounc
whither
in agros?
F, Ita est, in agros et in umbra silvtirum.
yes shade
&» Libenter tecum ambulo, tamen ...
glndly hut
F. Quid? cur tantum dubitas, sT, ut dicis, raecum ambul&s
,,, „ BO much hoHltiite
hbcntcr?
S. Noli me rTdere. Metuo augucs. *'FrTgidus latet
doit't liui^li at Hnak( H culd lurki
anguis in herlia," ut oantat VevMlius.
F. Noli metuero. VeuT; ubi fraga maturu sunt repperl.
whero BtrawhcrrloH ripo aro bavu found.
S. O quam suave ! In me non jam est mora.
dellKhtfut. DOW delay
y
Why shuuld the pronouns be exprt'sscd in Latin I
" i s-
N
120
DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS.
270.
CHAPTER XL. 1.
detp:rminatjve pronouns.
PARADIGMS: Is, idem, ipse.
Is, that, this ; also, he, she, it
SINGULAR.
PLURAL.
N. is
•11
id
ei, ii
eae
ea
G. Sjua
ejus
ejus
eorum
earum
eorum
D. ex
•I
el
eis, iis
els, iis
eis, iis
Ac. eum
eam
id
eos
eas
ea
Ab. eo
•A
filXGULAU.
eo
Idem,
eis, iis
same.
eis, iis
PLURAL,
eis, iis
N. Idem
eSdem
idem
( eiQ3m
eaedem
e&dem
G. fijusdem gjusdem ejusdem eorundem earundem <?6rundem
T^ -J -J -J S eisdem eisdem eisdem
I), eidem eidem eidera ■{
i iisdem iisdem iisdem
Ac.eundem eandem idem
eosdem easdem eS.dem
«i -J _, -J (eisdem eisdem eisdem
Ab.eodem eSLdem eodem ■{
i iisdem iisd&m iisdem
Ipse, self (himself, etc.).
SINGULAR.
PLURAL.
N.
ipse ipsa
ipsum
ipsi
ipsae
ipsa
G.
ipsTuB ipsius
ipsius
ipsSrum
ipsclrum
ipsSrum
D.
ipsi ipsl
ipsi
ipsia
ipsia
ipsia
Ac.
ipsum ipsam
ipsum
ipsoa
ipsSli
ipaa
Ab.
ipsO ipB&
ips5
ipsis
ipala
ipsia
1. Deterininative pronouns, like adjectives, agree with nouns
expressed or understood; Idem and ipae also with pronouns.
2. la is very often used as a personal pronoun, ineaninjjf he, she,
it, they. Also as tlio antecedent of qui, who; is qui, he who.
3. idem is compounded of is and the sufllx <lrm. Idem is for
ladem ; idem for iddem ; eundem, etc., for eumdem, etc ;
eOruudem, etc., for eOramdem, etc.
/
I
y
■ ;
\'
I
DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS.
121
4. Ipse, .se^/* (intensive) is used to emphasize a noun or pronoun
expressed or understood, and must be distinguished from sg, self
(reflexive) :
(1) Homo ipse veniet, (he man 7ii7nself(iiiul not another) will come.
(2) Hominem ipsum vidi, / saw the man himself.
(3) Homo se culpat nimium, ihe man blames himself ton much.
(4) Miles fratrem, dein se ipsum interfecit, the soldier killed
his brother, then himself.
5. How do we indicate in English in speech, and how in writing,
when we use self {himself etc.) whether we intend the intensive or
the reflexive selff
G. Ipse may be variously translated : ipse feci, I myself did
it, I did it ALONE, / did it ov my own accokd.
271. Decline togetluM- is homo, that man; ea nSvis, that shij) ,•
id bellum, that var ; Idem digs, the same da>i ; eadem manus, the
same hand; idem onus, the same burden; vir ipse, the man himself
2.
272. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Cicero est scrTptor elogantiBsimiis ; ejus libros legi-
mus. 2. Fidum anucuni habeo ; einn oi^o maj^is quuni tu
amas. 3. Eum niagisquiiin te amo. 4. Non scMuper eundera
hominem laiulaniiis. f). jMagister ipse te laudfibit. 6. 8uut
sex partes. orbis terrtirum ;'lnrixinia ofirum est Asia. 7. For-
tuna nunc mihi,' nunc ei' favet. 8. Interduni aniToIs^ ipsis,
iuterdum inimiciy^ nocet. 0. Senii)er idem erat Socratis
vultns. 10. In eodem specu luibitabaiit Andruclus et leo.
II. 1. Sallust is on el('«iant author; have you read his
writings? 2. I have not read liiose, but Cicero's. 3. For-
tune favored now you,' now them.* 4. Kven (ipse) your own
frieni] will l)hune you. f). The minds of men are not always
the same. C. We were sailing ' with you in the same ship.
7. He gave me the book of his own accord.* 8. The muster
^ Indirect object, ihoufrh trnns-
lutt'd as u direct object. Sec ii-ili.
a Dfttivc. Cf. I. 7.
' Tse pasHJve of vellO*
* See 270. 0.
i*i
f
.a
If
1
!
/H
122
DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS.
offers the game rewards to the bovs. 9. The same rewards
are offered by the master himself.
VOCABULARY.
27'*
Oa
rv
/ Androclus, -i, m., Androdus.
anctor, -oris, m. [augeo, uxcrease\,
maker, author.
elegans, -utis, adj., choice, elegant.
faveo, 2, fjivi, faiitum, I favor-
able to, befriend (with dat.).
interduin^ adv., sometimes.
inenS) nicntisy v., mind, purpose,
noceoy 2, nociii, iioritiiin, do
harm to, hurt, injure (with dat.).
orbis, -Is, M., circle.
orbis torrarum, the earth, the world.
Sallustiiis, -i, m., Sallust, a his-
torian. (79.)
scriptor, -oris, m. [scriho]^ icriter,
author.
scriptuin, -i, n. [scribo], writing,
icritten irork.
sex, num. adj., indecl., six.
speciis, -lis, M., cave.
suavitor, adv. [suavis], siceethj,
drlightfulli/.
vultiis, -us, M., countenance, fea-
tures, looks.
anliniis (101), 7nind, soul, heart; tlic general word for mind.
mens, mind, as that which thinks, intellect; moro Umitcd in meaning.
L
3. .^■-
COLLOQUIUM.
274. Translate into Latin : —
Brothkk and Little Sister. — Conthmod.
B. Let lis carry ^ witli us two^ little-baskets.''
S, See !* T have them in my baud already."
B. The sun is hot," but there is a cool' breeze.
S. Oh, how tlie trees and liowisrs deliiiht me !
B. To stay in the liouse is downright '"* stupid.^
S. Yes, indeed,^" and I don't mean to any moro."
B. Here are''' the strawberries. Now we will fill our
baskets. Isn't it jolly?"
1 Let us carri/, portr^inus.
« DuilH. See ,ni. 4.
• Gorbula, -ao.
• Ecco. '' Jam.
• ArdSns. ' FriRldus.
" Admodum. " Molostus.
^^ Yes, indeed, Ista sunt, those
things are (true).
'1 NfUher \s it in mind to me more.
See 260. 1. 2.
^'^ Here are ^ en I or ecco I
^" sunvisslnium.
.'■
a
•*■»•*=-<?.. «r
^1
Demonstkative pronouns.
128
o
u^
CHAPTER XLiI. 4
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
275. PARADIGMS: Hic.iste.ille.
HIc, this (^Tiear'), this of mine.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
hae haec
liarum horum
his his
has haec
hift his
istae ista
istarum istoriim
istis istis
ist^s ista
istis istia
illae ilia
ill^rum illorum
illis illia
iims ilia
illls illXs
N.
hTc
haec
hoc
hi
G.
hujus
hujus
hujus
li'^rum
D.
huic
huic
huic
his
Ac.
hunc
hanc
hoc
hos
Ab-
hoc
hac
hoc
his
jL3te, that, Tliat of //ours.
N.
iste
ista
istud
istl
G.
istius
istius
istius
istorum
D.
isti
istl
' istl
istis
Ac.
istum
istam
istud
istos
Ab.
isto
.ista
isto
Ille, that
ibcis
{yonder).
N.
iUe
ilia
illud
ill!
G.
illius
illiua
illius
illdium
D.
illl
illl
illl
illis
Ac.
ilium
illam
illud
illos
Ab.
ill5
ilia
1115 •
illis
^
1. HIc is used of that which is near tlio spoakor in place, time^
or thouyht, and hence is called thf* Demonstrative of the First Per-
son : HIo equus, this horse (near me, or belotujintj to me).
2. Iste is used oC that which has sonie relatioti to the person
aDddressed, and hence is called the Demonstrative of the Second
Person : Iste equus, that horse, (nec.r you, or helonying to you).
3. Ille is used of that which is relatively remote from the
speaker, or person addressed, in place, time, or thowjht, and hence is
called the Demonstrative of tlio Third P(!rson : Ille equua, that
horse {yonder) *
4. Hie often means that well-known, that fumotts.
\ ii
m
i't
^
I
I
I
I
^ ..scfi • - ^ >'''
V^\Qv
124
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
5. HIc and ille are sometimes used in contrast: Hic, ./in latter}
ille, the former,
G. Is, as a determinative pronoun, sometimes approaches hTc in
meaning, sometimes ille. Hence it is to be translated this or thaty
according to tlie connection.
r>
\
k
276. EXERCISES.
I. 1. IIliiis hominis filiura laiulri])ant omnes. 2. Isto canis
semper Ititnit. 3. Hujus scholae semper mcmores erimus. \ a.
4. DabO tibi illucl carmen piilcherrimiini. 5. lilt lapides
durl sunt. G. Multl viridlvites in liac urbe habitant. 7. Va-
rii suiit colorcs lifijus floris. 8. Nomeu illTus poetae est cla-
rissimum. 9. Ilfirum avium cantus nos deleetat. 10. Ista
tna studia arao et huido. 1 1 . Ilfis terras sIlvTs pulclierrimis
ornavit Deus. 12. Ihud ducis consilium nobis utile fuit.
II. 1. These mountains are very Miigh. 2. 1 shall always
be mindful of that friend of yours. ^ 3. This thing will be
liurtful to you. 4. Demosthenes and Cicero were famous^
orators; the former'' was a Greek, the latter* a Roman.
f». I'he citizens of yonder city are most wretched. 6. The
air in tliese mountains is lighter than in those valleys. 7. He
gave me this pretty bird. 8. That old farmer's wine is good.
9. I have read that book of yours. 10, That book of yours
has been read by me, by you, by us, by us ourselves. \ y
2.
277. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Hannibal, clarissinms ille imperator, Alpes montes
buperavit. 2. Mllitum animos hac oratione fn niavit. 3. Vi-
detia, mllites fortlssluiT, Italiam iUam. 4. lUud est domi-
cilium hostium nostrorum. 5. GallT, incolae harum regionum,
socil amIcTque nostri erunt. G. Hi nobis onmea res neces-
Burids praebc))unt.. 7* HI erunt hostes illOrum Komauorum
t*.
/
ft.
* See p. 01, note.
* That of yours --- Iste.
* Superlative.
* See 275. G.
demonstrativp: pronouns.
126
er;
in
y
QIS
a-
la-
sta
lis
-V-
be
is^
n.
he
^e
d.
irs
\~ -
V
''
r'
es '
f^
1-
•
1 -
•
11-
i
\
o»
s-
ra
iraproborum. 8. Koma ilia praeda vestra erit. 9. Vos
ipsi expugnavlstis Sagiintiiin, opplduiii illud firmissimiim.
10. Has AlpC's, illos PyrGnaeos rnoiites superavistis ; Ko-
manos iiiox vincetis.
II. 1. Hannibal increased the courage of tlie soldiers b}'
these words. 2. Again, soldiers, have you defeated those
famous Koraans. 3. The j'ods and your own courage liave
given us the victory. 4. This fair Italy will soon be ours.
5. Rome itself, that proud city, will be taken. C. Those
arms of yours will be stained with the best blood of Rome.
7. Those famous legions have been c/^feated. 8. Cross
with me yonder mountains. 1). Those fir^ e enemies of the
Romans, the Samnites, will welcome us. 10. Rome shall
be the reward of valor. Forward I^ _ -• ^
278.
VOCABULARY.
aer, iieris, M.,ai'r.
cantus, -us, :\i., ainging, song.
delecto, 1, deUght.
Demosthenes, -is, m., Demosthe-
nes, an Athenian orator.
<liv6s, -Itis, adj., rich. (167. C)
do, dare, dCdi, datum, give.
ex-pugno, 1, take bg storm, tale.^
firmo, 1 [firmus], make firm or
steadfast, fortifi/, strengthen.
firmus, -a, -um, iid]., strung Jirni.
Improbus, -a, -um, adj., bad.
Itcrum, adv., a second time, again.
lutro, 1, hark, bark at.
legio, -onis, f., legion.
inaculo, 1, stain.
inox, adv., soon. [^snry.
necessjlrius, -a, -um, adj., neces-
praeda, -ae, F., boot;/, s})oiL
Saguntum, -i, n., iSaguutum, town
in Spain.
Samnis, -itIs, m. & f., a Samnite.
sanguis, -inis, m., blood.
silva, -ae, f., irood, forest.
sooius, -i, M., allg, associate.
superbus, -a, -um, adj., proud.
tenuis, -e, adj., thin, light.
traluscendo, 8, -i, -sum, cross.
cantus, song, melodg, whether of the voico of man, of birds, or of
mu.sical instrunuMits.
carmen, song, as melodg, nnd also in a wider sense; often with
reference to tlie composition. Hence, a ])oem.'^
^ Procedlte. distinctions in synonymous words
2 It must nut be supposed that arc always observed in usage.
\ '4-
< .:i
t
V
126
PRONOUNS.
ili
is.
CHAPTEH XLII. 1.
rilONOUNS: RELATIVE, INTERROGATIVE, AND
INDEFINITE.
379. PARADIGMS: Qui, quis, aliquis.
Relativj: : Qui, who, which, that.
SINGULAK. PLURAL.
N.
qui
quae
quoc
I qui
quae
quae
G.
cujus
cujus
cujus quorum
quarum
quorum
D,
cuT
CUl
CUl
quibus
quibus
quibus
Ac.
quem
quam
quod
quos.
quas
quae
Ab.
quo
qua
quo
quibus
quibus
quibus
IXTERROGATIVI
:: Quis, who, tchlch, what?
N.
quia
quae
quid
qui
quae
quae
G.
cujus
cujus
cujus quorum
quarum
quorum
D.
CUl
CUl
CUl
quibus
quibus
quibus
Ac.
quem
quam
quid
^ quos
quas
quae
Ab.
quo
qua
qu5
quibus
quibus
quibas
Indefinite
: Aliquis, so7ne one, some, any one.
»
»
SINGULAK.
N.
aliquis
aliqua
aliquid or -
quod
G.
alicujus
alicujus
alicujus
D.
alicui
alicui
alicui
Ac.
aliquem
alio u am
aliquid or -quod
Ab.
aliqud
aliqua
PLURAL.
aliqud
N.
aliqul
aliquae
aliqua
G.
aliquorum
aliquarum
aliquorum
D.
aliquibus
\
aliquibus
aliquibus
Ac.
aliquos
aliquSs
aliqua
Ab.
aliquibus
aliquibus
aliquibus
1. Observe the feminine nominative singular, and the neuter
nominative phiral of aliquis, and compare them with correspond-
ing forms of quis.
/
,1
:i
tJ
a1
r(
4
/fl
PRONOUNS.
127
m
3
/
2. Aliquis is used adjectively in the neuter form aliquod, and
sometimes in the masculine and feminine forms. Tiie same is
true of qiiidam and quisque (1).
8. Besides tlie interrogative quia and its compounds, tliere is
an interiogative adjective qui {which, tvhat?) declined like the
relative qui.
4. Besides aliquis, the most important indefinites are :
quidam quaedam qwiddam, or quo Adam, certain one, certain.
quisquam (icantlny) quidquam, any one (at all), no plural.
quisque quaeque quidque, or quodque, each one, every.
5. Quidam, quisquam, and quisque are declined like the
simple pronouns. Quidam changes m to n before d ; queiidam,
etc., quorundam, etc,
6. Aliquis, soinc one, any one (without emphasis) ; quisquam,
any one at all (emphatic), also in negative and interrogative
sentences. Quis uLler si, nisi, ne, and num, is indefinite, any on e.
7. Aliquis means some man, I don't know who; quidam, a
certain man, whom I know, hut don't mean to describe.
280. Examine the following : —
1. Puer qui venit, the boy ivho came.
2. Puella quae venit, the yirl who came.
3. Libri quos legis, the books ivhich you read.
4. Puellae quas vidisti, the yirls whom you saw.
Compare the relative in each of the above examples with the
noun to which it refers (called the antecedent) in respect, first to
gender, and then to number.
Look now at the case of the relative in each of the examples,
and compare the English with the Latin. Plainly, the case of the
relative has nothing to do with that of the antecedent. It may be
the same or different.
281. Rule of Syntax.^ — A relative pronoun
agrees with its antecedent in gender and nutnber.
} * - >i
! i 1
'■Si
I
^ As the person of the antece-
dent has no effect on the rulatWe,
it ia wrong, though customary, to
pay " tlio relative aprecs with its
antecedent in gender, number, and
person."
■ 1
12^
PKONOU.^S.
K
282. Examine the following : —
1. Ego qui venT, / wlo came.
2. Vos qui venistis, you who came.
Observe now the person and number of the verb in these two
examples, and in the first two given in 280.
283. Rule of Syntax. — The verb of which a
relative pronoun is tlie subject agrees in person and
fiunibev with the autecedeut of the relative.
r
284.
2.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. Quis forum Romunonini rOstrls ornavit? 2. Gajus
Dullius, qui miiguara praedam a Carthaginiensibus reporta-
vit. 3. Quae amicitia potest esseMuter improbOs ? 4. Quis
clarior fuit iu Graeciii Theraiistocle ? ^ 5. Quern times in
mea domo ? G. Quae animfdia sunt celerrinia et ferocis-
sima? 7. Omne animal quod sanguineni habct cor habet.
8. Divites sunt ii qui suls rebus eontentl sunt. 0. Erant
quoque' anno duo consulcs in civitate Romaua. 10. Sunt
animalia quaedam in quibus est aliquid simile ration!, /
""-II. 1. What have you in your hand? 2. B}^ whom was
the Roman forum adorned with the prows of ships? 3. We
see the general whom you praise. 4. lie is rich who is con-
tented. 5. He will be praised whose* courage saved our
country. C. We love those whose manners are pleasing.
7. The boy has something in his hand. 8. Certain labors
arc pleasant to us. 9. We are the same'' to-day that" we
were yesterday. 10. AVhat tilings are brought to us from
' Africa?
^ Potest esse, mn he.
•■' See 212.
^ Ablative of quisque.
* Of whom,
^ The samn . . . that, or same . ..
as, itleiu . . . qui.
A
ir- i
\i
a
PRONOUNSe
129
A
3. ^
285. EXERCISES.
Before trying to do the following exorcises, review the declen-
sion of irregular adjectives (200, 201), and write out the declension
of quidam, quisquam, and quisqur.
I. 1. Est quisquam tibl cfiriorquam parcntc's till? 2. Pro-
prii libeii curissinil cuique sunt. 3. Krant duo fllil Ivlulae
Silviae, quorum alterl erat uomen Ronuilus, alterl Remus;
uterque fortis erat. 4. Kstne iii ullo aiiimfilT major prudeu-
tia quara in cane? 5. Videsne ilia duo sldera? utrius lux
clarior est? 6. Virtus eorum qui patriam uostram serviiveruut
semper kiudabitur. 7. in istls arboribus quae hortum ornaut
aves variae cantant. 8. KLsus aliorum saepe causa Irae nos-
trae est. 9. Nilllum malum sine aliquo bono est. 10. Nemo
nostrum idem est in soneetute qui^ fuit in juventutc. 11. Ur-
bes illae, quarum gloria magna est, a militibus nostiis expu-
gnatae sunt.
-^ II. 1. All animals that have blood have hearts. 2. We
shall be the same^ to-morrow as^ we are to-day. 3. Is any^
animal more sagacious than the elephant?^ 4. "We have
five fingjCrs on each hand. 5. Those have hope mIio have
nothing else.* G. Many men build houses which the}- will
never inhabit. 7. The moon sends upon the earth the light
which slie has received from the sun. 8. Cornelia had two
sons, both of whom" were killed. 9. Hector, by whose
bravery many Greeks were slain, was himself killed. 10. Will
not some friend relieve me of this burden?''
286. VOCABULARY.
acclpio, 3, -cepi, -ceptuin [ad- Carthagi iensis, o, adj. [Carth-
capio]» take to, receive, accept, Sgo], of CaitJnujc, CavthcKjinian.
bonuin, -I, n., y^ot/ tlung^ hlessing. clams, -a, -uin, bri(/ht,f anions.
WJ
) ii
: li^l
» See p. 128, note 5.
a See I. 4.
8 See 211, 212.
< Aliud.
'' Of whom each.
« See \16, 129.
1 J
180
REVIEW OP PRONOUNS.
contentus, -a, -um, adj ., contented.
cor, cordis, x., heart.
eras, adv., to-morrow.
digitus, -i, M.fjinger.
duo,-ae,-o, nutn.adj.,<tt'o(311.4).
ex-pugno, 1 [pugna]f take, capture.
forum, -i, n., market-place, forum.
Gajus Duilius, -i, m., Caius
Duilius.
Hector, -oris, m., Hector, chief of
the Trojan heroes.
heri, adv., yesterday.
hodie, adv., to-day.
labor, -oris, m., lal>or.
malum, -i, n., bad thing, evil.
uemo (inis), m. & f. [ne, homo],
no one. For genitive and abla-
tive use uullius, uullo.
parens, -entls, m. & f., parent.
(167. 1.)
proprius, -a, -um, adj., one^s own.
prudentla, -ae, f. [prfidcns],
foresight, sagacity, wisdom.
Remus, -i, m., Remus, brother of
Roniulu.s.
re-porto, 1, bring back.
Rhea Silvia, -ae, f., Rhea Silvia.
risus, -fis, M. [rideo], laughter.
Romulus, -i, M., Romulus, first
king of Rome.
rostrum, -i, n., prow of a vessel. .
sidus, -eris, n., star, constellation.
Themistocles, -is, m., Tht^isto-
cles, a famous Greek.
varius, -a, -um, adj., dij/erent,
changeable, various.
■.
1
I
r '->'
-^xjJOCo**-
(
CHAPTER XLIII. 1.
REVIEW OF PRONOUNS.
Review the paradigms.
287.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. Idem es qui* semper fuisti. 2. Hodie eadem dictitat
quae* heri. 3. Ecce domura quam aedificavit Johanniculus.
4. Quidam puer cachinnabat. 5. Iste homo, qui te lauda-
bat, est stultissimus. 6. Sua euTque^carissima sunt. 7. Su!
cuique^ carissimi sunt. 8. Coram me aliquis illam fabulam
narrabat. 9. Egens est et is qui nou satis habet, et is cui
nihil satis est. 10. Beatus est quP non cupit quae' non habet.
1 See p. 128, note 5.
^ Notice the order; quisque
likeh to stand after the reflexives.
' The antecedent of the rela-
tive is often omitted when it is
some form of Is.
\ '
1 ■
REVIEW OF PRONOUNS.
131
II. 1. She is the same that' she always has been. 2. lie
will say the sarae things to-morrow as' to-day. 3. Certain
boys laughed out loud in school. 4. That friend of yours
is a very wise man. 5. Those trees yonder are covered with
leaves. C. This man is praised by the citizens, '^..^ one is
blamed. 7. The general himself led his bras'_ s< kliers.
8. The soldiers were led by the brave genei. iiimsclf.
9. Danger itself is pleasing to the brave. ^ 10. Tliose who
are most faithful to their friends are most dear to us. --^
2.
288, EXERCISES.
I. 1. Quod^ non dedit fortiina, non eripit. 2. Liber est
quT^ null! turpitudinl servit. 3. Quis est amlcior friitri quam
r i>- frater? 4. Saepe nihil est inimicius homiui quam ipse sibi.
■o . Saepe ii nobis nocent* qui nos amant. G. Eos quialiorum
rebus adver; s non moventur omnes contemnunt.,x'7. Eos
vincere difficile est, qui nihil timent. 8. Deforme est de
se ipso pfaedicare. 9. Aliud^ bonum, aliud^ malum est.
10. Alterl* laudem, alterl^ culpam dabat.
II. 1. Some one has done this. 2. Yesterday a story
was read to us by some one. 3. The slave killed himself
together with his master. 4. My friend will migrate with
me into Gaul. 5. The inhabitants of the city were frightened
by the coming of the enemy. 6. Some^ bear^ thirst easily,
others' hunger. 7. The fruits of this tree are pleasing to me,
for they are sweet. 8. Those ^ trees are higher than these ^
houses. 9. These towers are high, those are low. 10. Those'"
maidens, whose modesty is known, are praised by all.
V'^^
I ;
1 See p. 128, note 5.
'^ Plural. See 117.
8 See p. 130, note 3.
* See 343.
• See p. 87, note 4.
« See p. 87, note 3.
7 See p. 87, note 4.
8 See p. 87, note 5.
8 See 275. 1 and 3.
1"^ A form of is.
132
REVIEW OF PRONOUNS.
4
1
289.
ad-vorsus, -a, -um, adj., unfavor-
able.
cachinno, 1, latirjh aloud. Cf.
rideo. V
coram, prep. w. abl., m presence of.
cupiu, .'], -ivi, -ituiit, hsirc.
de-forinis, -e, adj. [forma], mis-
shapen, vgl>/, base, dis<jrav('fal.
dictito, 1 [dico], keep sai/iur/.
ecce, inter j., lo! src .' see there!
egens, -cutis, adj., hi irant, neerli/.
e-ripio, 3, -ui, ereptum [rapid],
snatch atcai/; seiz" and bear ojj'.
fames, -is, f., hunoi \ famine.
frondosus, -a, um, adj. [froiis],
covered with leaves, leafij.
fructus, -us, M., fruit.
VOCABULARY.
Johanniculiis, -1, ai., little John,
./vhnni/, Jack.
mij^ro, 1, move from one place to
another, vu'jratc.
modcstia, -ac, r., modesty.
niirro, 1, tcU, relate, report.
prac dico, 1 [prae, /^r/ore; dIco,
-arc, 7//(f/i'' knon'n'\, proclaim,
boast. Cf. praedico, predict.
satis, adv., enow/h.
scrvio, 4 [scrvus], be a slave to,
SI rve (\v. dat.).
sitiis, -Is, F., thirst. (154.)
toiero, \ bear, endure.
turpitudd,-iiiis, v. [turpis], i/y*-
ness, baseness.
^
200.
COLLOQUIUM.
Socrates kt IhiADAMANTirus.
a. Tfi, nisi fnllor, cs SucrnitC's, illc Atju'nionsis.
unlcHH I am mistaken
S. RGctc dlcis. Kgo sum SOcratGs, fllius, nt fcnint,
Soplironisci. " •"* ""^
Ji. (Jur (licis vt ferunl ? Nouno re xC'vii os fllitis illTus?
in truth
S. Ipso quidem nGseio, () KlKuliunnnthe, cujiis sim fllius.
liulcod not know am
Jl. Nuni^ nw ludis, fSOcratos? C'avcto. Nonuc to s!i])ieu-
nioi'k bowuro
tc'in dixit orjiculuui?
oruclu
. S, Ita est; sed qufi iG non intdlcij^r), nisi quia nie ipse
ycH wliy uiiilL'istuml
Insoiuni pcrspicio.
Ignorunt hi'o plainly
* This word is used in nHkitif? quostioiifi when the answer wo is
expected. It in not lu be triiUHlated.
>.
REVIKW OF niONOUNS.
133
R. (^iiu iiiodo aetfiUMii dC'<;istT?
how pass
S. ^Mfignfi cx parte loqiiGbar infix imeqiie do virtute
for the iiioHt part I um'iI to tulk oKpi'cially
quaerc'linin.
inqiiirod
11, Mihi do virtute explicato, Socrates ; per ])revo tcinpus
tibi aiires praebebo.
^S'. Kliou ! Khadamantlic, istlus rel sum Tnscius, umhi niihi
ulubl
cxplicare poterat nemo.
wari able no onu
II. IMlniuie sapiens, Socrates, tfi inihi videris. At quid
hue loco tibi est in aiiimo faeere?
S. Ante omnia, si videbitur, cum Ilomero velim et Ulixe
HO'iii good I hliiiiilil liko
et alils clarlssiniTs (Iraeciae i)rluci[)il)us l()(|uT.
to talk
R. Apaii;e iuitur ad istas manes.
Lc oil' tliLU
Hliudi
2$M. FOR TRANSLATION.
TiiK Ua'itm: of Makathox, n.c. 400.
Hoc in tempore nulla cTvitas Athr'niensil)us anxiliO' fuit
praeter riataeei»ses. Ka- mllle mIsiL mllitum. Itacpie liorum
adventfi decern mllia armatoruuv'completa sunt, quae manua
mlrjlbili llagnlbat pugnandl cu[)i(litate. (Ju<3 factum est* ut
pb'us quam collejiae Miltiades valeret.'' l^jus ergo auctoritate
iuipulsl" AtiiC'nieuses coi)ias ex urbe eduxtMimt lococjue^
idoneo castra feeerunt. Deiude postei'o diG jtroelium com-
mlserunt. Datis, etsl nun aetiuuiu" locum videbat suls,''
1 Auxlllo fiilt, »v(,s- for assist-
ance -■ tissi'sfitl. Sec <{4-4.
'•' Supjjly eivittis.
" Ariiiritru'iiiii (piirtlelpic as
notin), ofarmi'il mfti,
* Quo fart II in ost, fn/ wtinh it
was btouijfit aliOiU — 'he result wua.
' Plus . . . valerot, /khI more
iujint lire.
**' liiipiilHi (participlu from liii
pcllu) inonijihd.
'' Loco III loeo.
" A<M|llUlll, /(irorahle.
^ Sujipl^ iiiilitilms.
11
■ II
134
COMPOUNDS OF Sum.
tamen fretus numero copiarum suarum confligere cupiebat,
eoque* magis, quod, priusquam Lacedaemonii subsidio'' veni-
reut,^ dimicare utile arbitrabatur. Itaque in aciem peditam
centum/ cquitum decern milia prOduxit proeliumque com-
rnisit. In quo tanto^ plus virtute'' valuerunt Athenienses,
ut deceraplicem nuraerum hostium profligarint,^ adeoque eos
perteiTuerunt, ut Persae non castra, sed naves petierint.'*
Qua pugna'^ nihil adhuc exstitit nObilius : nulla enim un-
quam tain exigua manus tuutas opes prostravit.^*^ — Nepos,
Milt. V.
r-it/'u
,^<yi>
-ooj^oo-
CHAPTER XLIV. 1.
COMPOUNDS OF Sum.
292. Possum, posse, potuT, , be able, can.
Possum is compounded of pctis, able, and sum. Potls is every-
where shortened to pot ; then t is changed to -<f before «, and / is
dropped after t. -
INDICATIVE.
SINGULA U, PLURAL.
PuES. / am aUe, can, etc.
possum possumus
potes potestia
potest possunt
Impku. / was able, could, etc.
ram poterAmus
Fuxi / shall 1>e able, etc, *-*
SUBJUNCTIVE.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
possim
possTs
possit
possImuB
possltia
poaaint
T. / shall b
* *- < poterS
poaaem poaaSmua
-r
^ Koqiie inagls, and the more.
'i SiibHldtd : vf. auxlliu, first
line, Hiid note.
" Venircnt, should come,
* Oetitiiiii : KU])i)ly iiiiltu.
^ Taiitd plus valuuruut, wtre
so much superior.
poterlmua ' ^^^^^4*^
« VlrtOte. See 259, 260.
■^ I'tofligiirlnt, they routed.
» Veiiariut, Jied to. See p. 101,
note 1.
^ PflgiiA: ablative after the
uouiparative uOblllus. (212.)
^^ From prdsterud.
f
• •
COMPOUNDS OF Sum.
135
Perf. / have been able, could , etc.
o '^^J^ '^Z ^ y
potui
potuimus
i'~\JK ,
. , Plup. / Tiad been able, could have, etc.
j* I potueram potueramus
FuT. Perf. / shall have been able, etc.
potuero , potuerlmus,
^potuerim potuerimus
potuissem potuissemus
INFINITIVE.
Pres. posse, to be able. Pkuf. potuiase, to have been able.
^
203. Proaum, prodesse, profuT,
-, benejit.
Frdsum is compounded of prod (old form of pro), for, and
sum. The d of prod is retained before e.
INDICATIVE.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Pres. / benefit, etc.
pr5-8um prd-sumua
prfid-es prod-estia
pr6d-eat pro-aunt
Imp. prod-eram prod-er&mua
FuT. pr6d-er6 pr6d-erimua
Perf. pr6-ful pr6-fuimua
Plup. pr6-fueram pro-fuerSmua
F. P. pr5-ftier5 pr5-fuerunua
SUBJUNCTIVE.
SINOULAU. l'Li;UAL.
pro-sim pro-sTmua
pro-sTs pro Bltia
pro-sit pro-sint
pr5d-esseni prod-essemua
pro-fuerim pro-fiierimus
pro-fuissem pro-fuissgmus
IMPERATIVE.
Prks. pr5d-es, prSd-este Fur. prdd-eat5, prod-estdto
INFINITIVE.
Pres. prfid-esae Pkuf. prS^fuiaae
Fut. pr6-futllruB esse
PARTICIPLE.
Fut. pr5-futtlru«
II jl
'?(* .1
The other compounds of sum are inflected like the simple verb.
wrlaJt
y
136
COMPOUNDS OF Slim.
294. Le.'ini the tenses of the indicative, imperative, and infini-
tive of possum and prosum.
205. Rule of Syntax. — Tlio coinpoinHls of .s
U^ll,
except 2*ossum and (tbsum^ all take tlio dative; but
insutn is often follonetl by hi with the ablative, and
intersiun by inter with the accusative.
I
fi f'
.V
1-
29($.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. Ill vera amTtitlfi nifigniim i Host pruosidium. 2. Aiiil-
cus vC'i'iis adest anuco, iioque deerit in peiTculo. 3. AniTco
prOdcsse dnlce est, iinilcO doesse turpe. 4. AniTcus fldus
noil al)orit ab amlco in casibus Ibrtunac. ."). jMorGs mail
amlcitiao obsnnt ; inter lioinines nialos vC'ra aniTeitia non
interest. G. Cicero consul ret pilblicae praefuit. 7. iNIultae
cpistulac Ciccronls et ejus aniTcorum supersuut. 8. Viri prao-
stantes AthC'iiieiisibus nuUo tempore defuerunt. 0. JMores
tyranuT siliiMimleOs pararc non poterant. 10. Kon omnes
homines reges esse possunt.
II. 1. Cornelia was able to train iier sons wisely. 2. All
can be '^ood citizens. ^ 3. Hannibal was not able to take the
cit". 4. In Hannibal there was great cunning and bravery.
5. Hannibal was long absent from his own country.
6. He commanded armies in S[)ain and Italy. 7. He was
prcsent-iit many battles, and was the terror^ of the Komans.
8. He benefited his country in many ways.'' 0. liut his
enemies in his own land injured him. 10. S(;ipio defeated
him in battle^ in Africa. 11. He survived this defeat manv
years.'' 12. His name will never lack renown.''
* iW/j/m. 2 Sep 47. <* Ahlntlvo witlinnt ill.
* Compare uiixlilo, 2J)1, first •"' Accusative.
line, anil note. ' liitwwn will never f>€ wantimj
* H'ays ^ //i<'h(/."i. Sec 250,200. to his name.
/
1
>
DEPONENT VERBS.
137
mi-
nit
lUl
t
f-^
[111-
Tco
Kill
ion
[tiie
10-
1
■ l
297. VOCABULARY. ' '^-^ 'Lyf
ab-siim, -esse, iifui, he aicoij, absdif (a or ab w. abl.),
ad-suin, -esse, -fiii (also afFiiT), be present, stand bj, side with.
de-sum, -esse, -fiii, be icantiny, lack.
in-suin, -esse, -fiii, be. in, among
inter-suiii, -esse, -fui, be present at, among.
ob-suin, -esse, -fui, be against, opjwsed to, injure,
possum, posse, potui, be able, can.
prae-sum, -esse, -fui, be before, at the head of, cotnmand.
pro-sum, prod-esse, pro-fui, be useful, benejit. .
super-sum, -esse, -fui, remain over, survive, exist. •
calllditiis, -iitis, f. [callidus], shremlness, cunning.
Crt. us, -us, M. [^Cinlbjfall'], falling down, mischance, misfortune,
oltides, -is, F., destruction, defeat,
dlu, iidv., long, a long time.
dulois, -C, adj., sweet, pleasant. Cf. suavis.
fiima, -ae, v., rumor, fume, rejwwii.
ne-que, conj., and not, nor ; neque . . . ncque, neither . . . nor,
paro, 1, make ready, prepare, get.
patria, -ae, v., native land, countrij.
praesidium, -I, n. [prae, sedeo], defence, help, garrison.
praestalus, -tis, adj. [i)rae-sto, stand before"], pre-eminent, distinguished.
^' 1
j; i!
■Hi
,11
10
s.
V
-^^♦Ic
/
^
CHAPTER XLV. 1.
DKPONKNT VKUHS.
First and Se(X)ND Conjugations.
298. Deponent verbs liavc the forms of the passive
voice wltli the inejiiuniT^ of the active. There arc de-
ponents of eacli of the four reguhir conjugations:
AdmlrSmiir opera Del, wc admire (he worh of God,
Miaerds tufibimuz, we sludl protect the wretched.
Audi multa, loqiiere paiica, listen much, nag little.
Caesar proviiiciam Bortltua eat, dcsar ubtamcd {by lot) a
province.
i
138
DEPONENT VERBS.
209. Review the passive indicative, imperative, and infinitive
of amo and moneo. (86, 112).
The principal parts of deponent verbs are thus given : ^^
admiror, admirari, admiratus (sum). '»^'
tueor, tueri, tuitus (sum). V '^
loquor, loqui, locutus (sum). '
sortior, sortirl, sortitus (sum). \ /
/' >'
} "^i
300. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Admiramur mfignitfidinem caell. Quis non admira-
bitur? 2. Nocte contemplrimur sTdera. 3. Pars vagatur
certis cursibus, plurima uon vngantiir. 4. Sol domimitur
inter stellas. 5. Terrara lrni:i coinitatur una, Jovis stellam
lunae comitautiir quattuor. G. Dtireiis Alexandre raagnam
Asiae partem pollicitus est. 7. ImprobI sunt il qu! neminem
verentur. 8. Homo facinus confessus est. 9. Comites qui
salutem regis tuiti erant, maximum praemium aceeperunt,
II. 1. Who does not admire the beauty of the stars?
2. Otlicr nations accompanied the Cimbri across the Rhine.
8. Tliey wandered far^ and wide^ through Gaul and Spain.
4. The Romans wondered at the great bodies of the Ger-
mans. \ 5. Certain animals imitate human voices. G. "We
were contemplating that beautiful likeness. 7. Tlie general
promised the soldiers^ a groat reward. 8. He' is a bad man
who does not respect any one.* 9. Children respect their
parents, slaves fear their master.
301.
VOCABULARY.
ad-iniror, 1, wonder at, admire. Cimbri, -orum^ m., Cimbri, aGer*
Alexander, -dri, m., Alexander, man tribe.
king of Maccdon. *i comltor, 1 [comes, -Itls], accom-
boncflolum, -I, n., benefit, favor. ;'<'",'/. (ittcnd.
caelum, -i, n., sky, heavens. oon-flteor, 2, -fessus, confess.
^ Louge latequo.
" Not accusative.
8 l9.
* Aiif any one — no one.
. >
■! I
..A
;l
7 ^-
i-
I
s»
V
V
) n
:s
■ft
f
f
t-
'I?
•S
DEPONENT VERBS.
139
contemplor, 1, look at, observe.
merecr, 2, be u-orthy of, deserve.
cursus, -us, M. [curro, run'], run- per, prep. w. ace, through, by.
mng, course.
polliceor, 2, promise.
Dareus, -i, m., Darius, Persian pulehritudo, -iuis,F. [puleher],
king.
beauty.
rxoinlnor, 1 [dominus], be a lord stella, -ao, f., .s^
and master, rule.
faciiius, -oris, n. [facio], deed,
crime. Qi. scelus.
ar.
tucor, 2, tuitus and tutus, watch,
defend. Cf. defendo.
vagor, 1, go to and fro, wander.
Gernianus, -a, -uni, adj., German. vasto, 1, lay ivaste, ravage.
iinitor, 1, imitate. vereor, 2, reverence, respect.
magnitudo, -inis, f. [inaguus],
greatness.
sidus (286), a star, a great star, a constellation.
Stella, a star as a bright heavenly body.
\^i:U^(>x4
aAy
302.
2.
COLLOQUIUM.
Patek kt Filiolus.
p. Ades, ml flliole, ot niilii libcllum ostontfi.
come here little book bIiow
F. Eccum, care pater, si libellum Latlnum viderc cupls.
hero it ia wLh
P. Quod pcr.3um tibi hodie imperavit i)raeceptor?
impose
F, Peusum verborum dcponentium quae ad conjugatioucm
deponent
prlmam atque secundam pertinent.
belong
P. Quam ob rem sic appellantur ista verba?
wherefore uamo
F. Quia formam actlvani et sT<^nificati6nem passivani
form incaninii;
pleruir^'ue deposuerunt. Sic nos praeeept(M' docuit.
generally lay aside
P. Quod autem peusum in craatinum diem imperavit
_ for tomorrow
praeceptor r
F. Ad baec addidit praeceptor alia deponentia. At tu,
add but
ml pater, Latlnac liuguae jam puer studebas?
H
'i\
\-A
..5
m
11.1
a.^;iS«ar,/ui,iT-
ttitm
1
140
DEPONENT VEKBS.
P. Certe, filiole, idqne vehementer.
riglil hard
F. Num ego, si dlligenter didicero, orndTtiis, nt tu, flam?
learn learned uh become
P. Procul dubio. At jam tibi eundum est dormitum.
you must go to bed
-»oJ*J<«>-
CHAPTER XL VI. 1.
DEPONENT VERBS.
Third and Fouiitit Conjugations.
"V
. I
303. Examine the foUoivinrj : —
1. Utor vestr5 benlgnitate, / avail n7?/scIfof(^H^c) i/nur lindnes^s.
2. Abutitvir patientia nostra, he ahuscs our paderice.
3. Lux qua fruimur a Deo nobis datur, the lujht which we
enjoy is (jiven us Juj God.
4. Fungor vice cotis, / i<crve as (jlischarge the office of) a whet-
stone.
5. Magna praeda potitus est, he f/nf great booty,
G. Lacte et carne vescebantur, they lived upon milk and Jlesh.<
Compare tlie translation of the examples with the Latin. Ob-
serve that the direct object of the verb, or of the preposition closely
connected with the verb in English, is represented in Latin by the
ablative case.
\
304. Rule of Syntax. — The doponcnts utor,
fruor, fungor, jmUor^ vescor, and their coiupound.s,
take the abhitive.
.305. Examine the following : —
L Meminit praeteritorum, 7(6 rr wc7H7(r';'.<f /7/^ ;5a,s7.
2. Haec 51ini meminisBe juvSbit, to remember these things will
one day give pleasure.
\'
DKPONENT VERBS.
141
we
3. Totam causam oblTtus est, he forgot the whole case.
4. Totius causae oblitus est, he forgot the whole case.
Observe that in the above examples the genitive is used in 1
and 4, the accusative iu 2 and 3.
.300. Rule of Syntax. — Verbs of rememhering
jind forgetting tjikc the genitive or accusative.
1. Neuter ])roiiouns and adjectives are commonly put in the
accusative. Recorder regularly takes the accusative.
307. Ileview the jxassive indicative, imperative, and infinitive
of rego and audio. (180, 223).
308. EXERCISE"
I. 1. Srdla iirbem IvOmuin armatus' ingressiis est. 2. Athe-
niensiiim dux infixiinain ack'ptus est gluriam. 3. Alexander
Magnus iu Asiam profectiis est. 4. Emu mult! et uobiles
virl secuti sunt. 5; (^uas injuriiis passus es obllviseere.'
,[y'Q). Beueficia quae accepluius uOn obllvisceniur. 7. Quod
beneticiuui aceC'[)il44r<^'*li^'i^^'^'^^^ ^* Omnia patP diseimns.
0. ("icero maixnii euni oloria consulatu functus est. 10. Lux
qua fruimur donum est Dei.
II. 1. Alexander and his companions entered Asia.
2. Thev suffered both* hunger and thirst. 3. He obtained
great glory by his victories. 4. He did uot forget the words
• of his master. 5. For he had been the pupil of a wise man.
G. The soldi'jrs folU)w their general. 7. Thev* are bad
men who forget benefits. 8. AVe can learn to endure all
things. 9. AVho does not enjoy the light which is given
us by God? 10. The boys faithfully discharged their duty.
rill
1"
309.
2.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. Caesar, romi)ejus, Crassus, imperium inter se partltl
sunt. 2. Caesar Galliani provinciam sortltus est. 3. Sae-
^ Armed, 2 i,Yiperative. « i>i.t,gent infinitive of patior.
4 Kt. ^ II. See 270. 2.
i-.- /
-'■I, i|
• ■ ■•- 1 1
til
142
•DEPONtNT VERBS.
[
i^^
"t--
pissime belli fortunam expertus est. 4. Posteii tota Italia
potitus est. 5. Patres bona sua cun liberis partiuntur.
G. Multa in Italia beila orta sunt. 7. , rons, oeuli, vultus,
saepe mentiuntur. 8. Qui post mortem Alexanclii regno
illius potiti sunt ? 9. Optime scimus quod expert! sumus.
II. 1. Soldiers often try the fortune of war. 2. The
leaders had divided among themselves the property^ of the
enemy. 3. The Rhone rises not far from the sources of
the Rhine. 4. The Rhine, which rises in the Alps, flows
into the ocean. 5. The best friends slmre perils with friends.
G. Who possessed the kingdom after Alexander ? 7. We
will make trial of our valor. 8. They got possession of the
camp of the enemy. 9. Who gets by lot Sicily (as) his
province ? ^
310.
VOCABULARY.
adlplscor, 3, adeptus, get, obtain.
Cf. potior.
castra, -oium, n. (pi.), camp.
Crassus, -I, m., Crassus, a rich
Roman, contemporary of Caesar.
ex-perior, 4, expertus, make trial
of, test.
frous, frontlS) f., brow, forehead.
frnor, S, fruitus apd fructus,
enjoy.
fUngor, 3, fSnctus, perform, dis-
charge.
imperium, -i, n. [Impero], com-
mand, authority, power.
in-gredlor, 3,gressu8 [gradlor],
enter.
mentlor) 4, lie, deceive,
obliviscor, 3, oblitusy forget.
oceanus, -i, m., ocean,
ofncium, -i, N., duty.
optime, adv., most excellently, best.
orior,^ 4, ortus, rise, appear, begin.
partior, 4 [pars], divide, share.
patior, 8, passus, bear, suffer.
Pompejus, -ei, m., Pompey, a
celebrated Roman general.
postea, adv., ajlerwards.
potior, 4, become master of, get,
Cf. ndipiscor. [warcA.
proficiscory 3, -fectus, set out,
provincia, -ae, r., province,
regnum, -i, v., kingdom.
scquor, 3, secntus, follow,
sortior, 4, draw lots, obtain fiy lot.
Snlla, -ae, m., Sulla, a Roman
general and statesman.
1 Compare I. 6. * Predicate accusative. * See vocab. p. 247.
\
/
./
/
f-
;
*
i:'V.,
'1:1
NUMERALS.
143
a
I
311.
CHAPTER XLVII. 1.
NUMERALS.
CARDINALS.
ORDINALS.
1.
unus, -a, -uiu
primus, -a, -uni
2.
duo, diiae, duo
secundus (or alter)
3.
tres, tria
tertius
4.
quattuor
quartus
5.
quiuque
quintus
G.
sex
sextus
7.
septeiu
Septimus
8.
octo
octavus
9.
iiovem
nonus
10.
decern
decimus
11.
undecim
undecimus
12.
duodecim
duodecimus
13.
tredecim
tertius decimus
14.
quattuordecim
quartus decimus
15.
quliideciiii
quintus decimus
16.
sedecim, 07' sexdecim
sextus decimus
17.
septendeciin
Septimus decimus
18.
duodeviginti ^
duodevicesimus
19.
undeviginti ^
iindevicesimus
20.
viginti
vicesimus — '
21.
<■ viginti unus, or
X unus et viginti
< vicesimus primus,, or
\ unus et vicesinuis
00
(■ viginti duo, or
( duo et viginti
' ■ vicesimus secundus, or
1 alter et vicesimus
«W4^«
28.
■ duodetrigintu 1
duodetricesimus
29.
lindetriginta *
iindetricesimus
30.
triginta
tricesimus
40.
quadraginta
quadragesimus
50.
quinquaginta
quinquagesinms
■m.
sexaginta
sexagesinms
70.
septuaginta
septuagesimus
^ Duodeviginti — two from twenty ; undeviginti = unus de vig^ntl^
one from twenty. Similarly are formed 2b, 29, 38, 39, etc.
'' I
^;i
'M M I
If I
1 ^'
i
f
144
NUMERALS.
/
CARDINALS.
80. octogiiitu
90. nonaginla
loo. centum
<■ centum unus, or
101.
200.
300.
400.
500.
600.
700.
800.
900.
1,000.
2,000.
100,000.
(centum et unus
ducentl, -ae, -a
trecenti
quadringenti
quingenti
sescenti
septingenti
octingenti
nongenti
mille
duo milia
centum milia
ORDINALS.
octogesimus
nonagesimus
centesimus
( centesimus primus, or
\ centesimus et prinms
ducentesinms
trecentesimus
quadringentesimus
qulngentesimus
sescentesimus
septingentesinms
octingentesinms
nongentesimus
millesimus
bis millesimus
centies millesimus
1. Cardinal numbers answer the question how manyl Ordinals,
vohich in order? *
2. The cardinals from quattuor to centum, inclusive, are in-
declinable : quattuor homines, four men ; quattuor hominum,
of four men.
3. UnuB is declined like bonus, except that it has genitive and
dative singular unius, unl, like alius (201).
4. Duo and tres are thus declined :
MASC.
FEM.
NEUT.
M. & F.
NEUT.
N.
duo
duae
duo
trSs
tria
G.
duorum
duarum
duorum
trium
trium
D.
duobus
dutbus
duobus
tribus
tribus
Ac.
duos, duo
du^s
duo
trgs
tria
Ab.
duobus
duabus
duobus
tribus
tribus
5. The hundreds, ducentl, etc., are declined like the plural of
bonus.
6. Mnie is indeclinable in the singular, and is sometimes an
adjective and sometimes a noun : miUe hominSs, a tliousand men ,
mllle hominum, a thousand (of) men. The plural has the forms
milia, milium, mllibus, and is always a noun: tria milia
hominum, three thousand men (three thousands of men).
a
\
nals,
e i Il-
ium,
and
l1 of
5 an
ten ,
rms
lUa
NUMERALS.
145
il
7. The ordinals are declined like bonus.
8. Other kinds of numerals are the distributive^^ : singuli, -ae, -a,
one each, bini, -ae, -a, two each, etc.; and the numeral adverbs:
semel, once, bis, twice, etc.
r 312. Examine the following : —
1. Decern annos Troja oppugnabatur, Troy was besieged for
ten years.
2. Turris alta est centum pedes, the tower is a hundred feet high.
The accusative annos donot<'S duration or extent of time,
pedes, extent of space. The accusative, then, is used to answer
the question how lon(jf or how fir? (in ti)ne or space), and may be
called the Accusative of Extent.
313. Rule of Syntax. — Extent of time ov space
is expressed by the aceiisative.
/.:'
"i
• 2,
314. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Homo finiim Os, diu'is mires, duos oculos luibet.
2. Alexamler IMfigiuis trcdecini imnos regnfivlt. 3. Teniplum
Dianae quadriugentos quiiiquagiuta pedes longum et ducen-
tos vTgintT pedes latum erat. 4. Annus spatium treecuturum
sexaginta quTnque dieruni est. 5. Duodecim sunt niLMises.,\L^
G. Mcnsis tilgiuta dies haliet, Februarius duodetriginta.
7. Dies vTginti quattuor boras habet. 8. Konianorum vete-
rum annus decern menses babebat ; Martius erat primus,
December decimus. 0. Aut tertius deeimus aut quTntus
decimus dies mensis Idus nominabatur,
II. 1. Romulus, the first king of Rome, reigned thirty-
seven years. 2. This house is fifty-nine^ feet long and
forty-eight feet wide. 3. Tiie river is fourteen feet deep and
ninetj'-two feet wide. 4. With^ the ancient Romans Septem-
ber was the seventh month ; with us September is the ninth
month. 5. The Roman consuls held power for one year.
!<1
: i I
in
>n
' See p. 143, note.
2 Apud) with accusative.
■M
r
ii^
• I'
I
r
146
IRREGULAlt VERBS : Volo, Nolo, Malo.
6. In the five liuiidrecl and fiftieth year of the city Scipio
was consul. 7. Five and twenty languages were known to
King Mithridatcs. 8. In the first month of the year there
are tbirty-one days. 0. A Roman legion liad five thousand
foot-soldiers and three hundred horse-soldiers.
annus, -i, m., year.
aiiriH, -is, v., car.
Oeccinber, -bris^ ."m. [deccin],
December. Often as adj.
Diana, -ao, v., Diana, goihk'ss of
the cliase. [as adj.
KehruJii'lus, -!, m., Fehnianj. ( )ft.
Idfis, -iiiiin, I., jdiir., the Idea of
Uie month. (244. 1.)
'A
VOCABULARY.
lingua, -ac, i ., ton(jue, langiiac/e,
.>lartius, -i, m. [Miirs], March.
Often as adj.
IMitliridates, -is, M., Afithridates,
king of I'ontus.
OS, oris, \., iiKiiith, face.
September, -bris, m. [scptcnij,
September. Often as atlj.
Kpatiiiui, -i, N., ruum, sjiace, period.
f ' ^::^0«— »-
.'51 (J.
CHAPTER XLVIII. 1.
IRHiaa;LAll VERBS.
Volo, velle, voliii, -
Nolo, nolle, iioluT, -
Mcilo, m&Ue, m^lui,
-, he irlllhiff, irtll, irish.
-, he unwi/Un;/, tvi/l not.
— , he more w'diuKj^ prefer.
1 uKs. vols
vis
vult
volumiis
vultia
volunt
Impfu. voiebam
FuT. volam
VvMV. volul
I*LUi'. volueram
F. P. voluerO
INDICATIVE.
iidl5
non via
n6n vult
nSlumus
ndn vultis
nolunt
ndl6bam
n51am
nfllul
nSlueram
Ii51uei5
mai5
m&via
niaviilt
m&himus
niclvultia
niSLliint
inSlfibam
mftlam
mftlnl
niAlneiam
maiuerd
4
npio
u to
here
iarnl
\-
uje.
hirch.
iliitcs,
em I,
tiiud.
*.
.
*\
I II REGULAR VERBS: Volo, Nolo, I>lair).
<
SUBJUNCTIVE.
ruEs.
velim
nolim
malim
veils
nolis
malls
velit
nolit
malit
velimus
nolimus
mallmua
velitis
nolitis
malltis
velint
nolint
m^lint
Tmi'i:!:.
vellem
nolleni
mallem
velles
nollSs
malles
vellet
nollet
mallet
vellemiis
nollemus
mailgmus
vellStis
nollgtia
malletis
vellent
noUent
mSUent
VvAiV
voliierim
nohierim
mSluerim
Vlvv.
voluissem
noluissem
IMPERATIVE.
mSluissem
PUKS.
( Wdiitltif/)
noli
nSlite
( Wfiiifitif/)
FUT.
( Wantiufj)
"nolito, etc.]
INFINITIVE.
( M'dtitmij')
Pkks.
velle
nolle
maile
Pkuk.
voluisse
noluisBC
mftluisBc
riiKS. volSns
PARTICIPLE.
nolSna
( Wnnlhuf)
147
t{l 7. l-i'.ini llic lenses of tli(^ iiidiraHve ,'ui<l infinitive of srol6,
ndid, iind mftlo, aiicl the present imperative of n515.
V 2.
318. EXERCISES.
I. 1. NoH H('rll)ere vohitmiM, tfi vTh lejroro, ille pnor lOdoro
vult. 2. C'fir ill horto amhuh'iro volunt? 3. Tn horto ambn-
lilro rnjllunt qnod ibl piint fontes ot ar})on'H. i. Voir-ltnutno
vitiu sua cxcfisftre? T), Noll cxcuHuro vitui tua. C. Nulltc
. M
■■ '
' "'I
■ 1 1
--%
I
— -««■
■•^ •Jw :iipy w_B ii |g j ! ** i ' 9 *<am
m
148
IRllEGULAli VERBS : VoK . Nolo, Malo.
I
Jt V'l
'\\
obliviscl pnieceptorum * parentuu. 7. TImoleou mfiluit
diligl quum nietui. iS. Viilere maluciut quaiii dives esse.
9. Alieiia (luisqiie vitia repiehendeie mavult quam sua cor-
rigere. 10. Voluiiius ad tmeui itiueris piugredl.
■^
11. 1. Why woulcj you rather read than write? 2. We
would rather walk iu tlio fields with you. ;3. ^Vho would
not rather be praised than blamed ? 4 . They will be un-
wiUiug to aecept your gift. 5. Do not lorget,- boys, the
preeepts of your teacher. G. Do not forget, uiy boy, the
lesson which I have exphaned. 7. lie listened because he
wished to learn. 8. lie would not'* blame another's fault ;
he greatly desired to correct his own. *J. We wish tlie same
(things) as* you. 10. Our friends will wish the same
(thing) us ourselves.
VOCABULARY.
319.
allcnus, -a, -um, adj. [alius],
lnloit<j'm<j to anotlicr, atiot/mr's.
ninbulO, 1, tvallc, take a iralk.
corriyjo, (J, -rexi, -rectum [com,
rcgo, keep sttaUjhl\, make stru'ujht,
reform, correct.
dillgo, o, -lexi, -lectum [dis,
■* apart, I'Cgo, choose], esteem, lore.
Cf, arno.
ox-cuso, 1 [causa], excuse^
ex-pll<'o, 1, -jivi, iitum, ami -ul,
-Itum [pllco], unfold, <x plain,
tbi, adv., there. Cf. iibl, where.
iter, Itliierls, n. [eo, 327. 1],
Journei/, (202)
liido, ;}, lusi, lilBum, pfn;/.
nifi15, milllo, inillul, [mn-
gls, volo], icish rather, prefer,
would ratl{er.
maxime, adv. (sup. of magls,
mor(), most, ispeclalh/, i/r((ttlij.
met uu, '>\, -ui, iituui [mctusj,
fear. Cf. timco.
nolo, nolle, n«>lui, [uon, vo-
lo], be iinu'dlinfj, wiU nut, not wish.
praeceptuiuy -i, n. [pracclplo),
v\nrim, precept.
progrctlior, JJ, -grcssus jgradi-
or], '/<* fiinntrd, tiihance,
quod, conj., because. Cf quia.
rcprohcndd, '<\, di, iiLnsuni,
hold back, restrain, reprove.
Timoloon, -ontln, m., Timolcon, a
Corintliian*
valoo, 2, -ui, -Itum, be strmrj or welt.
vltium, -i, ^., fault, blemish, vice.
volo, vcllc, volul, , be willing/,
will, wish, desire. Cf. d«j«ldcr0.
* From praeceptum.
'" Cf. I. 0.
• Was unwilling.
4 Sec p. 128, note 6.
Iq ^ Ot-f ^«^'**^
• •
)
'//.
1
I
0- »
;
lUUECJULAii VEiins: Fero.
149
amo, love, not inii)lyinj; and not excluding esUcm ; the eonnnon word.
(lili^o, liive unselfishly and with esteem; more restricted in mean-
ing than ainu.
volo means Iioth less and more than icisli, namely, consent and rriU ;
very mucli used.
desidero means ivish (irdcnili/, with the notion (which volCi has
not) of lackinij or missint/ the thing nmch desired ; more restricted
in meaning than voio.
4
3.
320. FOR TRANSLATION.
MullI lioininGs voliiiit ({iiidiMii recte fiicere, scd iion fjiciiint ;
nam velle ot fjioere nOii idem est. Saepe liomo recte agere
villi, sed vTreH desimt. jMuUT peceata sua exefisare qiiam
deponere mfdunt. Saei)e alii'iia peeeata vitiiju'iare (iuam
nostra eorri^crc mfdumus. i\IuUi sua s orte iion sunt con-
teiitl, sed alieiia appetere mfdunt. At cur nun folIcitiT vTvere
pu'ivls? Felix is est (pii recte agere vult recteque ag't.
-<>"j'.»*ii>^
CHAPTER XLIX. 1.
;J2I. TIIK IHHKCUILAU VKUH Fero.
Fero, fene, tull, latum : hcdr, carri/, cndnre.
INDICATIVE.
ACTIVi:.
TitEs. fer6 ferimiia
fera fertis
fert f erunt
Imi'Kk.
Fit.
Pkuf.
I'l.t p.
F. W
I'UKH.
Imi'kh.
rKUK.
Plup
fei5bam
feinm
tull
tuleram
tuleiO
feiam
fen em
tuleiim
tulissem
SUBJUNCTIVE.
I'ASSIVK.
feror ferimur
ferris, <n- -re feriminl
feitur feruntui
fpr§bar
ferar
lAtus Hum
IfttUB cram
lAtua er5
ferar
ferrer
IfttUB aim
lAtua caaeni
ri:
■J
1 .
ill
HWiiiiJIHn
150
IRREGULAR VERBS: Feru.
IMPERATIVE.
ACTIVE. I»ASSIVE.
Pres.
feri
terte [ferre] feriminf
Fur.
feito fertote fertor
ferto ferunto fertor feruntor
INFINITIVE.
Pres.
ferre ferri
Peuf.
tulisse latus esse
FuT.
laturus esse latum irf
PARTICIPLES.
Pkks.
Fur.
fAfOTlQ -
laturus (ii:u. ferendus
G.
GERUND.
ferendi
1).
fereudo
Ac.
ferendum
Ab.
fereiido
Ac.
SUPINE,
latum Ab. latll
imi
[)22. Coinpouiuls of fero arc conjugatnd like the f?imple verl>.
Observo tho changes suH'cred by certain of tho propositions iu the
i'oliovviiig;
auferS, auferre, abstulT, ablSitum. v tkMjr^'
adfero, adferre, attulT, allJltum (adl). \
com- confero, conferre, contull, coUSltum (conl). c^.U. 'V^.
dia- differ5, diffcrre, distull, dil^tum. . ,
effero, eff erre. extull, 6iatum. ' ^f- CvV 'y^^ •
Infers, Inferre, intull, illfttum (iul). t^^x^J^^'^
offers, offerre, obtuir, oblfltum. ^^^W*^*^'
ab<
ad-
ex-
in-
ob-
Bub- suffers, Buf. erre, Bustull, subiatum. -A/'^^CS4>v^y'^«
823. Loarn tho tfMiscs of the; indicative, the iinjM*rative, and
the present and perfect inlinitive, active und pa.sHive, of ferS.
/-■
1 For feri»; dieo, ilfiro, fucio, ferS, have iinperativt! present
aevund bingulur die, due, lue, icr.
/
IRREGULAll VEKIJS : Fcrci.
161
324.
EXERC^ISES.
revh.
I the
n-
t ,
A.
, and
'
./
euent
.1
t
i
r
I. 1. Aiifert, aufcrtur. 2. Aiiferet, nuferetnr. 3. A])S-
tulit, ablfiius e^t. 4. Conferre, cOnfeiii. 5. Coiiferunt,
cOn'fcriintur. G. Cunfeient, conforentuv. 7. ConUilt'iiint^
coUat! erant. 8. DistiilLTiint., dllatl suut. 9. Distiilerit,
dilatus erit. 10. Distulisse, dilatus esse. 11. Differubaut,
difTerebantur. .
II. I. Wo bear, we are borne. 2. We were bearing, we
were borne. .S. We have l)orne, we hav(; been borne.
1. We shall bear, wc shall be borne. 5. We liad borne,
we had been borne. C. Bear thon, bear ye. 7. To offer,
to be offered. 8. Ye shall offer, ye shall be offered. 1). To
have offered, to have ])een offered* 10. Ye offer, ye will
oiler, 11. Ye are offered, ye will be olJered*
X
325.
2.
EXERCISES.
I. 1. Ferte patienter' labores. 2. Rone ferro mfipinam
fortunam disco. 3. Ferte patienter jlnnac" injUarl non
posHunt.) 4., Non oninis agerquT serituii fert fruges. .). IJ(^
nlgnuHi rep;em non tulistis ; Jam ferinn et barb!irmn fertote.
G. Nollte differre pensuni quod iiodie facerc potestis. 7. Im-
I)crator mllitibus delV'ssis nuxiliiiin attulit. 8. In uninn loeimi
collatum est ex norls oinne frrnnentuni. 1). Loiiira' nobis
est onmis niorjii Iquae ^audia differt. 10. Caesar onmibua
qnl contra se arnia tulerant vcniani deilit, .** -
II. 1. Thev bore labor with patience. 2. Thev did not
endure a good kini.':; now they are endnrin<]j a bad one.*
3. Wo cannot put off our tasks. 4. We sliall learn to l)car
our £jood fortune well. 5. Tliey bore with patience that*
whieli tliev could not chanjjfe. (5. Tlie robbers bore ofl' tho
1 Wlint niiu'lit lie suhstittittMl for tin- ndvi-rl) ? Sec 144, 145.
a y«jc J), lau, uutu a. 8 Tedious, * Umit. i^ Id.
.a.* HI
' ft I
■Tt
*f
I /
/
52
IRREGULAR VERBS I Eo, FlO.
ii r^
4ii
i
f
r i
booty which they had seized. 7. Do not^ ])rinf!r me that
which I do not want. 8. Delays whicli postpone our joy are
always tedious. 9. The townsmen carried their all^ with
them out of tlie town.
326.
VOCABULARY.
ad-fero (afForO), adfcrro, at-
tuli, adlsitiiiii, Ixai to, br'nvj.
aii-fero, aulerre, abstuli, abltl-
tuiu [iil>(s)J, huir oJj\ carrtj
aicay.
auxiliuin, -i, n"., help, auL
barbarus, -a, -um, ad]., foreign,
Ixirharons.
bcnigiius,-a, -urn, adj., hind, good.
cou-lero, conferre, oontiili,
culliltum (coiilatum), bring
together, collect ; se coiiferre, be-
take one's self.
dif fero, dinrcrro, dlstuli, dila-
tiiin [dis, (tjKirl], bear apart,
scatter, /nit off, postpone.
cf-fero, eirorre, extuli, clatuia
[ex], bear out, bring forth.
\
IXJJ-©:JOO
327.
CHAPTER L. 1.
iRRKGULAU VKKIJS.
f«ri!S, -a, -iim, adj., irild, cruel.
friiges, -um, r., lAnr., fruits.
gaiidiiiin, -i, n. [gaudcu, re-
joice], jog, delight.
in-fcro, inferre, iutuli, illiitiim
(inlatiiin),icarin,ca«se;bclluin
iufcrrc, to make war, w. dat.
jam, adv., alrcadg, now, at last.
mora, -ao, f., dcJag.
of-fero, olTerrc, obtuli, oblatum
[ob, Ixfore], present, ofer.
patienter, adv. [patiens], pa-
tientlg, with patience.
soro, .3, sevi, satuin, sow, plant.
suf-fero, suflForre, siistiili, sub-
latiilii [sub I, umUrgu, endure.
veuia, -ac, r., indulgence, kind-
nesSf mcrctj.
I
E6, Ire, IT flvl], Itum, go.
Flo, fterl, factuB sum (supj)lie.s pass, to faclo), be made, become.
INDICATIVE.
E6. FI6.
PuKS. e5 Imu9 fio fTmus
1.3 ifis fis fltis
it eunt fit flunt
CompttTu J. 0.
^ 'fhtir all, uuiulu sua.
N
f.
1
I
I
IRREGULAR VERBS; Eo, Flo.
153
re-
i
\
Eo.
Flo.
Imper.
lb am
fiebam
FuT.
ibo
flam
Perf.
ii
factiis sum
Plup.
ieram
factus eram
F. P.
iero
factus ero
Pres.
earn
SUBJUNCTIVE.
flam
Imper.
irem
fierem
Perf.
ierim
factus sim
Plup.
iissem
IMPERATIVE.
factus essem
Pres. T
Ite
fX
fite
FUT. ito
Itote
its
eunto
Pres.
Ire
INFINITIVE.
fieri
Perf.
iisse
facfcus esse
FUT.
ittlrus esse
factum iri
PARTICIPLES.
Pres.
FUT.
i6ns, Gen.
iturus
euntis
G
KR.
faciendus
Pi.' I. I.
. factus
G.
eundl
1 \
GERUND.
D.
eundo
if
Ac.
eundum
-
' '4 ^y :s jO
Al).
eund5
SUPINE.
Ac.
itum Al
). ita
1. The root of eo, iiaincly /', is chanj^ed to c boforo a vowel,
except in perf. plup. and fut. ptM-f., and in nom. sintf. of pres. part.
2. Compounds of e5 generally form the perfect in il instead
of lyl. The simph? verb rarely, if ever, has iri, ircnim, etc.
3. The I of fI5 is long except when followed by er, and in fit.
328. Learn the tenses of the indicative, the imperative, and
the present and perfect iiiiiuitivu of e5 and fid. i
-tG ^Z-
\M
i /*'
f^^*"*""
'^^ ^-twct'-^v v'.'-a-<3 ^tC y-y^-^^u -*>...ijA'/~ T;<t^-i-«.w
164 IRREGULAR VERBS: Eo, Fio.
^i\
329. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Nollte vello id quod fieri nOn potest. 2. AniTcT
Alexandrl reges fact! sunt. 3. Nemo nascitur sapiens, nemo
cusu lit bonus. 4. Leve fiebat onus, quod bene ferebatur.
4ifi--*fJ. Apud veteres Ilonuinos ex agiicolis flebant consules.
G. Omnes fere ^ homines senectutc fiuut prudentiores.
7. Quidam amnes subeunt terram rursusque in terram rect-
eunt. 8. Alpes nemo jure ITannibalem eum exercitfi trans-
iit.X 9. Miltiades 'i.i "nsulam expugnare non potuit ot in
l)atnam rediit. 10. Popi.lns solet non nunquam- dignos
praeterire. / /
II. 1. That has been done which you wished. 2. My
friend b, you become wiser bv old a";e. 8. Men never be-
come good by chance. 4. Who will cross the river with me.''^
T). The generals crossed the mountains wnth a large part^
of their forces. 6. Licjht become the burdens that are
jiationtly borne. 7. Our friends have gone away, but they
will return. 8. The people passed by many worthy men.
{}. The inhabitants of the cit}' went out with their horses
and wagons. 10. The genernls return to'' tlieir countrv with
prisoners and booty. 11. Do not** cross the very deep river.
<;--"
330.
2.
EXERCISES.
>jHiSU>s -' r> »..
I. 1. Sopties Marius, qui Cimbros ct Teutones duobus
JicerrimTs i)roeliTs vTcit, consul factus est, 2. Socrates aequo
animo diem supremum obiit, 3. AriovistT copiae intra
annos quattuordecim tectum non sul)iernnt. 4. Autumno
multae aves in alias terras proficiscuntur, at vere novo
^ Fore !s often tluis placed he-
tweon an adjective and its noun.
'■^ Nou nunquaui, not never —
sovietivies.
» See 205. 3.
< See p. 21, note 1.
* To =r Into.
*'■ biet; 318. 1- and G.
>
f
r
•tf^'
. -M/, Vi'
•
\
^
\
Tci
1
no
'
11*
\
\ ^
I
\
J
4 .-
ccy^^
o^-
JULAR VERBS ; Eo, Fio. 155
C0- ■
IRREGULAR VERBS; Eo, Fio.
O^yttto
redeuut. 5. Abeiiut omuiii uude ortti sunt, 6. Alexander
eousilio^ fortitudineque omnes iiuteibat -, oranes hibores
subibat.
II. 1, \\\ winter" the days become shorter and the nights
longer. 2. After the battle many [)erished of cold'' and
hunger. 3. Cicero was made consul^ bv the Konians.
4. By tlie prudence {cdnsiUani) and valor of Scipio, Hanni-
bal was com})elled to return into Africa, a. AVe ought to
meet our last day with equanimity.^ G. Alexander came off
victorious* from all his battles.
;}3i.
^^
VOCABULARY-
.'^^
t-^^
ub-co, -ire, -ii, -ituiii, (jo ojj', come
oj;<juaivai/. (;527. 2.)
aeqiiiis, -si, -um, adj., lecel, equal;
culm.
aiite-eo, -ire, -ii, , (jo Ixfure,
surpdss.
tipiid, prep, with :vcc., in'th, in,
near, ainoHij.
Ariovistus, -i, m., Ariovistus, king
of a German tribe.
iiutuinuus, -i, M., autumn.
t'ogo, I], -cgi, -Jictuiu [com,
uh;oJ, drive tu(jether ; vomjxl.
oopia, -ae, i'., potm', abitiidancv,
wealth; plur. trooiis, Jbrce3.
debeo, 2, -iii, -itiiiti, otce, outjht.
ex-eo, -ire, -ii, -itiiiii, 70 out,
fere, adv., ne.arltj,for the must part.
infra, i)rep. with ace, within.
Mariiis, -i, m., Afarius, a famous
Roman j-eneral.
utiHcor, .'5, untiiH, hf. born.
ttr- ^
ob-eo, -ire, -ii, -ituin, yo towards,
meet.
Parus, -i, 1'., Paros, an ishind in
the 'gean Sea. (11. 1.)
per-eo, -ire, -ii, , jurish.
praeter-eo, -ire, -ii, -itiiiii, ijo hi/,
pass 1)1/, omit.
red-eo, -ire, -ii, -ituin, rctui-n.
refero, -ferre, -tuli, -latiiiii,
carry baek.
rHrsiis, adv. [re-vorsus, rc-
verto], turned back, bach, aijain.
septles, num. adv. [ }epteniJ,«ej;<;H
times.
siib-eo, -ire, -ii, -itum, ijo under,
( nter, undenjo.
teetiiiii, -i, N. ItegO, <(wcr], cover-
ing, shelter, roof.
Teutoue.s, -uni, m., the Teutons, a
German tribe.
Irans-eo, -ire, -Ii, -itum, <jo over,
cross.
/ ^'
f
V.
y^
, } See 200.
^ Compare
3 Ablative.
1.4.
< Compare I. 1 ; also 47.
*» Compare I. 2.
*^ Victor.
Jj
r
tV;
A \
' i.
4;
156
PREPOSITIONS.
3.
332. COLLOQUIUM.
TiTYIlUS ET MkLIBOEUS.
T. Aliquis jfinuiiin pulsut. 1, piUT, aperi juniiam.
door knock open
\_Melihoeus trlstl vultu 2^cifisihus tardls introit.']
Btepa Blow enter
Salve, amice, diu me non adlstl. Cur iste vultus trlstis?
liow do you do
M. Elieu ! ml Tltyrc, abeo e mefi patria.
T. Cur abis ? Quo abibis? Noll relinquere haec arva
dulcia. ■ '^'''^« ^i*-'''^^
j\r. Quid tibi vis? IMeos agros militibus impiis donavit
what would you liavo mo ilo wicked has given
Octfiviauu.s. jNlagua pars gregum iuteriit. Ipse peril.
am undone
T. iNIinime, amicc ; adi ad Octavianum ; ille est beniguus,
neque vult te perlre. Tu agros recipies.
M. Parvac spes milii suut redeundl ; tamen ibo, ut tu
moiies ; Oetaviano ad petles me proiciaui.
T. Et redlbis in agros tuos ; redibit pax aurea. Vale, mi
Meliboce, es bono animo.
keep up your courage
M. Et tu vale, bone TItyre.
-0-0*:*>4CK>-
CHAPTER LI. 1.
Prepositions.
333. Thus far sovoral prepositions have been used in the exe^
cises, some followed by the accusative and some by the ablative.
These are tiie only cases in Latin that follow prepositions.
Prkpositions followed hy tue Ablative.
5 (ab, abs), awai/ frmn, hy. e (ex), nut of, from.
absque, vithout.
corctni, in presence of.
cum, with.
dS, from, concerning.
prae, before, in comparison %dth,
pro, before, for.
sine, without.
teuuB, as far as, up to.
\
M;
EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE.
157
1. In, meaning into, to, towards, for, that is after verbs denoting
motion, takes the accusative.
2. Jn, meaning in, on, at, that is after verbs denoting rest, takes
the ablative. See 334.
3. Sub, under, up to, after verbs of motion, takes tlie accusative;
after verbs of rest, the ablative.
4. Remember that all prepositions except the ten mentioned,
and in and sub, are followed by the accusative only.
Expressions of Place.
334. Examine the followiixj: — '
1. In oppido, in the town.
2. In navl, on shipboard.
3. Ad montem, to the mountain.
4. Ex agrls, from the f elds.
5. In Italia, in Italy.
6. In Italiam, to Italy.
7. Ex Italia, from Italy.
8. Athgnis, at (in) Athens.
\). Coriuthi, at {in) Corinth.
10. Thuriis, at (/«) Thurii.
11. CarthaginI, at (in ) Carthage.
12. Romae, at (in) Rome.
13. Romam, to Rome.
14. Roma, from Rome.
Observe the ways of denoting the place in, on, at, to, from which.
In English we always ^ use a preposition with the noun of place,
as the examples show. So in Latin (see examples 1-7), except
with names of towns. ^ For these a rule may be inferred from the
examples 8-14*
336. Rule of Syntax. — With names of towns —
1» The place in or at which is expressed by the
locative. (See 14,2; 40; 175.)
2. The place to which, by the accusative without
a preposition.^
3, The place from whicli, by the ablative without
a preposition.^
1 Except in the case of the word
home, after a verb of motion.
^ Names of small islands are
often treated like names of towns.
^ This accusative may be called
the Acousativo of Limit, be-
cause it denotes the limit, or end,
of motion.
< This ablative is the ablative
of separation. (128, 129, 130.)
■I ; .
! 'il
I A
'hi
1
/
.^^««iaw~
I
158
EXPRESSTONR OF l^LACE.
336. Domus, liomr, house, and rus, the counlry, have the con-
struction of names of towns :
domi, at homo..
domum, (/«) home.
domo, from home.
ruri, in the countrt/.
rus, to {info) the country.
rure, from the country.
X .
337.
2.
EXERCISES.
-t
2. Porscna
Ivomfuu ex
■-V/'
I. 1. Consults in stKlem siiam processGrc'
rex Tnfowto cum cxercitu Romam veiiit. .T
agns in urbcni deinigrant. 4. Nova Ivoniac clTsrnitfis crefita
Oct C!>
est, quae dictatura appellata est. T). Tarquinius Cumas se
contulit. G. ISIissi sunt Roma ad Corioklnum oratorChJ de
pace. 7. Is de foio doinuni se recipiebat. 8. Erat quldam
AthenTs qui se sapicutcin })rofitebatur. 9. Regulus in Afri-
can! trajecit. 10. Deinde Roniam missus est, sed mox
Cartliagincm rediit. 11. Roma miss! sunt Carthilgincm
legiltT. 12. RomanT duas clfides in Hispania acceperunt. .\V-'
\-
13. Tunc ScTpio ex Sicilia in Africam profectus est.
14. Hannibal ex an<>:ustiTs evasit.
^^
II. 1. The consul set out from Rome with a large army.
2. "We have removeel from the city into tlie country.
3. Then the general retreated ^ into Campania. 4. I have
lived in Athens three years. ^ 5. Tarquin remained at
Cumte a long time. G. Scipio defeated Hannibal at Zama.
7. Regulus returned from Africa to Rome. 8. Afterwards
he was sent back from Rome to Cartha2;e. 9. Ciesar
carried on war in Gaul eiglit years.'' 10. Cicero was ])orn at
Arpinum. 11. The consul proceeded to Athens with his
army. 12. From Athens he sailed* to Italy. 13. Do you
remain {im/perative) at home ; I will return to the army.
14. Shall you come home eoon? ^
y'
1
C
B
t
^ From procedo, perfect tense.
2 See I. 7, and 239.
^y
8 See .313.
4 See 272. II. 6
t
h
con-
>cna
ex
efita
s se
i de
(lam
Lfri-
mox
ncm
Ullt.
est.
«
,v
'my.
try.
lavc
at
.ma.
ards
esar
11 at
his
you
mv.
</>
EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE.
159
838.
VOCABULARY.
ungiistiac, -arum, i\, plur. [an-
gustus, 7uirrou'], uarruw ])a.ss.
Cf. Eiig. uarruws.
appello, 1, address, call, name.
Arpliiiiitiy -i, N., Arpinum, a town
in Italy.
Atheuae, -siruni, v. plur., Athens.
Carthago, -iiiis, v., Cnrtluuje, a
city in Africa.
CoriolJiuus, -i, m., a surname of
C Marcius, a lioman cons^ul.
Cuiuae, -arum, r. plur., Canuv, a
town in Campania.
(le-migro, 1, emit/rate, remove.
dictjitura, -ae, i\ [dictator],
o/Jlce of dictator, dictatorship.
dignitas, -atis, f. [diguus,
icvrthi/], worth, dirjniti/, ojjire.
e-vado, 3, evasi, evasum, (/o
forth, escape.
.•J39.
iufestus, -a, -uni, adj., Iiostile,
truuhlesouw, dantjerous.
orator, -oris, m. [oro, speah^
plead], orator, ambassador.
Porsena, -ae, m., Porsena, an
Etruscan king.
pro-fiteor, 2, -fessus [fateor],
acknowledje, confuss, declare.
re-mitto, '•], -misi, -missum, send
hack-.
sedes, -is, v. [sedeo, sit], seat,
(d)ode.
Tarquiiiius, -i, m., Tan/itin, a
lioman king.
tra-icio, .'], -jeci, -jcctum f tmns,
jacio], throiv across, pass orer,
cross.
turn, adv., then, at that time.
Zama, -ae, i., Zama, a town in
Africa.
FOR TRANSLATION.
The Battle of Cannae, b.c. 216.
Hannibal in Apuliam pcrvenerat. Adversus cum Roma
profecti sunt duo cousiiles, Aemilius Paullus et Tereutius
VaiTo. TauUo^ cunctatio Fabi^ magis placebat ; Varro
autom, ferox*^ ct teinerarius, acriora sequebatur consilia.
Ambo consules ad viciim, qui Caunae appellabatur, castra
CO >muMlverunt. Ibi delude Varro invito collega'* acieui Tn-
Btruxit '^t sTguum pi'ignae dedit. Hannibal autem ita consti-
tiieral acicm, ut RomanTs'^ et*^ solis radii et ventus ab oriente
1 For the case, see 34.3.
2 Fabiu's Maximus, wliose policy
had been one of prudence, or
rather, of extreme caution.
* Impetuous.
* Ifis colleague unwilUvq =
against the ivishes of his col' jue.
See 412.
^ To the Romans, dative with
advcrsi. *" Both.
in
(
& 1
1
160
ADDITIONAL PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
•
V.
pulvoreni {ulllfins^ adversl cssent." VTctus caesus(iuo est
l^">m^mus cxercitus ; nusquaui grtiviure vulnere aflilcta est
res publica.
[^Coitttnued on p. 177.]
)(
-o-o*,<>;oo-
CHAPTER LIL
ADDTTIONAL riUNCIl^LKS OF SYNTAX.
34-(). Exumine the foUoirlufj : —
1. Alter consulum, one of the cnnsnls.
L*. Uniis mi'litum, one of the soldiers.
1). Quis vestrum? v:ho of youf
4. Nihil novl, nothhuj (of) new.
5. Satis pecuniae, enou(jh ((f) monet/.
C. Unus ex mllitibus, one of the sohlirrs.
7. Minimus ex illls, the youngest of them,
Tlu! first fivi' of tlu; exaiiiplos iilustratf; wliat is called the
Partitive Genitive, tluivvord in the genitive deiiolnig a »r//o/e, and
tlie word which it limits a part of tiiat whole; G and 7 illustrate
aiiollier way of expressing the pa'litivo idea.
;J41. Exam\)ie the folloicing : —
1. Catillna fult ingeni5 malfl, Catiline was (a man) of had
di<ji(>;'iilon.
2. Iccius aumiii^ nSbilitSte fuit, Iccius teas (a man) of the
hii/hesf rank:
3. Puer flSdecim anndrum, a l>oi/ (f sixteen i/ears.
4. Vestis mJIgn'i prctT, a (/ar>iieiit of t/reaf value.
5. Vir aummae virtGtis, a man of the hiyhest courage.
Tlio nhove aro o\niny>les of tho Daacrlptivo Ablative a'ld tlie
Deacriptive Oenitivo. Ohscrvf? lliat in fiu'ii instance the abhi-
tivc or j.',tMiitIvi' is liniitcd hy an adj 'ctive, and that tin* adjective
and nonn togi^thtir denote a (ptaliti/ or characteristic of that whicli*
is described.
1 Present participle of adflO.
* Were an annoyance.
Vi'«
•
ADDITIONAL I'lilNCirLES OF SYNTAX.
161
842. Examine the following :
1. Regi Bervio, / serve the king.
2. Civita.ti piodest, he hencjits the state.
8. Caesari placuit, it jdeased Ca:s<ir.
4. Fratri persuadet, he persuades his brother.
;"). Crede niihi, hellcrc inc.
(I. Legibua civitatia pargbat, (220. T. 2).
7. Intel dum amlcTs iiocet, (272. I. 8).
Observe that the verbs, which in Kiigli.sh liave a direct object,
are followed in Latin by the dative; (the ca.so of the indirect object).
Such verb.s should be carefully noted as they occur in tlie exercises.
They may be sunnned up in the following —
i
84;$. liULK OF Syntax. — Many verbs Nif^iiifyiiip:
t<» jtfrasr or (tisj>Irase^ hruvflt or injure ^ rominand or
ohri/, .sv'/wv, /v.s/.sY, Oclicvi't threaten, persuade, uiiti
the like, take the <hitive.
. i
l^)
4» « f
K.^amine the followiufj :
1. Milgno iisni nostris fuit, it was of great service to our men.
2. Est nuhi curae, // is { Jhr) a a re to inc.
\\. Equitatiim auxilid Caesaii mlaerant, they had sent cavalry
to aid C(rs<tr {/or aid to ('(vsar).
4. Quinquf: coh6it5s caatrls praesidio relinquit, he leaves
Jice cohorts to defend the camp {for defence to the camp).
Observe in each of (he abovii sentences two datives, one trans-
lated (lilf Tidly) with for, the other with to. in 1 and 2, QbuI and
cQrae arc like the itredicate nominative, which is often us m1 where
Me mi<4ht expect this dative; in !l and I. auxilid and praesidid
denote a purpose. Thi.s dative for which is sometimes called tlie
Dative of Eervice. The two toguthci" arc sometimes culled the
Double Dative.
Ob.serve ii, stances of the forej^oing constructions us tliejl occur
in tlio eKercises and readiuLT Icssoiis.
\i
162
DERIVATION.
.. m
n
'. fi
U
CHAPTER LIII.
DERIVATION.
(145. Some derivations have been indicated in the vocabu-
laries \>y separating the parts of compound words, and, beginning
with 221, by putting words in i)rackets. The bracketed words,
however, are not to be understood as the primitives or origi-
nals of the words against which they stand, as is customarily
the car.e in lexicons and special vocabidaries, but that they are
connected with them in formation from a common root or stem. The
habit of observing such relationships is the important thing. Tiie
following list is selected from previous vocabularies for further
study of the subject : —
1. amo, love, amicus, lovhuj, frlcndln ; amlcitia, friendship ; in-
imlcus (f(»r in-amicus), unfrii ndly, hostile.
'J. a^er, field, land, soil' agri-cola (colo, cultivate), one who cultivates
the soil, farmer ; agri-cultura, cultivation of the soil, affriculture.
Colo also means divcll, hence incola, inhabitant. Moaning of
incolo ?
\\. civia, citizen; cXvilis, pertaining to a citizen ; clvit5s, the condi-
tion of a citizen, or a body if citizens, state. lAkv clvllis, form
and define adjectives from the stems of pnar antl hostis.
4. reg5, rule; r€x (rSg«), ruler, king ; rfigiua, ruler, (jueen ; r6-
guuni, kingdom ; x€gn6, he king, reign ; rSgxila, rule.
r>. facid, do; f acinus, thing done, deed ; facilis {that may be done),
easy; diflTicilis (for dis-facilis), not to he done, dijjicidt.
C. n6sc6, know; nomen {that by which a thing is known), name;
liSminS, v., name; nSbilis {that can be known), well known,
noble, cf. facilis.
7. iuga, Jlighl; fugi6,y7r«. liber, adj., /rcr; Ifbcr 6, v., free.
metus, u.yfear; metuS, v., fear, laus, n., praise; lavidS, \'., praise.
timor, u.,fear ; time6,\., fear. AiHc6,le(irn ; di8cipuhiB,//'r/r/i^r.
d6, give ; d6num, ////?. n.oved, move ; ni6tUB, 7n()tion.
f\n6, flow ; fluvius, flflmen, sfvavi, river.
domlnus, lord, masiir; domina, mistress; dominor, b<i master,
b. fturum, gold; aureus, of gt,/il, golden.
Uguum, woodi Ugneus, ofwoodt WQyduih
in-
•
DERIVATION.
163
ferrum, iroji ; ferreus, of iron, iron.
argeutum, silver. Form an adjective from the stem of argeii-
tuni, luid (lefiiio it.
^ 0. alo, nourish; alimentum {that which nourishes), food, pro-
vAsions,
mone5, remind ; monumentum {tliot irhirh reminds), monument.
oino, (idon) ; meaiiiiin' of ornamentiim ?
10. pulcher, hraulifnl ; piilchritudo, Ijcduti/.
fortia, hniri' ; fortitude, /'rarer//,
tiirpis, hose ; turpitiido, Ixiscness.
altus, hif/h. Form a noun from the stem of altus, and define it.
11. Ignavus (not husy), idle ; IgaSvia, idleness.
memor, mindful ; memoria (mindfulness), memori/,
piger, lazi/ ; pigritia, hiziness.
prudSns, wise, jirndotf ; piiidentia, icisdom, prudence.
sapiens, wise ; sapientia, wisdom.
RtnicxiH, friend ; amicitiH, friendship.
Form a noim from tlu; stem of inimlcua, and deline it.
I'J. eqnuB, hor<e ; eques, hor^icnion.
p6a (.s»<:m ped), fiif)i ; ped^s, Joot-soldier.
\.\. aro, v., plnuijh ; arStrum, u. (ihimj to ph)U;;!< widt). plnuf/h.
(rodo, ipniw); roatrum i^/hiU which (jnaws), beak; snout, hence
heak of a shi/).
IJ. vir, m(in ; virtua, nifrnliness, cirtue.
BVTVU», slave ; HevvitiiB, slareri/.
c6n8ul, ctnisid ; conaulStua, ojlicc of a consul, consulship.
magister, master; magiatiStua, ojfice of a magistei, mat/is-
Iracf/, ul>o mnfistratc.
V). pcrrctiium, dantjer ; peilonlSans, /»/// of diinipr, ilanfjerous.
fifina, i<(if; froiidOaiia, conn d with hnves, leaf'/.
•tndinm, :eal ; mciiniiii;' of studiOaus?
10. atidoO, dare; andilx, ilarimj.
rapid, seize; rap&x, i/raspintf.
teneO, hold ; imntiuii; of tenRx?
17. •crTbo, write; soiTptor, writer.
vinc6 {vlctum,, conifuer ; vlotOT, conrpierur.
defendd, defend ,* dgfffliisor, defender.
From stem of am6, /o/v, form a word meaning lover; from stem
(»f audi5, hear, in the «an»o way, a word moaning hearer.
r
^\
164
THE RUR.TUNCTIVE : FOKMS.
18. nllus, nni/; nulius, not any.
scio, know ; nescio, know not.
1\). homo, 7nan; humanus {helonrjing to a mau), human.
mors, death; mortalis (belonfjlnt/ to death), inortal.
alius, another; alienus (hdotif/iiKj to another), another^s.
20. Observe also tlie force of tlie various ])i-('ii xcs, a, ad, de, dis, in,
prae, pro, re, sub, etc., as in S-mitto, ac-cSdo, de-scendo,
dl-mitto, in-fero, prae-sum, pro cedo, re-fero, s\ib-e6, etc.
^
j:*ioo-
CHAPTER LIV. 1.
THE SUIUUNCTIVE INIOOD.
y Sequence of Tenses: Piiactice on Forms.
oX 340. I.oani the subjunctive of sum (73) and its coni»)oun(ls
' (292, 293).
'I'lie chief use of the subjunctive is iu subjoined, that i. , de-
pendent, clauses. ^..--^ '^"''
/
847. Exaviine the foUorchig: —
1. Audio ubi sit. fuerit, futuruu v.L, / hear vihere he is, has been
I or W(tf, is f/ohif/ to he.
2. AtidSvI ubi sit, fuerit, futiirus sit, / hare heard where he is,
fias been '^n' wtm^ in iJoiiKj to he.
JJ. Audiam ubi sit, fuerit, futiirus sit, I ahaJl hear whre he is^
has been oi" was, is (foinf/ to be.
4. AudlverS ubi alt, fiierit, futflrus sit, f shall have heard
where he is, has been or was, is yoin<i to be,
6. AudiSbam ubi esset, fuissct, futdrus esset, / heard where
he was, had been, was qointj to be,
6. Audiv: ubi esset, fuisset, futflrus esset, / heard nMre he
was, htul been, wai (jointj to bi*,
7. Au I'^verorn ubi c iset, fuiaset, futflnu cisaet, T had heard
where /it was, had beeti, was yuint/ to be.
SEQUENCE OF TENSES:
'ORMS.
165
IS,
m.
\ere
he
ml
\o^
'f
Notice wluii tfiiscs aie u.ieil in the princii.a) clauses of eaca of
the preci'ding groups of examples. Those in the first group — the
present, perl'oct (lermile,^ future, and future perfect — are calLi!
primanj ov priitcijial tenses. 1'hose in th.; second group — tl'i*
imperfect, perfect itulefinite,'^ and the pluperfect — are callett
second inj or Ji'mtorical tenses.
Observe also that primary tenses of tlie subjunctive are used in
tin; first four, secondary in the last three. ^--»-^i__^
,S4S. IvlLE OF Syntax. — Primary t«'iisos <»f tlie
suhjiiiK'iiNo follow iiriiiiiiry ti'iise.s of ilie iiiilicutivey
and sct'oiHlary follon jsofoiidary.
()bs(!rve that liie subjunctive iu the foregoing examples is trans
lated like the indicative.
i541). Exdmiitc the foHoic'uKj : —
1. Nemo adest qnm .sit fortis, no one is present who is not hrnve.
2. Quis adest quia sit fortis? who is present who rs- not hravef
;3. Nemo dubitat qiilii bit fortis, no one douhls that he is brave,
or his heiini hrnrr.
4. Noil dubium est qulu ait fortis, there is no doubt that he is
brave, or of his belnr/ brave.
.'>. Noil dublto quTn sit fortis, / do not doubt that he >..■■ Varc,
or his beinij brave.
Observe (1) that the subjunctive follows quia; (2) that qufii
is used after negative expressiivus and questions that exp(T> a
negative answer; (H) tliat tlie subjuiu!tiv< clause with qxifu (con?-
pounded of qui, who, and n6, )iol) may be variously rendered.
2.
■^^ 350. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Qiiis (lu})itat qniii ninl fortvs ? 2. NdmO tlubitat
qiiTn vTtrt sit brevis. H. Nun dublto <|aln adfuiu'iiit. 4. Noa
dul)iaHi enit qtiln csacat fortcH. {>. QuIh dubitubat quin
1 Thnt is, the perfect translated \v»th /»«»•« or hatt.
2 That is, the perfect lran^shitt^l without have, or has.
i ".
%
166
THE SUBJUNCTIVE: FORMS: Ut.
.J^
fuissent fortes ? 6. Nemo dubitaverat qiiTn adfuisset; ad-
fuissentr 7. Non est dubium quiii possit ; possint ; potuerit ;
potueriut. 8. Quis dubitabat quTii posset? possent? potuis-
set? potuissent? 9. Non est dubium quiii praesTs ; praesTtis ;
pracfueris ; praefueritis. 10. Quis dubitaverat quiu afuisset? ,
afuisseut?' y"^
II. 1. I do not doubt that he is present ; has been present ; . r
is absent ; has been absent. 2. Who doubted tliat he could ?Cv'^i t
^l, tliey could? we could? you could? 3. Tliey do not doubt
that he is at the head of (praesnm) ; has been at tlie head of.
4. Who has doubted his survivinur? their survivin*'? 5. Who
doubted their injuriupj? having injured? G. Tliere is no
doubt that he can ; we can ; you can ; they can. 7. There
was no doubt that he could ; I could ; thev could.
i^:
Vi
V
^
r
^
J
3.
''7
»■!;.:*:»: sfr4w
1551. Loarn the subjunctive, active and passive, of amo (86)
and mon^o (112). ^^
1. Observe that iu the active voice the iu)perf(-ot siibjiuictive.
can be formed readily from the pres(Mit iiiliiiiti\(', und the phiper-
fect subjuncijve from the perfect infinitive. Compare the perfect
subjuM'itive with the future perfect indicative.
iJ52. Examine the following: — ^.
S6 armant ut :nignent, they arm thr^n.^dvcs ihnf they may Jiyhty
in order ih<u they may Jiyht. to jiyht, .<(/ as tojiyht, in order to
Jiijh', for tht vurpose of Jiytilhuj.
Observe Otai !Ne v trious ((^uivalcnl^i of ut pugnent have A
common notiot\ or i-u-u hat of purpose.
;i5;i. R( i.E OF Syntax. — vt with the subjunotivo
may be ised to <ieMotc w pui|>osi\ ami mnity he \arl-
uuHly r 'iiishited.
354. Keview the indicative and iuqierative oi «6, tjo (327).
\
*«
m.
II
ad-
n-it ;
tuis-
itis ;
set ?
ent; , r.
ild?fj^>^£ ,
juht
I of.
Vhu
no
;iei'e / A
u
[86)
live
por-
teet
*• ii
iri-
\
TnE subjunctive: forms: Ut.
167
355. EXERCISES.
I. 1. It Ut nionstret ct moneat. 2. Ibat nt mOnstrarct ct
moncrot. 3. lit ut mOnstret ct moueat. 4. lit ut niou-
straret ct moncrct. 5. Ibuut ut monstreut ct moucnnt.
6. lerunt ut uioustrfireut ct moucrcnt. 7. Icrant ut uiou-
strarcut ct luonerciit. 8. Non dubitavl quTu uioustriivissct
et uiouuissct. 0. Quis du])itrivciat qiiTu nioustravisscut
et ui<)!Hiiss(Mit? 10. Nemo dubitfivit quTu uioustiTivisscmus
ct monuisscmus. 11. Nou est dubiuui quiu nioustrcmus ct_-
nioncamus.
^
II. 1. lie goes to spo nnd praise. 2. Tlioy go for the
purpose of seeing and praising. 8. We will go in order to
sec and praise. 4. AVho will not go tliat lie may see and
praise? 5. You will go to sec and praise. 0. They have
gone to see and praise. 7. lie has gone for the piU'[K)sc of
seeing and i)raising. 8, He went in order to sec and i)raise.
9. Go (plxr.) to see and praise. 10. He was going that
he might see and praise. 11. AVho doubts his having seen
^ and praised? 12. No one doubted that thev had sceu and
praised.
4.
M50. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Kt (cTa, mihi, nobis) imperatut' —
conelur, conentur, coner, ronr'nuir.
2. Ki (els, mihi, nobis) imperabat ut —
conilretur, ('onarentur, coufire^, conan'mur.
3. Quis dubitat (piln — ■
(;onatui^ sit. conatl sint, conatus sim, confill siraus?
4. Nemo dubitfibat (piTn— >
cOuattis esset, cOnatI csscnt, cOniXtUH OMHB^ cuuati
essrunus.
/
H-
1.
f
• Translate thus : He orders him to try (thai he try) ; them to try {that
they try).
{'■
t it
i' 1*1
wittmim
I
1
\h^
168 THE subjunctive: forms: Ut AND Ne.
5. Earn (cos, me, nos) monet ut —
tiieatur, tueantiir, tuear, tuofimur.
6. Eum (eos- me, nos) mouebat ut —
tuen'tur, tueieutur, tuerer, tueivmur.
7. Quis clubitat qiiTn —
tuitus sit, tuiti sint, tuitus sim, tuiti sTmus?
8. Nemo tlubitabat quTii —
tuitus esset, tuiti esseut, tuitus cssoni, tuiti ossGmus.
11.^ 1. They will order liim^ (them, inc, us) to imitate/
2. They have ordered him (tliem, me, us) to imitate.
3. Who doubts his^ (tlieir, my, our) having imitated?
4. They ordered him (them, me, us) to imitate, .j. Nobody
doubted his (their, my, our) having imitated. C. They
advise him (them, me, us) to promise. 7. Tiiey advised
him (them, me, us) to ])roniise. 8. There was no doubt
that he (they, I, we) had promised.
5. ^^
357. Learn the subjunctive, aotiv(3 and passivo, of rego (180),
audio (223), capio (235).
358. 'J'l-e conjunction n§, in order Hint not, (lint not, in order not
to, so ns not to, lest, is used to dcnoti' a lu'i^^ativo purpose, just as ut
denotes a positive purpose. See 352, 353.
359. EXERCISES.
1. 1. Eum (eos) monet ut —
regat, regatur,
regant, regantur,
'^. 2. Eum (eos) mmuiit ut-
regat, regatur,
regant, regantur,
3. Eum (eos) monebut ut
regeret, regeretur.
audiat, audiiltur,
audiant, audiantur.
audiat, nudiatnr,
audiant, audiautur.
nudTret, audlretur,
regerent, regorcntur, andlrent, nudlrentur.
* Imitate tho arrnnfjomont in I. - Dative.
^ That is, (hat he, lliei/, /, u'c, havr imitated.
I
I
sh
?. _ t-
THE SUBJUNCTIVE : FOKMS : Ut AND Nc.
169
0),
not
ut
I
(•
4. Eiim (cos) momiit ut —
rt'gerc't, rcgeretur, audiret, audiiotur,
regerent, regerentur, audlrent, audlrentur.
5. Te (vOs) nioiiet iiG —
capias, capifitis, capiiiris, capiiimiiii.
6. Me (nos) inomiit uc —
capiam, capifiinus, capiar, capifimur.
7. Mo (nos) inonchat nc —
ca[)crcm, capcrcimis, capcrcr, capcrcmur.
8. Me (nos) monnit nc —
capcrein, caperCMiiiis capcrcr, capcrcmur,
II. 1. They advise him (tlicni) —
to lead, to be led, to find, to be found.
2. They warn him (tliem) —
not to receive, not to be received.
3. They will advise him (them) —
to lead, to be led, to find, to be found.
' 4. They were warning him (them) —
J not to lead, find, receive, ]
•K not to Ik; led, be found, be received.
5. Who doul)ted that he (they) —
had led, had found, had received,
had been led, been found, been received? /
/
(300. Learn
^^
6.
the subjunctive of eo (327), and fero (321).
301.
EXERCISES.
^
I. 1. Me hortatiM- ut earn ; fennu. 2. Eos hortamur ut
eant; ferantur. 3. Vos hortantnr ut catis ; fenTtis. -1. Kum
hortatt sunt ut Tret; ferret. 5. Me hortfitl sunt ne earn;
feram. <>. Te horiabantur ne Ires ; ferres. 7. Eos hortati
erant ut Trent; ferrent. 8. Non dubium erat quTn iis-
sent ; tulissent. 9. Non est du])ium quTu ierit; tulerit.
10. Nemo dubitabat quTu Tret ; ferretur.
H
'Mil
« ii
n
fWWffl
gjiw m.war-jffl
:1
170
THE subjunctive: FORMS: Ut AND Ne.
^•
II. 1. lie commands that ho (they, I, we) <^o ; bear;
be borne. 2. lie was commanding that he (they, I, we)
should go; l)ear ; be borne. 3. There is no doubt of liis
(their, my, our) having gone ; borne ; been borne. 1. There
was no doubt that lie (they, I, we) had gone ; borne ; been
borne.
362. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Impcrator exercitum in collem subdfixit, ut fortfinam
belli experlretur. 2. Pater Ilorati popuhim orabat ne se
orbum faccret. 3. Illud facit ut hostes circuraveniantur.
4. Consul curavit ut pk"1)s agrOs coleret. 5. Non dubiiim
crat quTn Romanl auxiliuin ferrcnt. G. jManlius edicit ne
quis^ extra ordinem pugnet. 7. Omnes occTdentur ut vires
hostium frangantur, aut omnes dlmittentur ut beneficio obli-
gentur. 8. Non est dubium quin terror animos omnium
civium occupaverit. 9. Incidit- ut eo tempore Ilnsdrubal
ad eundem portum venlret. 10. Scipio uxorem oravit ne
corpus suum Romam referretm\, ,. ^ '
^ II. 1. The ambassadors beg the senate to render aid to
their ^ kingdom. 2. The ambassador l)egged the senate to
render aid to Ills'* king. 3. Nobody doubts that Hannibal
is brave. 4. Nobody doubted that Hannibal had fought
bravely. 5. They did this that they might surround the
enemy. 6. Tliis they do in order to surround the enemy.
7. 8cii)io begs his wife not to carry his body back to Rome.
8. Scipio begged his wife not to carry his body back to
Rome. 9. It turned out that the soldier received a wound
on the head. 10. We will draw up the soldiers on a hill to
try the fortune of war.
^ Ne quia, lest any one = that no one.
2 After verbs meaning to happen, to turn out, and the like, ut means
that, hilt not in order' that.
^ Suns, hec&nsQ theirme&ns their own, &nd not of them.
* Suus.
4 f
.4
J
2^^-^
. 1
^
i
THE SUBJUNCTIVE: RELATIVE OF PURPOSE. 171
363.
circum-vonio, 4, -veni, -ventuni,
eoUis, -is, m., /////. Cf. nious.
Conor, 1, a I tempt.
t'liro, 1 [ciirii'],carejur,((iker(iie.
di-iuitio, •">, -iiiisi, -iiiissuin, ^cud
(twill/, send oj/'.
e <lico, 3, -dixi, -(llctiitn, sjwal-
(Jilt, declare, pidchtim.
c-veiiio, 4, -veni, -vcntuui, ronu
fortli, turn out, happen, (,'f. ui'cido.
extra, pri'p. w. ace, icit/iuut, uut-
side of. Cf. intra.
fran<40, •'], frej»i, friictiini, hreak.
ilasdriibal, alis, m., llasdndiid,
liiotluT of Iliiiinil)iil.
horfor, 1, '//•'/'', emonrai/e.
in c-ido, .'], oidi, -cusuni [cado],
JiUl into, happen, be/ad. - -*
VOCABULARY. ^'
]>Ianlius, -i, M., Manlius, a Roman
"^L'liLral.
inonstro, 1, shoic, point out.
ob-ligi), 1, bind, pat under obliijU'
tion, oltlii/e.
oc-cido, ;], -c'idi, -cisiini [ob,
cacdo, cut J, cut down, kill.
occiipo, 1 [ob, capio], take pos-
s< ssnin (if\ aeize.
orbus, -a, -uin, adj., bereuird,
c/tildlcss.
ori), 1 [iis, mouth'], pray, beg.
plebs, -bis, i., the common people.
st'iiatus, -lis, Ai. [senex], council
iij'i Idem, senate. (345. 14.)
sub-diico, .'J, -duxi, -ductiiin,
draw from under, draw up.
uxor, -oris, v.,u-ife. Cf oonjiiiix.
vis, via, r., strength, power. (20i2.)
\
■^^1
i.'
X
n
*
i
CHAPTER LV.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE: KELATIVE OF PURPOSE.
[It is BiiggfHli'il tliat tlie turiiiiii,' of EiigliMli into Latin be now dtfcned till after
\.he Urailing LcHHuns, \i\). 'ZD-'l'l'l, liavc !iecn liulBlied.]
3(>4-. Ill all the Latin .sentences in the preceding lesson in
which ut and ne are used with the subjunctive, except 362. I. J>,
the dependent chiuse expresses a purpose. And, on the other hand,
in thd English sentences al' the dependent clauses expressing pur-
pose ("/(> render aid,"' ^^ not to carry" etc.) had to be turned into
Latin by ut or ne with the subjunctive, lint the Latin often
expres.ses a purpose by means of a relative pronoun followed by
the subjunctive. See the first six sentences below.
305. EXERCISES.
1. 1. Aliens legfituni laittit ut res repetat.
legatuiii mittit qui res repetat. 3. LegatI veneruiit ut p
2. Ancua
icem
ssHd
saS
A/.
^2 ^> '^^' oQ.
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
1.0
I.I
1.25
2.8
1^
MM
M
lis iio
1.4
1.8
1.6
V]
<^
/}
c^y.
^:^^
7
>!SJ
PhotogTciphic
Sciences
Corporation
33 WiST MAIN STRUT
WnSTIR.N Y MS80
(716) •72-4»03
^
/
o
Mo
I/a
ij.
\
o
i^s(.
'-'t-. c rmitimi mm
h-
\
172 THE SUBJUNCTIVE: KELATIVE OF PUIIPOSE.
peterent. 4. LegatI veneruut qui pucem peterent. 5. Pater
filio cqimm dedit iit cquitaret. G. Pater filio eqiiuiu dabat
qui eum veheret. 7. Ad singulfis iirbes scrlbemus ne iniiros
diruant. 8. Non diibiuia est quin Cato ad urbes scripscrit.
9. Qiiis du])itavit qiiiii Cato irnperavissc^t ut ur])ea inuros
diruereut? 10. Romuhis iirbcm fecit quae asylum esset ; , |' \
KOiuuhis urbem facit quae sit asylum. ^ [^,-
II. 1. A horse was i2;ivcn to the bov by his father, for^ "
him to ride. 2. A father sent a messenger to Home to
spcak^ to liis son. 3. A father sends a messenger to Rome
to speak- to his son. 4. Uonmliis makes proclamation that
no onc^ shall leap* over his w;Ul. f). Romulus [)roclaime(l
that no one should leap over his wall. (>. We will warn
them not to leap* over our walls. 7. Romulus sent messen-
gers to invite'* neighboring [)eople to his games. 8. The
father will give his son a horse for him to ride. 1). AVho
doubts that a kind father gives his son books? 10. Nobody
doubted that the father had given his son many things.'^
•'•
'■J
3««.
VOCABULARY.
aMo(nior, o, -lucutiis [ad], fipvaJc
to, address.
Aliens, -i, M., AncHs, a lloiuan
king.
asylum, -i, n., a place of rrftttjc,
asi/luin.
Cato, -uiiis, M., Cato, a famous
Koinan censor.
di-ruo, 3, -rtii, -rutuin, tear
asunder, dcstroi/.
cquito, 1 [tMiues], art tlie cqiioH,
ride.
fiiiitiiiiii», -a, -iiiii, adj. [fiiilsj,
horderinij on, neiyhboring,
iinporo, 1, order, command, villi
dativo, Cf. Jiibeu with ace.
liidiis, -i, M, [ludo], ijamc, play,
iiuntius, -i, M., bearer of vews,
niessi iK/er.
rc-peto, .'>, -ivi, -li, -itiim, seilc
again, demand back; res rcpe-
tcre, demand restitution.
triiii silio, 4, -II, and -iii,
[sal in, leap'], leap over or across.
* Ihit he might ride.
* Translate in two ways.
* ISee 302. 1. G, and uote.
\
* Prppcnt ftjlijunctlve.
6 See 302. 1. 10. k
" Many things, iiiulta. ■ \
i
n
I.
C^C'O
u .
THE SUBJUNCTIVE : lit AND Ne.
173
finis],
tU'll'S,
(icrus.'i.
CHAPTER LVI.
THE SUBJUNCTlVi: : Ut and Ne.
307. Tlio subjuiictivo witli lit to donate purpose has })ecii illus-
trated (352). lint tlie subjunctive with ut lias other uses.
30S. Examine the Jhlloichig : —
i. Tantua est milituni ardor ut ad bellum duca-utur, so grrnt
is f/ie (inlor of tlic soh/irrs tJicit (Jicij are led to war.
2. Accidit ut iion domi essem, it happened that I vas not at
Itomc.
3. Fabricius adeo inopa decessit ut nihil reliquerit,^ 7a-
hricius died so poor as to leave nothing.
In those oxauijilcs (he depcndcMit clause denotes a result. Com-
pare the translation oC ut and the subjunctive in puri>')se clauses
and in result clauses. That not in result (ilauses — ut non. Cf. 358.
800. Still another use of tlie subjuictivc with iit
unci lie is illustrated in the following sentenees: —
1. Timeo ut veniat, I fear that he is not rorniiu/, or will not come,
2. Timeo ut vSnerit, 1 jVar that he has not come.
3. Timebam ut venisset, I feared that he ha<l not come.
4. Timeo ne veniat, I J\:<ir that he is coming, or will come
5. Timeo ne vSnerit, I fear that he has conic.
G. Timgbam ne venisset, / feared that he had come.
An inspection of the forei^oin,!;' examples shows that, ut ami n6
seen sometimes to exchange mejinings.
After verbs of fearin;/, ut is translated that not, and iiB, that.
Observe that in 1 and 1 the present subjunctive nuiy be trans-
Jtttud as a future. '
370. CXERCISES.
I. 1. Pompr'jnH ita r'«.!:it ut u Sulla (llli^prr'Un'. 2. Th, ut
Srdlne' HiibvouuH.'t, nMlitt's colU'j^it. 3. Postea in'' Siciliani
u CurbOiie ret'ii)t'rct.
profectud est, ut (jam provincium
t
m
1 An exception to 34H. ^ See 343. » See 333. 1.
■\
174
THE SUBJUNCTIVE: Ut AND Ne.
Wi ■,
•i
i
«
> s
i
4. Catilmae excrcitus adeo acritcr dlmicfivit, ut neino super-
esset. 5. Accidit ut esset plena luna. 6. Atticus sic
Graece loquebatur, ut AtliGnls iiutus videretur. 7. Atticus
AtlieuTs ita vTxit, ut omnibus clvibus csset carissinms.
8. Non dubito quin uostii milites hostes ^upcrfiverint.
9. Non est dubiuni quTn semper fidem servaveritis.
10. Timeo ut sustineas labores. 11. Metiio ne malum
consilium eapijis. 12. Metuo ut sustinueris labores.
13. Quis mctuit no malum consilium capiam?
Point out the purpose clauses in the above.
II. 1. The boy so acts that he is loved by all. 2. They
so acted that they were loved by all. 3. He will so act as to
1 ^ loved by all. 4. He has so acted as to l)e loved by
all. 5. They will not doubt our having come.- G. They
had not doubted our havins^ come.'' 7. I fear that vou arc
not well. 8. I feared that you were not well. i). 1 fear
that you are sick. 10. I was afraid that you had been sick.
11. The enemy are fighting so spiritedly that no one will
survive.'' 12. They have fought so sharply that not one has
survived. 13. We will set out for^ Sicilv in order to receive*"
that province.
Cf.
871.
ac-ohlo, o, -cidi,—
J}tll upon, fall out, Iiajijicn
evenio and inohlo.
ad-cti, adv. {to t/iis), thus far, so,
so very.
AtticiiH, -I, M., Atticus, a friend of
(Mccro.
Oarbo, -oiiIb, m., Carho, a Konjan.
Catiliiia, -ao, m., Catiline., a fa-
mous Roman conspirator.
VOCABULARY.
[adjcurto], col Uffo, .'], -Icgi, -Icctuin r<'om,
h'go], collcrt. AIgo coiiligo.
<H-ini(*o, \,Ji(jiif, amtcnd.
(iracce, adv. [(Jraeous], in Greek.
loqiior, o, i^octitiis, speak, talk.
sub vciiio, 4, -vcnl, -voiitiiin,
come to the aid of, aid, assist,
with dative. Cf. s.irourro.
KusHnoo, 2,-flniii,-tontiiin [8ub,
tenoOj, /((//// up, hear, endun.
1 Aa to he, ut, etc.
8 '/'hat we fiare cmne.
^ That we had come.
* Trcs. Bubj.
* See I. .'?, and note.
* JSut uiUnitive.
/
\
THE SUBJUNCTIVE: Cum.
175
/
vV
X
CHAPTER LVII. 1.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE: Cum.
372. The subjunctive occurs very frequently in de-
pendent clauses beginning with cum, nieuning (1) when^
while^ asy of time ; (2) since, because, as, of cause or
reason ; (3) althou(jh, of concession :
1. Cum Servius in domo Tarquini esaet, mlrSbile accidit,
ichile Scrcius /rus in (he house of Tarqu'ni, a wonderful thuuj
hdp/KIHcL
2. Cum Tarquiniua occTsus esset, ejus uxor populum allo-
cuta est, when Tarqiiin had been killed, hia tcije addressed
Ike people.
3. TuUia, cum domum rediret, super corpus patris carpen-
tum egit, Tidliu, as she teas returning home, drove her
VKt(/on over the hodij of her father .
An inspection of the above examples shows that —
(1) Tiie tenses of the subjunctive are the iiuperf. and pluperfect.
(2) The cum clause marks the time of the act of the i)rincipal
clause, the verb of which is in the perfcict.
(;5) The sentences may be called narrative sentences. __
37;5. Rule of Synt^v.v. — Cum temporal, tliat is,
cum ill narrative clauses, is followed l>y tlie imper-
fect and i)Iuperfc<t subjunctive to luurk the time
of the action in th 5 pi'^wcipal claujie.
374. Examine the folh)ivin(j : —
1. Cum huic IggI sen&tus repugnSret, Caesar rem ad popu-
lum d£tulit, since the senate opposed this law, Ccesar referred
ike matter to the people.
2. Cum d5 improvlso venisset, RCml IggatSs mlB6runt, since
he had come urn .rjxeh dh/, the h'iml snil andiass(«l(n:'<.
3. Cum vita metda pISna sit, amlcitias parftte, since life in
full (if fear, firm j'rirndshljis.
4. Cum mo iiiteriogaveris, le&poudBbo, as you have usktd me,
I will answer.
* CI
if
1 ' I
I
i I
)
I,
176
THE SUBJUNCTIVE: Clllll.
5. Nihil me adjuvit cum posset, he gave me no aid (aided me
in nothing), although it wan in las jjuicer.
Notice that —
(1) All the four tenses of the subjunctive are used.
(2) The cum clause states the cause or reason of the act of the
principal clause ; or denotes a concession, indicated in English by
though, admitting that, etc.
375. Rule of Syntax. — Cum causal or conces-
sive is followed by the siibjuiictive in all its tenses.
1. Cum followed by the present or perfect subjunctive is almost
always causal, and may be translated since or as; followed by the
imperfect or pluperfect it is very often temporal.
2. Cum temporal and the subjunctive can often be translated
in some other way better than by ichen or as wiDi the indicative.
Thus, in 372. 2, we might translate. After the killing of Tarquin^
etc.; and in 3, Tallia, returning home, or TulUa, on her wag home.
*^ 37C». EXERCISES.
* I. 1. Cum jussT cssent inviccm dlccrc, unns orsus est.
2. Pyrrlius, cum tot Komfinos inortuos vidcret^ manfis ad cae-
lum sustulit. 3. Cum explorfitores cepisset, eos per castra
circumduxit. 4. Quae cum ita sint,^ perge. 5. Cum sit in
nobis consilium, cur dubitfunus ? (>. Cum do improvTso
vencrit Caesar, ad cum k'gatos mittenuis. 7. Cum amici
adsint, gaudemus. 8. Cum' nox approinnqufirct, abierunt.
9. Cum nox a})iiropTn(pirivisset, aluGrunt. 10. Caesar, cum
frustrfi mlsisset, solus naviculam conseendit ne agnosceretur.
ir. 1. AVhcn one had beguu,'^ tlie rest became (?wre) silent.
2. Pyrrhus, liaving seen* the bravery of tlie Romans, spoke
these words. ?>. Since lie has seen the bravery of the
Romans, he raises his hands to lieaven. 4. Since night is
1 Since these things are so :-- such of night; or, since night teas ap-
being the case. jinxtrhiiig.
- Cum may bo tninslatt'd ns 8 jc;^,^, 37'|.
temporal or causal : on the approach * Pyrrhus, when he had seen.
■I
\>
i^
THE subjunctive: Ciim.
177
approaching, wo will go ofT. 5. Wlien our friends liad
arrived, we went to Boston. G. On the arrival of o'lr
friends we went to Boston. 7. While Caesar was embarking
in a boat, no one recognized him. 8. As^ Csesar was alone,
he was not recognized. *J. As^ T was telling him a story, he
suddenly laughed. 10. As^ they had prudence, we did not
hesitate.
377.
VOCABULARY.
a gn6s('o,'),-gn*>vi,-gnitiiin, [ud,
(g)nosco, A/zn/r], rci'ixjiiizc.
ap-propinqiio, 1 [a<l|, (ijipruuch.
Bostonia, -ac, i'., Uuston.
ceteri, -ac, -a, adj., the rest.
circ'uiu-duco, 3, -xi, -(liietiiiu,
lead around,
con-scondd, 3, -di, -scriimiia
[scaudo, climb], ascend, einla. ,
go on hoard.
dubito, 1 \j\\\h\vk^'\ydouht, hesitate.
dubius, -a, -iiiu, adj., donlit/ul.
gaudeo," 2, gavisus sum, le
(jlad, rejoice.
in» proviso, ail v. [video], unex-
pectedlij.
in-virom, adv., hi/ turns, in rum.
julx'd, '2, jussi, jnssiiiii, hid,
order. Cf. iiiiporo.
inortiius, -a, -uiii [V. of inorior],
dead.
niivicula, -ac, f, [iiavis], little
riss'l, boat.
ordior, 1, orsus, ho/in, uiuhrtide.
pergo, 3, porrexi, porrectiiiii
[per, r'CK**!* .'/" <'"> continue.
taceo, 2, taeui, taeitiiin, he sdent,
sdi/ nothing rdiout.
tollo, 3, siistuli, sublatuin, raise,
lift up.
tot, adj.jindc'cl., .so vianij. Cf. qiiot.
2.
378.
FOR TRANSLATION.
The Battli; of Cann.k. — Continued.
Aemilius PauUus tells obrutus cecidit. (^U(!m'' cum mediu
in })ugnri sedentem in saxo o[)pletum cruore conspexisset (iui-
^ Tin? as of reason, or of time 9
2 Four coTuinon vorl).", aiideo,
dare, f<;andeu, rejoice, soled, he
(iMustomed, fldu, trust, have tlic
imssive form in the j)erfoet, and
hence are called semi-deponents.
" Translate lir.st nun^ally, tak-
ing the words as they stand, ren-
dcrinji' oiiiii, when; then recast
this i>r('liiiiiiiary transhition, l)e-
^inniiii.^ with eiiin qnidain (ribii-
liUH, and rendering quuin, him.
FoUow tills inetiiod, wlien a
Latin sentence ni)iiears dilhcnlt ;
but keep a sharp eye on the ter-
minations of the words.
'M
'. ill
f|
.1
1' 'I
^1
178 THE SUBJUNCTIVE : INDIRECT QUESTIONS.
(lam tribunus milituni : "Cape," inquit, '^ luinc equum et fuge,
AemilT. Etiam sine tufi morte lacriinamm ^ satis luctusque
est." Ad ea consul:- "Tu quidem macte virtute esto.'^ Sed
cavC',"* exiguum tenipus e manibus Iiostiiim evadeudl perdds.'*
AbT, nfintia patribus, lit urbem muuiant ac,^ )rius quum
hostis victor adveniat, praesidils firmeut. IMe in hac strage
nieoriini niTlitiim patere" exspTiTirc." Alter consul cuin panels
equitilnis Vennsiani" pcrfugit. Coiisulares aut praetoriT
occiderunt* vTgititT, senatores captl aut occTsT sunt trlginta,
nobiles viri trecentl, nnlitum quadraginta inTlia, equitum tria
niTlia et quTngenti. Hannibal in'"* testimonium vTctoriae suae
tres modios aureorum anulorum Carthaginein mlsit, quos de
manibus equitum Romanorum et senatorum detraxerat.
-<xji^o**"
CHAPTER LVIII.
THE SURJIINCTIVE: INDIRECT QUESTIONS.
.; ; V9. Examine the following : —
DiUKCT.
1. Quia est? ivho is he?
12. Ubi suniiis? 7v7iere are wr?
a. Cur ridSs ? vhj, do ynu laugh ?
4. Quein vidisti? ichom hare
you seen f
Indirect.
Scio quia sit, / ktioio vho he is.
Scio ubi simua, / Inoio luhere
ice are.
Scio cur rideau, / know why you
laugh.
Scio quem videria, T Inow
ichom you have seen.
1 Sec 340. 5.
^ Supply dixit or respoiidit.
lUit it is livelier witliout a verb.
8 Perhaps the literal transhx-
tlon of this phr. ,e is, he thou
. hh'ssed in (or for) thi/ conraije ;
iiiucte for inactiiH, because tO
is here almost more of a vocative
thuu u uoiuinative.
* Supi)ly ne after cuv5, hevare
lest i/uu lose ~ Iwware of losing.
^ Connects muuiant and fir-
itieiit.
^ Imperative from patior.
' Account for the case.
^ From occido. But occ'si,
in the next clause, from oocldu.
^ Fur; In expresses purpose.
4 ■<■
THE subjunctive: indirect questions. 179
Compare each of the foregoing examples in the left hand column
with the corresponding one on the right. Observe thai each depen-
dent clause in the right hand column begins with an interrogative
word, and contains the substance of a question, though not a
question in form. Such dependent clauses are called Indirect
Questions. Observe the mood, and how it is translated.
880. Rule of Syntax. — Indirect (luestious take
the subjunctive.
1. The commonest interrogxtive words introducing indirect
questions are quis, who? ciir, ichy? num, ichethcr? ubi, where f
quo, tvhiiker? unde, whence? quot, how manij?
381. EXEi^CISES.
[Head again the remarks and rule, p. 165. '|
I. 1. 8cit quid agtis. 2. Scit quid Ogoris. 3. Sciel)at
quid ageres. 4. Sciebat quid egissGs. 5. Audlvi quid agat.
6. AudivT quid egerit; 7. Audivl quid ageret. 8. Audlvl
quid egisset. ) 9. Audlveram quid agerot. 10. Audlveram
quid egisset.
II. 1. Volo scire unde veueris. 2. Die' mihi num nioam
sororem vTderis. 3. Nescio unde vcniant tot niilites.
A. Quaeram num omnia fellcitcr evenerint. 5. Speculabiinur
quot homines in urhem ineant et quot exeant. G. NfisTca
h' minera interrogavit num numibus ambulfire solitus cssct.
7. Quaerebat quae^ civitfites in arniTs cssent. 8. Quidam
liomo interrogatus est quae naves essent tfitissimae. 1). Die
mihi quid in manu Ifabeas. 10. Caosar omnem cquitatum
mittit, qui videat'' quas in partes* hostes iter faclaut. _^'
III. 1. He sees who is walking; has walked. 2. They
see \*IiO are walking; hive walked. 3. "We shall sec who
walk ; have walked. 4. \Vc knew why he was laughing ; had
laughv^d. 5. You knew why I was laughing ; had laughed.
i^
;^!
' il
i. ti
I.
*
* See p. 160, note.
a Sec 270. 3.
« Compare 305. I. 2 and 4.
^ Into wnat ^aris ^ in what direction.
180
THE SUBJUNCTIVE:
6. They wondered why he was praised ; had been praised.
7. They will wouder why I am praised ; have been praised.
8. Do yoLi not wonder wh}' wo are praised ; have been
praised? 9. 1 wonder whether lie has ))een admonished y- is
bein<»' admonished. 10. Thev wondered whether we were
admonished ; had been admonished.
382. VOCABULARY.
interrogo, 1, ask, inquire. rogo, 1, ask, question.
Nasica, -ac, m., Nasica, surname
of one of the Scipios.
iiutii,' interrog. adv., u-hethcr, in-
troducing indirect questions.
so id, 4, scivi, scituin, know
soleo," 2, solituS) be accustomed,
speciilor, 1, spy out, watch.
tutus, -a^ -iiin, adj., safe.
interrogo, ask a question, inquire, and nearly limited to that sense.
rogoj^isk a question, but much more commonly ask a favor, make \
a request. "',
quaerojK'i'^' a question, but much used in the sense of seeking to i' ,i
I gain or to know, searching/ into, j QM'<\Sy\A^'\Ji_^ j ,0<- O^H^^jj^^y^ ^\1^^^
t CHAPTER LIX. 1.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE: WISHES AND CONDITIONS.
383. Examine the folloimng : —
1. Utinam pater veniat! icould that father would come! I wish
father icould come ! that father icould come!
2. SI pater veniat, laetus aim, if father should come, I should
he glad,
3. Utinam pater adesset! would that father icere here !
4. Si pater adesset, laetus essem, if father were here, I should
he glad.
5. Utinam pater adfuisset! icould that father had been here !
G. Si pater adfuisset, laetus fuissem, if father had been here,
I shoidd have been glad. ;
1 Introducing direct questions, it indicates that the answer no is ex-
pected, but does not usually admit of translation. ^ ggg p, 177^ ^^ 2.
lised.
lised.
been
d V is
were
med.
3ense.
, make
kingi to « .
LtA/-<-
< . . 1 ,, 4
3NS.
I wish
should
should
re!
X herCf
Is ex-
,n.2.
\ajI
WISHES AND CONDITIONS.
181
(1) In 1 and 2 ^\'hat time do the words would come, should come,
should be, point to V Plainly not to the past, nor to the instant pres-
ent, but vaguely to the future ; and this vague future is expressed
in Latin by the present subjunctive. The wish and the condition
referring to the future may be fulfilled ; the father 7naf/ come.
(2) In 3 and 4 the wish and condition refer to the present ; and
this present is expressed by the imperfect subjunctive. The wish
and condition are plainly contmrij to tvhat is the fact ; the father is,
in fact, not present.
(3) In 5 and the tense of the subjunctive offers no difliculty.
The wish and condition are plainly contrary to what was the fact ;
the father was, in fact, not present.
*
384. Rule of Syntax. — in wishes and conditions
the present subjunctive is used of what tnay come
true, the imperfect subjunctive of what is not true,
the pluperfect subjunctive of what ivas not true.
The same mood is reguhirly employed in the con-
clusion of such conditional sentences.
The indicative is not used in wishes. The use of the indicative
in conditional sentences is easily understood.
385. Examine the folloiving: —
1. Si pater adest, bene est, if father is present, it is well.
2. Si pater aderat, bene erat, if father was present, it was well.
8. Si pater aderit, bene erit, if father shall be present,^ it will
be well.
Observe that in examples 1 and 2 a condition is stated without
implying anything. In example 3, as the time is future, that which
is supposed may be fulfilled. This form, then, of stating , . supposi-
tion is almost exactly equivalent to that of the present subjunctive
in 383 ; it is only a livelier way of putting it.
1 In Enfflish we commonly use
a present form in such conditions
that refer to the future. Thus we
say, If he is {to-morrow, next week,
etc.) present, it ■'vill he well. Do not
be deceived, when translating into
Latin, by this apparent present. See
if the couclusioQ cuutaius a future.
II
»'
182
THE SUBJUNCTIVE:
386.
EXERCISES.!
I. 1. Si victoriam certain videam, nunquam pugnera.
2. Si me virum bonum judicares,' non me corrumpere velles.'^
3. Dictator,^ si adfuisset, rem non melius gessisset.
4. Varro, si Cartbagiuiensium dux fuisset, temeritatis
poenas dedisset.* 5. SI patrem tuum eras videam, quid
dicat? G. Non profectus essem, nisi Caesar jussisset.
7. SI recte facias, lander is. 8. SI maneat Marcus, gaudea-
mus ; sin autem eat, taraen cum laudemus. 9. SI 1'jo
accederet,^ omnes fugerent. 10. Utinam frater meus viveret
classemque iterum duceret ! 11. Utinam mater nobis f abulam
narret ! 12. Utinam tecum "^ in agrls ambulavissem !
II.' 1. Would that I were walking in the fields with you
to-day! 2. I wish you had been wallving^ with me'' yester-
day- 3. O take^ a walk with us in the fields to-morrow !
4. If 30U should see victory certain, my friend, should you
not fight? 5. I should not now be setting out if Caesar did
not order it. 6. If you were acting rightly, you would be
praised. 7. If you had acted rightly, you would have
been praised. 8. I wish^ you would act rightly, so as
to^" be praised. 9. If we should see a lion, we should flee.
/
V
■I
1 In translating these sentences,
render the present subjunctive in
such a way as to indicate vaguely
future time ; thus, videam . . . pug-
uem, should see . . . should Jiffht.
2 Compare 383. 4, and read
again 383 (2).
8 Notice the position of this
word, wliich is the subject of ges-
sisset. It may be translated as it
stands, first.
* (riven pnnishinents of — paid
the penalty for.
^ If a lion were coming, not were
to come, which would be expressed
by the present subjunctive.
6 See 265. 3.
' In turning these sentences
into Latin, do not be misled as
to the real time of the verbs ; were
loalking, m the first sentence, de-
notes present time. Read again the
examples, 383, and the remarks.
See also the varied translation of
the first example.
8 Compare I. 12.
» Compare 383. 1.
10 Ut. See 352.
WISHES AND CONDITIONS.
18,'^
;nem.
elles.'^
iisset.
ritutis
quid
dsset.
Ludea •
51 I'JO
Tveret
bulam
,h you
rester-
>rrow !
d you
ar did
lid be
have
so as
i flee.
)ressed
itences
lied as
; wei'e
CO, (le-
al n the
marks,
Eion uf
10. I wish I had seen a liugc lion. 11. If niv brother' wore
living, he would now be coniintindiug the fleet. 12. Would
that your brother were alive !
387.
VOCABULARY.
ac-cedo, 3, -cessi, -cessiini [ad], judloo, 1 [jiidox], /»(7<7r, denu.
(JO or come near, ajijiroach.
recte, adv. [rectus], ri<ihtbj.
cor-runipo, 3, -rupi, -ruptuin sin, conj, [si, iiej, bnt if, If /low-
[com], break in pieces, destroy ; ever, if.
corrupt, bribe.
dictator, -oris, m. [dicto, dicoj,
chief magistrate, dictator.
iiiiinanis, -e, adj., huge, immense.
388.
temeritas, iitis, r. [temcrej,
( hance ; rashness.
uti-nain, adv., would that, thai,
I icish that.
COLLOQUIUM.
Johannes et Jacobus.
Jo. DTc niihi, Jaeol)c, undo venifis, quid egeris.
liave been doing
Ja. Rure venio, ubi fC'rifiruni partem egi. Kt tu?
vacation Bpent
Jo. Ego iter cum pareutibus feel, ueque scio qiiando
douuira revertar. ^^ *"'
return
Ja. Utinam ego quoque iter faciam ! SI i)arentes ades-
sent, iter mecum facerent.
Jo. Ego itiueris diuturnitfite sum defessus, et gauderem sT
m schola essem.
Ja. VenT mecum in schohim et uiifi ediserimus.
logf thiT Id U8 loani
,7b. Tecum libenter in scholam TbO, sod cogndscere velim
- ., , know Bliould like
qui sit praeceptor.
Ja. Praeceptor est vir doctissimus. Vim Lathii scit,
cvor fio much
atque semper est benlgnus, morosus uunquam.
pleasant
Jo. Quid te docet?
1 Imitate the order in I. 3 and 4; the subject might, however, be
placed after si.
m
"A
IMMMl
184
THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND IMPERATIVE.
Ja. Docot nos modum siibjiinctTvum. Heri, exempli causa,
for example
nolns (le sul)jiiiu;tTv(3 in intv^rroofitionibiis iiullrectls expliciivit.
questions
Jo. MulUi (IG iiiterrogfitioiiibiis indlrectls aiidTvi, ncqiie
unqujun intellegere potui. Fecitne priieceptor ut tu ista
iutelleii-eres ?
Ja. Sfuie, in! aTiiiee, ct ego, ut op'inor, fnciam ut tu quoque
yes indeed
eadeni intellegfis. ST dTeam, Ubi ed f rater tims? interrogfi-
qncBtiou
tuin sit diifu'tinn ; sTu autem, Ne.scw nhi sit frdter, iuterroga-
tum sit indTrectuui. Jutelle<>-isne?
Jo. Satis intellei»o. Sed in lunic (''/jm lifiotenus.
for
BO-SO
c'Uuugh
-o-Cj'^^^^Cr-
CHAPTER LX.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND IMPERATIVE.
38!). Lcnni tlio I'uiiu'c iin]M'rativ(\ aotivo and ]iassivo, of the
regular and iiTognlar verh.s, and review the pn^sent imperative.
iiUO. In the last lesson occurred the first illustrations of tho
SI. Injunctive not hi dependent clauses, that is, in wishes and in tha
princii>al clauses of ' .'^nditional sentences. TIk; subjunctive is
similarly used in commands and appeals, and when so used is
called the Hortatory Subjunctive.
301. ICcamhie the fulloicnKj )>ara<h'(j)n,^: —
Commands and Api-kals.
\
PoSlTIVK.
moneam, \< t mr tidritc.
mong, or nioneas, mlrif/c.
moneat, \ Id liim adrisr, or
monnerit, ( he hIkiII aiivise.
moneftmuB, Id us adiunc.
mon?t-e, (id rise,
let them ailrisef
or (het/ shall
advise.
moncant, (
mouueriut, ')
NKfiATrVF-:.
ng moneam, let me not advise..
nG monueris, do not adnise.
n5 moneat, j // / him not, or he
nS monnerit, I rdiall not, advise.
n5 moneamus, hi ns not advise.
n6 moniieritia, do not advise.
nemoneant, i <' f f^'^^n not, or
n5 mouuerint, ;) f^>ni x^^^^H not,
( advise.
\
Y
THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND IMPERATIVE.
185
•ansa,
iple
CUV it.
ncque
1 ista
uoque
rrogji-
cHtiou
rrogti-
of the
vc. 0/
of the^-''
in tlia
Itivo is
iisod is
(1) Observe that positive commands and appeals are expressed
by the subjunctive only, except in (lie second person; and negative
commands and appeals, by the subjunctive uith n§. ^
(2) Observe also that the prese' and perfect subjunctive, in
the third person, are used witliout essential difference of meaning;
and that in negative commands and ajipeals in the second person
the perfect 2 only ^ is given.
(3) The future imperative is mostly confined to laws and
maxims : Homiiiem inortuiim in iirbe ne sepelito, t/ion shall
not bury a dead man within the cit;/. Percontatorem fugito, nam
garrulus "dem est, avoid a qiiestio,ier, for he is a halAiler too.
(4) The preceding paradigni."«, with the meanings, sliould bo
thoroughly conunitted to memory. ,_ X- —
392. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Cotidie scribe ad nu", nil fill, quid f'-ccris. 2. ruor
ad patrem scrlbit quid fecerit. 3. Mlttfinnis iifmiiuni ad
Caesarem qui"* euni moncat. 4. No niccuni in lltorc hodie
ambuldveris. f 5. No pueri iiicautr cultios habeant. 0. Ini-
perator consilium couUciat. 7. NolTto, uiTlites, hostiuni
exercituni tinu'ro. 8. Ne, niTlitcs, hostiuni cxercituni linui-
eritis. 9. Omnia sua* sccum" incolao iK)rtaveriut. 10. iSIild
aures pracbclc, discipulT, et dTli<j;ontcr audltc ([uac dlcam.
11. Ne id quod est falsum dlxoris. 12. Leo dlNiit : Kestat
pars quarta, at ne quisquam^ audeat cam tangen*. _^
II. 1. Thcv shall not send" a messcnt^cr. 2. Lot iu> one
touch" the fourth [)art. JL Touch not'" the fourth part of the
X
I t
Vvise.
Ve.
L or he
mdvisc.
\advise.
'ise.
hiof, or
\i!l not.
* I'rohibitions nre more com-
monly expressed by noli (nolitr)
with the infinitive. Ste 318. l.
f) and 0.
2 This form of tlu' Hubjiuu^tivo
in this use is here ciilkil tlie /«;•■
fret, in deference to cujitoui : it is
really the Hubjunctive vf the future
perfect.
" The impenitive so used is not
eointnon, and not to ho iniitated.
4 Compare ;Mjr.. I. 2 and 4.
^' Oiiinhi Hiiii, llii'ir tdl.
« See 1205. ;5.
' h't no (»if. See 27f). <5.
" NO with perfect suhjunctivo.
« See I. 12.
'' r-xi>n'«B in two wayn.
"■,:r.~K;,#*« ,.-j.\..
THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND IMPERATIVE.
booty. 4. Let the pupils listen attentively to the words of
the master. 5. Do not listen,^ boys, to the counsels of
the bad. 6. Write dail}' to your parents what^ you are
doing. 7. Carry your books home'' witli you and study
diligently. 8. Do not forget' what* has been said to you
to-day. 0. Touch not' wine; let us not touch wine; they
shall not touch wine. 10. Let us go out and carry our all
with us.
VOCABULARY.
at, conj., but. Of. aiitcin. (214.)
audeo/' 2, ausus sum, ddie, he
hold.
con-ficlo, ;{, -feci, -fectuni [coin,
faciol, make, accomplish, carry
out.
cotidle, adv. [quot, dies], daili/.
falsiis, -a, -um, adj. [fallo, de-
rrivc], deceptive, false.
in-cautus, -.t, -iini, adj. [cavco],
incautious, liredless.
re-sto, 1, rcstiti, , stai/ behind,
remain.
tango, 8, tetigi, tactuiii, touch.
at, but on the rnntrarif, hit for all that.
Bod, but, without special oinpliasis.
autcm, but, often to be rendered hoivemrf weaker tkan atorsed
394. FOR TRANSLATION.
Maucus roiicius Catu, Vvvau
M. Porcius Cato jam puer" invTelum anlml robur ostcndit.
Cum in donio DrusT aviincull suT educaretur, Latin! de civi-
tatc impetranda^ Koiiiam vCMu'runt. Popedius, Lalliioriun
princeps, qui DrusT h()si)es erat, Catonein puenim rogavit, ut
Latinos upud avunculiiiii adjuvaret. Cato viiltu coiistanti
• ■
* Express in two ways.
^ Compare I. 10.
« 8ce 330.
* Id quod.
* See p. 177, note 3.
^ Jam puer, already a boy =•.
even in boifhood,
"^ I>B civitflit« Impetrnndif,
rerpertnuj the eitizinship to he ob-
taified — to obtain citizenship.
rds of
els of
)u are
study
;o you
; they
)ur all
116, de-
;avco],
I hcliiud,
touch.
?T sed
THE INFINITIVE.
187
ndit.
cTvi-
lurmn
it, ut
stantl
1,01/ =-.
aiulftf
he o6-
negavit id se facturum.^ Iterum deinde ac saepius interpel-
latns^ in proposito perstitit. Tunc Popedius pueiuui in exeel-
sam aediuin partem levatum tenuit,^ et se abjecturum'' inde
minatus est, nisi preeibiis obtemperaret ; noque hoc nietu^ a
sententia eum potiiit dunovere. Tunc Popedius exclaniasse*
fertur:^ "• Oratuleniur^ nobis,® Latlnl, hunc esse tarn par-
vum ; sT enirn senator esset,'" ue speriire quidem" jus'" civi-
tatis liceret.^**
-ooJOiJo-o-
CHAPTER LXI.
THE INFINITIVE.
395. Learn tlio infinitives of the regular and ir'-eguUir verbs.
(86, 112, 180. 223, 235, ete.)
8J>(>. Examine the following : —
1. Errare est humanum, to err is humnn.
2. PoBsum videre, / am able to see.
;]. Volo legere, I wish to read.
4. Earn aequi sg jubet, he orders her to follow hi7n(itel/).
f). Sftturnus in Italiam vSnisse dTcitur, Saturn is saiil tt*
have come into Ilal//.
Observe that in o.ich sentence the infinitive is used in liatin
precisely as in English. This ns«5 of the infinitive, as ollVring no
difficulty, has been tacitly illustrated in some of tin; foregoing
exercises.
^ Nogilvlt . . . faoturuin, de-
nied himself to be yotiuj to do it =
refused to do it.
2 Torf . part. See amflltufl, p. .*?♦.
^ Piioriiiii . . . Icviltiiin feiiiiU,
held the raised-up boy ~ raised up
and held the boi/,
* Se ubjeotiiriiiii, that he would
throw (him) down.
^ Hue iiietu, by this Jemr «= Itt/
/ear of thiu.
^' KxrltlinuHHO exrluiiiii-
vlsao.
• ' Fcrtiir - dioitiir.
" Cirnt.ileiimr, Irt us eotujratu-
late. Scc'M)!.
» Nobih. See iUil.
!<> KsHot . . . lleeret. Ste 383.
1^ Ne . . . quldt^Mi, uot tiv«u.
^'^ Ju8 civltutitt. CI. civlt&io,
liuu 2.
M
I; I
. ! 41
188
THE INFINITIVE.
I 1. '
f.' 5 i
m
i t:
897. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Cur me vis coiTumpere? 2. Tiraere incipiebat.
3. Soror flere inci[)iebiit. 4. Vincere scTs/ victoria^ uti ^
nescis. 5. Tarquiiiius Cuiiifis se contulisse dicitiir. G. Pon-
tera jubet rescind!. 7. Diilce est pro patria iiiorl. 8. Cato
esse quam videri bonus millebat. U. ruerOs decet tacere,
10. Tune Mariura audebis occldere ? 11. Nobis est in
anirao^ per provinciam i^er faeere. 12. Caesar ab urbe
profieisci inatilrat.
II. 1. Pyrrhus wanted to bri])e Fabricius. 2. Fabricius
could not^ be turned from (tlie path of) honor. 3. Why
did 3'ou begin to weep? 4. Did Hannibal know how* to
conquer? 5. Tarquin was said to have besieged Rome.
6. Rome is said to have been besiogof^ 7. Seeing is believ-
ing.® 8. The consul was ordered ' to tear down the bridge.
9. The bridge is said to have ])een torn down. 10. It is
pleasant^ to live for (one's) friends. 11. "NVe intend to tear
down the bridge. 12. lie is said to liave departed from
Italy.
308.
VOCABULARY.
a-verto, i), -ti, -sum, turn airai/
from, avert.
credo, 3, -didi, -ditiim, trust,
hel'u've, w. dnt. (34;{.)
docet, 2, docult, , iinpors.
(p. 200), it is hecomiivj, Jittimj,
pro])rr.
lioiiestiis, -iltls, v. [huuustuH],
honor, inteyritji, honest ij.
iii-oipio, 3, -cepi, -ocptum [ca-
pioj {take in hand), begin.
iiiaturo, 1 [inatiirus, ?/;>t],/ms^en.
inorlor,' 3, inortiiiiB, die.
|)ou8, poiltls, M., bridge.
rc-soiudu, 3, -soldi, -scissuiny
tear uwai/, tear down, break
down.
Horor, -oris, f., sister.
1 YoH know how,
2 Sc'o 304.
■* Jt Is in mind to us = we intend.
* Could not — was not able,
» Sue I. 4.
*> To see is to belie cc. Cf. I. 7.
' Uscjiibco.
8 Neuter. Cf. I. 7.
" Morlor luis future participle
niorlturuB.
. :
CHAPTER LXII. 1.
ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE.
Indirect DjscpuKaEr
399. Examine the following: —
Direct.
1. Homo est, he ?'< a man.
2. Ignis calcil, fre is hot.
3. Amicus adest, (Jiis) friend in present.
4. Mundus a Deo regitur, the world is ruled by God.
Indirect.
1. Dicit se hominem esse, he says that he is a man.
2. Sentlmus ignem calere, ?re perceive that fre is hot.
3. Putat amlcum adesse, he thinks that his friend is present.
4. Sclmus mimdum a Deo regi, tee knoiv that the world is
ruled bi/ God.
Notice the difference between the direct and indirect forms of
statement.
In the second group, compare the English with the Latin.
Observe (1) that after the leading verb there is nothing in the
Latin corresponding to the conjunction that; (2) that, while the
English retains the nominative and indicative of the direct form,
the Latin has instead the accusative and infinitive.
The second group illustrates the indirect discourse, so called
becanso what some one says, thinks, or knows, is stated in the
dependent clause indircctli/.
400. Rule of Syntax. — Tlic arcusativo and in-
fiiiitivo aro rt'K-ularly us«»<l aftoi* vorhs of sayingt
thinklniff knowing^ jtercelvlng, aiul the like.
401. Rule of Syntax. — Tho Nubjectof the iuliui-
tive in in tho accusative. .
n
L III
I
A*ii&WiemmffiS^-'^srrfsir<^^'
iJgar jtawLitoiiin •rfwwi tgsww«
''*'<i1RS!'A "■■Ji»-. t-V-iTi'
-"mm
• i .
190
ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE.
402.
Tenses of the Infinitive.
Pkesent.
dicdt ^
dicet > te scrlbere,
dixit )
dicit »
dicet > epistulam scribl,
dixit )
dicit \
dicet > tS scripturum esse,,
dixit )
5 he says that you are writing,
he will say that you are v;riling.
, he said that you ivere writing.
he says thai the letter is being written,
he will say that the letter is being written,
. he said that the litter was being written.
Future.
1
dicit )
riTr^Pf- ' epistulam sciip-
°*^®^ C turn i",i
dixit)
he says that you will write,
he will say that you will write,
he said that you icould write,
/ he says that the letter will he written.
-| he will say that the letter will be written,
( he said that the letter would Is written
Perfect.
the says that you wrote (have written).
< he will say that you wrote (have written).
(}
dicit ^
dicet !- te scripsisse,
dixit ) ( he said that you wrote (had ivritten).
dicit \ epistulam e he says that the letter was (has lieeii) written.
dicet >• Bcriptam 4 he will say that the letter was (has been) written.
dixit ) esse, i he said that the letter ivas (had been) loritten.
A study oi the above table will show that the present infini-
tive denotes the same time as that indicated by the tense of the
leading verbi that the future infinitive denotes time after that
indicated by the leading verb ; and that the perfect infinitive de-
notes time before that indicated by tlie leading verb.
40;j. Rule of Syntax. — The teiiHos of tlio infini-
tive refer to present, future, or past time, relatively
to the time of the leading verb.
* Moro commonly, fore ufc epistula with pubj. Also see p. 102, n. 1.
tively
1
I
!
cV
-Jayu^(-^y
ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE.
191
K
2.
404. "^^ EXERCISES.
[It will be best to translate each of the following sentences twice ;
first, literally, just as they stand, then into good English : thus,
History relates two aons to har° been to Cornelia — history relates that
Cornelia had two sons. The eightli thus : The ambassador said him-
self a public messenger to be of the Roman people — the ambassador
said thai he waSj etc.]
I. 1. Historianarratduos filics fulsse Corueliae. 2. Cor-
nelia dixit filios siius esse ornanienta sua. 3- ScTmiis matres
fllios auiare. 4. Tradituni^ est Caesarem a Bruto et Cassio
occisiim esse. 5. Certura est easu boniim fieri neniiuem.^
G. Scio haec vera esse. Ji* Marcellus Haiinibalem vincI
posse dociiit. 8, Legatus dixit se pQblicum iiuntiiini esse
populi Roniani. 9. Thales aquam dixit esse iiiitium reruni.
10. Traditum est Ilomerum fiiisse caecurn. 11. Legatus
dicit moutem ab hostibus tenerl.
[Before translating into Latin, cast each sentence mentally into
the fiatin form; thus the first sentence will be, It is said two sonn
to have been to Cornelia, or Cornelia !wo sons to have had ; and the
seventh, We know you the truth to he about to tett. This practice is
of capital importance.] , .
IL 1. It is said that Cornelia had two sons. 2. Have
we not heard that Cornelia had jewels? 3. I think that you
will have jewels, 4. We know that Cornelia loved her boys.
5. Do not^ all mothers think that their sons are their jewels?
C. I think that the moon will be full to-morrow. 7. We
know that you will toll the truth. 8. History relates that
Hannibal was defeated bv Marcellus. 9. It is related that
Homer wrote poems. 10. I know that this has been done.
11. He said that the enemy held the mountain.
1 In the compound tenses of
the passive voice tlie perfect parti-
ciple occasionally loses its idea of
tiiue aud becomes virtually an
adjective. Here triKlituin
= it is {a thiny) related.
3 Subject of fieri. -
eBt
\
V
■m
r'^lfSi'i.'n^^H
f'
f
I
192
ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE.
3.
405. 'IXERCISES.
[Read the first paragraph, page 191.]
I. 1. Jurate vos rem publicam non deserturos esse.
2. Vox quondam audita est liomam a Gallis captum^ Irl.
3. Certum est Hannibalem a ScTpione vTctum esse. 4. Ferunt^
eo die lunam fuisse plenam, 5. Cum NasTca ad Enniura
venisset, servus dixit Ennium doim iiou esse. 6. NtMca
sensit iUum^ intus esse. \JI. Postea cum ad NasToam venisset
Eimius, exclamavit ipse NasTca se'^ domi non esse. 8. Cato
dlcere solebat acerbos inimlcos sacpe vcrum dicere. 9. Abi,
A
^ -^ nuntia te^vKlisse Gajura Marium in Carthaginis ruiins seden-.^^%,.i
tcra (^sitting), 10. Matrona quaedam dictitabat se tiigiiita
tautum annos habere**
[See second paragraph, p. 191. The first sentence expressed in
the Latin idiom will be, Ennlus sai/s himself at. home not to he; the
third, He thinks himself at home to be about to be; the fourth, Cato
thought his friends the truth not always to speak (compare I. 8).]
II. ■* . Eunius says tliat he is not at home. 2. He said
that he had not been at home. 3. He thinks that he shall
be at home to-morrow. 4. Cato thought that his friends
did not always tell him* the truth. 5. It is evident that the
world was not made bv chance. C. We have sworn that we
will not desert our leader. 7. The soldiers swore that they
had not deserted the republic. 8. It was evident that the
enemy was being defeated.® 9. Do yon not know that the
enemy are near? 10. It is certain that they are advancing
towards the town.
X
* Captuniy being a suphie
(433), (loos not change its form
to agree with Roinani.
'-' Perunt = diciiut.
* Observe the difference he-
tAveen ilium in C and se lu 7.
* To have thirty years ^ to be
thirty years old.
^ Him = himself; not accusative.
^ Notice that the time of the de-
pendent verb is ijresent, with refer-
ence to that of the leading vrb.
■»
ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE.
193
1 esse,
m^ In.
^'erunt^
Cnnium
Nasiea
enisset
]. Cato
d. Ab!,
y
/
"]
8eden-..^^j^^
le
trigihta
3ssed in
he; the
h, Cato
8).]
said
shall
riends
at the
lat we
t they
lat the
at the
aucing
= to be
isative.
the de-
h refep-
.
/
406,
VOCABULARY.
aeorbus, -a, -um, adj. [acer],
harsh, bitter.
arbitror, 1, thiuf:, suppose, believe.
con Stat, 1, -stitit, , impors.
(41o), it is evident, clear.
de-sero, 3, -ui, -turn, desert, aban-
don.
Knnius, i, m., Ennius, a Roman
poet.
cx-clilmo, 1, cry out exclaim.
Gallus, -i, M., a Gaul.
historia, -ao, f., history.
in-iuiicus, -a, -iiin,n(lj. [amicus],
unfriendly, huslile ; noun, an
em my. (172.)
intiis, adv. [in], inside, within.
jfiro, 1 [jiis], sn'car, take an oath.
Blarcellus, -i, m., Marcellus, a
lioman general.
matrona, -ae, f. [mater], wife,
lady, matron.
nuntio, 1 [nuntius], announce,
report.
orniimeutum; -i, n. [orno], orna-
ment, jeicel. (345. 0.)
populus, -i, M., people.
publicus, -a, -um, adj. [popu-
lus] { pertaining to the people),
public. (34.5. 19.)
quondam, adv., once, formerly.
sentio, 4, sensi, scnsum, feel,
know {by the senses), see, perceive.
tantum, adv. [tantus], only.
I'halcs, -is, M., Tkales, a Greek
pliilosoplier.
tra-do, ■], -didi, -dltum [trans],
(jive over, deliver ; relate, recount.
veruiu, -i, n. [vcrus], the truth.
^
407.
4.
FOR Tr..\NSLATION.
NasIca et Ennius.
Nfislca,^ cum ad poetam Enniiim vOnisset,'' eTqiic' ab ostio
quaciontr' Eiinlum ancilki dixisset eiim donii^ non esse, sensit
illani''' domini jussu dlxisse, ct IHum'^ intus esse. Panels post
diebns, cum ad NfisTcam v'nisset Enuius et eum a** janua
quacroret, cxclamat ISfasTca so douu nou esse. Tum Ennius,
" Qui ^ ego uon cognOsco vocem," inquit,'-^ " tuani ? "
^ Subject of aenslt.
- Ad . . . vcnlsset, had come
to, that is, to call on.
3 ro/i/'m,dat.ofl8. See 270. 2.
* TVes. i)art. of quacro, in the
dut. with ci, to him as/cin(/ fur.
^ See 330.
" Refers to ancilla, and is the
subject ace. of dixisse.
' That i,s, F:nnius.
^ A janua, at the door.
° Observe the jjosition of iuquit.
A I
.•■I
1:1
$
Xfe' il
i
]'AKT1CIPLES,
rilc^NiisTca: "Homo es impudens. Ego, cum te quaere-
rera, aiicilhie" tuae credidi te^ domi hop isse ; tu mihi nou
ciedis ipsi?*'*
CHAPTER LXIII. 1.
/ 408,
/ 1. l\
PARTICIPLES.
408. Learn the participles of the re gular ^and irregular verbs.
^ a. .'or declension of a present active participle, see 165. The
.' ablative singular generally ends in c, but in I when the participle
/ is used as an adjective.
/ 2. The other participles, ending iri ua, a, um, are declined like
V bonus (71).
40$). Examine the foUotmng : —
/ cadit, he falls } ^ ■, -
1. FortissimS dimicans 4 cadet, he will fall \- ^'' ^
(cecidit, hefdl ) ^'"''''^y-
2. Hostes adortiis profligavit, he attacked ami ranted (Jiavlng
attached J he routed) the enemy.
3. El advenienti aquila pilleum sustulit, an ea(/le tool: off his
cap as he icas approaching (Jo him approacldnfj').
4. Leouidas superatus nedere noluit, Leonidas, (though) over-
jwwered, irould not yield.
5. Roma expulsus Athenas ibit, (//) expelled from Rome, he
will (JO to Athens.
G. Epistulam sibi commissam detulit, he delivered the letter
(which had been) intrusted to him.
7. Ea r§ commotus in Italiam rediit, he returned into Italy
(because he was) alarmed at this event.
8. Nos moriturl salutanius, we, (who are) about to die, salute you.
i). Ob virgines raptas, on account of the seizure of the maidens
(maidens seized).
^ An adverb, hereupon. •' Subject ace. of esse. See 401.
« Dat. after credidi. Sue 343. * Emphasizes mllii. (270. 4.)
Ji
PARTICirLES.
195
rjuaere-
ihi nOu
ir verbs.
.65. The
participle
lined like
yhting most
hravebj.
I (Jiaving
tool- ojf Ji'^^
oiujli) over-
Ill Rome, he
d the letter
■I into Italy
?, salute you.
the maidens
5. Sie 401
(270. 4.)
Study the above examples with reference first to the tenses
of the participles, and observe that the time of the participles is
present, past, or future, relatively to the time of the loading verb.
Notice how the partici])le is translated in each example; oidy
in the first is it oest translated literally. What the I/atin expresses
by a participle we very often express by a clause beginning n.?,
thcnigh, if, because, etc., by a relative clause, or by a verb coordinate
/
with one following.
■■^-
410. EXERCISES.
[It will be best to translate every sentence literally, then into
good English.]
I. 1. Remns irrldens mfirum trfmsiliit. 2. Abl hinc,
oblTta^ fratrnm, oblTta^ patriae, o. Legato res rcpetentl^
siiperbe responsum est^ a LatiuTs. 4. FaliscI statim bencficio
victi portas Romauls aperiie''iint. 5. Fllius INIanli Latlnuni
ex cquo excussum transfixitJ>' 0. RCMiian! necessitate vTcti
legates mittuiiw 7. Iliinc Fabricius vinetiini redficl jussit-
8. Hannibal causam belli qiiaerens Sagimtum evert'^, 9. Ea
re commotus in Italiara rediit armis injuriam acceplam
vindicaturus.i^
excepit. -- v.
10. Misso^^ a seuatu lejratos honOrifice
y
/
[Cast each of the following sentences into the Latin idiom
before attempting to translate. Thus, Romulus killed Remns laugh-
ing at (ace. in agreement with Re7nus) ; Iloratius stabbed his sistt?
forgetful (oblitam) ; to the aoihassadors demanding, etc.]
II. 1. Romulus killed Remus because he laughed at lus
wall. 2. Iloratius stabbed his sisi? • with his sword because
1 Feminine of tlio pcrf. part.
oblitus, from oblivisoor. Trans-
late, Thou who hast forgotten (lit.,
having forgotten),
2 To the ambassador demanding
■=. to the ambassador who demanded ,
or when the ambassador demanded.
^ Respcnsum est, // iras re-
plied = answer was made.
* Excussum transfixit,.s<r«r^
off and stabbed. See 409. 2.
^ About to avenge, i.e., in order
to avenge.
6 Compare 400. 6.
i' 1 1
n
PARTICIPLES.
she was forgetful of her country. 3. The Latins answered
the ambassadors^ liauglitily, wlicn they deinarided restitution.
4. The Gauls entered the open houses. 5. To the lionians,
as they came out of the pass, the liglit was sadder tlian
death^ itself. 6. The old men went forth to jneet^ Manlius^
as he was returninix to Ixonie. 7.* Thev bound the prisoner
and brouijlit him back to tlie citv. 8. Tlie letter which had
been written by tlie l)oy was delivered. 0. The Ivomans
never despaired, though they were often defeated.^ 10. Cae-
sar received the senate sitting," when tliev came' to him.
^ coin-inovco, 2, -inovi, -niotum,
'' shake, disturb, excitr, nlarm.
de-fero, -ferre, -tnli, -Isitiiin,
[brinij down), deliver.
de-spero, 1, he hopeless, deqvtir.
VOCABULARY.
e-verto.
-sum, overlnni,
overthrow, destroy.
cx-cutio, 3, -cussi, -cussum
[qiiatio], shcdce out, strike off,
drive aicaij, cast out.
Falisci, -oruin, m., the Fallscans,
a people of Etruria.
hinc, adv. [liicj, from this place,
hence.
ir-rideo, 2, -risi, -risiini [in],
laiii/h at, ridicule, jest, mock.
liatliius, -a, -nm [Latium],
Latin ; noun, a Latin.
ncccssitsls, -atis, f. [nccesse],
ncressiti/, constraint.
ob-viain, adv., in the 7ray ; with
verb of motion, meet; w. dat.
pateo, 2, -ui, , lie open, he
open ; part, patens, opni.
porta, -ae,F., //'//'', door. Cf. jilniia.
re-diico, 3, -xi, -ductuni, lead
hack, hrinrj hack.
senior, -oris, m. & f, (comp. of
senex, old) , elder, old person.
statim, adv. (sto), {standing there),
on the spot, imniediatehj, at once.
superbc, adv. [superbus],
jiroudlij, hau(/htili/.
triins-figo, 3, -fixi, -fixuni,
pierce through, pierce, stab.
vindico, 1, claim, avenge, punish.
1 Dative.
2 See 211, 212.
8 7 o meet, obviam.
* Compare I. 7.
s Not the last word: the Ttomans
often defeated, etc.
<5 In at>recnu'nt with Casar.
' Had come. See 373.
V
/
\
\
\
y
\ ;
iswcrcd
Itutlon.
Lomaiis,
er than
lanlius^
prisoner
ik'li had
Eomans
10. C»-
hiin.
[nccessc],
way; with
; \v. diit.
[e open, he
open.
.Cf.jJinua.
ctuniy kad
(comp. of
Id person,
inding there),
hj, at once.
iuperbws],
-fix vim,
stah.
mfje, punish. ^ f
V
:the Jlomans
\ Casar.
J73.
\
\ ,
rAUTICIPLES: ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE.
197
CHAPTER LXIV.
PARTICIPLES: AliLATIVE ABSOLUTE.
412. Examine the follow in (j : —
tthe sii/i risin(/, -i
' ° < ivhen the sun rlsrjt, \- theshidowsjleeaumy,
teiiebrae, i . ,i • • /*,; \
\ at the riKiiKj oj the sun, )
I the sif/nal havinej hv.cn f/icen,
Dato sTgno, virgines ) i ,i • ,
° ° ■< iciu'.n the SKjnai was <jicen,
raptae sunt, i , n • • ;
*^ \at the (J wen siijnai,
he rcifjning,
. -^ijn, |- (I wiir arose.
\ichUe he ?/v/,s' rciqning,)
the maidens
tec re seized.
(he reif/ninq,
E6 regnante, belluni ) . , . "
° -; in /ii.'< rcKjn,
escortum est, / ; •; ;
Consul, bello confec-
to, Romain rediit,
the tear hacinrf been Jinishcd, )
7 ,7 ' j: • 1 > ( the cons III, re-
vvien the war was Jinisheil, -
, . /. • 7 T w \ tnruid to iioinc
hacing finished the war,
\
cemus,
enemy.
( you (heiny) leader, )
Te duce, hostes vin- ) .. ; ? ( ""<-' shall roiK/uer the
-i ij ijou are our leader, V '■
( with you for a leader, )
f ]\f. and P. Qieiny') consuls.
Messalla et Pisone ) ; i r ? 7j ;
•< ivhen J/, and P. icere consuls.
COUSUlibUS, / • .7 7 ;• ^ ir 7 Ti
Km the consulship at M. and I'.
Sereno caelo,
(the sky (Jjeing) clear.
■< when the sky is clear.
C in a clear sky.
1. The foregoing examples ilhistrate the very common construc-
tion callcfl the Ablative Absolute.
2. In the first four examples there is a noun (or pronoun) in the
ablative, and a participle agreeing with it. Jn the last three tiiere
is no p)articiple expressed, but instead, another noun or an adjective.
3. Carefully -compare the Latin with the English translation,
and observe that each ablative absolute may be rendered by a
clause beginning with when, ivhile, or if (in other instances because,
although, etc.), the Latin noun in the ablative beconung the subject
of the clause in English, and that this noun refers to a different
person or thing from the subject of the leading verb.
■i il
■i
1^8
PARTICIPLES: ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE.
^V
I
1 'ItJ
i«{
4. We may also sometimes translate the participle in tlie abla-
tive absolute by a verb coordinate with a following verb. Thus
the fourth might Isb traiisiated, The consul Jinixhed the war and
relumed.
5. Jf T wish to express in the J^atin, Whde he was reit/ning, he
carried on irar, he being the .uibject of both the principal and sub-
ordinate clauses, I say, Is regaans bellum gessit ; but if I wish
to express, While he was rei(jnin<j, ivar arose, he being subject of
the subordinate clause, and war of the principal, I use the ablative
absolute, thus, E6 regnante, bellum exortum est,
G. In the fourth example notice the chan;^e of idiom. We
niight say. The consul, hucinij finished (ne war, returned to Rome; but
the liatin luis no perfect active partici})le corresponding to haoing
finished ; therefore, in Latin the perf(>ct passive participle nuist be
used in the ablative with the nonn bellum. '1 "he same idea may,
of course, be expressed by a cum clause. See 372.
7. From the nature of depon(Mit ver])s (passive form with active
meaning), it will be seen that the English participle with having
may be directly expressed in Latin, if there is a deponent verl) of
the right meaning; thus, Casar having encouraged his men, Caesar
militSs hort§tus.
8. Most instances of the so-called ablative absolute may be
resolved as the ablative ot time, means, cause, etc,
'/
■/
413. EXERCISES. -^
[Translate each ablative alvsolute in as »nany ways as possible.]
I. 1. Stricto p;ljuli6, trfinsfLxit puelhiin. 2. ExpulsTs
rti<ril)us, duo consules erefitl sunt. 3. (,^uo facto,' infitfita
est prooll fortfinn,. 4. Occupfitfi Sicilifi, cpiid postcii acturus
OH? ' t). Hunnibal, vTso friitris (xicisl capite, dixit: ''Agnosco
fortunain C'artliaginis." G. Ills paralTs rebus, Caesar mil i ten
nfives conscendi're julx't^ 7. IToe facto, tutus oris. 8. Al-
pihuH supcrjItTs, Hannibal in ItaliMm veuit. 9. Caesar,
niortuo Srdia, Khodnin scccdere sfatuit. 10. Deletls Teu-
tonibus, C. Marius in Cind>rds se convertit,
^ When this had been done. What is it liternlly ?
/
r
"f?
I tlie abla-
i-b. Thus
; war and
eiyning, he
a and sub-
i if 1 wisb
svil:)ject oi
,be ablative
liom. We
> Rome ; but
\o- to having
pie nuist be
e idea luay,
1 with active
with havinij
ncnt verb of
„i(^M, Caesar
Ivite may be
PARTICirLES: ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE.
190
as possible.]
l^ KxpulHis
.tC),' mutata
iHlea ficiunis
Itu'sar milites
M'is. H. Al-
<). Caesar,
jelGiis Teu- ^
I— ^
[Before trying to translate the following sontenccs, consider well
in each case what the probable Latin form of expression, or idiotn,
would be for the subordinate claus«% adverbial phr.is(>, etc.; thus,
When he had stabbed the (jlrl = the girl (^harlng been) stabbed ; 117/en
Numa teas king = Aiiiiki. (being) king; lig hnrling their javelins
= by the javelins hurled.^
II. 1. When he had stabbed the girl, lie put by his sword.
2. On the expulsiou of King Tarquiii, lirutus and C'oUatiniis
were made consuls. 3. When Nuina was king, the toin})Ie
of Janus was built. 1. Ca»sar, jifter he had overcome the
Gauls, waged war with Pompey. .'). On the death of Cato,
there was no longer* a republic. G. Having learned these
facts (things), he hastened against the enemy. 7. The
soldiers, bv hurllnix their javelins, broke the enemv's line.
8. Having held a levy, the consul sets out innnedij'U'ly for
{ad) the army. 9. O my country, thou hast overcome my
anger by employing a mother's entreaties. 10. If we do^
this, we shall all be safe.
414. VOCABU
acl-moveo, 2, -movf, -niotiiiii,
(more rip, toii'drdu), "j>j>/i/,n)ij)/(>i/.
cognusco, .'}, -giiovi, -gnltuni
[coin, (g)no8coJ, learn, recog-
nise, knoiv.
Colltitiniis, i, m., Colldtimi.s,
surnanK' of L.Tarquinius.
oon-lclo, .1, -Jeoi, -Joctiiin [Ja
do] (throw togithrr), throir, hurl.
con-tcndo, .'), -<li, -tuiii {draw
tight), exert one's self, strive, has-
ten ; contend .
con-verto, ;J -ti, -simi, turn
round, turn, change ; sr convcr-
tere, turn one's self, turn,
dSlectiis, -fis, M. [dellgO, choose
ottt'], selection, levy.
LARY.
(Icpono, ;', -posiil, -pOHitiiiii,
put dt)u-)i, jnif hji^ I'll/ diin-n.
ox-pello, •>, -pull, pulHiiiii, drive
out or away, expel.
fliliiiis, -I, M., Janus, the two-facod
j^od.
pcrfrhigo, '•), -fregi, -fractnni
[frailgu, lireak-^, break: through,
tin Ilk.
llhudus, -i, I'., lihodex, ail iwland
in the /K^'ean.
se-ofulO, J», -oohhI, -rr>HHUiii, go
apart, withdraw, retire,
statiid, .'J, -III, iituni, put, place;
think-, believe, determine,
HtriiigO, .'], -iixl, Rtrlctiim (drmn
tight), graze; draw, unsheathe.
1 JS/o longer nulL^ Jam. ^ (j we do this - this doni»
S
m
I
200
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
CHAPTER LXV. 1.
IMPP:RS0NAL VERliS.
415. Examine the folio idng : —
1. Pluit, it rains.
2. Tonat, // thmulfrs.
3. Me pudet stultitiae raeae, / am ashamed (it shames me) oj
my folUj.
4. Bum paenitet sceleris, he repents (it repents him) of his crime.
5. Pugiiabatur, fight in;/ ?cas fjoing on (it iras being fought).
G. Caesari^ parendiim - est, Cw^uir must he ubeged (it must he
obeged to Cwsar).
7. Tibi licet exTre, you mag go out (it is permitted to you to go out).
8. Hoc nos facere oportet, we ought to do this (it behooves us to
do this).
9. Caesarl placuit lit legates mitteret, Ca:sar determined (it
pleased Cwsar) to send ainbas.':adors.
(1) Observe in each of the forcgoiiif? examples that tlie loading
verb has no personal subject either expressed or implied. Jn 7,
the subject of licet is the inlinitivc^ exTre ; in 8, the phrase hoc
n5s facere is the sultject of oportet; in I), the clause ut legStos
mitteret is the subject of placuit. In each of the first six the
subject is contnincd in the vcib itself.
Q?) Some vtsrhs, like pluit, tonat, pudet, paenitet, licet, the
use of which is mostly conlined to the third person singular, are
called Impersonal Verbs; many others, as in the examples pug-
nftbcltur, oportet, placuit, are sometimes used imjn'rsona/ly.
• (8) Examples 7 and 8 show quo way of rendering may and must
into Latin.
(4) In 3 and 1 notice the nsi! of the accusative and genitive
after the verbs.
41«. Rule of Syntax. — Tlu^ imiMM-sonal verbs
tniserct, paenitet, %}lyet, putletf taedet tiike the uccusa-
1 Siiti 417. 2.
9 Sue 425. (4).
■is mc) of
his crime.
hi).
t must, he
to go out').
)oves us to
rmincd (}t
10 leading
(1. Ill 7,
iraso hoc
t legatoB
I six iluj
licet, iho
vilar, ave
'Ihj.
ij and must
,1 ocmlivo
a I verbs
c accusa-
i
t *
IMPERSONAL VERBS. 201
I
. 1
tive of the person and tlie g-enitive of the object or
cause of the feeling".
Some examples of verbs used impersonally have already been
given. See 362. T. ; 370. 1. 5 ; 410. 1. 3.
417. Examine the following : —
ACTIVK.
Passive.
1. Fratrl persuadet, he persuades Fratrl persuadetur, his brother
his brother,
is j)ersua(led.
2. Legibiis parebant, they obeyed Legibus parebatur, the laws
ICC re obeyed.
Mihi creditur, / am believed.
4. AmTcIs nocent, they injure Amlcia nocetiir, their friends
the laws.
3. Credit mihi, he believes me.
thtir friends.
are injured.
Observe that the verbs are intransitive. Compare the active
and passivt! in tiie examples one by one. Observe that in each
case the passive is expressed by putting the verb in the third .
person singular, leaving the indirect object of the active unchanged.
418. Kttle of Syntax. — Intransitive verbs arc
used impersonally in the passive, the person or tiling
affected (^the subject in Knglish) being expressed by^
the dative.
C-
41J).
EXERCISES.
I. 1. OniiiGs decot iGctc agoro. 2. Difi et ficriter pugnfi-
tum est. 3. Seqiiitur lit falsnni sit. 4. Eoriini nOs miseret.^
5. TiUMlet nu" vTtao./ C! St:ituendiini- vobTs ante noctoin est. ;j
7. Lict't inilii ex urbe eo-fi'dT. H. Nos oportiiit'' hoc fiicere.
P
9. Trfidituni est ScTpiuneni (loctiini fuisse. 10. Kfidein noete
aocidit lit esset Ifinti [iK'ntu 11. Obsistltiir illTs. 12. C'lii*
pare! potrdt ? !.">. IVi'sufuletur euiisuli.
1 Compare 415. 3 and 4.
* The dntij (fdcridiui/ is to you =
lyuu must decide. t^'Mupure 425. 7.
• It hvhoovcd us to do = we ought
to have done.
« 8uu 343.
if
202
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
[Observe that the following sentences are modelled closely on the
foregoing, and on the illustrative examples. Cast each one into
the Latin form before thinking of the Latin words ; thus the fifth
sentence will be changed to It <llsfjmts me of the folly, etc.]
II. 1. It becomes us nil to live well. 2. The battle will
be fought bravely. 3. It followed that' the enemy were
defeated. 4.^ He was ashamed of his cowardice. 5. I am
disgusted with the folly of the men. G. What must we do?
7. What ought we to have done?'' 8.'* May 1 take the
book? 9. It was reported to Caesar that the enemy were
approaching. 10. It resulted^ from these circumstances''
that- all were silent. 11. The winds are opposed with
difficulty. 12. Can the soldier be spared? 13. Are not
the laws of the republic obeyed ?
420.
VOCABULARY.
decet, 2, dccuit, inipers., it is
seemly, heromintj, fttiiuj.
e-gredlor, 8, -gressiis [gradior],
go out, (JO forth, march out. Cf.
exco.
fortlter, adv. [fortis], bravely,
courageously.
Ilcct, 2, -ult, or -itiiin est, inipers.,
it is permitted, it is lawful, [one]
may.
mlsoret, 2, -Itum est, impcrs.
[miser], it makes miserable, it
err lies pity, (one) pities.
ob-sIst5, n, -stlti, -stltuin, oppose,
withstand, resist, w. (Int.
oportct, 2, -ult, impers., it is
^ A result clause, ut, etc.
a Compare 415. 3.
8 Compare I. 8.
necessary, it behooves, (one) must
or ought.
parco, J}, peperci (parsi), par-
sum, s])are, w. (lat.
piget, 2, -uit, or -itum est,
inipers., it disgusts, (one) is dis-
gusted.
pudct, 2, -uit, or -itum est, im-
pers., it shames, (one) is ashamed,
piigno, I [piigna], Jiglit.
stultitla, -ac, V. [stulUiH^foolish],
foil II. (345. 11.)
taedet, 2, -uit, or taesuui est,
inipers., it disgusts, wearies, (one)
is disgusted.
vix, adv., hardly, with difficulty.
* Compare 415. 7.
6 Fiel)at.
8 Hes.
^
iwf-ii'(t*r*'^!f0ik>
FOR TRANSLATION.
203
ly on the
one into
the fifth
ittle will
ny were
5. I am
t we do?
take the
my were
istances''
ied with
Are not
(one) must
irsi), par-
ity m est,
())i() is dis-
III est, im-
s ashamed,
\,ht.
\s, foolish],
,0811 III est,
(tries, (one)
difficulty.
i .
2.
421. FOR TRANSLATION.
The Death of the Pet Sparrow.
Liigete, o Veneres Cupidinesqiie,
Et quantumst^ hominum- venustioruin.
Passer niortuus est meae pueUae,
Passer, deliciae nieae puclhie,
Quern phis ilia oeulis'' suis amabat:
Nam mellitiis erat suamqiic* norat*
Ipsa*' tam ])eue quam puella matreni
Nee sese a gremio illius^ movebat,
Sed circinnsiliens niodo hue niodo illuc
Ad solam dominani usque pipiabat.
Qui* nunc it per iter tenebricosum
Illuc unde negant redire quemquam.*
At vobis male sit,''' mulae tenebrue
Orci, quae omnia bella" devoratis :^
Tarn bellum niihi'- passerem abstu'istis.
O factum Tiiale ! ''^ io miselle passer !
Tua nunc opera ^* meae puellae '^
Flendo tuririduli rubent'*'' ocelli. — Catullus,
1 For qiiantuiu est. Trans-
late, all ye lovely ones, ivlioevcr ye
are. What is it literally 1
^ Depends un quautuin. See
340.
* Ahlative after the eonipara-
tive plus. Set" 212.
* Supply (loiniiiam.
* For iiiSverat, but with the
meaning of tho ini])t'rfeut.
^ With puelht.
^ That is, puellao.
" Refers to passer.
^ Subji'ct aec. of redire. See
401 and 279. 0.
1'^ /// Itetide you !
11 From hcllus.
12 Translate my.
i!» Faetiim male, ivo/ul deed.
What is it literally ?
1* On your acrontit,
i** (icnitivi' aftor oeelli.
10 Tiirgldiili rubeut, are all
itvolien and red.
'
PERirHKASTlC CONJUGATIONS.
CHAPTER LXVI. 1.
PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS.
FuTUKE Active Participle. — Gerundive.
[^Review the participles of the regular and irregular verhs.'\
r
422. The future active participle with the verl) sum forms the 3'
First, or Activk Peuipiirastic Conjugation : amaturus sum, -,
eram, etc., / am, was, etc., about to {goin(j to, intendiwj to) love. ~
4'-i3. The gerundive with the verl) sum forms tlio Second, or '
P^StTVE Pkrii'HUASTIC CONJUGATION : amaiidus sum, eram, etc.,
I am, was, etc., to be loved , I deserve, ought, etc., to be loved.
424.
ACTIVE.
PARADIGMS.
Indicative.
Pres. amaturus sum
Imi'ER. amaturus eram
Fut. amaturus ero
Pere. amaturus ful
Plui'. amaturus fueram
F.P. amaturus fuero
etc.
V
425. Examine the followiiifj : — ' — ' r*-^
1. Non dubito quin moniturus sit, I do not doubt that he will *-
PASSIVE.
amandus sum
amandus eram
amandus ero
amandus fui
amandus fueram
amandus fuero
etc.
'-U
Vv..
H
advise.
2. Non dubito quIn futurum sit ut id flat, I do not doubt that
{it will happen that it be done) it will be done, ■ ^
3. Scifibam quid acturua esses, 7 knew what you ivcre going to do. A)
4. Pontem faciendum curat, he {takes care a bridge to be built) -
has a bridge built.
5. DSlenda est Carth5g6, Carthage must he destroyer,
6. Caesarl omnia crant agenda, everything had to be done by
Cttsar.
7. Mihi Bcrlbendlim est, {the duty of writing is to me) I must
write.
brms the -^ \^
us sum, ", 'p^^
'ove. . ^
:coND, or
rani, etc.,
C
'—4
v^
am
N
r
hat he will ■- c
doubt that
fjning to no. "^
to he built) - < _.
he done by
ne) 1 must
PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS.
8. Omnibus moriendum est, (the necessity of dying is to all)
all must die.
9. Vobia judicio utendum est, (the duty of using judgment is to
you) you ought to use Judgment.
(1) The first three examples show how a future tense may be
supplied for the subjunctive mood.
(2) Observe in the fourth example the use of the gerundive
agreeing with a noun which is the object of euro, the whole ex-
pression denoting to have a thing done.
(3) The last five examples show some uses of the passive peri-
phrastic conjugation. Xotice that the idea of necessity, or duty,
is pronunent in these forms.
(4) In 7, 8, and 9 the verbs are used impersonally, that is, with-
out any personal subject, the gerundive being in the nominative
singular neuter. This impersonal use belongs to transitive verbs
without an object expressed, and to intransitive verbs. For the case
of judicio, see 304.
(5) In the last four examples, Caesarl, mihi, omnibus, and
vobis, denote in each case the person to tvhom there is a duty or
necessity of doing something. This dative is most conveniently
rendered with by, and is called the Dative of Agent.
426. Rule of Syntax. — The dative is used with
the grcruiidive to denote the person hy whom the act
must be done.^
/
427.
2.
EXERCISES.
r ('I
I. 1. Quis (lubitat qnln futurl sitis docti? 2. Quis dubi-
tat qiiTn ludos visiiri bImuis? ?>. '^iJn erat dubiuni quin
ludos vTsurus csset. 4. Noll d'abitfiro quTn crus ventfirus Him.
5. CognOvT quid rioturus wit. 0. Audiam quid ilcturus sis.
7. CognOverjun quid fic'tun esscmt. 8. Dux caatra moturus
est. 9. Seribenda est mihi epistula. 10. Sciibenda erat
1 IIow is the a^'ent with a verb in the passivo otherwise and com-
monly expressed 1
tv
>■«<*•-
i\i II
hi '■
if
206
PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS.
#!
tibi epistula. 11. Oppidum imlitibus oppugnandiim erit.
12. HIc liber niihi legondus est^ /-J,
II. 1. There is no doubt that you are going to be a hero.
2. I dou])t not tliat you will sec the games. 3. Do not
doubt ^ that he will be present. 4. Do you know wliat he is
going to do? 5.- We ought to cultivate virtue. 6.^ I must
give the signal. 7.^ We ought to read the poets. 8. The
commander must be obeyed.^ 0. The boy is not to be
believed. 10. The town had to be fortified. r - -
3. \
428. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Quaesivit ex oraculo Croesus utrum ipse superaturus
esset. 2. Non erat dubium quin FaliscI sese Komanis dedi-
turl essent. 3. Nisi vinum defecisset, i)lura et graviora
dicturi fuimus^ 4. Magnam in spem veniebat fore* ut
pertinacia desisteret hostis. 5. Cum Scipio, graviter vulne-
ratus, in hostium nianus jamjam venturus esset, fllius cum
perTculo liberfivit. 6. Hoc censeo et Carthaginem esse
delendam. 7.,Aemilius llberos GraecTs iTtterTs erudiendos^
curaveratj^-^. Caesarl dandum erat tuba signum. i). Mihi
utcndum est judicio meo.*^ 10. Ita nobis vivendum est, ut
ad mortem parati sTmus.
II. 1. I will ask of the general whether he is going to
advance. 2. Who doubts that the Romans will surrender
themselves to the Faliscans? 3.^ If words had not failed, I
was going to write a longer letter. 4. I think the enemy
will be defeated. 5. When Ciesar was on the point of
1 Noli dubltiirc. How else
may this be expressed ?
^ Express in two ways — by
using oportot, and then by the
gerundive.
8 Lit. it must he obeyed to the
commander. Cf. 415> 0.
■* Fore = futiiruin esse, to be
about to be, may be omitted in
translation.
^ Compare 425. 4, and (2).
« Sec 425. 9.
' Compare 1. 3. i
1 erit.
I hero.
)o not
t he is
[ must
B. The
to be
V
n
raturus
E dedi-
raviora
Di-e* lit
• viilne-
Lis eiim
in esse
icndos^
. Mihi
est, ut
3ing to
•render
lilcd, [
(Miemy
jint of
so, to be
itted in
(2).
PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS.
207
starting^ for Rome, he received a letter from I'ompey.
G. My opinion is- that the town ought to be besieged.
7. These things must not be despised by^ us. 8. A wise
man will have his boys trained* in Latin literature.^ i). The
citizens^ must obey the laws. 10. The soldiers must use
their own judgment.
429.
VOCABULARY.
Aeinilius, -i, 3i., yEmilius, a Ro-
man consul.
censeo, 2, -ui, -uin, estimate ;
think, deem, be of opinion.
Croesus, -i, m., Crcesus, king of
Lydia.
de-do, 3, -didi, -ditum, { put away
from one's self) surrender, de-
liver up.
de-fieio, 3, -feci, -fectum [fa-
cio], (make away from) revolt;
Jail, be icantim/.
de-sisto, 3, -stiti, -stitum, (stand
off or apart) leave off, cease, de-
sist.
doctus, -a, -um, adj. [P. of
doceo], learned.
gravis, -e, adj., heavy, serious.
graviter, adv., heavily, seriously.
ito, adv., thus, so.
janijani, adv., already; jamjam
vcnturus, on the point of coming.
judicium, -i, n. [judico], judg-
ment, opinion.
op-pQgno, 1 [ob], attack, assatdt,
besiege.
uriiculum, -i, n. [oro], oracle.
paratus, -a, -um, adj. [P. of
paro], ready, prepared.
pcrtinacia, -ae, f. [pertin»ix,per-
sistent'j, perseverance, obstinacy.
(345. 11.)
signum, -i, n., mark, sign, signal.
utor, 3, usus, use, employ, w. abl.
utrum, adv., whether. Cf. num,
382.
^
Judico, censeo, existimo, arbitror, puto, and opinor, all mean
think; but the first four imply more deliberation and reflec-
tion; primarily think as a judge, a magistrate, an appraiser, an
arbiter; hence, in general, of official, authoritative opinion.
Puto and opiuor imi)ly rather private, personal judgment or
opinion.
1 On the point of starting
ready about to star't.
2 This I think. Cf. I. 0.
» See 426. (0).
al-
♦ Cf. I. 7, and 425. (2).
^ Compare 232. I. 4.
° A civibus, to distinguish Uie
agent frum the iudiruct object.
m
208
GERUND: GERUNDIVE: SUriNE.
I ^i
i^
r:
CHAPTER LXVII.
GERUND. — GERUNDIVE. — SUPINE.
■> 430. Learn the gerunds and supines of the regular and irregu-
lar verbs.
'^ Gerund.
4,31. Examine the following : —
G. Caesar loquendi finem facit, Cwsnr makes an end of
speaking.
Cupidus est te audiendi, he is desirous of hearing you.
D. Aqua utilis est bibendo, tcatcr w useful for drinking.
Ac. Inter pugnandum triginta naves captae sunt, during the
fght {amid the fighting^ thirty ships ivere taken.
Ab. Mens discendo alitur, the mind is strengthened by learning.
1. The above examples illustrate the use of the gerund in its
several cases. It will be seen that the gerund is used like the
English verbal noun in ing. The nominative is supplied in Latin
by the infinitive; e.^., videre est credere, seeing is believing.
Gerund and Gerundive.
432. Examine the f-^lloidng : —
G. Consilia -^ urbem delendi, > plans for (of) destroying
( urbis delendae, > the city.
D Ooeram dat I ^S^°^ colendo (rare) \ he devotes himself to
( agris colendis, i tilling the fields.
Ac. Vgnerunt ad \ P^^®"' petendum (rare) ) they ca,
( pacem petendam, S for
Ab. OccupStus ( litteras scribendo (rare) > / was engaged ir
sum in ( litteris scribendis, ) writina letters.
came to sue
peace.
i in
1. What is to be particularly studied in the above examples is
the difference between the gerund and the gerundive construction,
as shown within the braces. Observe (1) that the gerund is put
in the required case, and has its object in the accusative ; (2) that the
noun is put in the required case, and the gerundive agrees with it.
Si.
"^ i<"v^-Vu- vy\Jiy^y\\^^ \x^-oj.\ '^.^ju
GERUND: GERUNDIVE: SUPINE.
201^
2. Except in tlie genitive, where the two constructions are
about equally common, the gerundive construction is ahnost always
preferred.
3. Notice that the accusative of the gerund or gerundive with
ad denotes a purpose. This construction is nuich use^l. In what
other ways may a purpose be expressed?
Supine.
43>'$. Examine the folloicing : —
1. Legati Romam veniunt pacem petltum, ambassadors come
to Home to sue for peace.
2. Id perfacile est factu, (hat is very easy to do, or to be done.
Observe in the first example that the su])ine pecitum has the
same meaning as ut petant, qui petant, or ad petendam ' that is,
it expresses purpose. This use is common after verbs of motion.
434. Rule of Syntax. — The supine in um is used
after verbs of motion to express purpose.
In the second example the supine in U answers the question
in what respect ? Perfacile factu, easy in respect to the doing. This
use is common after adjectives.
The supine in a is really an ablative of specijication. See 260.
435. EXERCISES.
I. 1. Mult! convencM'e studio^ videndae novae urbis.
2. Ars piieros educandl dillicilis est. 3. Ea'^ aquae causa' ..i^
hanriciidae deseenderat. 4. Brutus ad explorandum cum
equitibus auteces,sit. o. Militcs ad doraum custodieudam a
rege missi sunt. G. Neminl dubium est quln Fabius rem
Ronifinara cunctando restituerit. 7. ^s opportiinus vTsus
est locus conirnuniendo praesldio. 8. Omuls spGs evadendl
adempta est. 9. Legatos ad Caosarcm niittunt auxilium
rogfitum. 10. Quod optimum est factu, faciam.
1 From a desire ; abl. of cause. ^ The ablative causa, for the
2 /)7i«. See 270. 2. sake of, followg its genitive.
(X C'\ . Vv^../vyVV ^rS- --v' N^ -QryX\ .
,» ^1
I
I'
t
210
GERUND: gerundive: supine..
II. 1. You will have time to lead (of leading) out the
arm}' from that place. 2. He uudei'took the war for the
sake^ of destroying the republic. .'3. Bodies are nourished
bv eating and drinkini:;. 4. While drinkinij;- we conversed
about many things, a. Many leaders had assembled to
see*^ Sciplo. G. Night puf* an end to the fighting. 7. This
seems (to be) a su'ital)le place for building a house. 8. The
enemy had entertained^ the hope of getting possession of
the camp." 9. A multitude of men came together to wit-
ness'' the games. 10. It is ditHcult to say what he will do."
r
436.
VOCABULARY.
ad-iino, 3, -enii, -cinptuin
[emo], take awa/, remure.
alo, .'}, -iii, -turn, nourish, slremjthen,
support.
uiite-cedo, 3, -cessi, -oessum, (jo
before.
auxiliuni, -i, n. [ongeo], hflp,
aid, support ; ])\. auxiliaries.
col-loquor, ?>, -lociitiis [coin],
speak toijethrr, con verse.
com-munio, 4, [fortifij strong! ji)
secure, intrench.
con-venio, 4, -veni, -ventuin
[com], come together, assemble.
cimctor, 1, linger, hesitate.
edo, edere or esse, edi, esum or
essiini, xit.
ex-ploro, 1, search out, examine,
explore ; reconnoitre.
Fabius, -i, m., Fabius, a Roman
general.
haiirio, 4, hausi, haiistuni,
draw (umter^, drain, drink up.
opportiinus, -a, -iiin, a(lj.,y//, con-
venient, suitable ; opportune.
re-stitiio, 3, -iii, -utuni [statuol,
(replace) give back, return, restore.
sus-cipio, 3, -cepi, -ccptuni
[sub, capioj, undertake.
1 Causa. Sec p. 200, note 3
2 Inter bibenduin.
'"^ Express in three ways.
* Put an end to -~ make an end of.
^ Entertain the hope = come into
the hope.
•*' What case witli potior?
' Why must tlie subjunctive
l)e used ? What tense of the sub-
junctive to express future time?
AVliat form expresses the im-
mediate future 1
out the
:• for the
lourished
onversed
nbled to
7. This
8. The
ession of
iv to wit-
will do."
U, esiim or
at, exdviine,
s, a Tvoman
haustum,
drink up.
lortuni'.
n [statuol,
et nrn, restore .
, -ceptuni
take.
potior 1
subjunctive
e of the sub-
future time?
ses tlie im-
^ -
READIISTG LESSONS.
:.^*^;o«
LETTERS: Cicero to his Wife Terentia.
437. B.C. 49.
Si vales, bene est, valeo.^ Da operaui' ut convalescas.
Quod opus^ erit, uf* res tempusque postulat, provideas* atque
administres ; et ad me de omnibus rebus quam** saepissime
lltteras mittas. Vale.
438. B.C. 49.
S. V. B. E. E.' V. Valetudinera tiiam velim^ cures® dlli-
gentissime.^" Nam mihi et" scrlptum et nuntiatum est te'^ in
febrim subito incidisse. Quod '^ eeleriter me fecisti de Caesa-
ris litteris certiorem,^* fGcist! milii griltiim. Item posthac, si
quid^^ opus erit,^*^ si quid acciderit uovi,^^ facies^^ ut sciam.
Cura ut valoas. Vale. i
1 The llomans often began
their letters with these five words,
or rather witli the abbreviatioi^
S. V. B. E. V.
- Give labor = try.
^ An indeclinable noun, need}
opus est, is necessary.
•* "What indicates that ut does
not mean in order that ?
5 The hortatory subjunctive.
See 390.
^ Quain strengthens the super-
lative ; quam saepissinie, as ojien
as possible.
' For ego.
* / could wish ; volo, / u>ish.
^ Equivalent to ut cures.
'^ Notice the emphatic position
of the adverb, after the verb.
^^ Et . . . et, both . . . atid.
12 Subj. of incidisse. See 401.
" In that.
^* Fecisti . . . certlorem, made
more certain = informed.
15 Anything; quid is regularly
used instead of aliquid after si,
nisi, ne, and uuni.
^•^ See note 3, above.
'^' Of new; partitive genitive.
1^ A future equivalent to the
imperative. Facies ut sciam,
inform me. What is it literally?
I
>.
212
READING LESSONS.
439.
B.C. :g.
SI val^s, bene est.* Constitueramua, ut^ ad te antea
scripseram, obviam Ciceromur/* Caesaii mit^re ; sed iiiuta-
vimus consilium, quia de illius* adveiitu nihil jiuJiebamus.
De ceteris reUis, cft^i uiliil erat novl,^ tameu quid velimus'^
et quid lioc temi)ore putemus" opus^ esse ex Sicca** poteris
cognoscere. 'i'uUiam adbuc niGcuni tento. Valetudiuem
tuam cura'-* dllige liter. Vale.
440.
B.C. 46.
i
i
"•S. V. B. E. V. Nos neque de Caesaris adventu neqiie
de litterTs quas ritilotlmus habere d'citur, (juidquani" adhuc
oerti'- habeuius. SI (juid erit certl, faciaui te stalim certio-
rera.^ Vuletfidineui tuam fac" ut cures. Vale.
1 Compare tin's form of bof^in-
ning a letter with those of the two
preceding.
!* Compare the use of ut iu
437, line 2.
* That is, his son Cicero.
* That is, Cajsar's.
^ Genitive Douter of novtis deA
pending on nihil. Compare the ^
same word in 438, and the note.
" Translate the words quM ve-
Uinus, etc., just as they stand.
' Compare opus orit in 437
and 438, aii.l the note.
^ A friend of ('i('(<ro.
* Compare with this the begin-
ning and r " ending of 438.
^ Obaervu how nearly this letter
can be translated in the order of
the Latin words.
^^ Aiiijthnuf at all. To express
unijthiutj at all, after a lu'gative
word, as here after iicqut;, the
Komans ti.sed quidquaiii, not
illiquid. See 270. 0.
#- Qenitive neuter of certus,
dei)en<ling on quidquain. Com-
pare iiovi in 438 after quid, and
in 431) after nihil.
\" Compare IT-elsU certiorem
in'" 438, and the note.
'^ See J). 150, note. Fac ut
etires, he sure to tale aire. What
is the literal menning? Compare
with this ilie «'n(ling8 of the two
preceding letters.
w .
READING LESSONS.
213
e antea
(1 muta-
ebjxiiius.
*> poteris
itudinem
441.
FABLES.
De Vitus IIominum.
Jfippitcr nobis* diuTs perfis imposuit : alteram,- quae nos-
tris vitiis rei)lC'ta est, post teriium nobis dedit ; alteram'
autem, qua" alioruni vitia contincntur, ante pectus nostrum*
suspendit. Quare non videmus quae'* ipsi peccamus ; 8i
autem alii peccant, statim eos vituperamus.
442.
MULIER ET GaLLTNA.
itu neqiie
n*^ adhue
im certio-
hc order of
To express
a negative
io(iUi', tiie
uain, not
|()f certiis,
am. Coni-
ir quid, ami
tertloreni
Fiu' lit
[;)•<■. Wliai
Compare
lof the two
]\rulier quaedam habebnt ffallinain, quae ci" cotldie ovum
pariebat aureum. Illnc susi)iearl cocpit illam^ auri massam
intus celare, et jxallTnain occidit. Sed niliil in ea repperit,
nisi quod^ in alils gallTnis reperiri solet.' Itaque dum
majoribus divitils inhiat,"' ctiam minores^^ perdidit.
443.
Vui-PKS ET UVA.
VulpCs uvam in vTto conspicata^" ad illam subsiliit omnium
virium suaruni coiitentione," sT earn forte attingere posset.
1 With Iniposuit; has jdaccd
on us,
2 Alter . . . alter, ihr onr . . ,
the otlrr.
8 Qtiii - in qiiii peril.
* Compare ante peetns nos-
trum with post terKuni nobis.
'' Whnt we sin — vluit sins tre
commit. On ipsi, see 270. 1.
*"' For her.
~ Illani - lll.'ini p^alllnani,
subject of celare.
^ Nisi quod - practer id
quod.
* fs wont = 1*5 uaucUiy,
^'^ Gapps for — ts grrrdi/ for.
Notiee hero a peculiarity of the
Jjatin: tlio present is used after
duin, thoufjh the perfect perdi-
dit follows. The Eiifflish idiom
recjuires us to translate such a
jjreseiit by the imperfect, xcat
greedij for,
'* Supjily the Latin noun in the
proper form.
^^ Perfect participle of c(Jn-
spleor, u^'reeiiit? with vulpes.
Translate by the present parti*
ciple.
" With the extrtiim.
!f?
h
hi
I
214
KI'JADlXd l.K8SO^^S.
Tandem defatlgfita inanl laborc disccdens, "At nunc etiarn,"
inqiiit, "acerbae^ sunt, uec eas* in via repertas- tollerein."^
444.
RusTicus ET Canis Fidelis.
Rusticus in agros cxiit ad opus suum. Flliolura, qui in
cunTs jacGbat, rolliiuit canl^ fideli atquc valldo cnstudienduni.^
Adrepsit anguis imiiianis, qui i)ueruluiu cxstincturus erat.
Sed custos fidGlis corripit eum dcntibus acutls, ct, duin cum
necare studct," cunas sinuil evertit su[)or exstinctuin an<2;uoni.
Paulv") post ex arvo lediit agrieola ; eum eunas Gversas cruen-
tumquo eanis iTctum videret,^ irfi aeconditur.^i TemerG igitur
eustodem filioli i.iteiieeit ligonc, quem manibus tenG))at.
Sed ubi eiiufiH restituit," super anguem ocelsuni repperit
pueium Yivum et iueolumem. Paeniteutia faeinoris'*^ sera^^
fuit. -^
445.
PUEK IMkNDAX,
Puer in prfito oves pascGbat,*- atquc per joeum clamitfibat,
ut sibi auxilium ferretur, (piasi lu[)us gregem esset adortus.
Agrieolae undique suceun'Gbant, lUMpio''' hij)um inveniGbant.
Ita ter quaterciuo se Ghlsos a puero vTdGrunt. Delude'* eum
ipse" lupus aggredeiGliu", et puer rG vera'" inq)Ioraret au-
1 Tlio phiral, iis if iivao liad
hocn used.
- Kiis roportiis, llirm found ■-
if 1 liad fnuiul tlinn.
^ Would I pick (hem up,
* The 80 cnlled dative of the
agent with rustodleiidum.
Transhitc, hjl for Ina . . . doj to
guard,
fl Literally, to he guarded.
Sec p. 2\l), Hole 10.
' For the Huhjunetive, see 373.
8 Present for perfect, called
historical present.
^ Translate as if it were rostl-
tuerat; aft(>r iibi, ut^ and post-
quain, meaning irhrti, tiie i>;'rf»'et
indicative is connnonly used, but
it Is best rendered by the plu-
perfect.
^'^ TranslatCjyJ^r //vfl depd,
^1 Too 1(1 tr.
'- Tlie inijx'rfeet, denoting cus
toniary action ; render, used totend,
!■' Hut . . . vol.
^* iSee p. lUO, note 1.
10 Rcalhj. See 270. 0.
1" RS vCrJi, in earneit.
ti
c etiarn,
lerem." ^
READING LESSONS.
2ir)
xilium, nemo grog! siibvenit,^ et oves luiu praeda- sunt factae.
MendacI liominT^ non erGdimus, etiam cum vera dicit.
446.
Senex et INIoks.
ira, qiu in
.diendum.^
urus erat.
duni eum
11 anguoni.
isas cruen-
uiere igitur
IS tenebat.
m repperit
31'W sera^^
('"Ifunitabat,
sot adoitus.
woniebant.
)elnde^* cum
)loirirot au-
it wore' rostl-
ut^iiiul post-
;i, tho piTfoet
,,nly usoil, l>»it
,1 by tlio pbi-
[, (linotiuR CUB
W\.
270. 0.
Senex quidam llgna in silvfi cecTderat,'' ot, fasce in ume-
ros subliitO,'' donuim rcdire coepit. Cum fatlgatus cssef' ot
onere et itinere, dcposuit Ugna, et, senecU'itis" et inoi)iae^
miserias secum re[)utfii)s, clfiia voce invocavit mortem, ut se
omnibus malls'^ llbciaret. Mox adest'' mors et interrogat
quid vellet. Tum senex perterritus : ''Pro! hunc lignorum
fascem, quaeso, umerls'" mels imponas.""
447.
VuLPKS ET Leo.
Vulpes nunquMiu konem vidcrat. Cum liuTc forte occur-
risset, ita exterrita est, ut i)aene moreretur'- formidine.^
Eundem conspicfita est iterum. Turn extimuit ilia (piidem,
sed ne({ua(iuam ut autea. Cum tertio'* leonl obviam facta
esset, adeo non i)erterrila fuit,'"' ut auderet'' accedere pro[)ius
et colloqui cum eo.
1 Cf. sucoiirro. Sec 34JJ.
IIow (loos tlu' 'ii(;;<iiinj; help come
from the priniitivt' lufaiiing ?
" I'rt'dii-ati' uoiuiimtivc.
!» Why dative \ S-.. ;J4.'{.
^ From cjumIo, not cjulo.
'* From folio, not HiiflVro.
^ For tilt' siihjuiictivf, si'i' .'J7.'$.
' Notict' tlu' ordor: thf niiii-
tives coming first ai<j made em-
])liatie.
•* Abl. of sopiiration. Sec l.'{().
» Si'f p. 2\\, note 8.
^^ ITincriH . . . itiiponSs, cf.
uSbiB . . . iiiipuHutt in 441.
'^ Qiiiioso iinpunas — qiiaoso
ut iinpunas.
'- Is this claiist* a purpose or
result clause / See ill list rativu t'X-
ami)h's, .'Jo^ ami iUiH.
Arc tla- clau.scs beginning with
eum tvtnportil or vinisalf Kead
ajAiiin the illustrative examples,
.•J72 and .■$7*.
^* Thv (hird time,
"• 7*() such a ({I'ljrve was not
fri'i/liteneil — was su Jar from btiuij
f'litlhti'tud.
Id 1 1
ft I
216
READING LESSONS.
448. CESAR'S GALLIC WAR, L, 1-5. — B.C. 68.
1, Gallia est omnis ^ dlvisa in partes tres ; qiu'irum ilnam
ineolunt Belgae, aliani^ AquTtfuiT. tertiam qiiT'^ ipsoruin lingua'*
Celtae, nostra Gall! appellautur. Ill onnies lingua,^ institutTs,
legibus inter se** differunt. G alios ^ ab AquTtanls Garumna
flumen, a Belgis Matrona et Sequana dividit. Horum omnium
fortissimi sunt Belgae, [)ropterea quod a cultu atque liumani-
tate provinciae^ longissimc absunt, minimcqne''' ad eos merea-
tores saepe eommeant atque ea quae ad etleminandos ^^ animos
pertinent important ; proximlque sunt Germanis, qui trans
Rhenum ineolunt, ([uibuscum '^ eontinenter bellum gerunt.
Qua de causa Helvetil quoque reliquos Gallos'- viitute '^ prae-
cedunt, quod fere cotidianis proelils '* cum GermauTs conten-
duut, cum ant suis ''' flnibus eos '•'' prohibent, aut ipsT in eorum
finibus '^ bellum gerunt. Korum ''* una pars, quam G alios obii-
nere dictum est, initiumcapit fi ''•* (lumine Kliodano ; conlinetur
Garumnii Uumiue, Oeeano, flnibus Belgarum ; attingit etiam
ab-"*' Sequanis et Helvetils flumen Rhenum ; vergit ad septen-
1 omuls : (IS a whole.
^ aliaiii : alteram in the sense
of sccuadam would be more com-
mon.
8 qui : supply mentally li, as
antecedent.
* Ipsurum llnguit : in their
own touifiie.
^ lingua: 200.
* Inter so : froin each other.
What literully '(
'' Gallon : that is, the Celtic
Gauls.
* provineiae: not reckoned a
part of (iallla.
" inluliiie . . . saepe : ceri/ ntl-
dorn.
1' eflTeminaiKlos: 432 (2).
'• quibiiseuin : 2(>o, .'5.
1- reli<iuos Cilallos: the. rest of
the Gauls.
i'^ virtiite: see lingua and
refercnco.
i< proellis: 144, 145.
^^ suis : refers to llelvetli, the
subject.
^•^ COS . . . ooruiii : refer to
Germanis; Ipsi, to llelvetli.
*' finlbiis : territories,
^^ Korum : of their cuuutri/,
thou^rh (iramiiKitically referring to
III oiiinrs, or Iir>rum above.
''' initlum capita: hey ins at,
ii" ab : 0/1 the side of.
READING LESSONS.
217
m iinam
11 lingua''
iistitutis,
jarumiia
I omnium
! humfuii-
Os merca-
w animos
qui trami
II iierunt.
itc ^^ prae-
Ts conten-
1 in eovum
liillosobii-
conlinetur
iiiiit etiam
ad sL'pten-
4:V2 (2).
,s : the. rest of
liiio;uii and
145.
llclveUi, the
kit : rt'for to
llelvetli.
brim.
\lhelr couutni,
ly re for ring to
liin fibove.
ft : bey ins at.
of.
triones. Belgae ab extremis Galliae finibus oriuntur, per-
tinent ad Inferiorem partem tlfimini.'s Rlieni, spectant in
septentrionem et orientem solem, Aquitrinia a (iarunma
flumine ad Pvrcnaeos monies et earn partem OeeanT quae est
ad Ilispfmiam^ pertiuet, speetat" inter oeeasum solis et sep-
tentriones.
2. Apud Helvetios longe nohilissimus fuit et ditissimus
Orgetorix. Is M. Messala' et M. Pisone consulibus regul
cupiditate indiietus eoniurationem nol)ilitritis feeit, et elvitatl*
persuasit ut de finibus suis eum omnibus eoi)Us exTrent : per-
tacile esse,* eum*^ virtute omnibus i)raestarent, totlus Oi'Jdim;
imperio'' potiri. Id lioc faeiUus els persuasit,^ quod undi(pie
loci^ natura Ilelvetil eontinentur ; '" una ex parte" Huinine
Rheno latissimo at(jue altissinio, qui agrum '- Ilelvetium a
GerraanTs dividit ; altera ex parte moni" lura altissinio, qui
est inter vSCniuanos et Helvetios ; tertia '•' laeu Lemanno et
flumine Kliodano, qui provineiam no.stram^' al) IlelvetiTs divi-
dit. HTs rehus ffebat ''^ nt '"^ et minus Ifite vasarentur et
minus facile flnitimls '' belluni Tnferre possent ; qua ex parte '^
homines ^'•' bellandi eupidi magno dolore adlleiebantur. Pro
1 a<l IllvSpftniain: uextto Sj'fiin.
- apootat: it lies or faces,
^ M. MoHsala . . . <'oiisuHl)U8 :
412, 0th example. Tlic Koinans
indicated the year by naming,' the
consuls. This was in n. 0.(51.
■* civltati: 342 and ;{43.
^ perfacile esse : (.sv/y/m/ that)
it ivas verij easi/. 403.
^ cum . . . praestareut : since
they surfHtssed. iJ75.
7 linpcrio: .'U)4.
•* Id . . . persuasit : lie per-
suaded this (1(1) to them (ois) =
he persuaded them to this course the
more easHi/ on this account (hoc).
® loci: of their country.
^'' ooiitiiientur : lias not the
same nieanin;^' in <;hap. 1.
'' fina ex parte: on one side.
1- aKruiii : countii/.
'' tertia: ;/'., tertia ex parte.
" proviiiciaui uostraui: see
p. 210, n. 8.
"^ His rebus flehat: the con-
serjiience of this teas, bit., it was
coinimj (dutnt from these thiwjs. fie-
bat: .'$27.
''■ ut . . . vau;areutur : see
308.
1" ffiiitiuiis : 117.
'^ qua ex parte: and for this
reasou. qua eteii, parte eausS.
'■' houiines : {beimj) men.
218
READING LESSONS.
fit
n
H
i
I I
1
M
;
i
1
h '
T
multitudine autem lioniiiuim et pro gloria belli ' atqiie fortitu-
dinis angiistos - sG fines habere arl)itrribantiir, qui in longi-
tiidinem iiiilia passiuiin^ ccxl, in latitudineni clxxx patebant."*
3. Ills rebus adducti et auctoritate Orgetorigis permoti, con-
stituerunt ea quae^ ad proilclscendum [)ertinerent comparare,
jumentoruiii et carrorum quam maximum*^ uuuierum eoeniere,
semeutes^ quam maxinias faeere, ut in itiuere copia frfanentl
suppeteret, cum ])roxiniis eivitatibus pacem et aniicitiam con-
flrniare. Ad** eas res confieiendas biennium sibi satis esse
duxerunt;'** in tertium annum'" profectioueni lege conflr-
mant. Ad eas res confieiendas Orgetorix deliiiitur. Is sibi "
legationem ad civitiltes suscejHt. In eo itinere persuadet C'as-
tico,'-Catamantaloedis filio, Sequauo, cujus pater regnum '' in ^*
Sequnnis multos annos obtinuerat et a senatu popull Romanl
amicus appellfitus erat, ut'"' regnum in oivitilte sua occuparet,
quod pater ante habuerat ; Itemque Dumnorigl Aeduo, fratri
Divitinci. qui eo tempore prlncii)rituin in civitate obtinebat iic
maxime plebl acceptus erat, ut idem couaretur'" persuadet,
elque flliam suam in mfitrimonium dat. Terfacile '' faetu esse
illis probat coiiMla })erricere, propterea quod ipse suae clvi-
^ gloria belli: roiown in war,
- aiij»«istos : too )i<trmir.
•'' niTIi'ipassiiiiiii : t/iousands of^
par€s-=r-iitil(H. •'{40. The IJonmii
passiis was five feet, and a thou-
sand of tlioni niado a Ixonian
mile. Was this longer or sliorter
tlian our mile ?
•• patebaiit: extended.
^ ea tjiiae : surh t/n'm/s tis.
^ quam iiialxiiniiiii iiiinic-
riini : t/ic (jreatest possible n lim-
ber.
' seniontes . . . farcrc : to
nude tJie greatest possible sowinifs —
to soir as miir/i '•' id an possible.
'^ Ad . . . cuuliclcudus : 4.'i2.
^ (liixeriiut: thei/ thoiigbt.
''• in tertium annum: for the
third jH'ur. Mark the force of
in.
" sibi : upon himself.
1- Caslioo: see p. 217, n. 4.
1'' regnum: sovereiyntij.
'^ in : anumij.
^^ ut . . . occuparet: to seize;
depends on persua<let.
1" nt idem conuretur : to
make the same attempt,
'" Perfacllo . . . perflcero : to
areomplish then' iiiidfrtahiiiijs^ (co-
nlita perlicere) he proves to them
to t>e veri/ east/ to do (facta). On
factn, see 433, J.
HEADING LESSONS.
'ortitu-
lony;i-
Gbaiit/
ti, cOn-
parave,
jeinere,
ruiuenti
Liin con-
itis esse
coiifir-
Is sibi"
det Cas-
Romani
^cupfiret,
lo, fratn
i neb at ac
ersufn-let,
[ictfi esse
uae c'Tvi-
loiifjht.
iin : for the
force of
117, n. 4.
f»t : to seize ;
iretur : to
•rflcpro : to
(ihltiijs, (oo-
■ores to them
laotu). <^>n
tatis iinperium obtenturus esset : ^ uOu esse dubiuiu-quTii totius
Galliae plurimum'^ Helvetil possent ; se"* siiis coplls suoque
exercitfi illTs regna conciliaturuni couflniiat. Hac oratioue
adductl inter se ^ tidem et jusjuranduin dant, et regno occn-
piito/' per tres potentissimos ac firmissimos populus totlns
Galliae' sese** potlri posse sperant.
4. Ea res '* est IlelvetiTs per indicium '" enuntiata. iMoribus
sills Orgetorigem ex vinclls '^ causam dicere '- coegerunt. Darn-
uiituni ^'' i)oenam sequT oportebat ut Tgnl cremaretur. Die eon-
stituta '^ causae dictionis Orgetorix ad judicium '^ omneui suani
farailiam ad liominum imlia decern undicpie coegit, et omnes
cli.-ites obaeratosque suos, quorum magnum numerum liabc-
bat, eodem couduxit ; per eos ne '*' causam dlceret se Orii)uit.
Cum civitas ob earn rem ^" incitata armis ius suum exsecpii
conaretur, multitudinemque liominum ex agris magistratus
^ obteuturus esset : was (ibout
to get. Observe that obtineo
has not the same meaning as be-
fore.
- noil esse dubiiiin : depends
upon a verb of saying, understood.
400.
^ plui'liiiuiii . . . possent : n-erf
the strongest.
* se : f/jad /if, subject accusative
of ooncilhlturum (esse). 401.
^ inter se . . . dant : they give
among t/icms"ires -. theg exchange.
^ regno occnpiito : if thei/
should seize the supreme power,
412.
" totius (lalliao : find potior
with the ablative in chap. 2.
•^ sese : subject accusative of
posse.
'•* Ka res: this ronspirdci/. When
rgs occurs, consider what word
other than " thing " will best ex-
press the meaning. Note where it
lias already ocx-urrcd.
" per indicium : tliat is, per
indices, through informers.
" ex vincITs: we shouhl say,
in chains.
'- dicere : p/fad.
" Daninatuni . . . orenulre-
tur: the ctlauso nt . . . ereinti-
retur e.xphuns poenaiu ; the pun-
ishment of being burned alive 7vas
bound (oportel>at) to follow, if he
should bi' condemned. With dani-
natiini suj)ply eiiin, whirli is the
object of sequi, as pofiiani is
the subject a(!cusiitive.
'* Die ('rmstituta: on the day
appointed. \'M\.
'^ Judicium : trial.
"' \\v, . . . diceret: depends on
se eripuit, hr escaped pleading his
rase. He overawed the court.
*^ rem : act. See note 9.
.\ lil
I i ;
m ji
kp:ading lessons.
eOgerent/ Orgetorix mortuus est; Meque abest suspicio, ut"
Helvetii arbitmntur, quin •' ipse sibi mortem cuusciverit.
5. Post ejus mortem nihilo minus'' Helvetii id quod c5n-
stitueraut faeere coiiautur, ut^ e flnibus suTs exeant. Ubi
jam se ad earn rem paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida sua
omnia iiumero ad" duodecira, vicos ad quadringentos, reliqua
pru'ata aediticia ineeLidunt ; frumentum omne praeterquam
quod secum portaturi erant" eomburunt, ut domura reditiouis
spe sublata" parfitiores ad'"^ omnia perlcula subeunda essent ;
trium mensium '" molita cibfuia sibi quemque" domo efferre
jubent. Persuadent'- Rauraels et TuUngis et Latobrlgls flni-
tin)is uti eodcm fisl'''^ cOnsilio, oppidls suis vTcTsque exustis,
una cum ils '^ profieiscantur ; Roiosquc, qui trans Rhenum
incohioi-ant et in agrura Noricum transierant Noreiamque
oppugnarant, ree(q)tos '"' nd se socios ""' sibi adscTseunt.
I,
f .
' coscmit : nftcr cum, like
roniirr'tiir. .*J7J5.
- ut: (IS.
•' qii'fn . . . oons<'ivorit : htit
ti'iut he Iiinisrlf (IrrrrccI dratli io him-
self ~. that he died bi/ his oirn hand,
Tlie golden rule for discovering
the meaninq of a T^atiii sontonee
is, Take the words in tli(> Latin
order. Four-tiftlis of tlie follow-
ing (.'liaptcr may be read mentall}'
this way. Try it. Wlien once the
meaning is clear, translate; that
is, render into good English.
"• iiihilo iniriiis : nonetheless.
'• ut . . . exeant: that is, to cjo
forth from their countri/.
•'' ad : ahntit.
' portatiirl orant: 422.
** sublata : from toUo, remove.
^ ad . . . subcuuda : sec ad
eas rCs oorifioiendas, chap. 3,
and the note; subeunda, from
subeo : iJ27.
1' triuin niensiuin: for three
7noiiths.
^1 qucnique: 270,4.
12 Porsuadent Rauracis . . .
uti . . . profieiscantur: find the
same constructions with persua-
deo in chapt. .T.
"^^ usi: from litor. Translate,
to adopt the same phui, hum their
towns and villatjeSy and set out with
them. But liow literally ?
'* cum ils : that is, with the
Helvetii.
15 receptos . . . adsciscunt :
it is best to translate receptos as
;if it were recipuunt et.
'" soeius, as allies, appositive
to Boios.
READING LESSONS.
221
)icio, ut"
iiit.
aod con-
,nt. Ubi
)pida sua
s, reliqua
leterquam
reditiouis
la essent ;
inO efferre
jrio;is fmi-
10 exustis,
s Khiinuni
loreiamqvu'
lint.
us, chap. ?>,
inula, from
m:
for three
^auracis . . •
111- : find the
ith persua-
.. Translate,
,,», hitrn their
t(l set out with
•ally 1
is. with the
;e
adsciscunt :
recoptos as
tet.
iVs, appositive
449. VOCABULARY.
b'or words not found Lero, see ijeaeral Vocabulary.
acceptus, -a, -urn, adj. [I', of ac-
cipiu], acci'ptaiU', a/jreeuble.
ud-(iuco, ."), -xi, -ctuui, iujineiice, in-
duce.
ad-ticio (af-), o, -fOci, -ffctuni
[faeio], more, ojf'cct.
ad-scisco, :J, -scivi, -scituni, tiike u>
one's self, take.
AediiT, -uriun, ai. plu., i/ie yEdnans.
Aeduiis, -a, -um, adj., ACdnon.
aiigustiis, a, -uni, adj., narrow.
ante, adv., iKj'ure.
Aqiiitani, -uruui, m. plu., thf A'y'
Itinldns,
Aqiiitaiiia, -ao, i'., A'piitanid, a
province of >outht'rn IJaul.
bienniiiiii, i, n. [bis, anmisj,
s})(ice of' tiro i/e(irs.
Boil, -uniin, m. pin., the Boil.
Casti<'iis, -i, M., Cdsticns.
Catamaiitaloedes, -is, m., t\iln-
mantxdocdes.
Celtae, -arum, m. jdu., Of ('>'lt.-<.
cibariiis, -a, -uin, adj. [oil)iisJ,
lii'rtainin;j to food ; as noun in
phi., firorisions, supplies.
co-eni6, ;>, -Onn, -cniptuni [ooin],
hmi up.
roni-buro,.'},-brissI,-l)ustuMi[uro],
burn lip, drsfroi/.
ooiu-ni(M>, 1 \iio'],conie(nid iiii,rfsort.
roin-pa.ro, '[^ furnish, fimcure.
fon-cilio, 1 [ooiuiliuin, rnoi t-
iu\i], hriini tnijelhi'r, ijiiiii orrr, inn.
oori-(iruM», ;i, -xi, -ductuni fc'Oiu],
lead ioijdher, rollert.
eoii-nrino, 1 [com J, rstahlish, ap-
point, assure, assi rl,
oou-juratio, -onis, i . [coujuro,
cous[)ii'L'J, toiispiraci).
con-scisco, 3,-scivi,-scituni[comJ
adjndije.
«'ontiiu;iiter, ailv. [coutiuensj ,
continnousli/, incessautli/.
con-tiueb, 2, -ui, -tentuni [com,
tciicoj, bound, hem in.
( otidiuuus, -a, -um, adj. [quot,
tiies], dailij.
cremo, 1, bum.
ciiitiis, -us, M. [colo, cultivate],
cirilizdtion., riilture.
cupidiis, -a, -um, adj. [cupio],
desirous,
dc-ligo, o, -le<,n, -lectum [lego],
r/i()<).-;f nut, silcrt.
<lictio, -on is, I. [dico], a saijin(j, a
p'eadimj.
ditissiiuiis, -a, -um, same as divi-
tissimus, richest.
dividb, ;5, -vi.'^i, -vi.-um, divide, sepa-
rate,
Divitiaciis, -i, .m., Ih'ritiacus.
Diiiiiiiorix, -i<iis, m., Diannorix.
ci-ltinino, I [ex, Iciniua, a fe-
male], uiali- fj/'t iiiiiiiile, iceaken,
ox-se(iiior, •'>, -secutus, yo/ZoM; out;
assert, ni'iiiitain.
cxtrcmiis, -a, -un> [superl. of cx-
ter], /'urlhisf, reuiotist, extreme.
ex-uro, o, ussi, ustum, burn up,
consume.
facile, adv. [lacilis], easily,
faiiiilia, -ae, v, [famulus, slave],
hiinsi liiild ; dependants.
(■aruuuia, -ae, M., the Garonne.
llelvctii, -oruin, m., the Helvetians.
Helvetius, -a, -um, Helvetian.
huniiinltas, -alis, i'. [humuuus],
n fiiii III' hi .
iiu-porto, 1 Ll"J. l^i'i>"J '". iuiport.
222
READING LESSONS.
II
In-ceudo, 1, -di, -censum [cando,
glow], setjire to, burn.
in-cito, 1, incite, arouse.
in-daco, 3, -xi, -duotum, britig into :
arouse, persuade, induce.
inferior, -ioris, adj. [comp. of iu-
ferus, below], lower.
institutiini, -i, n. [instituo], cus-
tom, habit.
JuTnentum, -i, n. [jungo], beast of
burden.
Jura, -ae, m., Jura, a mountain.
jus-jiirandiiin, juris-jurandi, x.
[jus, juro], oath,
late, adv. [latus], widely, cxten-
siceh/.
latitudo, -inis, f. [latus], breadth,
width .
LatobrigT, -r)runi, m. plu., the La-
tobrif/i.
legatio, -onis, v. [lego, depute],
em bass I/.
Lieinannus, -i, m.. Lake Geneva.
loiigitiido, -inis, v. [longus],
length.
inatrlinoniuiii, -1, n. [mater],
marriage.
Matrona, -ae, m., the Marne.
iiierojitor, -Oris, m. [ineroor,
trade], trader, merchant.
Mcssala, -ae, m,, Messala, a Roman
consul.
inolo, 3, -ui, -itum, grind.
nihiliiin, -i, n., nothing.
uubilitas, -utis, i'. [iiobilis], the
nobility, the nobles.
Noreia, -ae, f., Noreia.
Niiricus, -a, -um, adj., of Noricum.
ob, ]n'ep. w. ace, on account of.
ob-aeratuK, -T, m. [aevs], debtor.
Orgetorlx, -igis, m., Orgetoriv.
per-faoilis, -e, adj., very easy.
per-licio, 3, -feci, -fectuni [facio],
make- thoroughly, perform, accom-
plish.
per-moveo, 2, -niovi, mo turn, move
thoroughly, excite, arcuse.
per-suadeo, 2, -sua.sl, -suasum,
persuade., induce.
per-tineo, 2, -ui, -ter turn [teneo],
reach, extend; tend, concern.
Piso, -onis, m.. Pi so, a Roman con-
sul.
plurimum, adv. [plurimus],
most; very much.
prae-cedo, 3, -cessi, cessum, go be-
fore ; surpass, ex:el.
praeter-quum, adv., beyond, ex-
cept.
principatus, -us, m. [princepsj,
pre-eminence, sovereignty.
privatus, -a, -um, adj. [P. of pri-
vo], private, isolated.
probo, 1 , shoir, prove.
profeetio, -onis, f. [proficiscorj,
setting out, departure.
propterea quod, because.
Rauraci, -orum, m. plu., the Rau-
raci.
reditio, -onis, f. [redeo], return.
Khodauus, -I, m., the Rhone.
senieutis, -is, f., sowing.
septenitrio, -onis, m., m plu., the
seven stars of' the Great Dipper;
north.
Sequana, -ae, v., the Seine.
Sequani, -orum, m. plu., the Sequa-
nians.
Sequanus, -a, -um, adj., Sequanian.
sup-peto, 3, -ivi, -il, -itum [sub],
be at hand, in store.
suspioio, -onis, f. [suspicor], sus-
])lcion.
Tulingi, -orum, m. plu., </(e Tuliitgi.
una, adv. [unus], at the same time,
together.
vergo, 3, no perf. or sup., turn,
slope, lie.
vinculum, (vlncluni) -i, n. [vln-
doj, bond, chain.
lotura, .move
ie.
, -suasuiu,
nti [teneo],
ncern.
Rutnan con-
[)luriinus],
5 sum, go be-
heijond, ex-
princeps],
it I/.
[P. of pri-
roliciscor],
use.
lu., the Rau-
fo], return.
Rhone.
, in pill., the
real Dipper;
Seine.
lu., the Sejjun-
Ij., Sequanian.
-itum [sub],
isplcor], sus-
x,,the TuUngt.
the same time,
or sup., turn,
IX) -1, N. [vin-
VOCABULARIES.
\
>' \
t« I
M"« :^
Ill
mn
ii
"
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
In this vocabulary words inclosed in brackets are, in most cases, those which are
given in Lutin loxieons and Hpecial vocabularies as the primitives of those against
which they are set. But, except in compounds, it would be more correct to regard
the bracketed words as connected with the others in formation from a common
root or stem. It is on this ground that such instances will be found us metut
referred to metuo, and metuo to metus. Neither is, strictly speaking, deriveu from
the other, but both are formed from the stem metu.
Words printed in Qothlc Italic type are at once derivatives and definitions. Many
other more or less remotely derived words, not definitions, are added in small
CAPITALS. ^
It will be seen that comparisons of words in reference to meaning are much more
frequent than is usual in special vocabularies. This has been done from the convic-
tion that the pupil should make such comparisons frequently from the outset.
1
>^
a. or ab
a or ab, prep. w. abl., awaj/ from, by.
ab-do, 3, -didl, -dituni, remove, con
ceaL Cf. cC'lO.
ab-duco, 3, -duxl, -ductum, lead
away, take off.
ab-eo, -ire, -ii, -itum, go from, go
off, go away. (327.)
ab-icio, 3, -jecl, -jectum [jacio],
throw off, throw down.
ables, -etis, F.,Jir-tree. (11. 4.)
ab-sum, -esse, af ui, be away, absent,
distant ; with a or ab and abl.
ac, conj., see atque.
ac-cedo, 3, -cessi, -ccssum [ad], go
or come near, approach. Accede.
Cf. appropinquo,
ac-cendo, 3, -di, -eensuni [ad, and
supposed candd], kindle, inflame.
accldo, 3, -cidi, [ad, cado],ya//
upon, fall out, happen. Accident.
Cf. incido and evenio.
acclpio, 3, -cepT, -ceptum [ad,
capio], {take to), receive, accept;
suffer.
ad-iino
accuso, 1 [ad, causa], accuse. '
acer, acris, acre, adj., sharp, keen;
active. (160.) Acuid. Cf. acutus.
acerbus,-a, -um, adj. [acer], bitter,
sour, harsh.
acies, -t'i, f. [acer], edge; order of
battle.
acriter, adv. [acer], sharply, eagerly.
acutus, -a, -um, adj . [acuo, sharpen'],
sharp. Cf. acer.
ad, prep. w. ace, to, towards, near.
ad-eo, adv., to this, thus far ; so, so
very.
ad-eo, -ire, -ii, -itum, go to, ap-
proach, visit. (327.)
ad-fero, adferre, attuli, allatum
(adl), bear to, bring. (321.)
ad-huc, adv., hitherto, up to this time.
ad-flo, 1, blow upon.
ad-lclo, 3, -jeci, -jectum [jacio],
(throw to or against), add, join to.
ad-imo, 3, -emi, -emptum [emo],
(take to one's self from another),
take away, remove.
Il
afl-ipiscor
226
alieuus
N
I
ad-ipiscor, II, adeptus [jipiscor],
ni't, obtain. CI', potior.
atl-jiin<^o, 3, -jfin.xi, -\\\i\ci\\m, add,
joir. Adjunct.
ad-juvo, 1, -juvl, -jutum, «;V7, help.
iKl-iiiiiiistro. 1, iiicnKiyc, do, jhT'
Jhnii, administer,
acl-iniror, 1, imndir at, admire.
U(l-ino(liiiii, !ulv., r( i-ji.
ad-iiioveo, U, -inovl, -niotum {move
up or tdicards), (ip}>li/, ein]>lo'/.
ad-orior, 4, -ortus {rise vp ayainst),
attack. Cf. aggrc'dior.
ad-repo, 3, -rojisT, -rr-ptuni, cncp
totciirds., steal sloicli/ up.
ad-^p!('io (asp), 3, -spexT, -spoc-
tuill [•!<!, ■^Vvc'in'], loaf'' (if ; look.
ad.si)e('tiis, -us, n. [adspicioj, .s/y///,
appearance, aspect.
ad-siini, -cssi', -fui (alTui), he pres-
uif, st'Did hji, side with, w. dat.
adulescens, -t'litis, m. and f. [ado-
li'sco, groic'\, i/onfh, i/oinuj p'-rson.
AnoLKMCKNCE. Cf. jiivenis,
advnilo, 4, -vOni, -voutuin, come
li>, arrii-e. CL jn'rvi'iiio.
ad^'t'iitus, -us, M. ladvi'iiioj, aj)-
ptoarli, arrived, Akvknt.
adxMTsiis, j)rc'j). w. ace, aijalitst,
tuivards.
ad-vor.siis, -a, -uni, adj. [P. of ad-
vi'rluj, oppnxiic, appih<ed, adversB ;
rt's ailvi'r.sat', adversity.
acdiliciiiiiir -i, n. [jit'diticJ], huiJd-
iuij, Kdiiick.
uodlfico, 1 [ai'dis, ia{'i(')J, hnild.
ardih (t's), -irt, I'., bid/ditiff, temple i
jilur., //»».«, .
a<';j[<»r, ai'gra, ac^rum, adj., siek,
trial, I'll hie. (71.)
AoiliiliiiH, -1, M., /Emilius, a lioman
consul, (70.)
actliiiUls, -i', adj. [tuqiius], equal;
QUUii, e(jual in aye, cumpaniou.
acqiius, -a, -uni, adj., level, equal;
calm.
aer, auris, :m., air.
aereus, -a, -uni [aes], oj" copper, of
bronze,
aes, aen's, n., crij,per, bronze ; monei/.
aesttls, -alls, f., smmner.
acstuS) -us, M., tide,
aetv;,, -atis, v., age, time of life.
(105.)
af-llij>o, 3, -XI, -ctum [ad], cast
duirn, prostrate, ruin,
Africa, -ae, v., Africa,
Afrk'jlnus, -I, m. [Africa], Afri-
canus, surname of Seipio.
>frlrus, -I, .M., sout/i-irest {wind).
«').er, ajrrl, M.,f<ld, territnrij. Cf.
caiiii)us. (');").)
a«r;»(»r, -ens, yi, [ad, gcrn], {wliat is
carried to, i.e.) niatiri(ds far a
mound ; mouml, ranipurt.
aj^grodior, 3, -j^ivssus [ad,gradior],
(JO to ; attack, Auouessivj:, Cf.
adorior.
a^ito, 1 [frequentative of ago],
shake, disturb, r<.r, chase, A(il-
TATK.
fiKnoseo, 3, -nr»vT, -nituni [ad,
^^j-flnosct"), know'j, recognize, Cf.
erj;nuser).
"n*^> '•> *'K^ uvtmu, drive, lead, act,
do.
auricula, -ae, ^r. [ager, eolo],
fanner,
a^Tl cultiira, -ae, r. [a{,'er, colo],
agriculture. Cf. agricola.
ilia, -ae, v,, iciu;/,
albiiH, -a, -uni, adj., white, Cf.
enndiduH.
Alexander, -dri, m., Alexander.
kiiiij of Macedon.
alieuus, -a, -uni, adj. [uliusj,
bclongiuj/ to another; anothtr'a,
Aliun.
it
alimcntuni
227
ar5
'(', equal;
copper, of
:e; money.
ne of Ufe.
[ad], cast
ica], Afri-
no,
•I'tnriJ. Cf.
r.], {ahat is
rials for (I
rt.
djf^radior],
SSIVK. Cf.
e of ago], -
ise, A(ii-
litiiui [ad,
i.piizii, Ct.
, l((t<l , act,
xvr, c'olo],
a^;i'r, colo],
cola.
nhltc. CI.
Alexander.
Ij. [alius],
I; anotfui'a.
alimentum, •!, n. [alo], nourish-
ment, food, provisions.
aliquandu, adv. [alius], at some
time, ever ; for inerlij, once. Cf. olim.
aliquis, -qua, -quid (-quod), indef.
pron., some one, some. (-70.)
alius, -a, -iid, adj., umitlur, vllnr;
alius . , . alius, one . . . miul/ur.
(201.)
nl-loqiior [atU], 3, -locutus [ad],
i<}i((ik to, address.
alo, o, -ui, -ituiu and -inm, nourish,
support, stremjtlicn ; keep,
Alpes, -iuin, i\, the Alps.
altor, -era, -cruui, adj., the other (vf
txco)', alter . . . alter, the one , , . the
other; asnuni.adj.,,sTr«/(r/. (200.)
altiis, -a, -uin, adj., hiyh, dvrp.
umbo, -ae, -o, num. adj., hath.
' atnbiilo, 1, n'(dk, tttlo <t indl\
Aiiicrira, -ae, r.. Ami rira,
aiiiicitia, -ai', r. [auiTcus], /)•/'<»(/-
ship.
aiiiious., -a,-uui, adj. [^ain!'*'], friend-
ly ; noun, friend.
«-initto, J3, -inLsi, -missuin, send
'11(11/, let (JO. loMi. C'f. perdu.
aiiiiiis, -i^, M., river. (104, 172.)
aniu, 1, lore, like, bo fond of. (•>!!>.)
aiiipliis, -a, -uni, i\i\'\., Inryc, .tph n-
did, renowmd. .Ami'I.k.
ail, conj., or, nscil iii the second
member of a d()id)k' question.
aiieilla, -ne, v., maid-.tervont,
ancora, -ae, v., anchor.
Aliens, •], Ancus, fourth lin<j 'of
Ixouir.
And roe 1 UK, -T, :m,. Androclus,
ailfinlH, is, M.,smdi-, serpent. (104.)
aiiKustiac, -arum, i'. [an^ustus,
Uiirrow], narrow pass. Cf. Ku^.
"narrows."
uuiinal, -uliH, n. [unima, breath^,
living heinij, animal, (HO.)
animus, -l, m., mind, soid, spirit.
(273.)
annus, -i, m., year. Ann'ual.
anser, -eris, m., goose.
ante, prej). w. ace., hfore.
aiiteii, adv. [ante], before.
ante-eedo, .'], -cessT, -eessuni, go
before. Cf. auteeo.
ante-co, -ire, -ii, , go before,
surpass. Cf, anteeedo.
antlquiis, -a, -uui, adj. [ante],
old, ancient. A'STUiVlTV. Cf.
vetus.
unuliis, -T, M., rin(j,fnger-r{ng.
aper, apri, m., trild boar,
aperiil, 4, -uT, -tuni, open.
apertiis, -a, -um, adj. [T. of apo-
riu], unriin n d, ojx n.
ap-p<'llo, 1 l_;\iV],addn ss,C(dl, name.
Al'I'KAL.
ap-pefii, '>, -IvT, or -ii, -Ttuin [ad],
'.sv»7.' (ijh r, strirc fi<r.
ap-propinqiio, 1 [ad], come mar,
appi'tHuh, Cf. aecr'dd.
aptli. L, Jit, apply, adjust. Adapt.
apud, i)rep. w. ace, icith, by, near,
antoiig.
Apiilia, -ae, r., Apulia, a division
nf /laly.
aqua, -ae, r., 7rr/fr. Ayi ath*.
a(iuila, -ae, v., eagle.
ara, -ae, r., altar.
aratniiii, -T, \. [an'i], plough.
arbitror, 1, think, suppose, luJievn,
(420.)
arbor, -oris, v., tiPfi.
are«'o, 2, -ul, keep off.
aiMMIS, -US, M., /'""'. .\w\
Ariovistus, -1, M , Ariovistus, king
of a derma n trdie,
anna, -Mrum, n. [artnu], arms,
U'Kljinns, Idiils.
arniu, 1 [arma], u/-/h, eymy*. -— —
urO, 1, plough.
i:
\i
ri M
ii
*']
ii
II
:il
.11
i!
Arpinum
228
bonum
Arpinum, -I, n., Arpinum, a town
in Italy.
ars, artis, f., art.
arvum, -i, n. [aro], ploughed land,
field.
arx, arcis, v., citadel. (lOo.)
Ascalaphus, -I, m., Ascalaphus.
Asia, -ae, f., Asia.
aspcr, -era, -crum, adj., rouffh, harsh,
serere. Asi'KKITY.
asylum, -i, n., place of rrfwje, asy-
lum.
at, conj., but. (393.)
liter, -tra, -trum, adj., black, sable.
Athienac, -firum, v., Athens.
Atheniensis, -e, adj., [Athenac],
of Athens, Athenian.
at-que (before vowels and conso-
nants, ac before consonants only)
[ad, in addition'], and also, and
especially, and. Cf. et and -que.
atrox, -ocis, adj. [ater], savage,
Jicrce, harsh, cruel. Axiiociors.
Attlcus, -I, M., Atticus, a friend of
Cicero,
attingo, 3, -tigi, -tactuni [ad,
tango], touch, approach, arrive at,
reach.
auctor, -oris, m. [augeo. increase],
inaker, author.
auctorltas, -fitla, k. [auctor], coun-
sel, advice, authority.
audactcr, adv. [audax], boldly.
audiix, -ficis adj. [audeo], daring,
bold. (104). Ai;i)A('i()us.
auclcS, 2, ausus [audfix], dare, be
bold. (p. 177, note 2.)
audin, 4, hear, listen. (223.)
AtlDIKNCR.
au-fcrO, auferre, abHtull, ablatuni
[ab(8)], bear off) carry away.
(321.) Ahlativr.
augeO, 2, auxl, auctuni, increase,
enlarge.
aureus, a, -um, adj. [aurum], of
gold, golden,
auris, -is, F., ear.
aurum, -i, n., gold.
aut, conj., or; aut . . . aut, either
. . . or. Cf. vel.
autem, conj. (never the first word),
but, however, moreover. (393.)
autumnus, -i, m., autumn.
auxilium, -I, n. [augeu], help, aid,
support; plur., auxiliaries.
aviirus, -a, -uin, ti^]., greedy, rapa-
cious. Avaricious.
a-verto, 3, -tl, -sum, turn away
from, avert.
avis, -is, v., bird. (l'')'t.)
avunculus, -i, m. [diminutive of
avus], (maternal) uncle.
avus, -i, M., grandfather.
barbarus, -a, -uin, adj., foreign,
barbarous, barbarian.
beiitus, -a, -uin, adj. [beo, bless],
blessed, happy. B.",atit!:I)K,
Bclgac, -arum, M., the Delgae, a
Gallic tribe.
bello, 1 [bellum], tear, carry on
war. Cf. bellum gero.
bellum, -1, N. [bcilu], war. (38.)
bellus, -a, -um, adj., pretty^ charm-
ing, lovely.
bene, adv. [bonus], well.
boncficium, -i n. [bene, facio],
^ benefit, favor.
bonignc, adv. [Itenignus], liudfy.
bcnignufl, -a, -um, adj. [bene,
jjjenus], {of good birth), kind, good.
Hknkjnant.
bestia, -ae, v., beast.
blbn, 3, bibi, potum, drink. 1m«
IIIIIK.
bonum, -T, n. [bonus], good thing,
Iflessing,- plur., goods, posseBsiom.
m m
lurum], of
. aut, either
first word).
(393.)
Ttn.
■>], help, aid,
aries.
ireedif, rapa-
turn axcaij
iminutive of
icle.
r.
adj., foreign,
n.
[beo, fc/fssj.
hn Dclgae, <i
\ar, carry on
'vr>.
war. (38.)
vrettijt charm-
tell.
\)vi\o, facioj,
ims], liffdfjf-
adj. [bone,
i),k{nd,(jood.
drink. Im-
|, (food thing,
pos8e»»ioni.
bonus
229
caveo
bonus, -a, -um, adj., comp. melior,
superl. optimus; good. (71, 208.)
bos, bovis, M. and f., vx, cow.
(262.)
Bostonia, -ae, f., Boston.
bracchlum, -i, n., arm.
brevis, -e, adj., short, brief.
Britauni, -Orum, m., the Britons.
Britannia, -ae, v., Britain.
Brutus, -i, M., Brutus, a Human
surname.
C., abbreviation Jbr Gajus.
cachinno, 1, laugh aloud. Cf.
rideo.
cado, 3, cecidi, crisum,y<///.
caccus, -a, -um, adj., blind.
oaedo, 3, cecidi, caesuin, cut, rut
to pieces ; kill.
caelum, -i, n., skg, heaven.
cacruleus, -a, -utn, adj. [forcaelu-
leus, from caelum], dark-blue.
Caesar, (,J.), -aris, m., Julius Cae-
sar, a famous Roman.
CaiuB, -i, M. See Gujus.
calathus, -i, m., basket.
calcar, -uris, n. [calx, hei'l'\, spur.
(149.)
callens, -entis, adj. [P. of calku,
be hard], hard, tough.
calUdltas, -atis, f. [callidus, cun-
ning], shrewdness, cunning.
<MiIor, -oris, m. [calcu, be warm],
htat, u'armth. Cai.okio.
Campania, -ae, f., Campania, a
division of Italy.
campus, -1, M., field. Cami>. \jt.
agcr.
candldusy ^n -um, adj. [(tandco,
thine], bright, fair, uhitf. Candid.
Cf. albus*.
canis, -is, m. and f., dog. (153.)
Canink.
Cannae, -arum, f., Cannae, a vil-
lage in Apulia,
Cannensls, -e, adj. [Cannae], of
Cannae.
Cantlum, -I, n,, Kent (in Britain).
canto, 1 [cano], sing. Chant.
cantus, -us, m. [canuj, singing, song.
(278.) Chant.
capUlus, -i, M., Iiair {of the head).
Cai'illauy.
caplo, 3, cC'pI, captum, take, seize
(235) ; consilium capiO, adopt a
plan. Capture.
captivus, -I, M. [capiu], captive,
prisoner,
caput, -itis, N.,/<ra(/. (105.) Capital.
Carbo, -onis, m., Carbo,a Roman.
career, -eris, m., prison. Incak-
CEKATE.
careo, 2, -ul,-ituin, be without, want.
carmen, -inis, n., song,poiiii. (278.)
euro, carnis, v., flesh.
carpo, 3, -si, -turn, pluck.
carrus, -i, m., wagon, cart. Car.
Carthaginlensls, -c, adj. [Car-
thago], of Carthage, Carthaginian.
Carthago, -inis. f., Carthage, a
town in Africa.
Carthago Nova, a town in Spain.
carus, -a, -um, adj., dear, precious,
castra, -orum, n., camp.
casus, -us, M. [cado], a falling; mis-
chance, misfortune, chance.
catellus,-!, M. [diminutive of catu-
lus], little dog, puppy.
Catllina, -ai>, m.. Catiline, a famous
Roman conspirator.
Cato, -onis, m., Cato, a celebrated
Roman censor.
Cauda, -ae, f., tail.
causti, -ae, f., cause, reason ; causii
(after a genitive), ybr the sake.
cavoo, 2, ciivi, cautum, beware,
guard agatHut.
I I
i
r f
lllil
M
cedu
230
couies
I
I
Cedo, 3, cess!, cossum, go, (hpart,
wilhdrmo ; grant.
celer, -oris, -ere, adj., swjj't. (170.)
ClOLKUITV.
ccleriter, adv. [eclor], swi/tli/.
celo, 1, conceal, Cf. abdo,
censeo, 2, -ui, -um, r<cion; think,
deem, be of opinion. Cen.su uk.
(125).)
ecntiiiii, num. iulj., indecl., liun-
dred. Cent.
Ceres, -oris, r., Ceres, goddcsa of
(ujricnJiurc. Ckkka i,.
ccrte, adv. [certus], certainly, sitn-
1^, of course.
ccrto, 1, conti nd, stride, vie villi,
onrtus, -:i, -um, adj., f.red, ddrr-
viincd, certain, sure; cortioriMU
facio, 7naLc (om') more certain,
inform.
[ccterus], -a, -um, n(^j. (usually in
1^1 Ui".), tlie other, the rest.
oibus, -T, M.,,food. Cf. jifihulum.
Cicero, -unis, ji., Cicero, a finnnis
Roman orator.
Chnbri, -urum, y\., the Cimbri, a
Herman trilie.
t'lllgo, .'}, cinxi, eitictum, hind, <ii-
circle, surround.
clrciter, adv. [circus, circle],
round about ; about.
circum-ilQco, ^5, -dfixT, -ductum,
lead around.
clroiint-sillo, 1, -ii, [.salio],
jump or hop around,
clreiiiii-vonio, 4, -voni, -ventum,
surround ; circumvent.
civis, -is, M. ami v., citizen. (IT)!.)
civltils, -utis, 1'. [dvis], (^bodi/ if
citizetis), state; citizenshij). ClTV.
cliidos, -is, T., destruction, defeat,
disaster.
clfimltS, 1 [frequentative of elil-
mo], cri/ out , call out. Cf . exclaiuo.
clamor, -T^ris, m. [clfimo], shout,
cry. Clamor.
clarus, -a, -um, adj., clear, re-
nowned, fovious ; loud.
clussis, -is, F., class of citizens;
feet. (154.)
clieiis, -cutis, .v., client. (1G3.)
coepi, c'()('i)is.se (difective verb,
te'ust's from pres. stem wantinfi^),
lt(i/(in.
coerceo, 2, -ul, -Itum [co(m),
arcco, inclosr'j, confine, check, r<
strain.
cojjuosco, '], -uuvi, -nitum [com,
(i;)urtscu], learn, recognize, know.
Cf. agnusco.
cogo, ."», -cgT, -actum [com, ago],
drirc tixji ihi'r, compel.
co-hortor, 1 [co(ui), intensive],
exhort, urge, encourage.
Colliitinus, -7, a:., Collatinus, sur-
name <f Lucius 7ar<]uinius.
collcga (colli), -ac, .m. [lc},n'»], (^one
irho is chosen ivith another), col-
league.
colligtl (colli), n, -IcgT, -Icctiim
[com, li'K<'>], collect.
collis, -is, M,, A///. (lo4.) Cf.mons.
colloqiiiiiin, 1, n. [eolloquor], con-
versatioti, colloquy.
col-loquor, li, -locutus [(;omJ,
speak together, converse.
coIo, 'i, eolui, cultum, cultivate,
till. Cf. iucola, jigricola.
coloiiia, -ac, r. [colonus, husband-
man, colo], colony.
color, -oris, m., color.
coliiiiilia, -ac, I'., dove.
com (col, con, cor, co), primitive
form of cum, a prefi.K denoting
completeness or union; soine-
tinu'S intensive.
comcK, -itis, m. and v. [coniitor
(com, co)], comrade, companiotv.
comitor
231
eontemploT
in], shout,
clear, rr-
f citizens ;
(163.)
tive verb,
I wanting),
II [co(m).
', chn'l-, r(
turn [com,
jnize, know.
'com, ago],
intensive],
c.
latinus, snr-
itiins,
[lego], (..».'
lother), coi-
tal, -leotum
) Cf . nions.
li^quor], cun-
Lus [com],
li, cultivate.
lola.
us, husband'
)^ ]>rimitive
jix dcnt)tinn
lion; sonu'-
i\ [comitor
irompanion.
comitor, 1 [comes'], accovipnni/, at-
tend.
comineatus, -us, m. ['jonimeo, fjo
to and J'ro'], passage, trip, exp di-
tion.
com-iiiitto, 3, -niisi, -mlssuni, (/(>//«
together), commit; proelium cotn-
mittero, join battle, cnguijr, b<ijln
Jightlnq.
com-inodiis, -a, -um, adj. Qh'-t has
proper measure), convenient, suit-
able.
com-moror, 1, staij, linger, deh'i/,
remain.
com-inoveo, 2, -niovi, -Hir>tuin,
(^pnt in violent tnotlo*'^ . .'•hake, dls-
iu'h, agitate. Comm<.iIo.s'.
ooiii-niuiiio, 4, (j'ortl/i/ strong! ij),
secni'e, intrench.
com-pcrio, 4, -peri, -pertuin, as(( r-
tain, learn, Jlnd out.
com-plco, 2, -plC'vT, -plotum, jlll
out, Jill iij>. Cf, iniplco,
com-priino, o, -prcssT, -pressuni
[preino], p"ess together; check,
suppress*
con-cutio, .1,-cuss!, -cussnm fcom,
qnatio], shake rioh ntli/.
con-ioro, confcrre, contulT, collfi-
tuni (conl), [com], bring together,
collect; sG confcrrc, betake oni\s
S'lf. CONI'KH.
fOn-lioio, 3, -fccT, -fcctiua [com,
faciri], make, uccnmpllsh, carrg
out.
con-liteor, 2,-fcssua [com, fateor],
confess.
roii-fli;;o, 3, -xT, -ctum [com], nni-
tend, fight. C'oMiJCT.
eoii-loi», 3, -jcci, -jcctum [com,
Jacio], (Jhroio togithcr), throw,
Iinrl.
coii-Jiinx, -jugis, M. ami v. [com,
jungo,jo(H], s^>ouse, wife ; husband.
Conor, 1, attempt, trg.
con-seendO; 3, -di, -sconsum, [com,
pcando, cliinhj ascend, embark;
(JO in board
oon-seqiior, 3, -cfitus [com], fol-
low close upon ; follow.
oOn-sido, 3, -scdl, -sGssum [com],
(.s// together'), encamp.
consilium, -T, x. [cunsulo, consul],
advice, counsel, prudence; phni,
design.
cou-siinilis, -o, adj., verg simifar,
quite like,
con-spicio, 3, -spcxl, -spectum
[(•om, Ppocio, look], look at atten-
tive! g; observe, see, behold.
coii-spicor, 1, [cons])lcio], see. at <(
glance, thsen/, cate/i night o/*
constiliis, -ant is, adj., [l\ of con
sii')'],frm,steadg. >
con-stat, 1,-stitit, imi)crs., it Is evi-
dent, c!i (ir.
cou-stitiio, 3, -uT, -fitum [com,
staiiio], (^jilaci or put togcthtr),
station, place ; d( tt rtnine,
coii-siicsco, 3, -sucvT, -siiclum
[com], bicome accustomed ; in
])i'rf., // ' accustomed.
coiisiietudo, -inis, i'. [consuctus],
habit, custom.
consul, -ulis, m. [coiisulo, roH.sw//],
consul, (l-'l-)
cOnsularis, -c, adj. [consul], /'»•/-
talnlngtou consul, Consular ; noun,
e.r-consul,
(>onKiiIiItMS, -Hs, M. [consid], qlflcc
of consul, consulship.
cnii-sfinio, ii, -.siimpsi, -siimptum
[com], take, up voniphtilg, con-
sume.
coii-teiiiiin, 3, .])sT, -j)tinn [com]],
di s/)ise. CoNiT.MV.
conteniplor, 1, look at, vbstrve.
CUMKMI'LATK.
w
.
con-tendo
232
cupio
contends, 3, -di, -turn [com],
(draw tight), exert one's self, strive ;
hasten. Contend.
contentio, -onis, f. [contendo],
stringgle, exertion, effort; conten-
tion.
contentus, -a, -urn, adj. [P. of
contiiR'*")], contented ; w. >^A.
con-testor, 1 [coin, testis, witness'\,
call to witness, invoke.
con-tinens, -entis, f. [P. of con-
tineo, sc. terra], continent.
con-tlneo, 2, -ui, -tentuin [com,
teneo], hold together, hold, con-
tain.
contra, prep. w. icc, against.
con-valc8Co, 3, -valui , [com,
valeo], get ivell, grow strong. Con-
valescent. Cf. valeo.
con-venio, 4,-vcnT, -vcntum [com],
come together, assemble.
con-verto, 3, -ti, -sum [com], turn
around, turn, change. Conveut.
copia,-ae, F. [co\\\,o\)^'], abundance,
wealth; plur., troops, forces.
cor, cordis, n., heart.
coram, prep. w. abl., in presence of.
Corinthus, -T, f., Corinth. (11,4.)
Coriolanus, T, m., Corio/anus, sur-
name of C. Marcius, a liovian
consul.
Cornelia, -ae, f. Cornelia, mother
of the Gracchi.
Corncliufl, -T, m., Cornelius, a lio-
manfamilij name. i
cornu, -US, n., horn.
corpus, -oris, n., bodg. (MO.)
COKI'SE.
corrlgo, 3, -rcxT, -rectum [com,
rego], make straight, reform, cor-
rect.
corrlpl5, 3, -ui, -reptum [com,
rapio], seize, take hold of.
cor-rumpo, 3, -rupi, -ruptum,
[com], break in pieces, destroy ;
corrupt, bribe.
ccrtex, -icis, m. and f., bark-, shelly
rind.
corns, -i, M., north-west (irind).
cotidie, adv. [quot, dies], daily.
eras, adv., to-morrow.
Crassus, -i, m., Crassus, a rich lio-
vutn, contemporarij of Casar.
creator, -oris, m. [creoj, creator.
creber, -bra, -brum, mVy, frequent,
numerous.
credo, 3, -didi, -ditum, trust, believe ;
w. dat. CuEoiT.
creo, 1, make, create; choose, elect.
Croesus, -I, m., Croesus, king of
Lydia.
crudellSf-CfUd]. ,cruel,hard-hearted.
crudellter, adv. [crudelis],crwe///.
cruentus, -a. -um, adj. [cruor],
stained with blood, bloody.
cruor, -oris, m., blood, gore. Cf. san-
guis.
crus, cruris, n., leg.
culpa, -ae, f. [culjx")], blame, fault.
Culpable. Cf. vitium.
culpo, 1 [culpa], blame, find fault
with.
culter, -tri, m., knfe. Coulter.
cum, conj., whrn; since, as; though^
although. (372 ff.)
cum, prej). w. ubl., with.
Cumae, -firum, f., Cumae, a toicn
in ('(nn/intn'ii.
cunac, -a nun, f., cradle.
cunctutio, -unis, f. [cuiictor], de-
laying, delay.
cunct^ir, 1, linger, hesitate.
cuplilittis, -atis, f. [cupidus. cupio],
desire, eagerness, Cui'iorrv.
Cupido, -inis, m. [cupidusj, Cupid,
god of love.
cupfO, 3, -IvI, or -ii, -itum, desire,
be eager fur. Cf. dcoIderO.
! jV'
Ml
cur
233
desidero
, destroy;
mrk; shelly
cind),
], daily.
a rich lio-
'^(isar.
creator.
\., frequent,
•nst, believe ;
honsr, elect.
US, Iciwj of
ard-hearfed.
lis],cTwe///.
Ij. [cruor],
dy.
re. Cf. pan-
\)lamc, fault.
im.
L find faidt
IC«)UI>TKR.
I, as; thoughj
bae, a toivn
Imctor], de-
ll e.
liluB.cupio],
VnnTY.
]\is], Cupid,
[um, destre,^
lero.
Ciir, adv. [qua, re], why, wherefore.
cGra, -ao, f. [euro], care, anxiety.
euro, 1 [cura], care for, take care.
curro, 3, cucurri, eursum, run.
currus, -us, m. [curro], c^ar/o/, car.
cursus, -us, M. [curro], a running,
course.
curvus, -a, -uni, adj., curved, bent ;
bending.
custodiO) 4 [eustos], guard, pro-
tect, defend.
eustos, -odis, M. and v. [custr)dio],
guardian, keeper. Custodian.
eyniba, -ae, v. boat. Cf. navieula.
Cyrus, -1, M., Cyrus, king of Persia.
Daedalus, -T, m., Daedalus, builder
of' the Lahijrinth.
danino, 1, condemn.
Dareus, -1, m., Darius, icing of
Persia.
Datls, -is, M., Datis, a J'ersian
general.
de, prep. w. abl., from, about, con-
cerning, of; (of time), in, during,
about.
dea, -ao, v., goddess, (p. 8, note 1).
debeo, 2, -uT, -itum, owe, ouglit.
Debit, Dkht.
decern, num. adj., indecl., ten.
December, -brls, m. [dtccm], De-
cember. Often as adj.
decem-plex, -ieis, adj. [plico], ten-
fold.
de-cerno, 3, -crevl, -cretum {sepa-
rate from), decide, determine;
decree.
de-cerpo, 3, -si, -turn [earpo], pi.cfc
off"'
decet, 2, decuit, impers., it ia be-
coming, fitting, proper.
declmus, -a, -urn, num. adj. [de-
oemj, tentii.
de-do, 3, -didi, -ditum (put from
one's self), surrender, deliver up.
de-duco, 3, -duxi, -ductum, lead
away, draw down, launch. De-
duct.
de-fatigo, 1, tire out, exhaust.
de-fendo, 3, -dl, -fensum [defen-
sor], {strike off from), defend,
protect.
defensor, -oris, m. [defendo],
defender, protector.
de-fero, -ferre, -tulT, -latum {bring
from), deliver; report.
de-fessus, -a, -um, adj., tired out,
iccarij.
de-flcio, 3, -feci, -foctum [faeio],
{make away from), revolt ; fail, be
tranting.
de-forniis, -e, adj. [forma], mis-
shapen, ugly; base, disgraceful.
de-Inde, adv. {from tiience), tiien,
afterwards.
delecto, l,deligfit.
delectus, -us, m. [deligo], sefec-
tion ; levy.
deleo, 2, -evT, -etum, destroy. Dk.
LETE.
deliclae, -arum, f., de/ig fit, darling.
de-migro, 1, migrate from ; emi-
grate, remoi^e.
Demosthenes, -is, m., Demostfie-
nes, a famous AtJienian orator.
deuique, ii(\y.,Jinally, at last.
dens, dentis, m., tooth. Dentist.
de-pereo, 4, -il, , go to ruin,
perish, be lost.
de-pono, 3, -posuT, -positum, put
down, put by, lay down. Dei'o-
NENT.
de-seendo, 3, -di, -seensum [scan-
do, climb'], come down, descend.
de-sero, 3, ■m,-U\u\, desert, abandon.
desidero, 1, desire, long for, miaa
(319). Cf.optu, volu, and cupio.
Ii:'.i
'^^mmmmmmmmm
de~silio
234
dSnuiii
Y
"^ ii
nt
. y
(te-siliO, 4, -silui [salio, Icdp"],
leap down. Cf. subsilio and tran-
silio.
de-sisto, 3, -stitl, -stitura [^staml ojf
or aparQ, leave oJf\ cease ; desist.
dti-spero, 1 [sprs], he /lo/^r/r.ss,
despair.
de-suiii, -esse, -fui, , be ictml-
ing, lack ; w. (lat. Cf . dOficiu.
de-truho, 3, -traxi, -tractuin, draw
<>//] t(i/,c (iwai/.
deiiR, -i, M., (/od. (202.)
ilevoro, 1, swallow up, devour.
Diana, -ac, r., Diana, goddess of
the chase.
dico, 3, dlxT, dictum, saii, tell.
dictator, -oris, m. [dicto, dicu],
ehicf' iintiiislrate, dictator.
dicttitura, -ao, r. [dictator], o///Ve
of dictator, dictatorship.
dictlto [frequentative of dicu],
Jceep saijiiKj.
dies, -cT, m. and v., da>/. (2r).'>.)
dif-fero, ditTerro, distull, dilatunj
[dis], scatter, separate, put ojj';
differ. QV21.)
ditTwilis, -c, adj. [dis, facilis, /<;r
J'roin <asi/^, hard, difficult. (207.)
<lijL>'itiis, -I, M.fjiiiipr. DiciT.
<lif>;nitas, • itis<, r. [dignus], icorth,
dignity; ojfice.
dijj(nii8, -a, -uni, adj., worthy.
dlli^i'iis, -entix, adj. [l\ of diliyr.],
diligent, careful.
diligciiter, adv. [diligcns], dili-
gently.
dili^'oiitia, -ae, i\ [diligens], dili-
gence, rarej'uliif ss.
di-li^o, I], -IcxI, -lOctuni [lego],
esteem, lore. (.'UO.)
ditiiioo, 1, Jight, contend. Cf.
pfigno.
di-inidiu8, -a, •uin, adj. [uuhHuk],
half.
dl-mittS, o, -misi, •mlssuin, send
a waif, let go.
di-iiioveo, 2, -niuvT, -niotum (move
asinifhr'), separate, drive away.
di-ruu, 3, dirul, dirutum, tear
asunder, destroy. Cf. rcscindo.
dis, di (a prefix denoting sopjira-
tion), astindi r, apart, in dij/erent
directions. Cf. /difl'eru, discGdu,
dissimilis, dlnii^xtu, diruu.
Dis, ])Itis, M., /?/s, (mother name
of Pinto.
dis-cedo, 3, -ccsisT, -c»>suni, depart,
loilhdraw, go oj}'.
discipuliis, -T, n. [disco], learner,
schoiitr, pu])il. Disfii'i.K.
disco, 3, didiei, , It am.
dis-siniilis, -e, adj., (fir from liice'),
unlike, dissimilar. (207.)
diil, iu\y.,far a long time, long.
dives, -it is, adj. (conip. ditior,
super], divitissinms), r/V7/. (1()7.
divitiac, -iiruni, v. [dives], riches,
wai/th.
do, dare, dedl, datum, gire ; put.
docco, 2, -uT, -turn, tiach, show,
doctiis, -a, -um, adj. [P. of doceo],
haruLil. iJocToi!,
dolor, -oris, y\., jxdn, grief. Dol-
oKors.
dolus, -T, M., trivl-, den if.
doiiiicilitiiii, -T, \. [domus], home,
aliode.
doinina, -ae, r. [dominus], 7nistress.
doitiiior, 1 [dominus], be a lord
and inffihr, rule. Domim-.ki:.
doniiiiiis, -i, M. [domina], lord,
master. (OG.)
doiiius, -fis, r., house, home ; domi,
af home. (202, 330.)
diino, 1 [donuni], give, present.
Donate.
donuin, -i, n. [dt")], gif, presenU
V
jiij
\
dui'iiiio
235
erro
nissum, send
niotum (move
drive aicay.
irutum, tear
Cf. rc'scindo.
lotiiig sepHTiv-
<-t, in dijjerent
tTeru, discGdo,
diruo.
tknother namf
iGssuni, de-part,
lisco], learner,
-, /( ar?t.
(/(n- from like"),
(207.)
time, loiKj.
(comp. dltior,
\ii),rirJi. (!(>".
[illvi's], richca,
111, girr : p»t.
It iicli, shoin.
[I'.of docco],
hi, ijrivf. Doi-
j( n it.
([domus], home,
iiitius],7///s^T.s-s.
|nus], ho. a lord
DoMlNKKK.
Idomhui], lord,
Lr, home ; donil,
V>.)
(jive, present.
1 '/(/^ present.
dormlo, 4, s/fry. Dormitort.
Drusus, -i, M., Drusus, a Ronum.
dubito, 1 [dubius], hesitate, doubt,
Indcuitaulk.
dubiur^, -i, n. [dubius], doubt.
dubius, -a, -um, adj. [duo], doubt-
ful. DCIJIOUH.
ducfinti, -ac, -a, num. adj. [<luo,
centum], two luuulruL
ducu, •», -duxi,-ductum [dux], lead.
Duilius (C), -T, M., Caius Duilius,
a Roman (jener<tl.
dulcis, -e, adj., sirert, pleasant.
DfiLCET. Cf. sufivis.
duni, adv., while, as lowj im ; until.
duo, duae, dnn, num. adj., tiro.
('511. 4.)
duo-dcchn, num. adj., indccl. [do-
(■cm], twelve.
duo-de-triglnta, num. adj., in-
decl., twent;i-ei(jht.
durus, -a, -um, adj., hard. F.n-
DUUE. Cf. dilHcilis.
dux, ducis, M. and f. [ducO], leader,
general. Duke. Cf. imperator.
ecce, intevj.. In! see! see there!
e-dico, .'}, -ilixi, -dictum, speal: out,
declare, proclaim. Edict.
edo, oderc or esse, edi, esum or es-
sum, eat.
educo, 1, bring up, train, educate.
e-duco, 3, -duxl, -ductum, lead out,
bring away.
cf-fero, efferro, extulT, elatum
[ex], hear out, bring forth. QVl 1 .)
Elate.
efllcio, W, -fecT, -fectuni [ex, faci*')],
bring to pass, effect, romplete;
make, constrnet.
egens, -cutis, adj. [P. of e^eo], in
want, needg, destitute.
©go, pcrs. pron., /. (204.)
e-sredior, .">, egressus [gradior.
step}, go out, go forth ; disembark,
land. Cf. cxeo.
egregie, adv. [r-gregius], remark-
abtij, excelh-nt'i/.
e-gregius, -a, -um, adj. [grex], re-
markable, excellent. Ecjregious.
Elegans,-antis,adj.,(V/(</rf', e/e5ra/?^
elcphantu.s, -i, m., elephant.
e-lfldo, .'], -si, -sum, deceive, mock ;
elude.
e-niorgo, .3, -si, -sum, arise, come
forth; emerge.
eino, .'j, enii, emptum, huj/,purrhase.
cuiin, conj. (never tlie first word),
for. Cf. nam.
Eunius, -I, M., Ennius, father of
lioinan poetrij.
e-uuntio, 1 , say out, divulge, tleriare,
report. Enunciate.
e, see ex.
eo, adv. [is], to that place, thither,
there.
CO, ire, ii, itum, go. (;>27.)
codeni, adv. [idi'iu], to the .same
place.
Kpirus, -1, v., Epirus, a division of
(/recce.
epistula, -ae, f., letter, epistle.
eques, -itis, m. [ecpius], horsem(rn,
knight.
equester, -tris, -tre, adj., [eipies],
[]i( rtaining to a horseman), eques-
trian.
cquitaitus, -us, m. [equito, eques],
{body ofequites"), cavalry.
equito, 1 [eques], (be a horseman),
ride.
C(iuus, -I, M., horse.
ergo, adv., therefore, accordingly.
Cf. igitur and itaque.
e-riplil, .'}, -ul, -reptum [rapio],
snatch out, seize and bear oj[f.
erro, 1, wander ; err, mistake.
'I
-F -JT
- i
J f
e-rudi5
236
facto
If
u
■>i
i
i i
e-rudlo, 4, [rudis, rough}, train,
teach, instruct.
esseduniy -i, n., two-wheeled war-
chariot.
et, conj., and; et . . . et, both . . .
and. Cf. atque, ac, and -que.
etiam, adv. and conj. [et, jam,
and now], also, even.
et-s!, conj., though, although.
Kuropa, -ae, f., Europe.
e-vado, 3, -vasi, -vusum, go forth,
escape. Evade.
e-venio, 4, -veni, -ventum, come
forth, turn out, happen. Evknt. Cf.
accido and incido.
e-verto, 3, -ti, -sum, overturn, over-
throw, destroy.
ij-volo, 1 , flij away.
ex or e, i)rep. w. abl., out of, from.
examinOy 1 [examen, test'], weigh
out, weigh.
excelsus, -a, -urn, adj. [P. of ex-
cellO], elevated, lofty, high.
ex-cipio, 3, -cepi, -ceptum [capio],
take out, except; receive, wel-
come.
ex-clamo, 1, cry out, exclaim. Cf.
clamito.
ex-cGso, 1 [causa], excuse.
ex-cutio, 3, -cussi, -cussum [qua-
tio], shake out, strike off, drive
away, cast out.
ex-eo, -ire, -il, -itum, 170 out, come
out. Exit. Cf. egredior.
ex-eroeo, 2 [arceo], keep busy,
employ; train. Exercise.
excrcltus, -us, m. [exerceo], (the
thing trained), army.
exiguus, -a, -um, adj., scanty, small,
slight.
expeditlo, -onis, v. [expudio], ex-
cursion, expedition.
ex-pellO) 3, -puli, -pulsum, drive
out or away, expel,
ex-perior, 4, -partus, make trial of,
test. Expert.
ex-plico, 1, -avi, -^'^nm, and -ui,
-itum, unfold, explai
exploratory -oris, m. '^xplGio],a
searcher out, explorer; spy, scout.
ex-ploro, 1, search out, examine,
explore; reconnoitre.
ex-pono, 3, -posui, -positum, put
or set out, expose; draw up, mar-
shal.
ex-pugno, 1, take by storm, assault.
Cf. oppugnu.
ex-sisto, 3, -stiti, -stitum (stand
forth), exist, appear.
ex-specto, 1, await, wait for, ejr-
pect.
ex-spiro, 1, breath out, breath one's
last, expire.
ex-stinguo, 3, -nxl, -nctum (quench
completely), extinguish ; kill, de-
stroy.
ex-terreo, 2, -ui, -itum, frighten,
affright.
ex-timesco, 3,-timui, [timeo],
fear greatly.
extra, prep. w. aec, without, out-
side of. Cf. intra.
ex-turbo, 1, thrust out, drive away.
faber, -bri, m., worker, carpenter.
FAnRic.
Fabius, -i, m., Fabius, a famous
Roman general.
Fabrlcius, -i, m., Fabricius, a
famous Roman general.
fSbiila, -ae, f. [for, speak"], story,
tale, fable.
facllis, -e, adj. [facio], (that can be
done), easy to do, easy. Facility.
faeiuus, -oris, n. [facio], (the thing
done), deed ; crime. Cf. scelus.
facioy 3, fuel, factum, do, make.
fagus
237
frater
, make trial of,
"^nm, and -ui,
r. ^xplOio], a
>er; spy, scuut.
out, examine,
e.
-positum, put
draw up, mar-
I storm, assault.
-stitum (_stand
ar.
t, wait for, ex-
out, breath one's
, -nctum (cfuench
iguish; kill, de-
Mum, frighten,
|ui, [timeo],
c, without, out-
uut, drive away.
rker, carpenter.
\bius, a famous
Fabricius, a
{•neral.
r, speakl, story,
lio], {that can be
\isy. Facility.
icio], {the thing
?. Cf. scelus.
\u, do, make.
fSgus, -I, F., beech-tree. (11. 4.)
Falisci, -crura, m., the Fa/iscans,
a people of Etruria.
falso, adv. [falsus], falsely,
falsus, -a, -um, adj. [fallo, deceive'],
deceptive, false.
fUma, -ae, f. [for, speakj, rumor;
fame, renown.
fames, -is, f., hunger, famine.
fas, N., indeel. [for, speak], divine
law; often translated as adj.,
right, lawful.
fascis, -is, M., bundle.
fatigo, 1, tire out, iveary. Fatigue.
fatuni,-i,x. [for, speak], (that which
is spoken), fate, destiny.
faveo, 2, favi, fautum, be favorable
to, favor, befriend; w. dat.
febris, -is, f. [ferveo, be hot), fever.
Februarius, -I, m., February. Often
as adj.
feliciter, adv [fellx], luckily, for-
tunately.
felix, -icis, adj., hicky,forttinate.
fera, -ae, f. [ferus], wild animal,
wild beast.
fere, adv., nearly^ for the most part,
almost, about. Cf . panne.
fero, ferre, tull, latum, bear, bring ;
ferunt, they say, (321.) Cf.
porto and veho.
ferox, -ocis, adj. [ferus], fierce,
impetuous.
ferreus, -a, -um, adj. [ferrum], of
iron, iron.
ferrum, -i, n., iron.
ferus, -a, -uni, adj., ivild, savage,
cruel.
fldelis, -e, adj. [fides], trusty, faith-
ful. Cf. fidus.
fldeliter, adv. [Qdi^Vis], faithfully .
fides, -Ci, F. [fido, trust], trust, faith.
fIdus, -a, -um, adj. [fido, trust],
trxuty, faithful.
filia, -ae, r., daughter, (p. 8, note 1).
Cf. nata.
niiolus,-!, M. [diminutive of filius],
little son.
filius, -1, M., son. (79.) Filial.
finlo, 4 [finis], cn(/,/7/»/sA. Finitk.
Huis, -is, M., end, boundary. (154.)
finitimus, -a, -um, adj. [finis],
bordering on, neighboring.
fio, fieri, faetus (supplies pass, to
facio), be made, become. (327.)
firmo, 1 [firmus], make strong.
firinus, -a, -um, adj. [firniw], stead-
fast, strong. Firm.
flagro, 1, burn.
flecto, 3, -xl, -xum, bend, turn.
fleo, 2, flevl, fletuni, iveep, cry.
flo, 1, bloiv.
flos, floris, M., forcer. Floral.
fluinen, -inis, n. [fluo], {that which
flows), river, stream. (172.)
fluo, 3, fluxl, fliixum, fow.
fluvius, -i, M. [fluo], {the f owing
thing), river, stream. (172.)
folium, -I, N., leaf. Foliage.
fons, fontis, y., spring, fount, foun-
tain.
fore, for futurum esse.
forinido, -inis, v., fear, terror.
forte, adv. [fors, chance], perchance,
perhaps, possibly.
fortis, -e, adj., strong, brave, cour-
ageous,
fortiter, adv. [fortis], bravely,
courageously.
fortitudo, -inis, f. [iortis], strength,
bravery, endurance, fortitude.
fortuiia, -ae, f. [fors, chance], for-
tune.
forum, -1, N., market-place; forum,
fraiigo, 3, fregl, fractum, dash in
pieces, break. Fraction.
frater, -tris, m., brother. Frater
NAL.
fretii.s
238
Uasdrubal
W-
fretus, -a, -urn, adj., reli/ing on,
trusting to ; w. abl.
frigidus, -a, -urn, adj. [frigeo,
frcczi], cold, frigid.
froiidosus, -a, -um, adj. [frdns],
covered ivith leaves, leafy.
frons, froiidis, v., leaf , foliage ; gar-
land of leaves.
frons, -tis, r., brow, forehead.
Front.
fructus, -us, M, [fruor],y/v//7. Cf.
fruniontuni.
friiinentarius, -a, -uni, adj. [fru-
mentuui], pertaining to grain;
rC'S I'runientaria, grain-supplg.
frunicntuni, -I, x. [iruor], corn,
grain. Cf. fructus.
fruor, '^, fructus, enjoij ; w. abl.
(;3()4.)
frustra, adv., in vain.
(frux), frugis, v. (oftener plur. ;
gen. frugum), [irwm'], fruit of the
earth, fruits. Cf. fructus.
fuga, -ac, F. \^fnij;io, fee'], ^flight.
fugio, 3, fugl, -itum [fugo, fuga],
run an-ai/. Fugitive.
fugo, 1 [fugio, fuga],;jM< to flight,
chase, drive.
fuiigor, 3, functus, perform, dis-
charge ;\v.iihl. (304.) Function.
CJaJus, gen. Gal (also written
Cuius), M., Caius, a Roman frst
name.
Galba, -ae, m., Galba.
CJallia, -ae, f., Gaul.
Gallicus, -a, -um, adj. [(iallus],
belonging to the Gauls, Gallic.
galliua, -ae, f. [gallus, cod-'],
hen.
Gallus, -1, M., a Gaul.
gaudeo, 2, gavisus [gaudium], Je
gladf rejoice, (p. 177, note 2.)
gaadium, -I, n. [gaudeo], joj/.
delight.
gcner, -eri, m., son-in-law,
gens, gentis, f., clan,familg. Gen-
tkkl.
genu, -us, n., knee. (245.)
genus, -eris, >'., birth^ race; kindf
nature. Gender.
Gerniauus, -a, -um, adj., German ;
noun, a German.
gero, 3, gessi, gestum, bear^ carrg ;
icage, manage, do.
gladiator, -oris, Ji. [gladius],
{swordsman'), gladiator.
gladius, -I, M., sword.
gloria, -ae, v ., g lory , fame, renotcn.
gracilis, -e, adj., slender. (207.)
gradus,-iis,M.,s^7). (245.) Grade.
Graece, adv. [Graecusj, in Greek.
Graecia, -ae, f., Greece.
Graecus, -a, -um, adj., Grecian,
Greek; noun, a Greek.
granien, -inis, n., grass.
granuni, -i, N., grain, seed.
gratulor, 1 [gratus], coz/^rrafw/afe;
\v. dat.
grjitus, -a, -um, adj., acceptable^
pleasing. Grateful.
gravis, -e, adj., heavy, serious.
Grave.
graviter, adv. [gravis], heavily^
seriously.
grentluni, -T, n., lap, bosom.
grex, gregis, M.,fock, herd.
gusto, 1, taste, eat.
habeo, 2, have, hold.
habito, 1 [frequentative of habeo],
inhabit; dwell, live. (104.)
Hannibal, -alis, m., Hannibal, a
famous Carthaginian general.
Uasdrubal, -alis, m., Hasdrubat,
a Carthaginian general^ brother of
Hannibal.
• \i
al
ludeo], joy,
aw,
amihj. Gen-
245.)
!, race; kind,
idj., German ;
1, bear, carry ;
,,. [gladius],
ator.
r
•
fame, renown,
ndcr. (207.)
(245.) Gi?Ai>i"'.
cusj, in Greek.
eece.
adj., Grecian,
eek.
\n, seod.
, coiigraiutate ;
111]., acceptable,
ylwavij, serious.
javis], heavily,
hosuTti.
\k, herd.
Itiveof habeo],
f. (104.)
I, Hannibal, a
\n general.
Ii., Hasdruba!,
\erali brother of
hasta
239
iniporiuin
hasta, -ao, r., spear.
huurlo, 4, hausi, haustuir, draw
(water), drain. Exhaust.
Hector, -oris, u., Hector, chief of
thn Trojan tcarriors.
Henna, -ue, i., Henna, a city of
iSicily.
heri, adv., yesterday.
hie, haec, hue, dem. pron., this,
this of mine ; abl., hue;, on this
account ; as pers. pron., he, she,
it. (275.)
hiems(hieinps), hicMius, f., iv inter ;
storm,
hlnc, adv. [luc], from this place,
hence.
Hispania, -ae, f., Spain.
Hispiinns, -T, si., a Spaniard.
bistoria, -ao, v., history.
hodie, adv. [hoc, die], to-day.
Honierus, -I, jr.. Homer, the earli-
est and (jrcatest Greek port.
homo, -inis, Ji. and f. (Jmiuan
heiny), man. (l.^S.)
honestiiSj-fitis, r. [lioncstu.';],//o»or,
integrity, honesty,
houorilioe, adv., honorably.
honor, -oris, .m., honor.
honoro, 1 [honor'], honor, respect.
hora, -at", v., hour.
Horatius, -i, M., Horatius, Horace.
horridus, -a, -lun, adj. [horrco,
shudder at], frightful , rough, zci'd.
HOUKID.
hortor, 1, urge, exhort, encourage.
hortus, -1, M., gardrn. (38.)
hospes, -itis, m. and p., host, guest,
guestfriend. Hospital.
hostis, -is, M. and f., enemy. (149,
172.) Hostile.
hue, adv. [for old form hoc], to
this place, hither.
haniSnus, -a, -uni, adj. [homo],
human ; cultivated^ refneJ.
huniilis, -c, adj. [huinns, ground^
(^pertaining to hunms), low, lowly,
humble, poor. (207.)
ibi, :idv. [}>], in that jtlace, there.
Icarus, -i, Icarus, son of Ucedalus.
idem, cadem, idem, dL'term. pron
[is], same. (270.)
idoncus, -a, -um, adj.,y/V, suitablr,
firoj'i r,
Idus, -uum, F. plur., the Ides Oy'
themontli). The thirteenth, except
in March, May, July, and Octo-
ber ; in those months the fif-
teenth. (244. 1.)
igitiir, onj. (seldom the first
word), tlurefore, then. Cf. ergo
and itaqtie.
ignsivia, -ae, f. [ignfivus], laziness,
idleness, ctnra rdice.
iguslvus, -a, -um, adj. [in, not,
gnavus, busy], lazy, idle, cowardly.
Ijjfnis, -is, yi.,fre. (140.)
ii»iioro, 1 [Tgnarus, ignorant], not
know, be ignorant of
ilie, -a, -utl, demon, pron., that
(^i/ondcr) ; as pers. pron., he, she,
if. (275.)
illuc, adv. [illc], to that place,
thither, there.
imago, -inis, v., image, likeness,
picture. (I'i4.)
imitor, 1, imitate.
immauis, -c, adj., huge, immense,
monstrous. Cf. mfignus.
impedio, 4 [in, pos], (mtangle the
feet), impede, hinder, pre\ nt.
im-pello, 8, -pull, -pulsum [in],
urge on, impel, prompt.
Imperii tor, -oris, m. [impero],
commander, general. Emferor.
imperinin, -I, K. [impero], com-
mand, authority, power. Empirk.
ill
wm
iiupero
240
in-sum
1 f
1
H
111
fimpero, 1 [imperiumj, order, com-
mand; w. dat.
impetro, 1, accomplish; gain, pro-
cure, obtain. Cf. adipiscor.
impetus, -up., m. [inipcto, rush upon'],
attack, onset. Imi'ETUC'JS.
Im-plcoy 2, -c'vi, -tJtum I'm}, Jill up,
Jill Jull, Jill. Cf. conjpk'u.
im-ploro, 1 [in], cry out to, beseech,
imp/ore.
im-pono, 3, -posul, -positum [in],
f)iit or place uj)on.
iinprobuS) -a, -urn, adj. [in, no/,
probus, good}, bad, wicked. Cf.
n.ilus.
im-pro-viso, adv. [video], uner-
pectcdiy.
im-pudcns, -ontis, adj. [in], shame-
less, impudent.
In, prep. w. ncc. into, to, against,
for; w. abl., in, on. (.333, 1, 2.)
.'n, prefix, in composition with
nouns, adjectives, and parti-
ciples, often liaving negative
sense. Cf. Eng. iin-, In-, not.
inunis, -c, adj., emptg, useless.
iii-eautu5, -a, -um, adj., incautious,
heedless.
In-certu9, -a, -urn, adj., uncertain.
ln-ci(Io, 3, -cidi, -cusum [cado],
/all into; happen, befall. Cf. ac-
cido and evenio.
In-elplO, 3, -cepi, -ccptuni [capio],
(/«/•<? in hand), begin. Cf. ordior.
In-coKnitus, -a, -uin, adj.,«H^7i(;(i».
iueola, -j>e, m. and r. [inculuj, /;«-
habitant.
Iii-colu, 3, -uT, [incola], diretl
in, ttdinbit, live, dwell. Cf. luiliito
and vivo.
IneolumiH, -e, adj., unharmed, safe,
IikIo, adv. [is], thence.
iutlloiumy •!, N.| discovery, din-
, closure.
in-eo, -ire, -il, -itum, go in, enter;
begin. (327.)
inferi, -orum, m. (inferus, below'},
inhabitants of the lower world, the
dead. Infernal.
in-fero, inferre, intuli, illatum
(inl) (^bear in or against) , cause ;
belium inferre, make war upon;
w. dat. (321.)
infestus, -a, -urn, adj., hostile,
troublesome, dangerous. Infest.
iu-iicio, 3, 'feci, -fectum [facio],
stain, color,
in-finitus, -a, -urn, adj. [finis],
boundless, unlimited, infinite, vast.
in-flcctu, 3, -xi, -xuni, bend ; change,
alter. Inflect.
in-grcdior, 3, -gressus [gradior,
step}, enter.
in-hio, 1, gape at, long for.
iu-lmiciis, -a, -uni, a(lj. [amicus],
unfrieiidlg, hustile ; noun, enemy.
(172.) Ini.mical.
initiuin, -i, N. [ineu], beginning.
Initial.
injuria, -ac, f. [in, jus], injustice,
injur I/, wromj.
injustc, ad/, [injustus], (/w/wsf//.
inopia, -ao, f. [inops, without re-
sources}, want, poverty.
inquani, defective verb, say; in-
quit (placed after one or more
quoted words), said he.
in-stituO, 3, -ui, -utum [statuo,
place}, fix, determine, undertake.
Institi TK.
instiiictuB, -a, -uni [P. of instruo],
firnished, e(piipped.
iu-strtio, 3, -struxi, -structum
[struo, build}, build up,Jorm, in-
struct, teach.
iMHula, -ae, r., island. Pkninhula.
iu-HUm, -esse, -fui, , be in,
among; w. dut. and in w. abl.
a
illt4»l-l<'}40
:>41
jiKlioiiini
, go in, enter;
nferuB, below'],
ower world, the
intull, illatum
against), cause;
lake war upon',
adj., hostile,
rous. Infest.
fectum [facio],
n, adj. [finis],
pd, infinite, vast,
im, lend; change,
rcssus [gradior,
long for.
n, adj. [amicus],
Je ; noun, enemy.
L.
incC], beginning.
11, jus], injustice,
uatus], unjustly.
inops, without re-
overt y.
TQ verb, say ; in-
tor one or more
said he.
-utum [statuo,
:rmini', undertake.
L [l\ of lustruo],
vrd,
Itruxl, -strrictum
Uild up, form, in-
\,„d. Vkninhui.a.
Ifui, » ^' •"'
lund in w. abl.
intcl-lego, .'J, -lexl, -ir-ctuni [inter], ita, adv., so, thus. Cf. sic.
see into; understand. Istkiaa-.ct. I Italia, -ao, i"., /fa//.
inter, prt'p. vv. mc, between, tiinong, • Italiis, -a, -uiii, adj., Italian.
amid. ! ita-qiio, ronj., (f/j(/ .so, /A»ny<>r<?. Cf.
Intcr-eo, -Iro, -ii, Aunw, perish. I lt^u and igitur.
inter-diini, adv., sonittimts. ' Uciii, ;idv. [ita], liken'ise, ai'su.
inter-lifio, ;5, -IV-ci, -factum [j'a- ; 1 1 km.
ciu], ^///, jiiit to dedt/i, CI. nt'i'o
and occldu.
Interior, -us, adj. [no positlvij,
inner, interior.
Inter-pcllo, 1, i)iternijit ; tntreat,
{viportnne.
Inter-rogo, 1, as!:, in(/tiire, (jiiesliun.
(082.) Intkukogation.
Intcr-suiii, -esse, -f uT, , he pres-
ent at or innuiiij ; w. dat. Cf. ad-
suni.
intra, prrp. w. ace, icithin. Cf.
extra.
in-tueor, 2, look towards, at ^ or upon.
I.NTI ITION.
Intus, adv. [in], within, inside.
in-venio, 4, -vOni, -ventuni, come
tipon, jind, meet iciih^ discover.
Invf.nt. Cf. rcpyri'i.
in-viceni, adv., Lij iurns, in tiir:i,
alterndfelji,
in-viotii8, -a, -um, adj., nncompm-
abte, invincihle,
invito, 1, invite.
invftiLS, -a, -uin, adj., unwilling/, re-
liieliint,
in-vo<'o, 1, rail upon, invoke.
io, interj., ah! oh!
iter, itincriis, n. [to], waij, road,
linireh. (2(>2.) IriNKUANT.
iteruiii, adv., n .s( co/u/ time, ayain,
1 TKUA HON.
Ithaca, -ai', r., Ithaca, <ni island in
the Iimian Sea.
If ins, .■\i., Itlus, <i port in C'lud.
Jaceo, 2, -uT,
— [jacio], (/.p
t Jin urn'), lie.
Jaeiii, ."), jccl, jactuni [jaeoo], M?'o«',
<v(,s7, hnrl,jling.
jam, ailv , already, now, at last. Cf.
nunc.
janijaiu, adv., already; junijani
vcntiiru.s, oti tlie point of eominy.
jaiuia, -ae, v. [.Janus], door. Cf.
porta.
.lilniiM, -T, M. [jiiiuni], Janus, the
tieiifaei d mid,
Jejuiiiiini, -i, n. [jcjuiuis], j'ast,
hiint/^ '.
Jcjiinii.s, -a, •uin [jcjuiiiun»],ya«7-
tii(j, hnm/ry, without food.
Joeus, -I, .M. (plnr. joci and joca),
Joke, je.st ; per jocuni, in Jest, for
a Jokr.
JolianniruIuH, •!, M., little John,
ipse, -a, -inn, iiitcns, pron., self, ' Johnny, Jack.
very. (270.)
Ira, -ae, i\, anger, wrath ; ire.
Jiil)eo, 2, jfis.sT, jussinn, l>id, order,
eomnhiiiil. (.'(. inijx'ro.
lr-ri<leo, 2, -risi, -risun» [in], laugh jrieiindiis, -a, -nni, adj., jileasant,
at, ridicule ; Jtst, murk. I agreeable.
Is, ea, id, doternj. ])ron., that', asljildex, -Ids, m. [Jildico], Judge.
pers. pron., /(<, .s7ir, j>. (270.) i (lOo.)
lite, -a, -ud, tlcnuui. prun., //mf ((yijrdieimn, -i, n. U"*^''^'**]» judg-
j/oum). (275.) 1 ment, opinion.
m
1
'^^^^mmmmm^mm
judieo
242
loqiiop
JGdico, 1 [judex], yW^e. (4'Ji>.)
Julius, -i, M., Julius, a Roman
fa mil If name.
Juppiter, Jovis, m., Jupiter, the su-
preme deity of the liomai<s. (2(12.)
jur5, 1 [jus], sicear, take an oath.
jus, juris, X., ri<jhi, Justice. (1-40.)
Cf. fas.
jussus, -us, M. [jubc'd], command,
order,
jOste, adv. [Justus], ri(jhtli/,j'ustfy.
Jiiveuis, -is, M. and r., i/oitth, i/ounr/
jierson. Cf. aduk'sct'iis.
juventus, -utis, r. [juveuis], the
season of i/oulh, ijoath.
Liibienus, -T, m., Labienus, a liexi-
fi'iKint of Cirsa/s.
iai)()r, M., -oris, labor.
lahoru, 1 [lalx)!'], «•<»/•/, toil.
labruiii, -i, N., lip.
lac, lactis, v., milk. Lactkai,,
La<-('(la(>iiioiiii, -oruni, m., (Ik'
Lacedaemonians.
lacriiiiu, -ue, v., tear. li.vcHVMosi:.
lacus, -us, M., lake, ixind.
LaovinuH, -i, m., Laevinus, a ll>-
iiiitn rntisid.
lapis, -idis, >i., stone. LAi-iOAin.
Lutiue, adv. [Latiuus], in lAit'ii.
Latinus, -a, -um, adj. [Latiuni],
Latin ; noun, a Latin.
liitrd, \, hark, hark at.
latrii, -unis, m., rohlxr.
IfituH, -a, -nni, adj., Iroad, iridi-.
liATlTI 1)K.
latus, -('lis, N., side. Lati.hvi..
iaiMlo, I [liiui^], jn-f I is>, laud.
luus, laudis, v, [laudu], jiraisr,
glori/, favir.
ir><j;<itu.s, -i, M. Jr-jru, dvpntr\ am-
hitssadtir, liruirnuiit. ]j;(iVTi,.
IcKio, -(tnis, I. [It'Ktij. (" (father iuij),
legion.
lego, .*}, iC'gi, loctuin, gather ; se-
lect; read.
leuis, -e, adj., <oft, oth, gentle.
leu, -unis, m., lion. ^i'J4,)
lepus, -oris, m., hare.
levis, -i', adj. [li*vo], light. (150.)
levo, 1 [levis],///i; up, raise, lighten.
lex, It^'gis, r., law. Llgal.
libeiiter, adv. [libct, it pleasco],
irillingli/, gladlg; iibcnter video,
/ am glad to .see.
liber, -hrl, m., 'look.
liber, -era, -cruni, adj.,y>ee. Liu-
kua... (71.)
Liber, -erl, .m., Bacchus, god oj
wine.
lil'i're, adv. [iihor], freelg, fear.
J( ssli/.
liberi, -oruni, .m. [liber], children.
((iOO
libero, I [lil)er], set free, free, lib-
erate ; w. abl.
HberJas, -litis, r. [libi-r], //Tf</o/H,
liberty.
lieet, 2, liciiit or licituni est, im-
l)ers., it is permitted, (one) inaij.
ligueiis, -a, -uni, adj. [lignum], of
irvddy u'oodi n.
li^iiuiu, -1, N., u-ood; [»lur., sticks
(f icood.
li^o, -unis, M,, mattock, hoc,
liliiiiii, -i, N., ////.
liiiKiiii, -ae, I"., tongue, language.
littera, -ae, v., letter {»f the alpha-
lirt)', i)lur., letter, episde; litera-
ture,
litus, -oris, \., shore, hrach, hank.
loeu.s -i, M. (plur,, loci and loea),
jihiir, position, spot, L<>('AI-.
bMiKr*, adv. [l<)ngus],/(i/-f./r; wide-
Ig, greatly, much, hg much,
luiijiCUH, -», -uin, udj., long. Lon-
• iiri i>K.
luquor, o, luculUM, speak, talk.
, gather; se-
loth, gentle.
^ujht. (150.)
i(iise,li(jhtcii.
t, it pleasrc],
bcnter video.
].,free. Liu-
rhus, god of
biT], ihihlren.
fi'i'Ctfi'o', lib-
hi'r], freedom,
itiiin est, iin-
I lignum], of
: plur., A7/tAiJ
, hoe.
I , language.
\piade) litera-
[mrhy hitid'.
•i nnil loca),
Local.
far of: tcidv-
much.
long. liON-
I (1^, lulk.
luctus
248
melior
luctus, -us, M. [Ifigeojl, mourning^
lamtntaticn.
lucus, -i, M. [luct'O, shine'], {open
place in a wood), icood, grove.
liidO) 13, lusT, lusum [Ifulus], play.
lnterLLi>E.
liidus, -i, M. \\\u\o'\, game, play.
IQjjfCO, 2, luxi, , mourn, lament.
lumen, -inis!, n. [luceo, lux], light.
LlMlNOlS.
liina, -ae, r. [luceo, lux], moon.
Llna.
lupus, -1, M., wolf.
lusciuia, -ae, r., nightingale.
liix, lucis, V. [luceo, sA/«e], light,
daylight.
M., abbreviation of ^farcHS, a /I'o-
manjirst name.
mactc, adj. [voc. of niactus], be
honored, be blessed; hail! tnll
done ! (p. 178, note .1.)
laaculo, 1, stain.
ina^is, adv. [iuri<;(nus)], more.
inagistor, -tn, m. [n»rij;(nus)],
master, trarhir. Cf. pi'aeceptor.
iiiagistratus, -ux, m. [ina^iistcr],
(///(' ojlire (if a niagister), magis-
tracy, magistrate.
miignifieus, -a, -uni, adj. [ning-
nus, faciu], sp/i ndid, magnificent.
inaguitudu, -inis, r. [niiignus],
fjreatness, size, magnitude.
inaKUus, -a,-un\, adj. (coini). ina jor,
superl. niuxinius), <jnat, large.
inftjor, -us, conip. of niagnus.
male, ndv. [nialus], hadh/, ill.
(211).)
mills, imille, nialuT, [in«Ki«,
volo"], he more witling, l>i''fr,
would rather. (.'IKJ.)
iiialiiui, -I, N., bad thing, evil,
maluiii, A, N., apple.
malus, -a, -um, adj. (eomp. pejor,
sup. pessinius), bad, evil; baleful,
(•JU8.) Cf. iniprobus.
mane, adv., in t/ie morning.
maneO, 2, niunsi, niansum, stay,
rtmain, await.
manes, -iuui, m., departed spirits,
souls.
31anlius, -1, m., Man I i us, a Roman.
manus, -us, v., hand ; force, hand.
(211,1.) Mamai..
31arcellus, -i, .ii., Marcellus, a
Jioman general,
mare, -is, N'.,.sf(f. (110.) Mauink.
inarilimus, -a, -iim, adj. [mare],
hr longing to the t;i(t, bordering on
the s> a, maritime.
3Iarius (C). -i. -^'m (iiijus Marius,
a famous lioman general.
>Iarthis, -1, M. [Mars], March.
Often as adj.
luassa, ae, r., mass.
matter, -tris, v., inothcr, Matkk-
NAL. .
materia, -no, r. [mater], (^mother-
stiif), materials, timhr.
miitrona, -ae, v. [nu'iter], matron,
iclfi , lady.
iiiiitriro, 1 [mnturus, rf/)^], /Kf.s/rn.
maximc, adv. [mri.ximus], most,
es/ii daily, greatly. (2 1 0.)
maxlmus, -a, -um, «uperl. of nia-
pnus. (208.)
medieus, -T, m, [i;>edeor, rure"],
physician, Mkoicink.
mediterriineus, -a, -mn, adj. [me-
dius, tirraj, midland, inland,
MlDITKUH ANDAV.
aie<liuH, -a, -mn, atlj., middle;
(d'tetl to be tran>lale(i midst.
Meldi, nnini, m., the Meldi, a jwopU
of' fiaul.
melior,
(2Ub.)
•U8, cump. uf bonus.
ii
1^* :i
V
-.- •<'
^^^^i^i^VKmmmmmmmmsm iiifm
mollftns
244
iiiorior
n
i
i\i
!
*J W
ll
iiiellitus* -a, -urn, adj. [mcl, honei/'], ' minor, 1 [minae, threats^, threaten.
h<me;i-swect, darlimj. \ minor, -us, conip. of parvus.
iiiemor, -oris, adj., mindful, (loO.) j minus, adv. [minor], less.
.VIkmohaum:.
iMonioria, -ao, i". [inc'riior],/7;e/77or/.
in<>n(hlciuiii,-i, n. [iiiendfix], Itionj,
/(ilsilitiod.
lucndax, -fu-is, ailj., [iiu'iitior],
If/illl/, (ll i-iilj'ul .
mens, nu'iitis, r., inind, iiurpnsf .
(:i7;{.) .Mkniai..
mensa, -ac, i-., I(d)lf.
meijsis, -is, .m., wonl/i.
incntior, 4 [iiRiidax], AV, dcrcire.
3Ier('urius, -T, .m.. Mercury, ni'ssin-
(jer of the yods. (Tl*.)
niereo, \ 2, i<: irort/i>i of, discrrc,
mcrcor, \ merit.
lucridianus, -a, -uiii, adj. [iiurT-
(lies], of or Inloiufinif in middui/,
noon ; meridian.
Motellu8, -T, M., Metellus, a H'nitait
(jenertd.
metuo, .'], -ui, -utum [int-tus], /J '/r.
Cf. tinu'o.
nietiis, -us, M. [inoturi],/('-/r, <//v<f./.
('f. tinu)r.
mens, -;«, -uiii, poss. i)ri)ii. (vdc.
aiii^. nia.s. nil), w*_y, miiu-.
mi<;ro, 1, migrate.
miles, -itis, M.,.s(«(/A/-. (lOo.) Mii.-
11 vuv.
milli', iiuiii. adj., inducl. in ^iii";. ;
in plur. niilia, -i»un, ihoHsuu<l.
(nu.o.)
Mlltla<ir's,-is, M.,MHtiades.'i (irn'i
(jriii ltd.
Minerva, -iw, i ., Minerva, ijoddiss
of wisdom.
minime, adv. [inintnius], hast,'
no, htj no metiu$, fur from it,
mInlHfor, -tri, m. [ininusi, (an in-
minibilis, -c, adj. [niiror, wonder
af], to be icundeied at; wonderjul,
ertrdordiuarj.
misellus, -a, -uiii, adj. [dlininutivi-
of iiii^cr], jxjiif Utile.
miser, -era, -eruni, adj., wretched,
nnhdfipi/, miserable.
niiseret, 2, -ituin I'st, iinpers. [mi-
SL'i'], it ///(/at.s" misf-iid)!/', it €.tciti>;
pit I/, (o«r) jiitit.^; nos niiseret, ue
pit;i. (41.-,.)
niis(>ria, -ae, r. [miser], wrttched-
iir.^s, misery.
Mithridates, -is, m., Mithridates,
Liiiij if I'lintus.
mitto, .'], misi, niissum, send. Mis-
sion.
modest ia, -a«>, r. [modestus], mo(/-
esty.
modiiis, -T, m. [modus], measure;
m<tdo, i.iiv. [modus], onhi ; niodo
. . . niodo, noil' . . . noir.
molestus, -a, -um, adj. [molrs,
jiii''], truidilcsume. MoLhsr.
mollio, 4 [mollis], so/len. Moi.-
1.11 V.
muneo, 2, -uI, -ituni, rmiind, ail-
visr, Irani. MoMTou. (112.')
mons, moiilis, .m., mountain, hill.
(M*. collis.
mdnstro, 1 [nioiieri], shmr, point
out. l)|,M»)NSTl{ATi;.
monutnentuni, -T, n. [moneo],
(^l/iaf irliirh frmind.s'), viemorial,
mnnument.
mora, -ix^, v., delay.
>lorlni, -oi'uni, m., tin Morini, a
l>i ifjili' if (iani.
ferior), servant. {i\i\.) Mimhtlu, niorlor, ll, mortuus [mioih], (fut,
Cf. uidgiiter. ' part. .norituni(<), die.
iiiorosus
245
noctu
s], threaten.
irvus.
ess.
Iror, wondpr
; wonderful,
[diiniimtive
Ij., wretched,
impors. [mi-
■}>li', it excitrs
ri iniseret, ife
t], wrttched-
Mithri dates,
U,S,ud. Ml^-
k'stus], mo</-
nn], mt-asurf;
, oiil>i; modo
\hill'.
adj. [mr)le.s,
|(</?(«. M«»i.-
nini'itd, (id-
hn. (112.)
[o«//jfa/'/>, /""//.
. slidir, ]>ohit
U. [liutticnj,
L), iii<'iu(»ri(tl,
., Morini, "
iiiois], (fut.
mSrosuSy -a, -uni, adj. [iiios],y>f/- navigjitio, -nnis, f. [iifivign], a
ful, cross ; moroso. sailing : navigation.
mortalis, -v, :idj. [unrs], (JinhJe iiJiviso, 1 [iiavis, au;.'.], nail, srt
tv death), mortal. \ sau.
niortuus, -a, -uiii, adj. [!'. of mo- niivis, -is, r., i/z/y. (l'>l.) Naval.
rior], dead.
mors, mortis, r. [niorior"), deotJt.
inoSj nioris, m., inaiiui r, /mliit, <'its-
torn. - (MO.) .^ItiifAi..
inotuSy -us, M. [niovoo], motion,
movemoit : tnimtlt, distiirlHinrf.
moveo, -, iiirivi, inotuiii, move.
mux, adv., soon, presivflii.
miilier, -cris, r., woiium.
multitiiilo, -iiii?, v. [nmltiis], //?/;/-
iitude.
miiltiiin, adv. [luultus], mnrh.
multus, -a, -uiii, adj., conip. jilfis,
sui>('rl. jduritmis, uimJi, nimi'/.
Iiiundlis, -i, M., mirld, iinin rsr. (T.
orbis tiTrarmii.
muniU) 4 [moi'iua, ftn-tlfnifixuf^l^^
furtifi/, d( ft lid.
iiiunitio, -oiiis, v. [uw'nun'], juriiji-
cation. IMimtion.
inuruii, -T, >!., n-alL
mutu, 1, i'lian-jCfidtir. Mitation,
nam, ronj. ,/»(•. ff. oniin.
iianolsror, :>, iianctus and nactus,
(fct, obtain ; find, virit irith.
uarro, 1 , /« //, r* Into, report, narrate.
iittsoor, .">, natiis, he liorti ; hefouuil,
Nusica, -ao, m., Nasica, surndute
of one of' the Sfii>ius.
nfita, -ai', v. [V. of iiuscor'I,
daui/htrr. C'f. filia.
iiiltura, -HP, V. fnuscor], nature.
nnuta, -ao, M. [fornfivita; nfivi.s],
if tiler.
ii&vloula, ac, v. [(limiiiutivc of
uavisj, little vessel, boat. (.'f.
c/mba.
ne, conj., that ?<(»/, lent ,- w. liortatory
SUlljUIK'tiVt', Hut.
no, interro}?. adv., ciii'litic. (p. Id,
\. 2.) a. iioiuu' and imiii.
neoessiirius, -a, -mn, adj. [tn'-
<'('ssc], necessary.
noj'ossltiis, -at is, i'. [lu'ccssc], ne-
cessity, ronstntliit.
nt'<'o, 1, /.///, slai/. ('{. iiUiTlicio
and occTdo.
nocti), J5, lU'MiI and ncxi, nt>xuiii,
bind, ti'eare.
iioS*>» ^ [•'<■> ^''''> •'■■".'/]» •^■",'/ ""^ d<nif ;
iifiise.
nrmo, -\n\n, m. and i-. [iii", lionio],
no one. For ^i-n. and aid. use
nfillin; , millo.
Noptuiius, -i, .AI., Neptune, '/ml of
I '.I' sen.
ne-tiiiaqiiani, adv., hij no means,
not at all.
n<*-<luo or noo, and not ; ncqtio . . .
ncijui', ui ithfr . . . nor.
no-scio, l, know not, he iijnorant of.
uciifor, -tra, -truni, adj., neither
(jflwo). (200.) Ni;i;tral.
iil.uor, -irra, -gruin, ailj., hkirk. Cf.
;"ilrr.
nihil, N., ii\dctd., imihinp.
niiniiini, adv., tuo, tmi miieh.
Ill si, conj., if not, unless, rrcrpt.
iil.v, nivis, p., snow, (l(i7, 2.)
uubilis, -( , adj. [noscoj, well-known^
famous ; noble.
nocrii, li, -ui, -itum, do harm to,
hurt. Injure; w. dat. 'No.xioi.'s.
rf. olisntii.
noctn, adv. [nox], lij uiijht, in thv
ni(/ht.
r'
T
pi
Hi
iir>io
246
oct5
I'
i:
n51o, nullo, nolul, , [ne, volO],
be unwilling^ will not, not wish,
(316.)
noineii, -inis, n. [noscu], (jhat hij
which a thing is Inoini'), luune.
Nominal. (KU.)
noiriino, 1 [nomon], namp, call,
non, jidv. [nc, unum], not.
non-ue, interrog. adv., expcctliij^
an affiriiiativi.' aiii^wer, ?/<>/ j* Cf,
-no ami num.
nou-nullusy -a, -iini, adj. (jwt nom'),
some.
nonus, -a, -urn, num. adj. [novem],
ninth.
iiosco, ;{, novi, nutum, learn, knuw.
r. mitu.s, -a, -uin, as adj. knutrn.
nostor, -tra, -trum, ])(),ss. ])r()n.,
onr, ours. Nostri, our mm.
noviis, -a, -xun, adj., mio. Nov-
KI.TV.
no.v, not'tis, r., night. (1G7. 2.)
NoCTrUNAL.
niibes, -is, f., clond. (140.)
nfillus, -a, cum, adj. [n"', iillus],
not (ing, no, nunc. (200.) Kt l-
MTV.
imin, intcrrog. adv., cxi)oeting a
ncf^ativc answer, whether. Cf.
nun no and -nc
Nil ma, -ao, m., /ifuma (Pompilitts),
second king of Rome.
nuiiioriis, -1, M., number,
II 11 mm us, -1, M., piece of money,
coin.
nunc, adv., now, Cf. jam.
nuiKiiiaiii, adv. [no, unquam],
never.
iiiintlo, 1 [nuntius], announce,
report.
iiiintlus, -T, M. [nfiutio], hearer of
news, messenger.
uusqmiiti, adv. [ne, usquaui], no-
where.
nOtrio, 4, Jicd, nourish, support,
Cf. alo.
o, intcrj., 0, 0/i/
ob-oo, -Ire, -il, -itum, go to, reach^
meet.
ob-ligo, 1 [ligf), liml'\,hin<I, oblige,
put under obligation.
obliviscor, 3, ohhUis, forget.
ob-nio, 3, -uT, -utum, overwhelm,
cor< r, burg.
obsos, -sidis, M. and v. [ob, sedeo],
(one irho sits or remains as a
]>h(tg.), hostage.
ob-sidco, 2, -sC'dl, -sessnm [sedeo],
{sit against), blockade, besiege.
ob-sisto, ;>, -stitl, -stituni, oppose,
icitlisfand, (ihslrnci ,- w. dat.
ob-siim,-c.ss('.-i'uI. y he against,
opposed ta ; injure; w. dat.
oh-teiiipcro, 1, romplg loith, yield
to; w. dat,
t)b-tiiieo, 2, -ul, -tentum [tenoo],
holdfast, keep, occupy. Uhtaix.
ob-viam, adv., in the wag, toicards;
with verb of motion, nie<tf w. dat.
oocjlsus, -us, M. [oeeidu], (a sink'
i'lg), sdting.
oct'ldo, 3, -cidT, -easum [ol),cadu],
fill down, fall.
oecido, 3, -eldl, -cisum [ob, caedo,
cut'], cut down, kill, Cf. neeo an»I
interfleio. ''^^
oeciipS, 1 [ol), ca})ioJ, take posses.
sion of, seize; occupy. Cf. poti r.
oc-ciirro, 3, -currT, -curauni [ob],
rnn to mcetf mcet^ fall in with,
OcClK,
neeaiuis, -T, m., ocean.
ocoUiis, -T, M. [dimlnntivo of ecu.
his], little ei/e.
oc'tftvuH, -a, •uiu, num. adj. [octo],
eii/hth.
octo, num. adj., indecL, eigld.
oculus
247
parens
•*• i
ish, support,
(JO to, rcacl\
hind, oblige,
fonjct.
1, oimrJicIin,
. [ob, sedeo],
('mains as a
isnm [scdei'],
tif/.', besiege.
ituin, oppoiie,
; W. (lilt.
—J)caii(iinst,
; w. (lat.
dy loith, yield
tiuu [tenpo],
npi/. Oin-AiN.
t/vfv, toirards;
, /;)('(/,• \v. (lat.
•itir.], (a A'i"«A:-
111 [ol),csiJo],
|ni [oh, Ciiedo,
Cf. ncco aiul
J, t(il-c poaacit.
f. Cf. potl r.
•iirsum [ob],
\fall in with.
lutivo of ocu-
H. a»lj. [octo],
•1., eiylU.
oculus, -i, M,, ei/e. Occlah.
of-foro, olTcrc, obtnli, oblatuTn
[obj, (J)riu(j I)p fore), present, offer.
(r.2i.)
ofliciuni, -T, x. [oinij!, facio], service,
(i'ltij, office.
oliiii, adv. [ollc, old form of ille],
(j.tt tlidt tiiiiey, Jhrmerli/, onee ; at
some time or other ; lureaftir. Cf.
allqiiando and quondam.
oniuis, -0, adj., lehole, all, ereri/. ( 'f.
tdtus.
onus, -cris, n., Ii'ikI, burden. 0\-
KKors,
opera, -ao, f. [opus], htJmr, cure,
attention; operam dare, //■//; oih'-
ra, on account of. Opkhati;.
oportet, 2, -uit, impi'rs. [opus], it
is 7iecessarif, it belioort s ; ("/" )
must or oiii/lit.
oppicliinus, -a, -uu), ailj. [o])])!-
dum], of' a tou-n ; noun, townsman.
oppidiini, -i, N., tuu-n.
op-plod, 2, -ovi, -rtum [ol»], .////
up; r(>r<r.
opportniius, -a, -um, adj.,,/(V, con-
venient, suitable ; opportune.
op-piigno, 1 [ob], attack, assault,
besieije. Cf. cxpfijjjnoand ol)sidi'r>.
[ops], opis, ]'., (//(/, assistance ,•
\Anr., ])oirer, stren</th, resources.
opthne, adv, [optimus], most er-
cellcnibi, best. (210.)
optn, 1, vish, desire, Ion </ J or. Cf.
cupio and drsTik'ro.
opus, -oris, .v., u-orh, labor (140) ; as
iiidocl. noim, need^ vecesaitij; opus
est, it is necessari/.
oriiouluiu, -T, >:. [<'ro], oracle.
oriitio, -Tinis, r. [oru], ]>rai/rr, }>li a ;
speech, oration,
orator, -oris, m. [r)rr)], orator, am-
ba.<!sador.
orb!", MB, iM., circle, orb; orbis Ict-
rfirum, earth, world. (154.)
orbus, -a, -um, adj., bereaved, child-
less,
Orous, -T, >r., Orcus, the loirer icorld. ;
also Pinto, the yod of thii lower
irorld.
ordior, 4, orsus, ber/in, undertake.
Vi, ineipiu.
ordo, -inis, m., row, rank; order,
(trranjcuK nt.
oriens, -ontis, m. [T. of orior],
rising ; east.
orior, 4, ortus (prc's. ind. of conj.
."), ort^ris, oritur; imp. sul)J. orlror
or orlri'r; fut. ])art. oriturus), j/.sv,
appear; bcfjiu.
orniiinontuiii, -T, \. [urnr)], (jlntt
which adorns), ornament, j(nt I.
oriio, 1 , adorn, ornament.
oro, 1 [os], j>raii, hiij, Cf. ])ftr» and
rojj;').
OS, r»ris, N., month, ftce, Ou.vL.
os-tcndo, o, -di, -turn [ob(s)],
(^strttiJi out before'), show, displai/,
ostium, -1, X. [os], entrance, door.
ovis, -is, v., sheep.
owwwy -I, -s., eij (J. OvAi,.
pabulum,-!, n. [jii'isco], /or**?, /W.
dcr. Cf. cibus.
paoiu', ailv., nearli/, almost. Cf.
paonitontia, -ao, f. [pac-nitcu],
repentance, penitence. I'knitkn-
TIAUV.
paliis, -udis, r., .sn-am/>, marsh.
pilr, ])aris, adj., nptal.
pariltus, -a, -um, Jidj. [T. of paro],
r< adji, prepared.
paroO, ;'», periuTcl (parsi), parsuni,
spare ; W. dat.
parr lis, -ontis, M. and t., parent.
(107. 1.)
,.t I
it
pSreo
248
per-spicio
pfire5, 2, -ui, , (come forth, ap-
pear), be obedient to, obey ; w. dat.
pariO) 3, pcperl, ])aritum and par
turn, bring forth, laij.
pariter, adv. [piir], eqiiallij.
paro, 1, mak-e readij, prrpare, get.
pars, partis, v., part, piece, portion,
share.
partior, 4 [pars], divide; part,
share.
Pariis, -1, F., Paros, an island i)i the
yKu.an Sea. (11.4.)
parvus, -a, -Tun, adj. (comp. mi. r,
superl. niiniiiuis), small, little.
pasoo, .3, pfivi, pastuni, feed, tend;
pasture.
passer, -(.tis, m., sparroir.
passiis, -us, M. [j'.tti'u], (a stretch-
ing out of ihj ft't in walking')^
step, pace.
pastor, -oris, m. [pusco], feeder,
keeper; sJtepherd. (iol.) Pastor.
putcu, 2, -in, , lie open, be open.
P. patOns, oven.
pater, -f ris, ^u, father. (134.) Pa-
TKHNAL.
patieiiter, adv. [pations], patient-
ly, icith patience.
patlor, 3, passus, hear, stiffcr, en-
ilure. Passion.
patrla, -ae, v. [pa trius, pater; so.
terra], fatherland, natwe laml,
coitntrg. Kxiv,thiatb.
paiieus, -a, -uiu, adj. (^t'lierally
l)lur.), /e/c, /////". Paicitv.
paiilu, adv. [paulus], by a little,
little.
paiilus, -a, -uni, adj., little.
PaiiUus, -i, M., siirnanir of^Kmifiiia.
pauper, eris, adj., /ooor. (I(i7..'l.)
pilv, pacis, V. (no gen. plnr.),
peace. Pacifv. *
pecefitiini, •!, *. [peeeo"], viistale,
fault, sin.
peeeo, 1, male a mistake, commit a
fault, sin.
peetus, -oris, x., breast.
peeus, -oris, x., cattle, herd.
pedes, -ills, yi. [_\ws'], foot-soldier,
pejor, -us, conip. of mains. (208.)
pel lis, -is, v., skin, hide. Pklt.
pensuiii, -T, x. [1*. of pendO], Qvhat
is veigJied out, e.g. icool, as a task
for spinning), task; lesson, exer-
cise.
pi'i, prop. w. ace, through, by, by
: a,)s of, on account of,
})€Vi , -ae, r., bag, icallet.
per-u^j •, 1 [ager], wander through,
jiass over, traverse,
per-<lo, 3, -didl, -ditum, destroy ;
lose. Cf. aniitt").
per-dileo, 3, -duxT, -ductuni, lead
or bring through,
per-eo, -Ire, -ii, , perish, be
ruined. (31*7.)
per-fodio, 3, -fodl, -fossum, dig
tlirougli, jiicrce, stab.
per-frliij»«» 3, -frCgi, -fractum,
[franjiuj, break through, break,
per-fiij;io, 3, -ffigl, ,jlee (for
refuge).
perf»o, 3, porrt'xl, perrectum [per,
retiu], (JO on, continue.
perleiiliiiii, -i, N. [perior, try],
trial, attempt; risk, danger, pen/.
peritiis, -a, -uni, adj. [P. of perior,
try"], (having tried), skilful.
|)er-inltto, 'J, -misi, -nnssnm, alluw,
grunt, sujj'tr, permit, Cf . sino.
per-paiicus, -a, -nni, adj. (gener-
ally 1)1 ur.), very few,
Persae, -arum, M., the Persiatis.
per-seqiior, 3, -cntnSffollou: persist'
( utli/,/'uil(iw up,
per-spielo, 3, -spexT, -spectum,
[si)i'eiu],sre through, see tnto; per-
celve, obaerve. 1'eusi'ectivb.
!i.
per-8t6
249
post-e&
e, commit a
erd.
)Ot-soldier.
ilus. (208.)
. Pp:lt.
L'lulo], (^ichat
)ol, as a task
lessoHf exer-
rou(jli, by, by
if-
d.
nder through,
uin, destroy ;
iluctuni, lead
|— , perish, be
fossum, dig
\i, -fractum,
(^i, break.
Jlce {for
[rectum [per,
Ipcrlnr, tryl^,
Xdanyer, peril.
'P. of perior,
Iskilfnl.
\\iss\un,alluu-,
Cf. siiw-
adj. (gener-
l^trsians.
Xfollow persist-
m, •spectiim,
Ts-cfi nttof per'
ll'KCTlVB.
per-sto, 1, -stiti, -statum, stand
fast, persevere, persist.
pcr-terreo, 2, -ui, -itum, thoroughly
frighten.
pertinacia, -ae, f. [pertinax], per-
severance ; obstinacy. Pertinac-
ity.
per-venio, 4, -veni, -ventum (come
through to the end), arrive. Cf.
advenio.
pes, pedis, M.,ybo^ (105.) Pedal.
peto, 3, -ivi or -il, -itum, seek, de-
mand, beg. Petition. Cf. oro
and rogo,
Philotimus, -i, y\., Philotimus.
piger, -gra, -grum, adj., slow, lazy,
indoUnt.
piget, 2, -uit or -itum est, imper-
sonal, it disgusts, (o7ie') is dis-
gusted. (41(5.)
pigrltia, -ae, f. [piger], laziness,
sloth, indolence.
piluni, -i, y., javelin.
pipio, 1, chirp.
placeo, 2, -ui, -itum [plaeidus],
please: w. dat.
plaeide, adv. [plaeidus], sojlly,
gently, quietly. Placidly.
plaeidus, -a, -um, adj. [placeo],
gende, quiet, calm. Placid.
planitieSy -ei, f. [planus, even,
level'], (a flatness), level ground,
plain.
planus, -a, -uin, adj. [plunities],
even, fat, level, plain.
Plataeenses, -ium, m., the Platae-
ans, inhabitants of Plativa.
plebs, plt'bis, f., the common jwuplt,
multitude. Vi.VAi i: i a n .
plcnus, -a, -um, adj. [pleo, fW],
full.
plerusquc, -aqui', -umque, adj.
(generally plur.), very many, most,
the greater part.
plumbum,-!, n., lead; plumbum
album, tin.
plus, pluris, adj., comp. of niultus.
(208.)
Pluto, -oiiis, P/uto, M., god(pJ the
luu-i r worlds ^ "-tt//^/*
poeuluni, -I, N., cup, bowl.
pocma, -atis, n., poem.
poena, -ae, f. [punio], quit-money,
Jinc, punishment. 1'enal.
Poeni, -orum, m., the Carthaginians.
Poeniccus, -a, -um, adj. [Poeni],
Carthaginian. See Punicus.
poeta, -ae, m., poet.
polliceor, 2, promise. C i '-
niitto.
Polyphemus, -i, m., Poly^.)emus,
a Cyclops.
Pompejus, -ri, M., Pompey, a fa-
vinus Roman general.
pomum, -T, >;., fruit.
pond us, -eris, n. [pendo, v:eigh'],
ireight.
pono, 3, posuT, positum, put, place,
set. Position.
pons, -ntis, m., bridge.
Popedius, -1, M., Popedius, a Latin.
populus, -i, M., people.
Porcius, -T, M., a Eoman family
name.
Porsena, -ae, m., Porsena, <in
Etruscan king.
porta, -ae, f., gate, door. Poktal.
Cf. jiinua.
porto, 1, carry, bring. Cf. feru and
velio.
portleus, -us, k. [porta], /oor//co.
portus, -us, M., harbor, port. (247.)
possum, i)osso, ]iotui, [potis,
a/;/f', .sum], be able, can. (202.)
post, ])ri'p. w. ace., afer, behind;
as adv., for posteii, afterwards,
afir.
post-eS, adv., aflerwardt.
:r
j I
poster us
260
pro-gredior
f. I
,4 ' ^
posterus, -a, -um, adj. [post]
(comp. posterior, suporl. postre-
mvis or ^ostumus), folloviny, next.
post-hiic, adv., ajle}' this time, here-
uj'ier, hcnccjorth.
po.stridie, adv. [postcro die], on
the daij ajler, the J'uUowing day,
postiilo, 1, ask, demand, Ci". qua;-
ro iuid logo.
potcns, -cntis, adj., [P. of possum],
ahley poivt rj'id ; potent.
potior, 4 [po'is, able\ become mas-
ter of, (jit, (jet jioi>sessio7i of; w.
gen. or abl. Cf. adipiscor.
praebeo, 2 [prae, hahi^o^jioldjorth,
vj/'(r,J)irHish.
praeceps, -i pi lis, adj. [prae, ca.-
pu t] , /< r ( / d-J'ure most, heu dlony ; rash,
precipitate.
praeceptor, -oris, m. [praecei)tuin ],
teacher, preceptor. Cf . uiagister.
praecoptuin, -T, n. [pracccptor],
max/ III, precept.
pracda, -ao, ]'., booty, s/toil, prey.
Predatory.
pracdioo, 1 [prae, dico, -are, make
knoini'ji proclaim, boast.
pr.ie-eo, -in>, -il, -itum, //o before;
he at the head. (827. 2.)
praoiiiiiiin, -I, N., reward, prize.
Thkaiium.
pracsidiuin, -i, N. [prae, sedeo, sit
Ixfore^, defence, help; troojis, gar-
rison.
praostaiis, -antis, adj. [1*. of prao-
sto], pre-pminent, distimjnished.
prae-sto, 1,-stiti, -stitum (stfitum),
stand before; surpass ; fulfd, dis-
charge, perform.
prac-suin, -esse, -fuT, , he be-
fore ^ at the head of, command; w.
dat.
ppacter, })rt'p. w. aec, beyond, be-
sides, except.
praetci'-e3, -Ire, -il, •itum, go by,
pass by, omit. (327. 2.) Fret-
Einxi:.
praetorius, -a, 'Um, adj. [praetor],
{pertaining to a prcetor), prCBto-
rian ; noun, ex-prator,
pratiitn, -I, n., meadow.
preino, o, ])re8si, pressura, ytjress,*
with ore, bite, eat.
[prex], precis, f. (used mostly in
plur.), prayer, entreaty.
prinuis, -a, -um, adj. [superl. with
coinp. prior, no iioii.^, frst, fore-
}nost. Prime.
prineeps, -ipis, adj. [primus, ca-
])io], (Jaling the first place^,
first, chief; noun, chief, leader,
(105.) Pkinck.
prius-quam, conj., before that, be-
fore.
privo, 1, deprive; w. abl.
pro, interj., 0!
pro, prop. w. abl., before, in behalf
of, for ; considering.
pro-cedo, 3, -cossi, -cessum, go for-
irard, advance, proceed. Cf. pro-
grt'dior.
proe ul, .'1 ( 1 V . , fa r, fa r from.
pro-<lo, '», -didi, -dituni, give forth;
hand doirn : give up, betray,
pro-dfieo, 3, -duxT, -ductuni, lead
forth.
prooliuni, -I, x., battle, combat. Cf.
pfigna.
profioisoor, 3, -fectus, set out,
march, go. Cf. exeo and egredior.
pro-fltcor, 2, -ftssus [fateor], ac
knowledge, confess, declare. Prih
TESS.
pro-fH<»i>, 1, overthrow, destroy, ruin.
PuOlI.KiATE.
profundus, -a, -uin, adj., deep,
profound.
pro-gredior, 3, -gretisus [gradior.
pro-hibeo
251
qu.'teso
m, go hift
.) Pket-
[praetor],
r), prcBto-
im, press;
mostly in
uperl. with
Jirst, fore-
primus, ca-
rst place),
Vu'fy leader.
ore that, be-
bl.
, in behalf
'Uiii, gofor-
C'f. pro-
oin.
give forth ;
'trail .
ictuni, lead
•ombat. Cf.
s, set out,
1(1 ("'ifredior.
fateor], ar-
\lare. Vno-
Xestroy, ruin.
\n\y, deep,
[gradiur,
stepj, go forward, advance. Pro-
guess. Cf. procedo.
pro-hibeo, 2 [habeoj, (^hold in front
of), hold bark, check, hinder, pre-
vent, prohibit.
pro-icio, :}, -jT'cT, -jectum [jacii")],
throw forward, r(/.s'f aw(i>/, r((.<f.
Pko.ikct.
pro-mltto, .'5, -iiiTsT, -in'issuni [A < or
.send firth'], promise; let (jrow.
Cf. poUiceor.
prope, ]>rc'p. \v. ace, aii<l adv.
(comi). i)ropiu.s, superl. proximr"),
near, mitr to; near///, (diiiosf.
pro-pouo, o, -posui, -])osituni, jmt
bifore, srt forth ; make known, de-
dare. Pkopose.
proposituni, -i, k. [prupono], pur-
j)ose, ilcsign, resolution. Puorosi-
TION.
proprius, -a, -uni, adj., (one's) own.
Pkoi'ek.
pro-puguo, 1 (jight in front), rush
out to battlo, nialce sorties.
pro-se(iiior, .'5, -cutus, follow, pur-
sue. PltOSKCtrTK.
Proserpina, -ae, v., Proserpina,
daughter of Ceres.
pro-steriio, J], -strfivl, ■ trfitum,
ovcrlhroir, destro/; prostrate.
pro-sum, jjrudt'sso, prof uT, , be
useful to, benefit; w. (hit. (lJ*J;>.)
pro-velio, 3, -vi'xl, -vectuin, varrg
forward, convey ; in puss., ride,
sail.
pro-video, 2, -vidi, -visum, (see
foricard), provide.
provlncia, -ae, v., province.
proxiiniis, -a, -urn (supcrl. with
comp. jjropior, no i)os.), nearest,
next. PuoxiMiTY.
pradeus, -entis, adj. [for provi-
d('ns], wise, sagacious, knoiving,
prudent. (104.)
prudenter, adv. [prfxdC'ns], iviseiy^
prudently.
prudontia, -ac, v. [prudv'ns], fore-
sight, sagariti/, wisdom, prudence.
piihlieiis, -a, -um, adj. [popwliisj,
(pertaining to the }i(<>i>le), public.
Publiiis, -1, M., Publius, a lloman
jirst name.
pudet, 2,puduit cr puditum cst,im-
pc'i's., // shaniis, (one) is ashamed.
[xiella, -ae, r. [diuiinutivc of pucrj,
girl, tnaid( n.
piicUiiri.s, -0, adj. [puelhi], girlish.
piier, -cri, M., hog, child. Pri;i!iLE.
piieriiliis, -T, .'M, [diiiiiiiutive of
pucr], little ho;i.
pil^iia, -ai', 1-. [pfigiii")], battle, con-
test. l'i;(;.NAci()rs. Cf. proclitim.
pu«jfno, 1 [priuim],//'////. Cf. diiui-
cn.
piilclier, -chra, -ehrum, adj., beauti-
f III, fair, cornel g.
puleliritiido, -iiiLs, r. [puk-her],
beaut g.
piilvis, -oris, :\i., dust. Pi;i,vkuize.
Puuieus, -a, -um, adj. [I'oeni],
Carthaginian, Punic ; iiifduiu Pu-
nicum, pomegranate. Set; Poeili-
ceus.
piinio, 4 [[Mcnn], punish.
pilto, 1, think, believe, reckon. (420.)
I'yrenaeus, -a, -um, adj., Pyre-
naean, Pyrenees,
Pyrrlms, -i, m., Pyrrhus, king of
Epirus.
quadragintn, num. adj., iiideel.
[(|iiattU()r], fortg.
(luudrin^euti, -ac, -a, num. adj
[(]uattU()r, CK'WUun'lffour hundred.
quaero, 3, quacsivi or -ii, quaesi-
tum, seek, ask, impttre. ('i82.)
quaeso, 3, -ivi, or -ii, [old
form of quaero], beg, pray.
r. t|
r*
m
quam
252
regift
w
qiiuni, adv. ; interrog., kov), hoir
much ? rc'l., as much, as, than ; quam
sacpissiind, as ojh n as possible.
quantus, -a, -uiii, adj. [quam],
huic (jrent, Iiow much; as fjreat us,
a.i much as.
qua-re, adv. (on account of which
thing), wherefore.
qiiartiis, -a, -uin, iium ?A}. [qnat-
ixxovA^, funrth. Qlaut.
qua-si, adv., as if.
quater, num. adv. [quattuor],/o!/r
times.
quattuor, num. adj., \\u\\.'ii\.,four.
quattuor-deeiiti, imni. adj. [j\q-
CQm\,fnnriern.
-que, conj. enclitic, and. Cf. ct,
atque, and ac.
quercus, -iis, f., oah. (11. 4.)
qui, quae, quod, rcl. and adj. pron.,
ivho, which, irltat, that. (L'7!).)
quia, conj., because. Cf. quod.
quidani, quacdam, quid(quod)-
dani, iudof. pron., certain, a I'l r-
tain one, a. (271*. 4.)
quidcm, adv. (never the first
word), indeed, certainlij, in truth;
ne . . . quidem, not even.
quin, conj. [qui, nc], but that, that.
quinftenti,-ae,-a,num. adj.,indecl.
[quTnqne, centutn], five hundred.
qiiinquag'iiita, num. adj., indecl.
[(juinque], ///?//.
quinquo, num. adj., indecl., fee.
quiiitus, -a, -um, num. adj. [quin-
q»e], ffth.
quintus deeimus, num. adj., ff-
teenth.
quis, quae, quid, interrot;. pron.,
ivho? which? ivhat? ('279.)
qaisquain, quidquam (no fem. or
plur.), imlef. pron., any, any one
(at all). (279. 4.)
quisque, quaeque, quid(quod)que.
indef. pron., each one, rnrh, every
(279. 4.)
quo, adv., where, whither.
quod, conj., because. Cf. quia.
quondam, adv ., once, formerly. Cf,
aliquando and olim.
quoniani, adv. [cum (quom),
jam], since, because. Cf. cum.
qno(iiie, conj. and adv. (following
tlie emjjliatic word), also, too.
quot, interrog. and rel. adj., in-
decl., hou} many ; as many as.
radius, -T, m., beam, ray.
rado, ti, ri'isT, rusum, shave. Razok.
riliia, -ae, v., frog.
rapa.Y, -acis, adj. [Ti\]ni'>'], snatching,
greedy, ravenous. liArACious.
rapio, n, -ui, -turn [rapax], seize,
snatch, drag away. KArrLKK.
raru.s, -a, -um, adj., far apart, dis-
persed, single. Kaui:.,
ratio, -onis, v., plan, method; reason.
re-cipio, .3, -cepT, -ceptum [capio],
take back, git again, receive. Se
recipere, withdraw, retreat.
ret'ito, 1, 7'ead aloud, recite.
re-creo, 1 [creo, make'], refresh,
recreate.
recte, adv. [rectus], rightly.
red-eo, -Ire, -il, -itum [re(d)], go
back, return. (327. 2.)
reditus, -iis, m. [rcdco], return.
re-duco, 3, -duxi, -ductum, lead back,
bring back. Reduce.
re-fero, -ferre, rettuli, -latum, carry
back, bring back. (321.) Refer.
Cf. reporto.
re-flcio, 3, -feci, -fectum [facio],
7n(ike again; repair, restore, re-
build.
reginay -ae, f. [rego], (the ruling
one), queen.
regio, -onis, r., region.
, rnrhy fvery
r.
Cf. quia.
''urmerlij. Cf.
Ill (quom),
Cf. cum.
■. (following
also, too.
'ol. adj., in-
^nany as.
Hive. Razor.
'u>'],sn(dching,
:ai'acious.
rapax], seize,
llAl'TURE.
Iir apart, dis-
1e..
thod ; reason.
turn [capio],
receive. Se
retreat,
recite.
A-e], refresh,
ightli/.
[re(d)], go
2.)
»], return,
nm, lead back,
-latum, carrij
21.) Hefeh.
tum [faclo],
', restore, re-
], {the ruling
regno
253
rus
regno, 1 [rogiium, rex], he king,
rule, reign.
re^uuni, -T, y. [n"x], kingdom.
reso, 3, rexl, rC'cturn [rex], jule,
ReguIuS) -I, M., Regulus, a Roman
consul.
re-icio, 3, -jeei, -jectuni [jacio],
throw bacf,-, drive back. Rk.jeci'.
re-liuquo, -j, -llqui, -lictum [ru-
liquus], leair behind, leave. Re-
linquish.
reliquus, -a, -uin, adj. [irliiKiuo],
.remaining, t/ie rcsl.
re-initto, 3, -luisi, -iiiLssuui, send
back. Remit.
reiiius, -I, M., oar.
Kcinus, -i, M., Remus, twin brother
(if Romulus.
re-pello, o, roppull, repulsum,
drive back, repel, repulse.
ro-perio, 4, repperi, report um [pa-
Tii), ]>roriir('J,jin(l, di.^^ctirer, ascer-
tain. Cf. invcnin.
re-peto, o, -petTvi or -n, -i)etltum,
seek again, dennind back; res re-
peto, demand restitution.
re-pleo, 2, -evi, -etuin, {Jill again),
Jill up, Jill. Rei'Lete.
re-porto, 1, bring hack, caii-y back.
Cf. refero.
re-prohendo, o, -dl, -lieiisum, hold
back, restrain, reprove. Rki'Iu;-
HEXSIVE.
re-puto, 1, {count over'), reckon;
think over.
res, rel, f., thing, event, 'rrumstancc,
affair {2h\) ; res piihiicit, repub-
lic, state, commonwealth.
re-sciiido, 3, -scidi, -scLssum, tear
awag, break down. Rescind.
re-spon<leo, 2, -di, -spGn-suin,
>romise in re
turn),
answer,
replg.
(/
respond.
ro-8tituo, 3, .ui, -utum [statuo],
'■ replace; givr. hark, return, restore,
IIestitl'tion'.
re-sto, 1, restiti, , stop behind,
i aland still, remain.
I re-tineo, 2, -titiul, -teutum [teueu],
hold back, restrain, retain.
ro-vertor, 3, -tl. -sum (deponent
in pres. imp. and fut.), turn back,
return. Rkvekt.
re-voc'O, 1, call hack, recall,
rex, reiiis, m. [rego], {ruler), king.
(lO.-i.)
Rhea Silvia, -ae, v., Rhea Silvia,
mother of Romulus and Remus.
Rheiuis, -I, M., the Rhine.
Rhodiis, -I, F., Rhodes, an island
in the ^V.gean Sea.
rictus, -us, .M. [ringor, open titc
mouth'], jaws wide open ; Jaws.
rideo, 2, risl, risum, laugh. Cf.
caohimio. Dkuike.
risus, -US, :m. [rideu], langhtir.
rivil.s, -i, M., brook, stream. IvIVai.,
riibur, -oris, N., strength.
rogo, 1, ask, (piestion. Cf. iiiter-
rog.i. (382.)
Roma, -ao, v., Rome.
Roiiiaiius, -a, -um, adj. [Kuma],
Roman ; noun, a Roman.
Romulus, -I, M., Romulus, jirst
king of Rome.
rosa, -ae, f., rose.
rostrum, -T, n. [rrido, gnaw], beak
of a vessel. liosTUUM.
rubeo, 2 [ruber], be red.
ruber, -bra, -bru!u, adj. [rubeo],
red. Rlbv.
ruiua, -ae, f. [rud,/a//J, {a falling
down), downfall, disaster, ruin.
rupes, -is, f. [ru(m)po, breftk], {tlw
broken tiling) clij)', rock.
rursus, adv. [re-vorsus, revertoj,
(turned back), back, again.
rus, ruris, k., the country. (330.)
te
rusticus
254
scxtus
:
i n
f
I
rustic us, -I, M. [rus], countryman,
peasant. Rustic.
safer, -era, -cruni, udj., sacred.
saepe, adv., often, /nquintlj.
sagittaj -ac, v., arwir.
Sa»untuin, -I, N., Saguntum, n
tdiin in Spain,
Sallustius, -i, M.,Sdlust, a Human
historian.
salus, -fitis, r., safety, url/arc.
SAI.rTAK\.
iSaiuuis, -Itis, >i,, a Samnite.
sanguis, -iiiis, m., hUnnl. S.wcri-
NAUV. Cf. oruor.
sapiens, -otitic, adj. [saj)ir», /)<■ I'vV],
7/'/.'>"^, si'nsihic,
saph'iiUT, adv. [saiilt'iisj, iriseh/.
Silt Is, adv., cnoni/Ii. Satisfy,
Saturn us, -T, m., Saturn, god vf
0(jri(:iiiii>r<'.
saxuiu, -!, N., rod:
scliola, -ao, r., schoof,
Kt'Io, -i, scTvT, sc'iiuiu, Inoir, linur
how. S( ncNCK.
ScJpio, -Tmis, M., Scipio, ti Jlinidn.-i
liiinian (jnn'ral.
scril>a, -ac, ji. [sciilM'], ("»(• ivho
vritcs), chrh. S<'IUHK.
scrilxl,.*!, scrips!, 8friptiiin[scrn)a],
vriti', SciMMiwj;.
si'i-iptor, -oris, y\. [scrU-*], tiritrr,
millior.
script uui, -T, N. [Hcrilx'], vritituj,
written work: Scuirr.
s<>ntuni, -T, X., shield.
sf'-iT'do, '), -crssT, -cr'sstini.f/rt apart,
vit/tdraw, ritirr; senedc.
HtM'undus, -a, -um, adj. [sciiiior],
foUowimj, wxt; second ; Jhrorafilc.
«<»(!, conj., Iiiif. QV.'].)
Hodco, l'. scdl, sOssimi, alt. Si:s-
HedeSf -Ih, r. [si'dci"], seat, abode.
semper, adv., alicays, ever.
sompiternus, -a, -urn, adj. [sem-
I)er], ererlastinfj.
senator, -oris, M. [scnox], seoafor.
senatus, -us, u. [sencx], council of
(Idirs, senate.
sonectOs, -iitis, r. [si'iu'x], old a(jr.
senex, sciiis, adj., old; noun, old
man. (-'<J2.) Skmle.
senior, n'ris, adj. [conip. of scncx],
eldi r, old person.
sensus, -us, M. [sontin], fcelinfj,
sense, perception.
sententia, -ae, F. [seutirt], oy»/n/o;(,
Jilirjio.sc SlCXTKNCK.
sentio, 4, srusT, st'nsum [.sf-nsus],
Ji'tl, knoir (J)ij tlie S( uses'), tor, per-
e-irc.
septeni, niun. adj., iiidcid., seven.
.S»'ptenil)er,-l)ri.^, m. [si i)U'n»],5e/7-
tember. < )ftcii as ailj.
septein-deeini, num. adj. [di'i'i'iu],
screntein,
septles, nutn. adv. [.scptcni], senn
ti'.trs.
septiniu'., -a, -uni, num. adj. [st])-
teni], si rrntli.
sequor, H, sccfitus, Jollou: Si>
sero, 'i, scvT, satuni, sow, plant.
serta, -<"rum, n. [situ, plaif], yar-
landK, nrc'iths ofjioirirs.
serus, -a, -u M, a<lj., laie.
servlo, 4. [sorvus], he ti shwe, to,
serve ; w. dat.
tervKfis, -utis, v. [scrvus], slavfn/,
servitude.
servo, 1, sarr, knp; jir< serve.
servus, -i, m. [fcrviu], .slarr, ser-
vant. ((Id.)
sexiiginta, i um. ndj., iiidcrl.
[sex ), si.rt.,:
sextus, -a, -uni, nwui. ndj. [i<ex]|
girth.
fii
SI
25.^
siihco
ver.
adj. [sem
^x"], senator.
]j cniincil of
I'X], Old Oijii.
; iiDun, old
LE.
p. of sonex],
tiu], fceliiKj,
itio], oinnloii,
urn [srnsus],
idocl., .srrrn.
si'pti'in],5e/J-
;ulj.[<U'i'iMn],
I ptcrn], scvrn
|iiu. siilj. [si'p-
j'olloir. Si>
p, pl<'i'']f V'^^
tn IS.
iii:
V,,' i( sliwe. to,
|v»is], slaver !)t
\n I serve.
L], slni'r, ser-
Indj., !ih1«'«'1.
ndj. Ci»ex]|
si, conj., //) irliitlivr.
sic, adv., 60, <A«.s, m //i/,s manner.
Cf. ita.
Sicca, -a<% m., Sicca, <i J'rlnul oj'
Cici ro.
SSicllia, -ai', r., Sicily.
sidiis, -cris, n., .^^tur, (•>uat<]Utttlon.
Sii)i;i!i:ai.. (1)01.)
si^iiiint; -1, X, marl,-, sign, signal.
silva, -ill', r., iri)(></,j(ir(sf. Silvan.
siiitills, -I', adj. [siiiml], ///r, re-
semb'iiifj, similar. (*J07.)
.^iniple.v, -icis, adj., simple, /luu'n,
(trtli.s.i,
kIiiiiiI, ;m1v. [siinilis], at the xaiiir
time.
.sin, I'oiij. [sI-iH'j, hut if, hoii'cvrr, if.
sine, ])ri'p. \v. ahl., iritlionf.
sin^iili, -ai', -a, iiiiin. adj., ■sr/ffr/v//*',
sina\., oiii' III/ (iiir. (;)]1. b.)
^«illist('r, -Ira, -tnuu, adj., /(f
(^Itiind). SiNisTKU.
siiio, .'5, .sivT, situm, alhur, permit.
Cf. pcrniittu.
sinus, -ii.s, m., Ikisoih, ht}>,fulil.-i of a
ffdrnicnt.
sltis, -is, I', (ace. -Ini, alil. -i), f/iir.'it,
sdciT, -on, M., fitlifr-in-law.
sociiis, -I, -M., all'/, coiiijiaiiion. As-
.^^OCIATK.
Socrates, -is, m., Socrates, afamuus
Greek phihisiipher,
851, solis, M., .sini (no jjon. plur.).
Soi.au.
solcu, U, .solitus, he. accustomed, wont.
(p. 177, note 2.)
Solon, -onis, m., Solon, thv grrat htw-
ijicvr (f Aflii IIS,
HOliiH, -a, -iirii, adj., (dour, sitiglv ;
sole. (200.)
Holvo, ;J, solvi, solfitum, Ws<',/wo«/'n ;
break ; weigh anehor, net sail,
SoLVi;.
somnuH, -T, m., ileejt.
soror, -(")ri.<, i ., .sish r.
sors, ii.s, !■•., lot, eoiiditiiiu. Sort.
.sortior, 4 [.sor.*;], dnnr lots, obtain
hij lot.
sparso, ;>, -.^T, -^a\\\, stn >r, seatter.
Si'vusi;.
Spartacus, -T, m., Sparfacus, a
(jiadiatiir.
s|>at!nni, -T, \., mom, space; perivd-
sp('ct«), 1 [spcc'io, /(-/>/ J, look at, It*-.-
Iio'il, leiiiKss. Si'ictacm:.
spCiMllor, 1, s/ii/ out, uitleh. v
spcciis, -\\^, M., earr, dm.
.spcro, 1 [.■<p«''^], /"'/"', hope for.
spcs, ^w\, V. [.^pi To], //njor, ex-
piftdtioii.
spolio, 1, mil, p.'iiudi r, spoil, di ■
spoil.
statini, adv. [.*<tn], {stuudiug then),
on till' s^Hit, immediati lij, at otiee.
.statiia, -ac, r. [statiinj, (//;« thing
net ii/i), statue.
Sfatlld, ;l, -Ml, -Wtlltn, /<'(/, Jilaer ;
III li riiiiiie, thiiik, III ill re,
Stella, -ai',r.,.s7or. (;'.0l.) Sim.i.ak.
sto.. 1, stoti, Htatum, .sta^ I.
slrajjcs, -is, i ., Hlaughli r, carnage.
sfrln;;o, .'{, -iixT, stru-tiiiii (^draie
tiglil), graze ; draie, uiislnnlh,
stiulco, 2, -ui, [.siudium ), l>e
eager, St rice carnestlg fur ; study;
\\. dat,
sdidiuiii, -1, V. [sttidro], ze(d.
mill nil .ss; study.
sf iiltilia, -ar, i. [>lultu,s], ^/J'//y.
sLuItiis, •», -um, xu\l,, foolish, silli/,
SUilvis, •(•, a<lj., .sunt, delightful,
Vi, dulid.s. SiAVirv.
HUiliviter, adv. [.-.uavis], surtthj,
(lelli/htf'ulli/,
Hiib-dilcd, 'I, •diixl, •(lucttiiri, draw
from under, draw up.
8ubcu, -Iri', •il, •itutn, go under or
up to, enter; undergo, (.')J7.)
siihho
2/i6
t<Mi"r>bra«^
■\-
Rubit5, udv. [siihod], suddcnhi, un-
exjx'vledhj.
sub-inovou, 2, -niuvT, •mutum
(jnuvc from beneath), remove, drive
aim I/.
subsidiiiin, -T, x. [subsidi'u], aid,
support, rcitrf, assistance.
siib-Kilio, 4, -uT, [salin, leap'],
Jitiiip up. ("f. (irsiliu aiul Iriiiisilio.
Hub-vciiio, 4, -V('in, -veiitum QDine
to oik's ?'(//V/'), liffji, aid, assist.
Cf. 8uc<;urrr».
siK'-i'urro, .'], -t'urri, -cursum ["^ul)],
{^rnn up to), liflp, aid, succor.
siif-foro, sunVrre, BiisiulT, .sulihitiitii
[sill)], IjKtr up nndir, undtrijo.
Si I'KKIt.
sui, rt'Hi'X. pron., of himself (Ju r-
srf, itsif thrnisilvrs). (2(»4.)
SGUa, -!U', M., Sulla, a famous Roman
(p'ueral and stati sman.
Miiin, c'ssi', fill, , //(', exist. (72 )
siiiniiiiiH, -a, -iitii, adj., sujurl. of
siijK'rus. h'ljhi St.
HUiliu, o, himipsi, sumj)tum, tid.e,
t(di up : assume,
super, prt'p. w. ace. und ulil., over,
above, on top of.
miporb?, udv. [supf'/f^B], ;)ro«(////,
/l<IUi//'itll '/.
HiipcrbtiK, -a, -mil, udj. [supi-i],
proud, Sri'KHH.
Hiiporif»r, -us, adj., comp. of supo-
nis, hiijlu'r, superior.
auprrO, 1 [buijit], ptiss over; sur-
pass, overcome ; vouipier. (18l».)
Hiipt'r Hiiiii, -cssi', -ful, , re-
main over, survive, exist .
HiiprrMiuiH, -a, -iiin, adj., nuj». of
»iii]>t'i'iis, hii/liist ; liist,
tiUH'-tpIo, .'{, -crpi, -cfptum [sub,
eapio], uudrrtakc.
•utt pondd, 3 -di, -pi5nium [ml)],
kantf up, tUBpend, hnni;.
suspioor, 1 [auspicio, look- askance
at], mistrust, suspect.
Bustincu, li, -tinul, -tentum [suli,
tc'iu'u], hold up, hear, endure; SUS'
tain.
suns, -a, -UTH, poas. pron. [sui], his,
hers, her, its, theirs, their (j)U'n),
tareo, 2, tai'uT, taciturn, he silent,
he silt lit ahout. Tacit.
tacdot, 2, taeduit, taesuni est, im-
pors., // disijusts, wearies; («;ie) is
disipisled, Wf (tried. (410.)
((Ilea, -ai', 1"., thin har.
taiii, adv., so; tain . . . (iuam, as
. . , as. Cf. ita and sic.
taiiion, adv., ipt, hut, nevertheless.
tancb'in, adv. [tani], {Just so far),
at ii iii/th, jiualhj.
tan^o, ;>, ti'tigT, tactiun, touch,
fanto, adv. [tantusj,//// so much, so
much the (with coniparativt's).
taiituin, adv. [tantiis], OH/y.
taiitiis, -a, -urn, adj., .so ijreat.
TarfiitiiiiiR, -a, -uin, adj., of Ta-
rrntum, Tarentine.
Tai-tiiiiiiiuM, -i, M., Tai'ifuin the
Proud, se> rnth liiiij of Jiiiuie.
tocfutn, -1, N. [togo, cover}, cover-
in;/, shelter, roof,
tf'lutn, •!, N., weapon.
triiierurluA, -a, -uni [temorS],
nish, iuroiisiderate.
hMiHTO, adv., ntslili/, inronniderai^ly.
IciiirritaH, -ntiii, v. fti'inon"],
dance.; rashness, temerity.
t(>iiip('Htas, -alin, y. [tfinpuj"],
(.s7(//c or mndilion of time), vealh-
er ; starme weather, storm, tempest,
tenipliinii T, n., temple.
toiiipuM, o\{»,s.,tiine. Temvouau
teiu>brai*« ilrum, r., daihneM$,
shaJei,
£^.
tenebricosuH
257
tripartlto
Innk- ashince
■ntum [suit,
endure; sus-
Ml. [sin],/ii'.S
leir (o(rn).
ini, he silent,
IT.
■sum est, im-
ir!e.<; ("«e) is
(410.)
, . (i^uain, "••<'
u( rrrlJieU'SS.
, {just so /iiy)t
uu, ti)nch.
, /,»/ .so much, so
j)arativt's).
9], onf;/.
s*) (/t'Cdt.
adj., of Tti-
avifuin the
of luniie.
.»(•«/•], cover'
jin [ttMnorfi],
inixiilenvt}^.
(ti'inoro],
writy.
[t»'mi)UB],
timi ), nrnth-
.nil, tempest.
, dcukneM*,
tenobricosua, -a, -uni, adj. [tviw- [toloro, \,hrnr, endure. T(ilkuatr.
brai'j, (full of durhiess), dark,
yloofnij.
teneo, 2, -ul, tcntum, hold, keep,
/litre; ini'iiioria Wnvri^, rewernher.
tenor, -tra, -i-runi, adj., .sv»/i'. ddi-
i-iiif , tender.
toiiuis, -v, adj., thitt, li'jht.
ter, iJUiii. adv. [trrs], thrice, three
tillK s.
tullo, ;i, sii.stuli, suhlfituiii, lijl,
rtilse, pick up ; irei(jh (aHcAor).
tot, adj., iudt'td., .so vuniij. Cf.quot.
f otlis, -a, -uni, adj., uhule, <dl, entire.
(200.) TOTAI..
Irju'lo, 1 \_\v;\\\u^^, liiindlr, n,aiui<je,
treat.
trii-<Iu, ;», -didi, -ditum [trrm>i],_r//iv
over, dilivi r : n tnti ,re(t>uut. Tkv-
Tcrontius, -T, .m., <i lummn fnnili/ ' l>ITl(».v.
uitine. trttliu, >), tra.\i, -ctuin, dniw, dra<j;
terguiii, -T, N., hack-,
terra, -at-, v., earth, land. Tku
nwK.
terreo, 2 [terror], //•/v/i/^-n, alarm.
terrify.
terror, -oris [torri-u], terror, alarm.
tertio, adv. [ti'rtius], the third time.
terthis, -a, -uiii, niiin. adj. [trcs ],
thuil.
tcrtius <l(>(>iiiiu.H, iiiiiii. adj., thir-
teenth.
tctlmoiihiiii, -I, N. [testor, hear
u'itntasj, iritiie.ss, evidinee, testi-
mony.
testudo, -ini«, v. [ti'Sta, .</<///], tor-
toise I sin d or eucerimj to protect
hcsieijers.
Teiitones, -\uu, m., thr Teutons, a
(i< I man trihe,
ThuIoH, -in, M , Thales, a (I reek
philosopher
derive.
tnl-lrlo, .">, -jecl, -ji'ctuin [trans,
jaciuj, tlimir across : yxjs.v urt r,
crass.
triijertus, -us, .m. j tniiriit ), <i noss'
iiiij Kccr, passat;e.
tniiKliiillituH, -atis, r. [traixjiiiN
lii.«<J, lalmnrss, tranquillity ; a
I (dm,
trans, \>rv\\. u. ace, across, beyond,
onr.
traii-mM»ii(in, .'{, -di, -scr'nsuin
[scamlii, rlimh], sit p or pass orir;
cross. 'I'ltANSCKNti.
trituH-eo, -Iro, -ii, -itiiin, ^/o onr,
cro^a. (.'172.)
traun-n;^o, ;'., -fjxi, -fixuiu, pierce.
throm/h, pim; . stah ; transfix.
traii-siI!o, 1, -ii, ami -iii, [«a-
lio, A'f/'], l^ap onr or across.
Cf. dt'silio and Kuli^ilio.
ThpiuiHtocles, -in, M., fhetnisio- ' tre<'eiiti, -ar, -a, iiuiii. lulj. [tn'H,
cles, <i famous Athetaati.
TfrinttH, -i, m . the Ticinus,it rirer
of /tall/.
tlgrlH, -Is, or -UViti, tiger.
titne«l, 2, ui, [timorj./nir, /.«
afraid of
Tiiiioleoii, oiifM, M., Timohon, a
Corinthian yi ncrat.
tlinor, oriii, m. [tiuifoj./fur, dread,
alarm. TiJUoituL'S.
iiiitiim ], three hundrnl.
tre<Ie<'lm, iiiiiii. adj., iiidcrl. [trO«,
lU'Ct'lll ], thirtn n,
tren, tria.nuin. ndj.,r//nv'. (.'Ml. 1.)
trlliniiUM, -i, M. [ triltiis, trilte], trib-
une.
(rl^liifff, iMMii. ndj., Indct'l. [IrraJ,
thirtif,
(ripai-tUii, iidv. [trfu, jmrtior], in
three dicisivna.
i
.y viV^v
'mm^lm
tristis
258
veiiiitor
tristis, r., adj., .,hl, r/h-^mi/.
trimnphir-, i, tr.umph.
tu, j. • , r(yil., (Iiuii. (I'(i4.)
tub}', ia\ i'., inuiqni. (14.)
tui'or, 2, tui'tus, and tutus, look at ;
ic(tuh,dtj'rnd,(jminl. ("i". (IrR'ndo.
Tiillia, -ac, v., Tullia, Cii:en''s
(ltnii//i/i r.
tiiin, adv., at that time, then.
tiiuo, adv. [tuiu],u< that time, thru.
ti]r;>i-!iilus, -a, -uiu, iidj., sin>ii(it.
'1 I Kt.Il).
tiirpis, -V, adj., iiijh/,/oid; base, dis-
() nice fid, shamij'id.
turplter, adv. [tnrins'], fouK^, base-
1 11, sli<iiiiij'idh/,
tiirpltridu, -inio, r. [tiirpis], »'///-
III SS, IxISI HISS,
(iiri-is, -is, 1 ., tower. (1 1'>.)
tatus, -a, -mil, adj. [1*. ol" tiU'ur],
safe.
tutis, -a, -um, poss. jn-on., /////, thine ;
i/oiir, i/oiirs (of iiu\y inn).
tyruiiuus, -i, .m., tyrant.
obi, adv., irhire, whrn.
ilUiis, -u, -um, adj. [tor unuliis,
diininutive of ullu^J,tJH//, aui/ viie.
(200.)
ilttM-ior, -us, adj., iM^nip. (no posl-
Iwv), further.
ultiiiius, -a, -um, adj. (supcrl. of
ulterior), J'urthtst, last, Ulti-
MATK.
iinioriiH, -T. M., shvntder.
iliidr, adv., whence.
uadl qut', adv., from all parls^ on
alt sides. ■ ,<erifwhert.
iiiii-vcrhuti. - , -»jin, adj., Qurned
into one), all toijether.
Iinqiliikin, a('v., at ami time. ever.
fiiiU!(, -a, UIU, num. .rlj., unv; alone.
(liOO, ail.a.)
urbs, -is, K., citi/. (108.) Sua.
i:ui{S.
urgeo, •-', ursl, , press, drive,
iiiipil, urge.
us(HH', adv., all the tivie, continually.
lit or iiti, adv. and conj., Aor', as;
tlial, in iirdcr thai, .so that.
iilcr, -ira, -truni, inturrog. pron.,
which iiftiro. (^2(10.)
iit<'r«iiu', utra(iui.',utruni([ue, indof.
prou., each of tiro, butii. (200.)
Qtilis, -e, adj. LutorJ, nsi'/iil, adiau'
laifcoiis,
utiuuui, ailv., iroidd that, that,
I wish that,
ntor, ;>, usu.s, use, emploij; w, abl.
iilriiiii, adv., irlutlur; used cidi'dy
in doi.lili' (jui'.stion.s.
iiva, -at', i ., 'jriijie, hunch of yrapes,
iixui'y -uri.s, r., wife, Cf. conjunx.
vagor, 1, ijo to and fro, wander,
V.VGU.VNT.
valoo, 2, -uT, -itnni, hi strong or
(*•(// ; \n\(',/artwell, yood hi/. IJf.
I'onvalcsco.
vah'tfulo, -inis • ixaleu], state oj
health, health,
validiiH, -a, -i.. ., adj. [vulooj,
stroinj, stout, sliirdi/, Valii>.
valllw (or vallOs), -is, i'., mlley, vale.
varliis, -a, -uni, adj., dijerent,
ehani/rahle, various.
Varro, -Tmis, m., Varro, a Roman
consul .
vasts, 1 [va.»*tu8, waste, d/.^olate],
la II waste, rarai/e.
vehn, '.], vex!, vectum, rarri/, draw,
eonvei/ ; pn88., ride, S(til,
vi'lOx, -ml!*, Hdj,, swifl, fleet, quick.
(1711.) VKLocirv.
v^iirttof, -Orii, ». [veiior, hunf},
kuiUnr,
J^'a.
ve?»eniim
259
Zama
^1
08.) Sua-
^ress, drive,
, CoutitUKtllt/.
ij., huw, as ;
hat.
nog. pron.,
iniiiR', indof .
[h. (200.)
(sp/'h/, advdU'
that, that,
)!oi/ ; w. iibl.
used fliit'tly
'■/' <.'/*f/'""/"'-'*-
Cf. coiijunx.
/*;•(), irandtr.
he strong or
Illri
ij, s/a<c' (»/
|dj. [vuloo],
Vai.m>.
, valley, vale.
1 , dilftri'iit,
\o, a lioinan
, d(iiulnte],
(trni, draw,
\a!l. '
flert, indck.
HOT, AiifU],
venenuni, -;, n., poison. Vfvoai.
veiila, -ae, f., indulgence, mtrcy,
liiitiness. Vknial.
vciiio, 4, vrni, vcnturn, rorup..
vent us, -1, M., a-iti(L
Veuqs, -eris, i\, Venus, goildess -/'
love.
Voiiii.shi, -!U', 1 ., Venusia, (t tnim
in A/)ulia.
veiiiistus, -a, -mil, adj. [Vonus],
lovely, charming. ^
^ver, veris, n., spring. Vkknal.
vorbiiin, -i, x., word. Vkru.
ven'or, "J, reverence, respect, fear.
vero,, adv. and toiij. [vc'riisj, in
truth, in j'act, lull in fact.
vcniiii, 1, N. [viTUs], the truth.
— -vrrus, -a, -uni, adj., true, real.
vosUT; -tra, -trum, poss. proii.,
ilitnr, i/ours (of iiiojv tlian one).
veterriinus, -a, -uiii, adj., siipcrl.
of vet us.
vrstio, } [ve.stis, ^rr/7Hr«/], clothe.
veto, 1, -in, -hmu, Jhrhid, preniif,
\'i;to.
votuR, -eris, ndj. (comp. vetustior,
.siiperl. veterriinus), o*V/. (14 1,*20H.;
vctusf for, -U8, ailj., CDMip. of vctus.
via, -ac, r., iraij, road, street.
viciiius, -a,-uni, adj. [vlcus], mar,
neiiihhorlng. V U ' i N 1 1 V .
vi<*tor, -rtris, m. [vi(n)cri], eon-
(juernr, victor.
victoria, -at-, v. fvTctor], victory,
VM'UH, T, M., village.
vlcloo, 2, vidi, vi.suui, nm, iiPtceive;
"^ pass., lie sein, seem. Vision.
vigil, adj, [vincf*, /((• lii'ehi'], udtch-
ful. (lol. 4.) ViOlI. VM.
vlffllia, -a*', V. [vijiilu, vij.nlj. a
u'dtehing, uateh. I.e., the j'ourth /nirt
of the ulijht.
vigUo, 1 [vi^'irt, '<"' 1"''^.
vigliAti, num. ndj., indeed., tiuentj.
vincio, 4, vinxi, viiiotuni, hind.
vinco, .'*, viel, vietuni, contpier, de-
feat. {I6{j.)
viudU'O, 1, claim; avfuge, punish.
V'im)I(;atk.
viniiiii, -i, N., wine.
viola, -ae, i ., violet.
'•' ■ \'ni, yi.,yian, h< ni. (1;!S, ii»i2.)
vlrgo, -inis, v., maiiini, virgin.
virtus, -litis, f. [vir], (^nuinliness'),
courage, bravery ; virtue.
vis, vTs, V. (jiin. and ilat., rare),
.'i(r(/ii/tii, poieer. (_'G2.)
vita, -.le [vivu], ///f>. Vhm..
vitis, -1.-, 1. [vien, ticist together],
vin<'.
vitliiin, -T, N. [v'itis], (a moral
tieist), j'liull, hlemlsli, vicO, Cf.
eulpii.
vitu, \, avoid, shun,
vltruiM, -1, N., v'ond, a di/fi.
vitupero, I, hlame, censure, Virr*-
ri.KAi h>N. Cf. eulpu.
vivo, M, vJ.xT, vletuin [vTvus], live.
(I'.U.)
viviis, -a, -uni, ailj. [vivu], <dire,
living,
vix, iu\\ .. lardli/, with dijjiculti/.
volo, veile, volui, , trish, Ik
willing, desir", intend. (.'>!( J, ,')!".>.)
vuluplas, -atls, F., pleasure, enjoif'
vn nt,
vox, vricis. F. [vocn, cdlll, volce.
vuliiero, 1 [vuliuis], iround, hurt,
injure, Vii.ni.w \ltl.j;.
viiIiniH, -eris, n. fvuliifro], wmmd.
vulpr-M, •''i. v.. for.
Vliltus, -iir, .M., countenitnce, looks,
/eatureci.
Zaitia, -ne, v., Zama, a town in
.ifriea.
! I
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY.
a* commonbi vnt U\tnslnfrd; quTdani,
quaediim, quoddiim (•J7(). 5).
able (be), possum ('Jl>2).
about, <lt"', v\ (ilil.
absent (be), }U)snm (UDT).
accept, accii)ir», '.].
at'compaiiy, coinitor, 1.
acconl (own), ipse, .a, -\im
(270. {)).
accuse, hccuso, 1.
a<>rus8, trans, w. one.
act, !i{j:r>, 3.
admire, !i(lniTnr, 1.
admonish, inoticu, - ('I'i).
adorsi, orun, 1.
advance, prot-rdo, J] ; pmgrcilior, 3.
i^dvlce, coiisiliuni, •!, n.
iMiviKc, iiionoo, 2 (11-).
alar, iongt",
affair, re's, rcT, v. (251.)
afriild (be), mctuo, H; tiineo, 2.
Africa, Africa, -nc, r.
after, post, ir. arc.; cum, w. sn^'j.}
,)()stnu!un, »''. imt.
rfierwards, ]>oston, dc'iulo.
HKitin, ifcrum, rrirsu.-.
a^ainHt, advcrsus, contra, In, ?' .
a^e (old), BPtiectfis, -fit is, v,
aKTiculture, ajiri cultur;!, -ac, k.
aid, auxiliiun, •!, N.
air, HtT, Hcris, M,
Alexander, Alex iidcr, -dri, M.
lUivei vivuH, -a, 'Uui.
arrangremeiit
all, omnis, -c; totus, -a, -urn (200).
Alps, Alp('s, -ium, i-'.
alone, solus, -a, -uin (200).
alou<l (read), recitr>, 1.
altar, fira, -ac, F.
always, seniper.
ambassador, Icgiltus, -T, M.; ora-
tor, -oris, M.
amon^, in, »■. (dil.; inter, "•. arc.
ancient, antlquus, -a, -uni ; vctus,
-oris (141).
and, ct ; atquo, or ac ; -que.
An<lroclu8, Androclus, •!, M.
anger, Ira, -ae, r
auKi'lIy* '^""' iJ"''^ (l"^"*)*
animal, animal, -filis, n. (149).
another, alius, -a, -ud (201); one
. . . (tnothcr, alius . . . alius.
aaotSicr's, alh'nus, -n, -nm.
answer, rcsjjondi'o, 2, w. thif.
any, fiUus, -a, -urn (200); aliijtiiR,
Mjua, -quid, or -quod (27ft); quiR
(p. 211, note IT)); quiMjuafn,
, quidquaiu (270. (>).
approach, appr(»plnqu5, 1, w. dat.y
(tthl ad, ir. acr,
arm, »., Itracchhim, -I, M,
arm, r., intno, 1.
arms, nrnin, -4")ruin, n.
army, i-xcrcitus, 'fin, M., th^ fft'tternl
won/; on the march, fiijjmon, -inis,
N.; in order ofluittte, aclcs, -^1, r.
Arplnuni, ArpTnum, •!, n.
arraugcnioiit, urdu, -inis, M.
Wi^
i
*^^v-fo.'
arrival
261
brook
Y.
;iit
I, .um (200).
200).
1.
s, -i, M.; ora-
liter, "'. arc.
., -um ; vetus,
; -que.
lis, •!, M.
1. N. (149).
|i.l (201); one
. iilius.
, -\im.
, w. ddt.
L'OO); nliquis,
[l (270) ; qnJs
; iju'iMinain,
JO. 0).
I, M.
|m., fA<» fffnernl
Rpcmon, -Inis,
aoii'8, 'f\t *'
I 1, N.
arrival, adventus, -Qs, m.
arrive, advenio, 4; pervenio, 4.
a^^o^v, sagitta, -ae, f.
art, ars, artis, f.
as, ut ; as . . . as, tam . . . quani ;
same . . . as, idem . . . qui ; (—
since), cum; (= when), cunj.
Asia, Asia, -ae, F.
Hshained (be), pudet, 2 (415).
ask of, ([uaerd, I?.
assemble, convenio, 4.
at, in, IV. ace. or all. ; ad, w. ace. ;
apud, lu. ace; in combination ir.
verbs (^wonder at, etc.), see the
verbs; tv. names of towns, locative
case (.'}:}4).
Athenian, Atlienlensis, -e.
Athens, Athenae, -arum, f.
attentively, diligenter.
author, auctor, -oris, m.
away (go), abeo (327) ; disci'do, o.
away from, a or ab, lo. abl.; e or
ex, XV. abl.
back (bring or carry), refero
(321); reporto, 1.
bad, malus, -a, -ufu ; Imiirobus, -a,
-um.
basely, turpiti-r.
battle, pugna, -ne, p.; proeHum,
-!, N.
be, sum (73).
bear, fero (321); veho, 8; tolero,
1 ; (off), auferu.
beast, bestla, -ae, v.
beautiful, puUlier, -clira, .eliruiu.
!>eauty, ])iileliritrido, -iuis, f.
be<*>iuse, quod; quia.
beionie. Ho (327) ; It becomes,
deeet, 2 (4ir.).
beg, peto, 3 ; uro, 1 .
begin, imlpio, .*?; ordlor, 4.
believe, credo, 3, to. dut.
benefit, «., benefieium, -I, N.
benefit, v., prosuin (203), ?/•. dat.
besiege, obsideo, 2 ; ()i)pugno, 1.
best, optlnius, -a, -uiu.
better, iiieliur, -us, cvmjtar. of bo-
nus (208).
between, inter, tr. arc.
big, mfignus, -a, -uim.
bind, vineio, 4.
bird, avis, -is, f. (154).
black, niger, -gra, -gruni ; uter,
atra, atrum.
blame, vitupero, 1 ; culpo, 1.
blind, eaecus, -a, -um.
blood, sanguis, -inis, M. ; cruor,
-oris, M.
boar, aper, aprl, M.
boat, nfivicula, -ae, p.; eymba,
-ae, F.
body, corpus, -oris, s.
bold, audfix, -iTeis.
boldly, aiidncter.
book, libiT, -bri. m.
booty, i)r:U'da, -ae. f.
born (be), naseor, 3.
ISoston, Hostonia, -ae, K,
botli (^carh oftii'i)'), uter«|ue, 1111*
que, utrunuiue (2'H>); both . . .
and, et . . . vt.
boy, puer, -en, M.
bow, areus, -us, M. (247).
brave, forlls, -c.
bravely, fortlter.
bravery, fortltndo. -Inis. k.
break, fran^^o, 3; (through) v^r-
frlniro, 8.
breeze, venttiH, -T, m. ; aura, -a«, r.
bribe, rornnnpo, 3,
bridge, pons poutl'*, m
bring, iiorlo, 1 ; lerO (321); (up),
educo, 1.
Ilrltain, Britannia, -ae, r
broa<l, latus, -a, -uin.
brook, rIvuB, -I, M.
J V
brotlier
202
CUIlUIIlg'
II'
S^ !!
brother, ivritor, -tris, m.
TJnitus, Jiiutiis, -T, M.
l)nll(l, aoililico, 1.
biir<l«'n, <)»'!is.. -(M'is, x.
but, at; auu.'iu; scd (_;{9;}); (that),
quill.
buy, c'lno, 3.
by, il, ah, ir. ahl. ; (chnotiiuj lucaits
or inslvuinaut), ir. aid. alone.
<!i»>sar, Caosjir, -arls, m.
<'all,iioiniiio, 1; appi-Uo, 1; voco, 1.
calm, acquns, -a, -uin ; ])laci(Iiis, -a,
<'aini), castra, -oruiu, n. [uiu.
('aiiipania, Campania, -a(^ K.
fan, posMiiii (292).
rare, cura, -ac, v.
carefully, dlli^niiti-r; I'inii (•rira
(144).
Marry, porto, 1; fero (321);
(back), rt'fcrd; cai-rij on vuir,
belluiii ^ererc.
cart, caniis, -T, ;\i.
Carthage, Cartlia^o, -iiiis, F.
<!ato, ('al('>, -oiiis, m.
<'er(aiii (a), (piulaip, quaedaiu,
(liii(l((lii()(l;(laiii (27 ♦.4); snrt',
certiis, -a, -uiii.
rhaiice, fors, -lis, i-\ ; casus, -lis, m.
<'hau}»e, infitr), 1.
cherish, colo, .'!.
<»hlef, pi iuceps, -cipis, m.
chiblreii, piien, -onnu, M.; IThe-
rl, -oium, M. (dO).
Cilcero, Cicero, -oiiis, m.
<!iiiibri, ('iiiihri, -ormii, .m.
(*irciiiiiHtaneo, res, rei, v.
citadel, arx, urcis, f.
citizen, civiM, -is, m. and v. (IM.)
city, url)s, -is, v.
clerk, scriba, -ae, m.
clitr, rupos, -l«, K.
clothe^ voHtid, 4.
cold, adj., frlj^idus, -a, -uin.
cold, »., frliius, -oris, x.
Collatinus, Collatiuus, -i, M.
come, vciiiC), 4; (down), descen-
ds, 3; (out), e<;redior, ;>; (to-
*;ether), conveiiio, 4 ; (oft*),
al)i!o (:!27).
efiiniii<>^, n., advontus, -us, .m.
coiniuund, iinpero, 1, ic. dat ; ju-
l)(.'o, 2, 117. ace. ; praesum, ip. dat.
coiMtiiaiider, iiiiperator, -oris, M. ;
tlux, (iucis. M.
<'oiuiriou\veailh, res pQljlica, rei
pul)licac, I'.
comrade, comes, -itis, M. and v.
companion, (•(»mos, -itis, M. and v.
compel, co:::;'), ;?.
condemn, damno, 1.
coniiuer, siiperd, 1; viuco,3 (18(!).
consul, consul, -is, m.
consulship, consulaUis, -us, M.
contemplate, coiitemplor, 1.
contented, couteutus, -a, -um, w.
ahl.
converse, ('oll(K|Uor, 3.
(/orinth, Coriiitlius, -T, v.
Cornelia, Cornelia, -ae, K.
correct, corri^jo, 3.
counsel, cdnsiliuui, -I, x.
country (J'atherland), patria, -ae,
I'.; {not ciln), rfis. ruris, x.
courage, virtus, -uJis, i". ,^- '
covered with leaves, tVondosus,
-a, -um.
cowardice, Tixnavia, -ae, v.
cowardly, Ii;iirivus, -a, -um.
create, cred, 1.
cn'ator, (•refitor, -r»ris, m.
cross tr., Ufuiscendo, 3; tr. uiiU
intr., transeo r327).
<'ruelly, crudeliter.
cultivate, cold, 3.
Cuinae, Cuinae, -arinn, f.
cnuuing, n., calliditas, -atls, F.
cup 263
Ennius
um.
-1, M.
i), descen-
Di-, ;i; (to-
4 -, (ort'),
-us, M.
v:. dal ; ju-
siiin, v\ dat.
)r, -oris,M.-,
puljlica, ri'i
1, M. and I-'.
W<!,,'s\-andv.
im-o, 3(180).
us, -us, M.
plor, 1.
.;i, -um, to-
V.
le, V.
N.
, patritt, -ae,
ruris, N.
, troiulosus,
|ae, K.
]i, -nni.
M.
1.3; tr. a"«i
;, -ails, V.
cup, poculuin, -1, X.
Cyrus, Cyrus, -I, m.
Daedalus, Daetlaius, -I, m.
ilaily, cotuUO,
danger, i)erT('uluin, -T. x.
dauj^htt'r, lilia, -ao, r.
day, tlies, -C'l. m. and v. (254).
daybreak (at), prlina luce.
<lear, carus, -a, -um.
death, m.)rs, -tis, v.
tieep, all,us, -a, -uni ; profundus,
-a, -um.
defeat, n,, clades, -is, k.
defeat, r., viueo, 3; supcro, 1
(IHC).
<Iefend, (.lefondo, 3.
defender, ilet'CMisor, -oris, M.
tlelay, mora, -ae, v.
delight, delect o, 1.
deliver, dcfero (.321).
dcniund restitution, res rcpcto, 3.
Demosthenes, Deiuosthcnes, -is.
depart, discedo, 3; cxco (327).
tleprive, prTvo, 1 ; to. ahl.
descend, descMmdo, 3.
desert, desero, 3.
fleserve, nierco, uiereor, 2.
design, consilium, -T, n.
desire, volo (31()) ; desTdero, 1
(310) ; cupio, 3.
despair, despero, 1.
despise, contemno, 3.
<lestroy, tlC'lco, 2. ,..^
dimeult, dinicilis. -e. (207.)
difllculty (with), vix.
diligently, dili^cnter.
discharge, funjior, 3, w. ahl.
disclose, cnuntio, 1.
disgraceful, turpis, -e.
disgusted (be), piget, 2 (410).
divi<Ie, divide, 3; (jihare), par-
tior, 4.
\
do, facio, 3; ago, 3. (
dog, canis, -is, m. and v.
doubt, n., dubium, -T, n.
doubt, r., duhito, 1.
doubtful, dubius, -a, -um.
dove, columl)a, -ae, r.
down (tear), rescindo, 3 ; (come)
descendo, 3.
draw, trahO, 3; (»ip), subducO, 3.
drinii, bibo, 3.
drive, aijo, 3 ; (off) , submoveo, 2.
duty, olllcinm, -I, x.
dwell, habito, 1 ; vivo, 3 (l'.)4),
each (one), (luisquo (luaeque.
(piid(quod)quc (27!). 4) ; (of
two), utcrtiue utraciue, utrum-
que (200).
eagle, a(iuila, -ae, v.
earth, terra, -ae, f.
easily, facile,
easy, facilis, -e. (207.)
cat, edo, 3,
egg, ovum, -T, n.
eight, octo.
ciglith, octfivus, a, -ura.
eitlu'r . . . or, aul . . . aut.
elegant, ele^ians, -ant is.
elephant, clcplianlus, -T, m.
else, alius, -a, -ud (201).
embaric, conscendo. 3.
employ, admoveo, 2 ; iltor, 3, to.
ahl
encircle, "ingo, 3.
end, )i., finis, -is, m. (154.)
end, )'., flnid, 4.
endure, pallor, 3; fero (321),
tolero, 1.
endnrance, forlitfido, -itds, v.
enemy,, hostis, -is, M. and F ; lui-
ujIcus. -I. .M. (172).
enjoy, f ruor, 3, io. ahl.
KuniuR, I<)unius, -I, m.
ill
1 »i
enoii^j^h
264
frighten
S !
' M
enough, satis.
enter, iiigredior, 3; ineo (327).
entertain the hope, veiiio in
speiii.
entreaty, precos, -um, f.
Kplrus, Epiriis, -T, f.
equally, puriter.
equanimity, ao(Hius animus, m.
Kurope, Eunipa, -ae, f.
even, etiaiii ; ipso (270. 6).
evident (it isj, cdii;,tat, I.
excellently, optimO.
explain, txplifr), 1.
expulsion, P. o/oxpelio.
eye, oculus, -i, m.
Fabricius, Fa'./i'iciiis, -I, m.
fact, rf's, rel, F.
fail, (lOficiO, 3; (ler-iini (297).
fair, pn idler, -ciira, -clirmn.
faithful, tulus, -a, -iini; lidGlls, -e.
faithfully, fldc'liter.
Faliscans, FaliscI, -oruiii, m.
famous, clfinis, -a, -iiin.
far and wide, longe lattHiuo.
farmer, agricola, -ao, m.
father, r»atei*, -tris, m.
father-in-law, socor, -ciT, M.
fault, vitiinn, -T, n. ; culpa, -ac,
F. ; find fault icith, vitiipero, 1 ;
ciilpo, 1.
favor, faveo, 2, w. dat.
fear, ii., inetus, -us, m.
fear, v., tinieo, 2 ; mctuo, 3.
few, panel, -ae, -a.
fidelity, tides, -el, f.
field, a<j;ei*, agn, m.
fierce, atrox, -ocis ; fcrox, -ocis.
fiftieth, qinn(iuageslnius, -a, -um.
fifty, (iuTn(iiiri,iJ:intri.
fight, pujjno, 1; diinieo, 1.
fill, imploo, 2, -evi, -etum; com-
plo5, 2.
finally, denlque. .
find, roperio, 4; inveuio, 4.
finger, digitus, -T, m.
finish, finio, 4; conticio, 3.
lire. Ignis, -is, M.
first, primus, -a, -um.
fit, aptO, 1.
five, <inln<iue.
five hundred, (pilngcntl, -ae, -a.
flee, fugio, 3.
fleet, elassis, -is, k. (154 )
flight, fuga, -ae, f.
flock, ui't'X, ;5'i't'gis, V.
flow, till 6, 3.
flower, tlos, tloris, m.
fodder, pabulum, -I, n. _
foIloAV, secjiior, 3.
folly, stultitia, -ae, F.
food, cibus, -I, M.
foot, pes, pedis, m.
foot-soldier, pedes, -itis, m.
for, «'(*??j., nam ; euim {not the first
word).
for, si(jn of dative ; jirep., de, pro,
ic. abl. ; of time, space, purpose,
in, w. ace.
fon-es, copiao, -arum, f.
forget, obllviscor, 3.
forgetful, oblltus, -a, -um.
former (the), ille (275. 0).
forth (go), exed (327) ; egre-
dior, 3.
fortlf^', mrinld, 4.
fortune, fortilna, -ac, F.
forty, (iiiadraginta.
forum, forum, -I, n.
forward (go), prdcedo, 3;"'pro-
gredior, 3.
foully, turpiter.
fourteen, quattuordecim.
fourth, (juartus, -a, -um.
free, liber, -era, -erum. (71.)
free from, llbcro, 1 ; to. abl.
frlen<l, amicus, -i, m.
frighten, terreo, 2.
frog
265 huge
3, 4.
), 3.
ti, -ae, -a.
4)
tis, M.
notthejirst
'p., (le, pro,
:v, purpose,
uni.
7) ; egre-
|F>
llo, 3; 'pro
lini.
In-
(71.)
r. abl
frog, ran a, -ac, f.
from, (le, u\ uhl.; fumn from, a or
ab, 10. ahl. ; out of, e or ox, to.
ahl.; (afar), lon^e.
fruit, fructus, -us, m.
full, pU'nus, -a, -uin.
furnish, praebeo, 2.
Galba, Galba, -ao, >r.
game, luilus, -i, M.
garden, liortus, -!.
Gaul, Gallia, -ac, F.
Gauls, GallT, -oruni, ^r.
general, dux, ducis, M. and V.\
iniperator, -oris, m.
Germans, Gcrmfim, -drum, "\i.
get, adipiscor, 3; (possession),
potior, 4, 10. ahl.; (by lot),
sortior, 4.
gift, doiuiin, -T, N.
girl, puL'lla, -ac, v.
give, do, 1.
glory, jjjloria, -ae, r.
go, eo (327) ; (forth orout), cxco;
(off or away), abeo; disced5,3;
(down), descendo, 3.
God, Dcus, -T, M. (202).
goddess, dca, -ac, r.
gold, auruni, -T, n.
golden, aureus, -a, -nm.
good, bonus, -a, -uni (71, 2U8).
good thing, bonuin, -i, n.
grain, frunientuni, -1, N.
great, nia<j;uus, -a, -uni.
greatly, niaximc.
Greece, Graecia, -ac, v. ^
Greek, Graecus, -a, -uiu.
guard, n., custos, -odis, M. and v.
guard, !'., custodio, 4.
hand, nianus, -us, v.
handsome, pnlcher, -chra,-chruni.
Hannibal, liauuibal, -alls, M.
happy, l)oatus, -a, -urn ; fclTx,
-Tcis.
hard, durus, -a, -uiu; (^difficult),
dinicilis, -c.
hasten, conti^ndo, 3.
haughtily, superbc.
have, liulx'd, 2.
he, is, hlc (270); illc (L'7:.).
head, caput, -itls, x.; he at the
head (f, pracsuni (297).
headlong, |)racccps, -cipitis.
hear, audio (22;'.).
heart, cor, cordis, n.
heat, calor, -Oris, M.
heaven, caelum, -T, N.
heavy, jj;ravis, -c.
Hector, Hector, -oris, >r.
hero, vlr, virT, m. (2(;l').
hesitate, dul)itr), 1 ; cunctor, 1.
high, altus, -a, -uni.
hill, collis, -is, M. Clf>4.)
himself, see self.
his, ejus (270); illTus (275);
(own), suus, -a, -uiu.
history, liistori:i, -ae, r.
hold, luibeo, 2 ; teneo, 2.
home, domiciliuni, -", n. ; domus,
-lis, F. (2r,2).
Homer, Ilomcriis, -T, M.
honor, 7i., honestas, -atis, v.
honor, ;•., liouoro, 1.
hope, spcs, -ei, F.
Horatius, Ilorfitlus, -T, M.
horn, cornfi, -us, N.
horse, equus, -T, M.
horsebac (ride), in equo vchT;
cfpiito, 1.
horseman, horse-soldier, eques,
-itis, M.
hour, liora, -ae, F.
house, domus, -us, f. (202).
how, quajn ; (many), quot.
huge, magnus, -a, -um; iinm&-
nls, -c ; ingcns, -entls.
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
//
'7
y
1.0
I.I
1.25
t 1^
1.4
1.8
1.6
V]
<^
c*3
W
/w
"^/ o-
/y
y
^>^
/^
PhotogTciphic
Sciences
Corpordtion
33 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, NY 14580
(716) a7a-4S03
m
^v
4'.
\
\
'^
>jL.k£pa
; •!!
humau 266
m
line of battle
rt
5i. )
J
1 h
human, hurafmus, -a, -urn.
hundre<l, ceiiiiirn.
hunger, fames, -is, f.
hunter, vonfitor, -Oris, m.
hurl, coniciO, 3.
hurtful (be), nocco, 2, v. ditt.
hustle, exturbo, 1.
I, e-o (201).
Icarus, learns, -!, m.
If, SI ; if not, nisi.
Ignorant (be), nesclo, 4; T^Mioro.
illustrious, clarus, -a, -uin.
imitate, iiiiitor, 1.
immediately, hlatim.
in, in, w. all.
increase, an,ij;or), 2.
inhabitant, incola, -ac, M. mid v.
inhabit, liabito, 1; iiicolo, ;'..
injure, nocco, 2; obsiun;?^. dat.
instru<'t, eriulio, 4; doceo, 2.
Intend, in animO est; n'. dat.
info, in, v. ace.
invitCf '!'.'. Tio, 1.
iron (of), fcrrciis, -a, -inn.
island, Insula, -ae, F.
It, is, ea, 1(1 (270).
Italian, ItMltis, -T, M.
Italy, Italia, -ae, v.
itself, nee self.
Janus, Janus, -T, ^r.
Javelin, pTliun, •!, N.
jewel, oniruncutinn, -T, n.
Joy, fiaudiinu, -I, \.
Judge, jiidcx, -Ids, M. (1()*>).
Judgment, jfidicimii, -I, n.
tlullus, .IfllitlN, -T, M.
Jupiter, Jfippltcr, Jovls, m. (2r.2).
Justly, juste.
keen, fleer, ilcrls, fiert!.
keep oir, arceo, 2.
kill, ncco, 1 ; Intcrflclo, 3; occi
do, 3.
kind, bcmgnus, -a, -uiu.
king, rCx, rcj^ns, :\i.
kingdom, rcgnum, -i, x. ; impe-
riuni, -1, X.
knife, cultcr, -trT, :\r.
know, know how, scio, 4.
known, notus, -a, -um.
labor, labor, -oris, m.
lacli, desuin (2!)7)
Laivinus, Lacvinns, -T, M.
lake, lacus, -us, m. (217).
land, ag:er, agrT, M. ; terra, -ae, F.
language, lingua, -ae, v.
large, niauiuis, -a, -uiii.
last, supirnius, -a, -uiu.
Latin, LalTiuis, -a, -uni.
latter (the), liTc, liaec, hoc (275.
5).
laugh, rulco, 2; (at), irrjdeo, 2;
(aloudj, caclilnno, 1.
lav., lex, Icgis, F.
bizy, pigcr, -gra, -gruni.
lea<I, (irico, i); (out), educo, 3.
Iciidf'r, dux, duels, M. and f.
leaf, fuliuu), -T, X.
leap ov«'r, t rausillo, 4.
b'arn, disco, 3.
leg, crRs, crfirls, n.
legion, Itirlo, -onis, f. _^
lesson, i)rnsuiu, -T, x.
let, Ki't/ii of mdij. or hnprrdtive.
letter, cpistula, -ac, f. ; ITtterac,
•arum, f.
levy, delectus, -fis, M.
life, Vila, -ae, r.
light, adj., Icvis, -o (loO).
light, v., Idx, lucls, F.; lumen,
dnis, X.
like, anio, 1.
liUeneHM, ImuI^o, -Inis, F.
line of battle, U( ies, -el, F.
5, H; OCCi
i.
X.; uupe-
O, i.
lion
267
ocean
IT. a, -ao, F.
I'.
, hoe (275.
1 irrJd«H), 2 ;
iliico, 3.
[ind F.
rafii'C
; llttcrac,
0.
■.; inmon,
11, F.
lion, Ico, -oiiis, M. (I'M).
listoii, Jiudio, -i f22;5)-
literatuiH', lltlerae, -drum, f.
little, parvus, -a, -uiii.
li\'e, vivo, u; liabito, 1 (VJi).
long', loiii^us, -a, -uin; a lontj
tihir, diU.
loiij»<'r (»<>). jam, w. m'(j.
loolt at, spc'cto, 1.
lose, aiiiilto, :>; pordo, M.
lot (<)l)laiii by), sortior, 4.
loud (lausli out), cacliiuno, 1.
love, amo, 1 (3r.>).
low, humilis, -e.
lucliy, fOlTx, -Tcis.
maiden, piicUa, -ac, r.
nialco, racio, ;'>; (trial of), expc-
rior, 4.
man, vir, virT, v.. (2(12); homo,
-inis, M. (i:'.S).
!Manlius, Manlius. -7, M.
maiiiuM', mos, mdrls, m,
many, mnUT, -ac, -a.
Maroellus, Maici-llus, -T, M.
marslial, Tiisli'uo, ;'..
master, ilomimis, -T, m.; mai^is-
tcr, -trl, M.
may, lioel ; v. ditt.
lueaiiK {J)>j mctviH of), use aU.
meet, obed (;;i»7) ; j/o to vhtf,
obvlani eo, */'. dtt,
memory, inemorla, •ac, V.
messenger, iifmtlus, -T, M.
migrate, miirrd, 1.
mind, animus, -T, M.; nuns, nuu-
tls, F. (27:0.
mindful, mcmor, -oris (l.*)!*).
mine, mcus, -a, -uin (2(;i;).
M-'nerva, Minerva, -ae, F.
mlHeral>le, miser, -era, -eruiu.
mlHH, ilesTdero, 1.
>llthri<lutes, Mttlirldat^s, -Is, M.
tnodoHty, Uiodestla, -ae, V.
montli, inrMisis, -is, m.
monument, monumentum, -T, N,
moon, Ifina, ae, F.
more, i)iris (208), magis.
most, plurimus, -a, -um (208).
motfier, mater, -Iris, i'.
mountain, mons, montis, M.
move, moveo, 2.
mueli, multus, -a, -um (208).
multitude, mnititudo, -iiiis, F.
must, oportel, 2; (jirundiva.
my, meus, -a, -um (2Gt]).
name, nduien, -inls, n.
nation, iivus, j,'i'iitis, v.
native land, patria, -ac, F.
near, propc, "'. '"''.
nei^hliorin^, I'Tuitimus, -a, um.
Neptune, Neplfnius, -T, m.
never, miu({uam.
neu', nt)vus, -a, -uuj.
ni;;Iit, nox, iioctis, F.
nislitinf-ale, luscinla, -ae, F.
niiu'ty, nouatjlnta.
ninth, ndnus, -a, -um.
no, nnilus, -a, -um (200).
nobody, no one, iiriuo, -Iiiis, m.
und V. (28<)) ; that no one (jicg-
pinfosr), ne (juls.
no longer, jam, ir. ncj.
not, ndu.
notliin^, nildl, indrcl.
nourish, alo, \\\ nutrlo, 4.
now,nutie; jam.
Numa, XuMia, -ae, M.
number, Humerus, -T, M.
nurture, iiutrio, 4.
oak, fpu-'ou."*, -ns, V.
obey, |)aruo, 2, %n. dat,
obtain, adiplseor, 8; potior, 4, w.
all. ; (by lot), 8ortior, 4.
oceau, ocettuuti, •!, m.
of
268
prevent
Jl ;
of, sign of genitive f de, W. abh*
(out of), e or ex, to, ahl.
offer, propono, 8; offero (321);
praebeo, 2.
often, saepe.
old, antuiuus, -a, -nm ; vetns, -eris
(Ul) ; (man), sonex, -is (202) ;
(age), senectus, -utis, v.
on, in, w. ahl.\ (jf time), ahl.
one, uiius, -a, -uiii (200) ; one . . .
another, alius . . . alius; the one
. . . the other, alter . . . alter.
open, adj., patens, -entis.
open, /•., aperio, 4.
opinion, jridiciuin, -T, N.
oppose, oljsisto, 3; w. dat.
orator, orator, -oris, m.
order, v., inipero, 1, m. dat. ; jiibeo,
2, w. ace.
order (in order to), ut, ir. suhj.
other, alius, -:i, -ucl (201); some
. . . othertt, alii . . . alii; (o/
two), alter, -era, -eruni.
ought, (lebeo, 2; oportet,2; gerun-
diiie.
our, uostcr, -tra, -truni.
ourselves, see self.
out, in combination iv. verbs, see
the verbs.
out of, e or ex, lo. abl.
over, in combination io. vei^Iis, sec.
the verbs.
overeonie, vinco, 3; supero, 1
(ISO).
o^ve, (lebeo, 2.
own, proprius, -a, -uni; (his, her,
their), suus, -a, -uiu • (my), nie-
us, -a, -uni; (our), noster, -tra,
-trum; (your), vester, -tra,
♦truni ; (thy), tuus; -a, -um.
pain, ilolor, -oris, M.
parent, parens, -entis, m. and v.
part, pars, partis, v.
pass (narrow), angnstiae, -arum,
F.
pass by, praetereo (327).
patienee (with), patienter; cum
patientia (144).
patiently, patienter.
peaee, pax, pacis, v.
people, i)opulus, -T, M. ; (com-
mon), plebs, -is, F.
peril, pciieuluin, -T, N.
perish, pcreo (327).
Persians, I'ersae, -arum, M.
physieian, niedicus, -T, m.
plaee, n., locus, -T, M., in plur,
M. and X.
plaee v., pono, 3.
plain, plunities, -cT, F.
plan, consilium, -T, n.
pleasant, j^ratus, -a, -um.
pleasing, grfitus, -a, -um.
pleasure, voluptas, -atis, f.;
(with), liljontor.
pledge, tides, -eT, F.
plough, n., aratrum, -T, N.
plough, v., aro, 1.
poem, poema, -atis, N.
poet, poeta, -ae, m.
point (be on the), see 422.
Polyphemus, I'olypbemus, -T, M.
Pompey, I'ompejns, PompeT, m.
poor, miser, -era, -erum; pauper.
-eris (107. 3).
possess, habeo, 2 ; potior, 4, w. abl,
possession (get possession of).
potior, 4, w. abl.'y adlpiscor, 3.
postpone, tliU'ero (321).
power, inip(!rium, -T, N.
praise, n., laus, laudls, f.
praise, v., laudo, 1.
preeept, praeceptum, -T, N.
prefer, nifdo (310).
present (be), adsnm, w. dat.
pretty, pulcher, -chra, -chruin.
prevent, prohlbeo, 2.
prisoner
269
Samiiite
iae, -arum,
0-
liter ; cum
A. • (com-
in, M.
, M.
I., in plur,
iim.
uni.
-fitis, F.;
1,N.
122.
'mus, -T, M.
fompC'i, M.
Im; pauper.
lor, 4, to. aW,
"ssion of).
Ilipiscor, 3.
I ^''
ll, N.
In. dat.
»hrum.
prisoner, captivus, -T, m.; captlva,
-ae, F.
proceed, procedo, 3.
proeluination (make), edico, 3.
promise, poUiccor, 2; promit-
to, 3.
property, bona, -orum, x.
proud, supcrbus, -a, -uiu.
province, proviiicia, -ae, F.
prow, rostrum, -T, n.
prudence, prudentia, -ae, F.
punish, punio, 4.
punislimont, poena, -ae, F.
pupil, discipulus, -T, m.
purpose (for the purpose of), lit
or qui, w. suhj.; ad, lo. (jcrund
or gerundive ; supine.
put (to flight), fuj^o, 1; (oflf),
diflero (321); (by), dopono, 3;
(an end to), finio, 4.
Pyrrhus, Pyrrhus, -T, m.
queen, rejjjlua, -ae, F.
quicltly, celerlter.
raise, toUo, 3; levo, 1.
ratlier (wisli), nifdo ('MC).
read, lego, 3 ; (aloud), reel Id, 1.
receive, recipio, 3; accipio, 3j
exclpio, 3.
recite, reel to, I.
recognize, agnoseo, 3.
red, ruber, -bra, -brum.
refresli, re(;reo, i.
Regulus, Kegulus, •!, m.
reign, regno, 1.
relate, trado, 3; nfirrd, 1.
relieve, llberd, 1 ; ii\ ahl.
remain, maiu!o, 2; rcsto, 1.
remember, memorlfi tenoo.
remove (= eviigrate"), demlgro, 1,
Remus, Keinu8, -T, M.
render aid, auxllium fer5.
r^nowui f umu, •aU| f.
renowned, ampins, -a, -uni; cla
rus, -a, -um.
report, nuntio, 1.
republic, res publica, rcl publi-
cae, F.
respect, vcreor, 2.
respects (in all), omnibus rebus.
rest (the), eoterl, -ae, -a.
restitution (demand), res rope
to, 3.
restrain, coerced, 2.
results (it), lit (327).
retain, retined, 2.
retreat, se recipid, 3.
return, retled, (327).
rewar<I, praemuini, -T, N.
iiliine, Khenus, -T, M. ,«.— -
Rhone, Hhodamis, -T, m.
rich, dives, -itis (U)7. 3).
ride, pass, of veho, 3; equito, 1.
rlglitly, recte.
rise, orior, 4.
river, amnis, -Is, m.; lluvius, •!,
M.; flumen, -inis, x. (172).
road, via, -ae, F.
rob, spolid, 1 ; privd, 1 ; w. ahl.
robber, latrd, -diiis, M.
Roman, lidinrimis, •a, -um.
Rome, Kdma, -ae, F.
Romulus, IvdiiiiililS, •!, M.
rose, rosa, -ae, F.
rough, asper, -era, -orutJi.
ru<i<iy, ruber, -bra, -l)rum.
rule, regd, 3 (180); regno, 1.
sad, trTstls, -o.
safe, intus, -a, -lim.
sagacious, i)rndr'ns, -cutis.
sail, jxiss. of velid, 3 ; navlgft, 1,
Bailor, nauta, -a j, M.
sake {for the .sake), causil, w. gen.
Hailust, Sallustlus, -T, m.
same, Idem, eadem, idem (270).
Sauiuito, Sumulu, -Itis.
Til.
w
Saturn
270
study
P \
U I'
■■ i
Saturn, Suturnus, -i, :m.
save, servo, 1,
say, d!c6, 3; (keep saying), dic-
tito, 1.
scare, terreo, 2.
school, scliola, -ac, f.
Scipio, Scipio, -onis, m.
sea, mare, -is, n.
see, video, 2; (through), per-
spicio, 3.
second, secundus, -a, -um.
seek, pcto, 3; (luacro, 3.
seem, vidcor, 2,
seize, rapio, 3.
self, ipse, -a, -um (270) ; s'u (204).
send, mitto, 3; (back) reniitto, 3.
senate, senatus, -us, :\[.
September, September, -bris, m.
servant, minister, -tri, m.; ser-
vus, -T, :m. (00),
set out, proliciscor, 3.
seven, septem.
seventh, septimus, -a, -um.
share, partior, 4.
sharply, acritcr.
she, ea, ejus, F.
sheep, ovis, -is, f.
shepherd, pastor, -oris, m.
shield, scutum, -T, x.
ship, navis, -is, v. (1.54).
shore, litus, -oris, n.
short, I)revis, -e.
shout, clamor, -oris, >r.
Sicily, Sicilia, -ac, i\
8l?k, acg:er, -,ur:i, -grum. (71.)
side, latus, -cris, N.
&!gnal, sTirimm, -h \.
silent (be), taccd, 2.
since, cum, nu suhj.
sing, cano, 3; canto, 1.
sister, soror, -oris, f.
Bit, setlco, 2.
sixth, sextus, -a, -um.
skilful, pcrltus, -a, -um.
slave, servus, -i, M. (60).
slavery, servitus, -utis, f.
slay, neco, 1 ; interlicio, 3 ; oc-
cldo, 3.
sleep, n., somnus, -i, m.
sleep, v., dol'mio, 4.
small, parvus, -a, -um.
smith, faber, -bri, m.
Socrates, .^ocratos, -is, m.
sol<licr, uiTIcs, -itis, m.
Solon, Solon, -onis, m.
some one, all(iuis, -qua, (quid)
-quod (270.2); quulam, quao-
dam, quod(quid)dam (279. 5);
some. . . . others, alii . . . alii ;
(of two parties), alter! . . . alter! ;
often not expressed.
something?, aliquid.
son, I'll ins, -i, m.
song, cantus, -us, ^r.; carmen,
-inis, N. (278).
son-in-law, gcnor, -erl, M.
soon, mox.
soothe, mollio, 4.
source, Ions, fonlis, y\.
Spain, irispania, -ae, f.
spare, parco, 3 ; v\ (hit.
speak, lofiuor, 3; dlco, 3; speak
to, alhxjuor, 3.
spear, liasta, -ae, v.
spiritedly, acritcr.
spring-, fOns, fontis, ai.
spy, e.^plorfitor, -oris, m.
stal), Iransfliio, 3.
stain, maculd, 1.
star, Stella, -ae, f. (l)!)!).
slart (= set out), proficisoor, 3.
state, cTvltas, -fitis, r.
statue, statua, -ae, i*.
step, ,i;radus, -us, :m. (245).
story, fril)ula, -ae, F.
street, via, -ae, f.
strong, valldns, -a, -um ; fortis,-e.
study, a., htudium, -I, n.
t
), 3; oc-
I.
I, (quid)
m, quao-
(279. 5) :
. . . alii ;
, . . alter! ;
carmen,
M.
3; speak
r*
If(»rti8,-c.
study
271
tower
study, r., studco, 2, v-. dat.
sturdy, validiis, -a, -um.
successfully, optlme ; frilcittT.
suddenly, imprSvIso.
suffer, patior, 3; tolero, 1; sul-
fero (321).
suitable, opportuims, -a, -um.
suntnier, acstas, -atis, v.
suniuion, invito, 1.
sun, sol, solis, >r.
surpass, supero, 1; viuco, 3
(ISO).
surrender, dfMlo, 3.
surround, chigo, 3; circumvc-
nio, 4.
survive, supersiini (207).
swear, jfiro, 1.
8^veet, dulfis, -e; siifivis, -c.
wift, velox, -ocis ; celer, -eris, -ere
(17D).
sword, gladius, -T, :\i.
tflible, mensa, -ac, v.
tail, cauda, -ac, r.
take, capio, 3; sumo, 3; take n
walk, ambiilo, 1.
tall, altiis, -a, -um.
Tarenline, TarentTnus, -!, m,
Tarquin, Tarciuiuius, -!, m.
task, pc'usum, -T, n.
teach, doceo, 2.
teacher, masiistcr, -trT, m.; jtrac-
ccptor, -oris, m.
tear down, resclndo, 3.
tedious, longus, -a, -um.
tell, narr5, 1 ; dTco, 3.
temple, tcmphim, -i, n.
tender, tcticr, -era, -crum.
tenth, dfclinns, -a, -um.
terrify, torrco, 2.
terror, terror, -oris, M.
than, quam; abl. (212).
that, ronj. (in purpose or result
puto, 1 (429).
F. Qicc. -im,
clmiscs)t ut; (after verbs of fear-
ing)^ no; (not), no; (^uj'ter ex-
pressions of doubt), quiu; after
verbs of sfvjinn and the like, not
translated.
that, 2)r<>u. (^detenu.'), Is, ea, id
(270); (demon.), illo, -a, -ud
(275) ; iste, -a, -ud (27")) ; (rel.),
qui, quae, quod (279).
their, ije)i. plar. of is; (own),
suus, -a, -um.
themselves, see self.
then, tuiii; dciiide.
there, ii)i; as an expletive, not
tr(f)i slated.
thin*;, res, -eT, F.
think, arbitror, 1
thirst, sitis, -is,
afd. -T).
thirty, trTirintfi.
this, {dcterni.), is, ca, id (270);
(demon.), liTc, liaec, hoc (275).
thou, tn.
thou^hj cum, ?'•. subj.
thousand, luTUe (311. G).
three. Ires, tria ('Ml. 4).
tlirce hundred, trecenti, -ae, -a.
thrust forth, exturbo, 1.
thron!>'h, per, lo. ace.
throw, jacio, 3; couicio, 3.
time, tempus, -oris, x.
tired, defessus, -a, -um.
to, sir/n of dfitice; ad, in, tiu ace;
(expressing purpose), ut, la
subj.; ad, v\ gerund or gerund'
ire; supine.
to day, hodie.
together with, cum, lo. abl
toil, laboro, 1.
to-morroAv, eras.
too, (|U()(|ue; (much), ninilum.
touch, taujrd, 3.
towards, ad, in, to. are.
tower, turrls, -Is, p. (149).
'1
A
\
Ti .TJ}^^
town
272
wonder
town, oppidum, -T, x.
towusinau, oppidanus, -i, m.
train, exorceo, 2.
tree, arbor, -oris, f.
trial (make), experior, 4.
true, veriis, -a, ii.
trumpet, tuba, -ae, f.
trutii, verum, -i, n.
try, experior, 4; conor, 1.
turn, converto, 3 ; (from), aver-
to, 3 ; (out), eveuio, 4,
twenty, vTgintT.
two, duo, -ae, -o (311.4); (which
of), uter, -tra, -trum ; (each of),
uterque, utraque, utrumqiie.
tyrant, tyranuus, -T, m.
uncertain, incertus, -a, -urn.
undertake, suscipio, 3; conor, 1.
unwilling (be), nolo (31G).
up, in (Combination iv. verbs, see
the verbs.
upon, in, w. ace. or abl,
use, fitor, 3; w. abl.
useful, utilis, -e.
vain (in), frustra.
valley, vallis (or valles), -is, f.
valor, virtus, -utis, F.
very, superl. decree; admodum,
victorious, victor, -oris, m.
victory, vTclona, -ae, f.
virtue, virtus, -utis, v.
voice, vox, vC'Cis, f.
wage (war), gero, S.
wagon, carrus, T, m.
walk (— take a walk), ambulo, 1.
wall, murus, -I, ^.
wander, vagor, 1.
want ( loish), volo (31G); de-
sTdero, 1,
wuut (- lack), care<"», 2.
war, bullura, -i, n.
warn, moueo, 2.
watch, vigilo, 1.
watchful, vigil, -is (151. 4).
water, aqua, -ae, F.
way, via, -ae, f. ; (— respect^,
res, rei, F.
weapon, telum, -i, n.
weary, defessus, -a, -um.
weep, lieo, 2.
welcome, evclj^io, 3.
w^ell, bene.
well (be), valeo, 2.
What, interrog., quis, quae, quid
(quod) (279); Q= that which) ,
id quod.
when, cum.
whether, num ; utrum.
which, (juI, quae, quod (279) ; (o/
two), uter, utra, utrum (200).
w^hile, dun).
whitt., albus, -a, -um ; caudidus,
-a, -um.
who, reh, qui, quae; interrog,,
quis, quae (279).
whole, totus, -a, -um (200).
why, cur.
wide, latus, -a, -um.
wife, uxor, -oris, f.
wild, ferus, -a, -um.
wild beast, fera, -ae, e.
wind, ventus, -i, m.
wine, vTnum, -T, n.
wing, ala, -ae, f.
winter, hiems, -is, f.
wise, sapiens, -entls.
wisely, sapienter.
wish, volo (310).
with, cum, n\ abl. ; sometimes abl,
alone.
without, sine, w. abl.
witness, specto, 1.
wonder, nilror, 1 ; (at), admi-
ror, L
wooden
273
zeal
wooden, llgneiis, -a, -iiin.
woods, silvu, -ue, i".
word, verburn, -i, n.
work, ti., labor, -Oris, m.;
-eris, N.
work, v., laboro, 1.
world, muiKlus, -I, m.
worthy, dTi^nns, -n. -nm.
would rather, mfilo (a 10).
would that, uiiiiain.
wound, n., vuliuis, -eris, n.
wound, v., vulnero, 1.
wretched, miser, -era, -crura.
write, scriUo, 3.
writi ufT, .scrip til 111, -I, n.
wroug, injuria, -ae, f.
opus, I year, aiimis, -I, m.
yesterday, lierl.
yonder (that), ille, -a, -ud (175. 3).
you, sing, t/i, piur. vOs.
young man, adulescens, -ent.s.
M.; juveiiis, -is, m.
your, sing, tuus, -a, -uin-, plur.
vester, -tra, -trum.
Zama, Zania -:u', v.
zeal, .siudiuiu, -i, n.
GLOSSAKI ILM C^RAMMATICUM.
i ''
M^
ablative
ablative, ablfilTviis, -T, m. ; (of
instrument) lustrumentl; (o/
agent) agentis ; {of manner)
modi; {< if specification) rcspec-
tfis; (of separaiio)i) st-paratio-
iiis; {(f description) qualitutis.
absolute, absolutus, -a, -uin.
at'coiit, acccntus, -us, isi.
aoi'iisutivc, accusiitlvus, -I, m.
active, acilvus, -a, urn.
adjt't'tivc, udjtjctlvuui, -!, x.
adverb, advti'bium, -T, n.
agent, ugcns, -cutis, m.
agree, cougruG, 3; v. ahl.; con-
cordd, 1.
agreement, concordatir), -onis, F.
alphabet, ali)l;al)C'iuni, -I, x.
ansAvcr, n., responsutn, -I, x.
answer, v., responder), 2.
anteeedent, anfocedr-ns, -cntls, x.
apposition, apposiliO, -ouis, r. ;
(be iu) api)uno, 3.
cardinal, cardiiialis, -e.
case, casus, -\\<, M.
clause, clausula, -ac, r.
coinnion or appellative, appcUa-
tivus. -a, -uui.
comparative, compavatTvus, -a,
-i;ui.
comparison, couiparatio,-rinis, r.
compound, couipositus, -a, -uui.
concessive, conc'ssTvus, -a, -uiu.
condition, hypothesis, -is, j". :
cuuditiO, -uuis, f.
distributive
conditional, h\ potheticus, -a,
-um; coiiditionalis, -c.
conjugation, conjugatio, -ouis, f.
conjunction, conjuuctio, -onis, f.
consonant, llttera cOnsonaus,
-amis, or cousonans, -autis, f.
construct Ion, cri!i.structio,-ouis,F.
conversation, colloquium, -T, x.
correct, adj., rectus, -a, -uni.
correct, v., corrigo, o ; GmcndO, 1.
correctly, rCcte.
dative, dativus, -i, m.
declension, dcclluatio, -onis, F.
decline, drclTnO, 1.
declinable, dcciinabilis, -e.
defective, dCfectlvus, -a, -um.
degree, gradus, -us, m.
demonstrative, denioustraLivus,
•a, -uni.
deponent, dcponcns, -cutis.
derive, trahd, ;{.
description (abl. or, qufditas.
-atis, V.
determinative, dcflnTtus, -a, -um.
dillerencc, discrlinen, -inis, n.
diminutive, ticuiinutivuni. -I, x.
diphthong, dii)hthoiigus, -I, .m.
direct, dircctus. -a. -um; rectus,
-a, -tnn.
discourse, oratio, -ouis, f.
discuss, traclo, 1.
, dissyllable, dissyllabus, -I, fti.
I distributive, distributivus, -a,
' -um.
ticus, -a,
d, -onis, F.
.5, -oiiis, F.
•onsonaus,
-antis, F.
tiOj-uuiSjF.
urn, -T, N.
L, -uui.
emendo, 1.
-onis, Y.
Is, -0.
a. -urn.
(istrutivus,
[litis.
iHifilitaS;
|i>, -a,-um.
jinis, N.
}\u\. -T, N.
<, -T, M.
; rectus,
, -1, M.
ITvus, -u,
end
275
pluperfect
end, v., desino, 3.
English, Aiiirliciis, -a, -um.
English (in), Aiiiilicr',
etymology, etyinolo^iia, -ae, f.
example, oxenipliiiii, -i, n. ; (for)
ut ; exempli causa,
exception, cxceptio, -ouis, f.
feminine, ff'ininlnus, -a, -um.
finite, flmtus, -a, -inn.
formation, formatid, -onis, f.
future, fiitiiniin, -I, x.
future perfect, f uturuin exactum.
gender, ffftins, -eris, n.
genitive, <ienetivus, -T, m.
gerund, uoniiuliiiui, -T, n.
gerundive, y:erun(lTvuiu, -i, x.
govern, rego; puss, o/ jungo or
conjuniio, foil, by cum v\ all.
grammar, {^rammatica, -ac, v.
imperative, moflus imperatlvus
or iir4»erritlviis, -T, m.
imperfect, impcrtectiUTi, -T, x.
impersonal, iiupcrsoualis, -o.
iuer«,'ase, crescO, 3.
indicative, modus indicatlvus,
-I, M., or indicatlvus, -I, :\r.
Indeclinable, indr'clliia1)ilis, -e.
indirect, inilirectus, a, -uni; ob-
llquus, -a, -um.
infinitive, modus Influilivuii or
InfThltlvus, -T, M.
instrument, Instrumcntum, I, x.
interjection, interjoctio, -onis, F.
interrogative, interrogatlvus, -a,
-um.
intransitive, iutransitlvus, -a,
-um.
irregular, irregularis, -e; auo-
malus, -a, -um.
Latin, Latmus, -,i, -um.
Latin (In), J.,atrnC'.
lesson, pensum, -T, x.
letter, littera, -ae, f.
limit, r., liniito, 1.
liquid, liquidus, -a, -um.
locative, locatlvus, -T. M,
long, longus, -a, -um; productua,
-a, -um.
manner, modus, -T, m.
masculine, inasculinus, -a, -um
mean, slgndlco, 1.
meaning, sigiulicatio, -onis, F.
mistake, n., error, -oris, m.
mistuke, v., crro, 1.
monosyllable, monosyllabum, -i.
X.
mood, modus, -T, m.
mute, mutus, -a, -mn.
negative, nei^attvus, -a, -um.
neuter, neuter, -tra, -trurn.
nominative, nominatlviis, -T, m.
noun, noinen, -inis, x.; substan
tivum, -T, X.
numeral, numeralis, -e.
object, ol)jectnm, -T, n.
ordinal, ordinfdis, -c.
paradigm, paradij^ma, -ati.s, n.
participle, participium, -I, x.
particle, particula, -ac, f.
partitive, partTtTvus, -a, tun.
pa?sive, passlvus, -a, -ura.
perfect, porfectura, -T, N.
person, persona, -ae, F.
personal, personalis, -e.
phrase, plirasls, -is, f.
pluperfect, plusquamper tectum,
-i, N.
f. «F|
15 • 'IS'
]>Iural
276
yes
plural, pluralis, -e.
positive, positlvus, -a, -urn.
preposition, praepositio, -thiis, r.
present, praesens, -entis, .\.
principal, principtliis, -e.
pronoun, pronoirK-'U, -iiiis, n.
proper, proprius, -a, -inn.
quantity, (piaiititas, -fitis, v.
question, iutenogatio, -ouis, f.
rellexlvp, rcciprocus, -a, -um; ro-
flcxlviis, -a, -um.
ros"J'ir, regulfiris, -e.
relative, rclfitlvus, -a, -um.
remenil^er, mcMnorifi tcneo.
review, rccounosco, ;5; (lesson)
pensum rt'cognO.sceuduin.
root, rfulix, -icis, f.
rule, rt'gula, -ae, f.
school, schola, -ao, f.
sentence, sciitentia, -ae, f.
separation, sOparrilio, -oiiis, v.
sequence, cousecutio, -onis, f.
short, brcvis, -e; correptus, -a,
-tun.
Bit>ilant, sTl)ihis, -a, -um.
singular, siuguluris, -e.
sound, soiuis, -T, M.
specification, rosp'.'ctus, -us, m.
speech (part of), oratio, -nnis. i\
stem, basis, -is, i\
study, n., stadium, -i, n.
j study, v.. stnilco, 2.
I subject, si!l)jectuni, -I, x.
I subjunctive, modus subjuuctl-
! vus, -!, M., or subjunctlvus, -I, m.
substantive, substautlvuni, -I, n.
substatitivcly, substantive.
superlative, superlativus, -a, -um.
supine, .'^upluum, T, n.
synaT)le, syllaba, -ae, f.
syntax, syntaxis, -is, f.
teacher, praeceptor, -oris, m.;
maglster, -trl, m. ; magistra,
-ac, F.
tense, tompus, -oris, n.
termination, teruiinalJir), -onis, F.
transiiive, tiTinsitivus, -a, -um.
treat (- discuss), traetd, 1.
verb, vorbum, -T, N.
vocabulary, vocabulariuin, -i, n.
vocative, vocativus, -I, m.
voice, vox, vocis, f. ; gonus,
-oris, N.
vowel, ITttcra vocfdis, -is, f., or
vocfdis, -is, F.
wish, optatio, -onis, f.
word, vcrbum, -T, n. ; vocabulum,
-I, N. ; vox, v5cls, F.
yes, ccrte, certissime; vei'o; ita
est, ista suut; verb of question
repeated.
INDEX.
The peneral vocabularies are to be used as an index to words (with Borao execp-
tione*) for whicli rorcriiice is needed. [''ull-face tit;ures refer to sections, no'
pageH. A superior litiiire (e.g. 10-) indicates a foot-note. Most abbreviatioiiii
will readily be understood : it, = and following; irav. = imperative.
A.
a or ab, 61, 62.
a-verb.s, 86.
AiJiutKviATioNs beginning letters,
437', 438.
Ablative, translation of, 14-', 59^;
of lujcnt, 61, 62; of nienns or in-
strument, 90, 91 ; of material, 92,
II, 81; of sejHiration, 128-130;
of time, 135, 136 ; of manner,
144, 145; w. comparatives, 211,
212; of specijieation, 259, 260;
w. Qtor, etc., 303, 304 ; \\. preps.,
333; of /)/«re,335, .>; descriptive,
341, p. 222^'-^ ; absolute, 412; abl.
sing, of vowel stems in 3cl decl.,
151, 2.
AnSTUACT NOUNS, 168^.
-abus, in dat. and abl. phi., 19^
Accent, 7 ; before enclitics, 7, (1).
Accusative, direct ohj., 25, 26;
predicate, 92, I, o-, 93, II, 7', 171,
IT, 3s 250, II, 4-5; two aces., 131,
I, 82, 197, II, lO"^ ; w. verbs of
remembering and forgetting, 305,
306; of extent, 312, 313; w.
preps., 333, 4 ; of limit, 334, 335,
2 ; w. inf., 400, 401 ; w. some
impers. verbs, 415, 8, 4, 416.
Ad, w. gerunds and gerundives,
432, 3.
Adjectives, of 1st and 2d decls..
44, 71; of ;?d decl., 105, 134,
141, 150, 164; irregular, 200:
comparison of, 205 IT.; ])oss. adj.
prons., 266; intcrrog.. 279, 3;
numeral, 311; agreement with
nouns, 45, II, 1', 53, 54; used as
nouns, 117 ; of one, two, or three
terminations, 155; agreement
with understood subject, 197,
I, 8"; order w. prep, and noun,
64, 1, 7' ; order w. gen. and noun,
124,1,6"; method of declining,
44^.
Adveubs, formation of, 216 ff. ;
comparison of, 219; numeral.
311,8.
Agent, abl. of, 61, 62; dat. of.
425 (5), 426, 444*, cf. 428, II, 9«.
Aliquod as adj., 279, 2.
AuniAnET, 1.
And, omitted, 57, II, 0^, 227, II, l^,
cf. p. 220"; inserted, 35, II, S^-^
50, II, 8% 57, I, H\
Antecedent of rel. pron., 280 ff. ;
omitted. 287, I, 10^ p. 221io.
Antepenult, 5, 5.
Ani/t/iiiu/ at all, quidquam not
aliquid, 279, 6, 4401'.
Apposition, 118, I, 2\ 157, 158,
197. IT. 87.
Augustus et lulus (Coll.), 9.
h
•278
INDEX.
^:l
■ ^'1
. ill
B.
Battle op Cannae (for trans.).
339, 378.
Battle of Marathon (for trans.),
291.
C.
Caesar's Two Invasions of Bui-
tain (for trans.), 448.
Caudinal numekal;*, 311.
Cases, names of, 10; alike in form,
16. I
("apse, expressed by cum clause, ;
375; uy pari., 409, 7, 412. 8. \
Charon et Mercuriua (C(.ll.), 187.
Cognomen, 195, 204.
Collective noi ns, 168-.
CoLLOQiiA, Augustus et lulus, 9,
58, 80; Pater et Filiolu;:!. 95,
222, .302 ; Frater et Sororcula.
Ill, 162, 209, 274; Praeceptov
et Discipulus, 126, 133, 195.
204, 234, 261 ; Magister et Dis-
cipulus, 139; Duo Pueri, 148;
Father and Son, 173; Charon
et Mercuriu!?, 187 ; Jacobus et
Augustus, 242 ; Socrates et
Rhadamanthus, 290 : Tityrua
et Meliboeus, 332; Johannes e
Jacobus, 388.
Commands ani» aim-eals, ;)91.
CoMi'AitATiVE i>E(.i;i;i:, foniiMtion
«)f, 206, (1),219; with aii.l witli-
out quam, 211, 212; trans, by
too, p. 220'"'.
CoMPAinsoN of adjs.. 205 IT. ; of
adva., 219.
C<»MrOi;Nl) TENHEf'., 97.
CoNCEf^sioN, expressed Ity oum
clause, 372. 375, p. iJii>H; l.y
part., 409, 1.412, 3.
CoNiMTiDN!*. 383 IT.; expressed Ity
part., 409, 5. 412, 3. p. 214-'.
Conjugations : 1st, 86 ff., 351 ff.;
2d, 112 If., 351 if.; review of Ist
and 2d, 127 IT. ; od, 180 IT., 357 ff. ;
review of 1st. 2d, and iJd, 196,
197 ; 4tli. 223 IT.. 357 11. : :3d in -w,
235 IT.. 357 IT. ; review of the four
eonjs., 240, 241; periphrastic,
422 IT.
Consonants, 3; sounds of. 4.
Consonant -^tems, 104, 134, 140
Cum, eonj., ti'MJiioral, causal, and
concessive, .372 IT.
Cum, prep., with me,te, etc., 265, 3;
w. abl. of manner, 144, 145.
CrsroiMs and IIaiuts of the
BiUTON.s (tor trans.), 449.
1).
Dative of /lossf^sor, 32 ; itidirrrt
<./;/., 31, I. 7, S, 9. 11,2, 0, 10,33,
34; w. comps. of sum, 295 ; of
,sT/r/V., 291'. 296, II, 7', 344; w.
certain verbs, 342, 343; double
ilatirc, 344 ; w. iiitransitives, 417,
418; of a<ii,ii, 425. 426; not to
l)c taken for abl., 184, (J.
Death or thi: I'm Spakkow (for
trans.), 421.
1)i.(I.i;nsi()n, iiaradijjtns of: Ist,
14; 2d in -».n' ;ind -»/«, 38; in -'t,
59,65; adjs. of 1st and 2d, 71;
3d, mute stems, 105 ; liquid stems,
134; sil.ilMut stems, 140, 141;
/ stems. 149, 150; mi.xed sletns,
163-165; c(»mparativcs, 209;
Ith. 215; 5th. 254; .SH-cial, 262;
prons,, 264, 270, 275. 279; duo
and tres, 311, 4.
Defini iioNS, soimlimes not j^iven
in vocabs,, 57, I, 1'.
1)emonst!iative imjonouns, 275.
Dei'onent VEIJUJ, 1st and 2d conjs.,
298 IT. ; 3<l and 1th conjs., 303 ff.
Dluivation, 346,
iMu:x.
27?
Descriptive abl. and gen., 341 ;
abl., p. 22-2^.4.
Detehminativi: pronouns, 270;
u 1 like adjs., 270, 1.
Die, iniv. of dico, p. 150^
Dii'iirnoNciS, 4; (jnnntity of, 6, 2.
DisrUIBlTIVE M'MKKAUS, 311, 8.
-do, nouns in, 168.
DoritLE CONSONANTS, 3.
Double dative, 344.
Due, imv. of duco, p. 150^
DcM with pres. ind., 263''', 442^'.
Duo Pueri (Coll.), 148.
E.
e- verbs, 112.
e- verbs, 180, 235.
FiNtiLisH METHOD of jirontiniiiation,
8.
Enclitics, 7, (1).
-er, nouns and adjs. of 2d decl. in,
67; conipar. of adjs, in, 206,
-evi. perfe(!ts in, 119'~*.
Extent, accusative of, 312, 313.
F.
Faules (for Irnns). 441-447.
Fac, iii;v. of facio, p. 100'.
FATriEU AND Son (Coll.), IT.'J.
Fe.minine <,eni>i:1!, II, 2, 4; in 1st
decl., l.'{; ill ".d decl., 168, 2; in
4th decl., 244, 1 ; in oih decl.,
263
Fer, imv. of fero, p. I'O^
Fero, eoinj)oiiiids of, 322.
FiiTii DECL., 252 IT.
First con.i., 86 IT.. 351 IT.; first
perijiliriistic conj., 422.
First decl., 12 a'., 52 (T.
FcMUTii CON.I, 223 ff.. 3.57 IT.
FocRTH i)E''L., 243 tT.
Frater et Sororcula (Coll.), Ill,
162, 269. 274.
Future transl.ated by Eng-. pres.,
116, 1. 1', 385, ;ji; fut.imv..391,
(o; ; equivahnt to imv., 438^'*.
G.
Gender, fjeneral rules of, 11 ; in
1st decl., 13; in 2d deel., 37;
in :](! decl., 168; in It'.i decl.,
244; in otli diud.. 253. Amx-e-
nieiit ill, 45, II, 11.53,54, 281.
(iENiiivi:, like Eng. iiosscssive, 30,
I, 6' ; of nouns in -ins and -imii,
79; with verbs of ri'ineiubrriiig
and formtting, 305, 306 ; /itirli-
fii'e, 340, 438'", 439', 440''; rh-
scriptin , 341 , with certain im-
l)ers. vi rl»s, 415, ."., 4, 416 ; order
w. adj. and iioiui, 124, 1, (»'.
CrERi Nil, 430-432; noin. of sup-
pHed by inf., 431, 1.
CJeiundive, p. ;U-; 423. 432 : ditT.
lutwien trerund and gerundive
coiistruetion, 432.
-go, nouns in, 168.
TI.
Hie, demon, of 1st pers., 275, 1 ;
in contrast with ille, 275, i).
IIisToiucALTEN.si;s,347; pros.444\
llORTATOKV SUIWLNCTI 1. oBO, 391
1.
i-stems. 149 IT.
i-verb.s, 223.
ir 3, demon, of :]d per.o.. 275, 3 ; in
contrast with liie, 275, 5.
I.Mi'i Ki I cr, diiiotiiii; eoiilinuance,
115, 1,5-; of customary action,
4451 J.
Imi'Erative, 380 it. ; not coniinon
in pi-ohibiti'tns 391. (2)'.
I.MI'EUSONAL VEKIIS l|||d Verbs llSC'd
impersonally. 415 IT., 425. (1).
In not always to bu translated by
#
I:
280
INDEX.
ir
in, 146, I, 2\ 185, II, 7, 296,
II, 105.
In omitteJ, 291'.
Increase in the gen., 152, 1^
Indefinite pronolns, 279.
Indicative in coud. sentences, 385.
Indirect discourse, 399 ff.
Indirect or.tkct 31, I, 7, 8, 0, II,
2, 0, 10, 33, 34.
Indirect questions, 379 iT.
Infinitive as in Eng., 395 ff. ; w.
sub. ace, 399 IT. ; tenses of, 402-
403; fut. pass., 402', 405, 1, 'Ji.
Instrument, abl. of, 90, 91.
Interrogative pronoun, 279 ; adj.,
279,3, advs., 380, 1.
Intransitive VERBS used imperson-
ally in the p .ssive, 417, 418.
-io, nouns in, 168; verbs in, of 3d
conj., 235.
IpsE.distinguisliyd from se, 270,4,
6; how translated, 270, (».
Irregular adjs., 200 AT. ; verbs,
72 ff., 292 ff., 316 iT.
Is as pers. pron., 270, 2 ; this or
that, 275, 0.
Islands, names of, 334-.
It, expletive, 35, I, l',56, 1,7^.
-ium in gen. plu., 151, 3.
-lus in gen. sing, of adjs., 200.
-iua and -ium, gen. of notjiis in,
79; voe. of nouns in -ius, 79.
-ivi. perfs. in, often drop r, 231, I,
91.^327,2.
J.
Jacobus et Augustus (Coll.), 242.
Johannes et Jacobus (Coll.), 388.
L.
Letters (for trans.), 437-440.
Limit, ace. of, 335, 2''.
Liquids, 3.
LigiiD HTEMs, 134 tf.
liv, 8uperhitive ul' adjs. in, 207.
Locative, 10, 3, 334, 335, 1 ; in 1st
deel., 14, 2; in 2d dec!., 40; in
3d deel., 175.
M.
Magister et Discipulus (Coll.),
139.
Ma.n'ner, how expressed, 144, 145.
Marcus Porcius Cato, Puer (for
trans.), 394.
Masculine gender, 11, 1, 3 ; in 2d
deel., 37 ; in 3d deel., 168, 1 ; in
4th deel., 244; in Ath deel., 253.
Material, how exjjressed, 92, II, 8' .
Means, abl. of, 90, 91.
Mixed stems, 163 IT.
Motion, verbs of, foil, hy acc. with
and without i)rei)., 333-335.
Mi tes, 3.
Mute stems, 105 IT.
N.
Narrative sentencrs, 372, (3).
Nasica and Ennius (for trans.),
407.
Ne, enelitie, 7, (1), 28. 1", 51, .'P,
58'.
Ne, 358, 369, 391. (1); omitted
after cave, p. \1^K
Neuter gender, 11, T) ; in 2d deel,
37; in 3d deel.. 168,3.
Noli in prohibitions, '.V.U (])».
Nomen, 195, 204.
Nominative, subj., 24; pred., 46,
47,92. I. (V, 93, II, (R
Nonne, 51, .'V\
-na, nouns in, 167, 1.
Numeral adjs., 311 ; advs., 311, 8.
O.
0, w. voc., 56, II, 1^.
On.TKCT, tiireet. 25, 26; indirect,
31, 1, 7, b, U, 11, 2, (i. 10, 33, 34.
I
INDEX.
281
1 ; in 1st
., 40; in
(Coll.),
144,
145.
*uer
(for
,3;
in 2(1
68,
1 ; in
ocl..
253.
,92,11,81.
ace
with
336
'2. (3).
trans.),
|r-, 51. a\
omitted
lid dec!.,
1)>.
red,, 46,
L 311, 8.
fiulirt'ot,
133,34.
Or = because of, 330, II, 2^.
Omission of mij, t/u/, his, etc., 100;
of ut, 438^,' 44611 , of in, 291";
of ne, p. 178* ; of fore in trans.,
428, 1, 4^.
Ori>eu of words in sentence, 23 ;
35,1 ; 56, i, 10' ; 64, I, 7i ; 69,
I, 101; 77, I, .•)•; 93. I, O-^ ; 124,
I, 0=1; 202, I, G^ 215'i; quis-
que, 287, I, (5- ; fere, 329, I, (P ;
386, I, ;i'; 404; 410, 11, O' ;
4381''; 4401'; 446'; p. 2 UP; p.
217'i; p. 21913.
Ordinal nitaikrals, 311.
Ought, of past time, 419, 1, H '.
P.
Participlks, 408 IT. ; in principal
part.s, 86' ; decl. of ])res. act.,
165, 408, 1, of perf. and fut.,
408, 2 ; perf. in com p. tenses
as adj., 192, I, 7i, 404, I, 4' ;
part, and verb trans, by two co-
ordinate verbs, 409, 2, 410, I, 5*,
412, 4; abl. absolute, 412, 413:
En^f. perf. act. jiart., liow ren-
dered, 412, <5, 7 ; used as ni)uns,
291'.
Passive to be distinf^uislied from
prf)},n-essive form in i;n^f.,69, II,
S^ 123, II, .",'.
Pater et Filiolua (Coll.), 95, 222,
302.
Pari rnvK (jkn., 340. 4381", 4396
440'-.
I'KMi/r, 5, T).
1'krfkct, sometimes distiniruisbed
from pres. by lonj; penult. 119''',
191, 1, 21, 232, I. V ; <A7/»//r and
imlijin{t< ,3'i7 ; perf. sul»J. in i)ro-
hibitions, 391, (2) ; jierf. part,
trnns. by pres., 4421-, p. 217**: w.
nbi, ut, etc.. 444': perf. •<ubj.
really tut. pi rt'.. 391, (^2;*'.
Periphrastic conj[(,ations : act.,
422 ; ])ass., 423 ; i)!ira(iigms, 424.
Personal vnoNorNs, 264, 265;
when nom. of is expressed, 265, 2.
Place, expressions of. 334 ff.
PossKssivi; Ai>.r. I'Rons., 266; when
omitted, 100.
Po<sr.ssoK. <lat. of, 32 , i-f. 441'».
Praeceptor et Discipulus ((\)11.),
126. 133. 195, 204, 234, 261.
Praenoraen, 195, 204.
Pi!i:i>ic.\rL NOM., 46, 47, 92, 1,(5',
93, II, 6^; ace, 92, I, T)-', 93, II,
7', 171, II. m.
PiiKrosn IONS, 333: order w. adj.
and noun, 64, 1, 7'.
Prksknt, translation ot", 43'; de-
noting continuance, 115, I, TV-;
Eng. pres. for Lat. fut., 116, 1,
1'. 385, I]!; for 1-at. fut. perf.,
413, II, 10-; sonu'times distin*
guislii'd from perf. by sl\ort i)e-
nult, 119"", 191, I, 21 , w. dum,
263' ',442"; bistori.'al, 444'; pres.
subj. trans, as fut,, 369, I, 4.
Pin.MARV TEN i.s, 347.
PlUNCIPAL PARTS of Vllbs, 861.
Principal tenses, 347.
Prohiiutions, 391, (I), (2),
l'i!0(;i{i>-iVE 1()i:m in Kni;. to be
distinguislicd from passive, 69,
II,HM23, 11,31.
Pronlnciation, Koman method,
4 ; r.ngiisli method. 8.
Proserpina (for trans.), 199, 215,
263.
Publiua Cornelius Scipio (for
trans.), 188.
Pruposi., e.xpres.scd by ut w. Hnl>j.,
352, 353: qui w.' .subj,, 364;
fut. jiart., 410. I. S»' ; ad w.
gerundive, 432, 3; supine, 433,
434: (rausa w. nvn. of jiforund or
gerundive, 435, I, :;, p. 221^.
282
INDEX.
Q.
11
■M
]
.'.1
;i
■!,■;
lu . . «
Quantity of vowels and diph-
thongs, 6, 1, 2 ; of syllables, 6,
3, 4, 5.
Quin, w. suhj., 349, 350.
Quis, indef. pron. w. si, etc., 362,
I, ('.', 438'".
r, as .«i,<Tn of passive, 87'; for s.
73> ! S 142.
Reflkxive riiONOUN, 264, 265.
Relative i'ronoun, 279; agree-
ment, 280 IT. ; in purpose clause,
364.
Rest, verbs of, foil, by abl., 333-
335.
Result, w. ut, 368 ff. ; to be dis-
tinguish 1 from purpose, 352.
368,447'-.
lloMAN .Mi;i iu>i» (>f ])ronun,, 4.
-ra, nouns in, 167, 1.
S.
-s, monosyllables in, 167, 2.
Sec()m>m{v ti:n><i;s, 347.
Secono coN.r., 112 tl., 351 IT. Sec-
ond periphrastic conj., 423.
Second decl., in -us and -lun, 36 IT.,
52 ff., in -cr, 50 fi'.
Si;Mi-i)Er(>NKNTs, p. 177'-.
SEi'ARATioN, how cxprcsscd, 12811'.
Seqience of tenses, 347 If.
Service, dat. of, 291', 296, II, 7^
344.
Si HI LA NT, 3.
SiniLANT STEMS, 140 ff,
Socrates et Rhadaiuanthus (Coll.),
290.
Sounds of letters, 4.
SiM-.riric vTioN. abl. of, 259, 260, p.
218".
SiUM. 12' ; in 2U dccl., 36, 42 ; in
verbs. 86' ; in 3d decl., 103,
104, 107, 151, I, 152, 166, 167 ;
in 4th decl., 243 ; in 5th decl.,
252. Terf. stem w. long vowel,
1195.
Sin.TECT NOM., 24 ; ace. 401 ;
omitted, 50, I, 9'.
SinriixcTivE of piirfiosc, 352, 353,
364 ; of nsii/t, 368 ; w. cum, 372 ;
in i»(l. «]iirsiiu)is, 379 tY. ; in icislus
and conditions, 383 if. ; hortatonj,
390 ; perf. really f ut. perf., 391,
(2)-; fut. tense of, 425 (1).
Meanings not given in paradigms,
p. 20'.
Superlative degree, formation of,
206, (2), (.">) ; strengthened by
quam, 437 '•
Sl PINE, 433, 434.
8. V. B. E. v., 437'.
SvLLAiJLEs, 5; quantity of, 6, 3,
4,5.
Synonvmoi's "Words, pueri, liberi,
60; magister, dominus, 66; min-
ister, servus, 66 ; homo, vir, 138 ;
amnis, flumen, fluvius, 172; hos-
tis, inimious, 172 ; celer, velox,
179; supero, viue5, 186 ; habito,
vivo, 194; animus, mSus, 273;
cantu.st, cai'men, 278 ; sidus, stel-
la, 301 ; amo, diligo, volo, de-
sidero, 319 ; interrogo, rog5,
quaerd, 382 ; at, sed, autem, 393 ;
judico, cen.seo, existimo, arbi-
tror, puto, opinor, 429.
T.
Terminations, 16.
'liiERE, expletive, 35, I, 2'-; 56, 1,
7- ; 220, 1, R
Third eoN.i., 180 ff., 3.57 ff. ; verbs
in ./d, 235 IT , 357 IT.
TniiM» DKci... mute stems, 106 IT.;
liquid steuiH, 134 11'. ; sibilaut
eel., 103,
166, 167;
C)ih decl.,
ong vowel,
ICC. 401 ;
, 352, 353.
cum, 372 ;
. ; in icislus
; /ioitutori/,
perf., 391,
425 (1).
paradigms,
rmation of,
;thened by
y of, 6, 3,
leri, liheri,
,66; inin-
, vir, 138 ;
172; ho3-
er, velox,
6 ; habito,
5ns, 273;
sidus, stel-
volo, de-
fro, rogo,
litem, 393;
ino, arbi-
2-; 56,1,
IT. ; verbs
18, 106 ff. ;
i sibilaut
I
INDEX.
283
stems, 140 ff. ; i-stems, 149 ff. ;
mixed stems, 163 ff.
Time when or within which, 135,
136; liow long, 312, 313; ex-
pressed by cum clause, 372, 373,
by part., 409, 1, 2, 8, 412 ; rela-
tive tune in tenses of inf., 402,
403, 405, 11, 8\ of part.. 409.
Tityrus et Meliboeus (Coll.), 332.
Towns, names of, 334, 335.
Translation', passages for, Publius
Cornelius Sclpio, 188 ; Proser-
pina, 199, 215, 263; Battle of
Marathon, 291 ; Maxims, 320 ;
Battle of Cannae, 339, 378 ; Mar-
cus Porcius Cats, Puer. 394 ; Na-
sica and Ennius, 407 ; Death of
the Pet Sparrow, 421 ; Letters,
437-440 ; Fables, 441-447 ; Cae-
sar's Two Invasions of Britain,
448 ; Customs and Habits of
the Britons, 449.
U.
-ubus in dat. and abl. of 4th decl.,
247.
Ultima, 5, 5.
Ut, of purpose, 352 ff. ; of re.sult.
367 If.; w. ind., 437*, 439^;
omitted, 438^ 446-^.
V, sometimes dropped, 231, I, O^-^,
327, 2, 421'\
Vocative, 10, L' ; in 2d decl., 39 ;
of filius, etc., 79.
Voc;Aia;LARiE8 following exercises,
75,2.
Vowels, how marked, 2; sounds
of, 4 ; quantity of, 6, 1, 2.
W.
Wishes, 383 ff.
With not always to be translated
by cum, 185, II, S^.
X.
-X, monosyllables in, 167, 2.
Y.
You, sing, or pin., 73''.
"O^IV^"
LATIN TEXT-BOOKS
Allen and Greenough's Latin Grammar
Allen and Greenough's Shorter Latin Grammar
Allen and Greenough's New Caesar, \vith vocabulary.
Allen and Greenough's New Cicero, with vocabulary.
Allen and Gret^nough's Ovid, with vocabulary
Allen and Greenough's Sallust's Catiline
Allen and Greenough's Cicero de Senectute
Allen's (F. D.) Remnants of Early Latin
Allen's (\V. F.) Germania and Agricola of Tacitus ..
Allen's (\V. F.) Introduction to Latin Composition .
Collar's Gate to Caesar
Collar's New Gradatim
Collar's Practical Latin Composition
Collar's Via Latina
Collar and Daniell's First Latin Book
boar
ii>
College Series of Latin Authors: See circulars fur details.
Crowell's Selections from the Latin Poets
Crowell and Richardson's Bender's Roman Literature
D'Ooge's Kasy Latin for Sight Readuig
Ferguson's Questions on Caesar and Xenophon
Gepp and Ilaigh's Latin-Knglish dictionary
Ginn & Company's Classical Atlas cloth, 2.00;
Gleason's Gate to Vergil
Greenough and Kittredge's New Virgil: Aeneid. I. -VI., with
vocabulary
Greenough and Kittredge's Bucolics and Aeneid, L-VL, with
vocabulary
Gudeman's Dialogus de Oratoribus
Keep's Essential Uses of the Moods
Latin and Greek School Classics: See circulars for details.
Lord's Roman Pronunciation of Latin
Lord's Rivi Tibprtini. Metres of Horace set to Music
Moulton's Preparatory Latin Cotiiposition
Post's Latin at Sight
Stickney's Cicero de Natura Deorum
Terence's Adelphoe, Phormio, Heauton Timorumenos. i vol
Thacher's Madvig's Latin Grainmar
White's Latin-English Lexicon
White's Englisli-Latin Lexicon
White's Latin-ICnglish and English-Latin Lexicon
$1.20
•95
1.25
1.40
1.50
.60
•50
•75
1. 00
.90
.40
•50
1. 00
•75
1. 00
..40
1. 00
.40
1.30
1.25
1.50
r.6o
2-75
•25
•35
•50
.80
.80
1.40
1. 00
2.25
1. 00
1.50
2.25
GINN & COMPANY, Publishers,
Boston.
N«w York.
Chicat^o.
Atlanta.
Dullas.
■i
ALLEN AND GREENOUGH'S
SHORTER LATIN GRAMMAR
FOR SCHOOLS AXfD ACADEMIES.
Condensed and Revised by Professor JAMES B. GREENOUQH,
Assisted by ALBERT A. HOWARD.
12ino. Cloth. 371 pages. Tov introduction, 95 cents.
Space do'3s not allow here a full description of this book,
but attention is called to the following points :
First. Allen and Greenough's Shorter Latin Grammar does nut
attempt the impossil)le. It does not aim to be at once a brief grammar
and a full one, to cover both preparatory and college Latin courses in a
space sufficient for only the former.
Second. The reduction of size is secured not by retaining arbi-
trarily what one or two scholars deem essential, but by ascertaining
minutely what points are involved in the study of preparatory Latin.
It must be admitted that any one who attacks the problem in this way
will find that a great deal more information is required for thorough
reading of the preparatory texts than any a priori maker of a short
Latin grammar would suppose. »
Third. It has been found entirely "easible to follow the section
numbering of the large Allen and Greenough Grammar, so that the
full and the short grammars can be used in the same cla.«ses and the
same set of references apply. If a class includes boys who are going
to college and also boys who are not, the former may purchase the
full grammar and the latter the short one.
Fourth. The Latin grammar that shall be thoroughly - Msfac-
tory under all the conditions it is to meet in thousands of sch ols of
every sort, must be a growth, and it 's believed (hat the experience of
making a full and complete grammar and of watching the use of it
in schools for years, is almost a prerequisite to the preparation of a
thoroughly satisfactory small o..^.
GINN & COMPANY, Publishers,
Boston. New York. Chicago Atlanta. Dallav
ALLEN AM) GRLENOUGHS NEW CAESAR
KniTIMI HV
I AMES B. Gkeenoit.h, Prufcssor of Latin in liai vnid University. B. L. D'Oocje,
Professor of Latin and Cireek in Micliigan >tate Normal College. Vpsilanti,
and M. Grant D.' .ikll. recently I'rincipal of Chauncy-Hall School, for-
merly Master in tiie Roxbury Latin -■^chool, Boston.
OUGH.
Seven books, izmo. Half morccco. Fully illustrated Ix 452 pages.
With a special vocabulary of 162 pages.
For introduction, $1.25.
his book.
ar does not
ef grammar
:ourses in a
aining arbi-
iscertaining
tory Latin.
in this way
r thorough
of a short
Ithe section
io that the
les and the
are going
Irchase the
lly ^ isfac-
Iscli ols of
|)erience of
use of it
lation of a
This new edition of Caesar'.s "(".allic War" keeps prominently
in view the needs of tiie beginner, on the ground that a large
majority of those who read Caesar take it up immediately after
finishing their tirst lessons. It is believed that all this class of
students' needs have been fully met in the present edition.
Professor (ireenough has specially f|ualitied himself for editing
this edition by traveling and ni iking recent investigations in
France. Xot only the notes, Init the illustrations have profited
greatly. A <:onsiderabje number of the pictures in this edition are
from photographs made especially for it. In other cases, pictures
not previously seen in this country have been obtained. The
museums have been visited and many new illustrations drawn
from them. At the same time, all the stp.ndard and essential
illustrations are used. It is believed that this jjart of the editing
will be found of signal excellence and practical value.
Several reading courses arc suggested, each one of which,
while embracing an amount of text ecpial Iti the first four books,
contains choice selections of narrative and adventure from the
various books. It is believed that this feature will be especially
acceptable to teachers who have foimd ip monotony of Caesar
irksome, but have seen no way to varx lu ourse.
The text has been revised, many chan_ ... having been made, and
the whole presents the commentaries in an ideal form for rapid and
enjoyable reading. Ouantities of long vowels are marked.
ers,
GINN & COMPANY. Publishers.
Boston. New York. Chicago Atlanta. Uallai.
text-Books for higher schools
^ViLLiAM C. Collar, Head-Master of Roxbury Latin School,
Boston, and M. Gran r Daniell, recently Principal
of Chauncy-Hall School, Boston.
I
M
^
Collar and Daniell's First Latin Book. i2mo. Cloth. Illustrated.
286 pagLS. I'or introduction, ;?i.oo.
Collar and Daniell's Beginner's Latin Book. Complete with Grammar
Exercises. Selections for 'rranslating, and Vocabulary. i2nu). Cloth. 283 pages.
For introduction, Jii.oo.
Latine Reddenda. The J!n,c;lisli-I,atin exercises from "The Beginner's Latin Rook."
Willi (ilossariuin ("irainin<uicuin. i2nif). 41 pages. I'aper. P'or introduction,
20 cents.
Witii (jlossarium (iranimaticum and JCnglisii- Latin Vocabulary, i2mo, 5S pages.
Cloth. For introduction, 30 cents.
Collar and Daniell's Beginner's Greek Composition. Based mainly
upon Xenoplion's Aiiab.isis, Book 1. .^q. idnio. Cloth. 201 pages. Illustrated.
For introduction, 90 cents.
Bv WILLIAM C. COLLAR.
Collar's Via Latina. A new Latin Reader. i2mo. Cloth. 203 pages.
For introduction, 75 cents.
Collar's New Gradatim. Revised. i6mo. Cloth. 189 pages. For
introduction, 50 cents.
Collar's Practical Latin Composition. i2mo. Cloth. 26S pages. For
introduction, $1.00. »
Collar's Gate to Caesar. Sq. i6mo. Cloth. 141 pages. For intro-
duction, 40 cents.
Caesar, Gallic War. Book H. Edited, with Notes and a Vocabulary.
i6ino. Cloth. q6 pages. lor introduction, 35 cents. Latin and Greek School
Classics.
Vergil's Aeneid. Book VIL I.ssued both with and without translation.
i6n-io Cloth. Illustrated. For introduction, 45 cents, Latin and Greek School
Classics.
Collar's Shorter Eysenbach. Eysenbach's Practical German Grammar.
Revised and largely rewritten, with Notes to the exercises and Vocabularies.
Revised by Claka S. Clrtis. i2mo. CMoth. 242 pages. For introduction,
$1.00.
Collar's German Lessons. Eysenbach's Practical German Grammar.
Revised and largely rewritten, with Notes. Selections for Reading, and Vocab-
ularies. i2mo. Cloth. 360 pages. For introduction, ;f 1.20.
Collar's English into German. The English Exercises from Collar's
Eysenbach's (ierman Lessons. i2mo Paper. 51 pages. F'or introduction,
25 cents.
GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, .
Boston. New York. Chicago. Atlanta. Dallas.
Schools
Latin School,
incipal
loth. Illustrated.
ite with Grammar
mo. Cloth. 283 pages.
?ginner's Latin Rook."
;r. For introduction,
ilary, i2mo. 5S pages.
1. Based mainly
01 pages. Illustrated.
loth. 203 pages.
189 pages. For
268 pages. For
lages. For intro-
ind a Vocabulary.
//;/ and Greek School
thout translation.
tin and Greek School
lerman Grammar.
ses and Vocabularies,
s. For introduction,
erman Grammar.
Reading, and Vocab-
.20.
ses from Collar's
5. For introduction,
lers,
Dallas.